Electromagnetics by Kanodia

ELECTROMAGNETICS
GATE CLOUD
R. K. Kanodia
Ashish Murolia
JHUNJHUNUWALA
ELECTROMAGNETICS
JAIPUR
GATE CLOUD
GATE CLOUD ELECTROMAGNETICS, 1e
R. K. Kanodia, Ashish Murolia
CC1015
Information contained in this book has been obtained by author, from sources believes to be reliable.
However, neither Jhunjhunuwala nor its author guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any
information herein, and Jhunjhunuwala nor its author shall be responsible for any error, omissions,
or damages arising out of use of this information. This book is published with the understanding that
Jhunjhunuwala and its author are supplying information but are not attempting to render engineering
or other professional services.
Copyright by Jhunjhunuwala
ISBN 978-8192-34838-4
JHUNJHUNUWALA
B-8, Dhanshree Tower Ist, Central Spine, Vidyadhar Nagar, Jaipur 302023
Printed By: Nodia and Company, Jaipur
Ph : +91-141 01150. -21
www.nodia.co.in
email : enquiry@nodia.co.in
55, Suryalok Complex, Gunfoundry, Abids, Hyderabad - 500001.
Phone : 040 - 64582577
Exclusive Sales Counter & BO:
NODIA & COMPANY
GATE CLOUD caters a versatile collection of Multiple Choice Questions to the students who are preparing
for GATE (Gratitude Aptitude Test in Engineering) examination. This book contains over 1200 multiple
choice solved problems for the subject of Electromagnetics, which has a significant weightage in the GATE
examination of Electronics and Communication Engineering. The GATE examination is based on multiple
choice problems which are tricky, conceptual and tests the basic understanding of the subject. So, the
problems included in the book are designed to be as exam-like as possible. The solutions are presented using
step by step methodology which enhance your problem solving skills.
The book is categorized into ten chapters covering all the topics of syllabus of the examination. Each chapter
contains :
Exercise 1 : Level 1
Exercise 2 : Level 2
Exercise 3 : Mixed Questions Taken form Previous Examinations of GATE & IES.
Detailed Solutions to Exercise 1, 2 and 3.
Although we have put a vigorous effort in preparing this book, some errors may have crept in. We shall
appreciate and greatly acknowledge the comments, criticism and suggestion from the users of this book
which leads to some improvement.
You may write to us at rajkumar.kanodia@gmail.com and ashish.murolia@gmail.com.
Wish you all the success in conquering GATE.
Authors
PREFACE
GATE ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
IES ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Networks:
Electromagnetic Theory:
Elements of vector calculus: divergence and curl; Gauss and Stokes theorems, Maxwells
equations: differential and integral forms. Wave equation, Poynting vector. Plane waves:
propagation through various media; reflection and refraction; phase and group velocity; skin depth.
Transmission lines: characteristic impedance; impedance transformation; Smith chart; impedance
matching; S parameters, pulse excitation. Waveguides: modes in rectangular waveguides; boundary
conditions; cut-off frequencies; dispersion relations. Basics of propagation in dielectric waveguide
and optical fibers. Basics of Antennas: Dipole antennas; radiation pattern; antenna gain.
Analysis of electrostatic and magnetostatic fields; Laplace's and Poisson's equations; Boundary
value problems and their solutions; Maxwell's equations; application to wave propagation in
bounded and unbounded media; Transmission lines : basic theory, standing waves, matching
applications, microstrip lines; Basics of wave guides and resonators; Elements of antenna theory.
SYLLABUS
IES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electromagnetic Theory:
Electric and magnetic fields. Gauss's Law and Amperes Law. Fields in dielectrics, conductors and
magnetic materials. Maxwell's equations. Time varying fields. Plane-Wave propagating in
dielectric and conducting media. Transmission lines.
CONTENTS
*******
CHAPTER 1
VECTOR ANALYSI S
2 Vector Analysis Chap 1
GATE CLOUD El ec t r omagnet i c s By RK Kanodi a & Ashi sh Mur ol i a
For Vi ew Onl y Shop Onl i ne at w w w.nodi a.c o.i n
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 1.1
MCQ 1.1.1 The field lines of vector r B a =
q
is
MCQ 1.1.2 Given the two vectors 5 2 4 M a a a
x y z
= - + and 8 7 2 N a a a
x y z
=- - + . The unit
vector in the direction of (M-N) will be
(A) 0.82 0.36 0.14 a a a
x y z
+ - (B) 0.92 0.36 0.41 a a a
x y z
- +
(C) 0.92 0.36 0.14 a a a
x y z
+ + (D) 0.92 0.36 0.14 a a a
x y z
- - -
MCQ 1.1.3 A vector field is specified as 4 2 2 3 xy x z G a a a
2
x y z
2
= + + + ^ h . The unit vector in
the direction of G at the point ( 2, 1, 3) - will be
(A) 0.26 0.39 0.88 a a a
x y z
+ + (B) 0.26 0.39 0.88 a a a
x y z
- + +
(C) 0.36 0.29 0.24 a a a
x y z
- + (D) 0.88 0.29 0.36 a a a
x y z
- +
MCQ 1.1.4 Consider three nonzero vectors , A B and C. Which of the following is not a correct
Chap 1 Vector Analysis 3
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
relation between them?
(A) 0 A A
#
= (B) A B C A B A C
# # #
+ = + ^ ^ ^ h h h
(C) ( ) A B C A B C
# # # #
= ^ h (D) ( ) B A A B
# #
=-^ h
MCQ 1.1.5 The tips of three vectors A, B and C drawn from a point define a plane.
A B C :
# ^ h equals to
(A) +1
(B) 1 -
(C) zero
(D) cant be determined as A, B and C are not given
MCQ 1.1.6 The component of vector A along vector B is
(A)
A
A B :
(B)
B
A B :
(C) A B : (D)
AB
A B :
MCQ 1.1.7 The vector fields are defined as 2 3 A a a a
z
= + +
r f
and 6 B a a a
z
a b = + -
r f
. If
the fields A and B are parallel then the value of a and b are respectively.
(A) 2 - , 2 - (B) 2 - , 4 -
(C) 4 - , 2 - (D) 2 - , 1 -
MCQ 1.1.8 Consider the vectors A 4 2k k a a a
x y z
= + + and B 4 4 a a a
x y z
= + - . For what
value of k the two vectors A and B will be orthogonal ?
(A) 0 (B) 1 +
(C) 2 - (D) 1 -
Common Data for Question 9 - 10 :
In a cubical region ( 2 x < , y 2 < , z 2 < ) a vector field is defined as
E 9 (2 ) 8 (2 ) 2 (2 ) cos sin sin zy x zy x y x a a a
x y z
2 2
= + + .
MCQ 1.1.9 The vector field component E
x
will be zero in the plane
(A) z 0 = (B) y 0 =
(C) / x 4 p = (D) All of the above
MCQ 1.1.10 In the plane y z 4 0 - = , the vector field components E
y
and E
z
are related as
(A) E E 2
y z
= (B) E E 0
y z
+ =
(C) E E 2
y z
= (D) E E
y z
=
MCQ 1.1.11 The plane surface on which the vector field E will be zero is
(A) x 0 = (B) y 0 =
(C) z 0 = (D) none of the above
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.1.12 Distance between the points ( , , ) P x y z 2 3 1 = = =- and ( 4, 50, 2) Q z r f = =- = is
(A) 3.74 (B) 4.47
(C) 6.78 (D) 8.76
MCQ 1.1.13 The uniform vector field A a
y
= can also be expressed as
(A) sin sin a a f f +
r f

(B) cos sin a a f f +
r f
(C) sin cos cos cos sin a a a
r
q f q f f + +
q f
(D) sin cos cos cos sin a a a
r
q f q f f + -
q f
MCQ 1.1.14 The vector filed 1 F a 2
x
= can be expressed in spherical coordinates at the point
(x 3 = , y 2 = , z 1 =- ) as
(A) 8 2 5 a a a
r
- +
q f
(B) 8 2.2 5.5 a a a
r
- -
q f
(C) 8 2.2 5.5 a a a
r
- + +
q f
(D) 8 2.2 5.5 a a a
r
+ +
q f
MCQ 1.1.15 The angle formed between 5 10 3 A a a a
z
=- + +
r f
and surface z 5 = is
(A) 10c (B) 15c
(C) 45c (D) 75c
MCQ 1.1.16 The component of vector 20 4 A a a a 4
z
=- - +
r f
parallel to the line x 6 = , z 2 =-
at the point ( , , ) P 3 90 2 c is
(A) 4 2 a a - +
r f
(B) a a
x y
-
(C) 2a
y
- (D) 2a
z
-
MCQ 1.1.17 In the cartesian co-ordinate system the co-ordinates of a point P is ( , , ) a b c .Now
consider the whole cartesian system is being rotated by 145c about an axis from the
origin through the point (1, 1, 1) such that the rotation is clockwise when looking
down the axis towards the origin. What will be the co-ordinates of the point P in
the transformed cartesian system ?
(A) ( / a 2, / b 2, / c 2) (B) ( a - , b - , c - )
(C) (c, b, a) (D) (c, a, b)
MCQ 1.1.18 Consider R be the position vector of a point ( , , ) P x y z in cartesian co-ordinate
system then gradR equals to
(A) 1 (B)
R
R 4
(C)
R
R
(D)
R
R
2
MCQ 1.1.19 Given the vector filed A (2 ) (4 2 ) y xy x z x yz a a a
x y z
2 2 2
= + + + + + . The divergence
of the vector field is
(A) ( ) x y 2 + (B) x y z x y 6 2
2 2 2
+ + + +
(C) ( ) y x z 2 + (D) 0
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.1.20 A vector field F is defined as F sin cos z z a a a 2
z
2
r f r f = + +
r f
. The F 4
#
at
point , / , P 1 2 2 p
^ h
equals to
(A) 6 a a
z
+
r
(B) 2 a a
z
- +
r
(C) 3 6 a a
z
+
r
(D) 6 a a 5
z
- +
r
MCQ 1.1.21 Which one of the following vector function has divergence and curl both zero ?
(A) 2xz yz z A a a a
x y z
2
= - - (B) xy yz B a a
x z
= -
(C) xy xz yz C a a a
x y z
= - - (D) yz xz xy D a a a
x y z
= + +
MCQ 1.1.22 The curl of the unit vectors a
r
, a
f
and a
z
in cylindrical co-ordinate system is listed
below. Which of them is correct ?
a
r
a
f
a
z
a
r
a
f
a
z
(A) 0 a
z
1
r
0 (B) 0 a
1
r r
a
f
(C) a r
f
a
r
0 (D) a r
f
a
1
r r
0
MCQ 1.1.23 In a certain region consider f and g are the two scalar fields where as A is a vector
field. Which of the following is not a correct relation ?
(A) ( ) f f f A A A : : : d d d = - ^ ^ h h
(B) f f f A A A
#
d d
# #
d = - ^ ^ ^ h h h
(C)
g
f
g
g f f g
2
d d
d =
-
c m

(D)
( ) ( )
g
g
g g
A
A A
2
#
d
# #
d d
=
-
c m
MCQ 1.1.24 Laplacian of the scalar field 2 4 sin cos f z z 4
2 2 2
r f f r = + + at the point ( , / , ) P 3 2 6 p
is
(A) 16 (B) 0
(C) 46 (D) 40
MCQ 1.1.25 A conservative field M is given by M ( ( ) ) ( ) cos cos z xz y kx x xz a a a 5
x y z
= + + + .
The value of k will be
(A) 1 (B) 0
(C) 1 - (D) / 1 2
MCQ 1.1.26 A scalar field g k x y xyz 1 5
2
= + + ^ h will be harmonic at all the points for the value
of k equals to
(A) / 1 2 (B) 0
(C) / 1 2 - (D) cant be determined
MCQ 1.1.27 Curl of the gradient of any scalar field is
(A) zero everywhere (B) zero at origin only
(C) zero at infinity only (D) it does not exist
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.1.28 A vector field is given as ( 4 ) ( ) (4 3 ) x z x z x y cz A a a a 3 7
x y z
= + + - + + - . The
value of c for which A will be solenoidal is
(A) 1 (B) 1 -
(C) 0 (D) 3
MCQ 1.1.29 For a vector function (4 ) ( 5 ) (4 2 ) x k z k x z x k y z A a a a
x y z 1 2 3
= + + - + - + to be
irrotational value of k
1
, k
2
and k
3
will be respectively.
(A) 5 - , 0, 4 (B) 0, 4, 5
(C) 4, 0, 5 (D) 1, 4, 3
MCQ 1.1.30 The unit vector normal to the plane 2 6 7 x y z 3 + + = is
(A) 2 3 a a a
24
1
x y z
+ + ^ h (B) a a a
14
1
4 4 6
x y z
+ + ^ h
(C) a a a
14
1
2 3
x y z
+ + ^ h (D) 2 4 6 a a a
58
1
x y z
+ + ^ h
MCQ 1.1.31 Consider C is a certain closed path and dl is the differential displacement along the
path then the contour integral dl
C
#
is
(A) zero
(B) 1
(C) 1 -
(D) cant be determined as C is not defined.
MCQ 1.1.32 Consider C is any closed path and U is a scalar field. So, the contour integral
U dl
C
: d ^ h #
is
(A) 1
(B) 1 -
(C) zero
(D) Cant be determined as C and U is not given
MCQ 1.1.33 A vector field is defined as 2 yz z x xy A a a a 3
x y z
2
= + + .The surface integral of the
field over a closed surface S is
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) zero
(D) cant be determined as surface S is not given
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 1.2
MCQ 1.2.1 If the edge of a cube is 3 units then the angle formed between its body diagonals
will be
(A) 70.53c (B) . 53 70c
(C) . 66 21c (D) 61c
Consider a triangle ABC, whose vertex A, B and C are located at the points
( , , ) 4 2 5 - , (16, 20, ) 3 - and ( 14, 10, ) 15 - respectively.
MCQ 1.2.2 The unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is
(A) 0.61 0.42 0.37 a a a
x y z
+ -
(B) 0.66 0.38 0.65 a a a
x y z
- +
(C) 0.54 0. 0.19 a a a 11
x y z
- + -
(D) 0.43 0.21 0.11 a a a
x y z
- +
MCQ 1.2.3 The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to AC is
(A) 0.55 0.832 0.077 a a a
x y z
- - +
(B) 0.23 0.11 0.43 a a a
x y z
- -
(C) 0.51 0.41 0.76 a a a
x y z
- + +
(D) 0.49 0.23 0.44 a a a
x y z
- -
MCQ 1.2.4 The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which bisects the interior angle at A is
(A) 0.11 0.81 0.44 a a a
x y z
- +
(B) 0.21 0.41 0.52 a a a
y x z
- +
(C) 0.23 0.12 0.11 a a a
z x y
+ +
(D) 0.37 0.92 0.17 a a a
z y x
+ +
MCQ 1.2.5 A vector field
x y
x y
F
a a 2
x y
2 2
=
+
+
^ h
at the point ( P 2 r = , /4 f p = , . z 0 1 = ) is
(A) 2 3 a a
x y
+ (B) 2 3 a a
x y
- -
(C) 0.5a
r
(D) 0.5a -
r
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.2.6 The component of vector sin cos r A a a a
r r
r 3
4
2
q f = - +
q f
tangential to the spherical
surface r 20 = at point ( , , ) P 20 150 330 c c is
(A) 0.043 100 a a +
q f
(B) 0.43 10 a a = +
q f
(C) 4.3 100 a a +
q f
(D) 0.043 10 a a - -
q f
A vector field has the value 12 9 A a a a 4
r
=- - +
q f
at the point ( , , ) P 9 150 45 c c .
MCQ 1.2.7 The vector component of A, that is tangent to the cone 150c q = is
(A) 12 9 a a
r
- +
f
(B) 12 8 a a
r
- -
q
(C) 8 9 a a - +
q f
(D) 12 9 a a
r
- +
f
MCQ 1.2.8 The unit vector that is perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone 135c q = is
(A) a
a
10
1
3
+
q
f
a k
(B) a a
5
1
4 3
r
+
f ^ h
(C) a a
5
1
3 4
x
+
f ^ h (D) (9 2 ) a a
85
1
r
+
f
MCQ 1.2.9 Consider R is a separation vector from a fixed point (a, b, c) to a varying point
( , , ) x y z in the Cartesian coordinate system. The value of grad
R
1
^ h
equals to
(A)
R
R
3
- (B)
R
R
6
-
(C)
R
1
2
- (D)
R
R
3
MCQ 1.2.10 A certain hill located in Udaipur is of height h that varies as :
( , ) h x y 6 8 36 56 100 x y xy x y 3
2 2
= + - + - +
Where x is the distance (in miles) in north and y is the distance (in miles) in east
of Udaipur railway station. The top of the hill will be located at
(A) 3 miles north, 2 miles west of Railway station.
(B) 2 miles south, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(C) 2 miles north, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(D) 6 miles south, 2 miles east of Railway station.
MCQ 1.2.11 At any point ( , , ) P x y z a vector field is given by F a
R
R
15
2 = , where R is the position
vector of the point P. The divergence of the vector field F will be
(A) zero, everywhere (B) zero, at all points excluding origin
(C)
R
6
3
, everywhere (D)
R
6
3
, at all points excluding origin
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Statement for Linked Question 12 - 14 :
Given a vector field A 3 3 x yz y a a a 3
x y z
2 2
= + + .
MCQ 1.2.12 The line integral of A from origin to the point (2,2,2) by the route
( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 0 2 2 2 " " " will be
(A) 32 units (B) 8 units
(C) 24 units (D) 6 units
MCQ 1.2.13 The line integral of the vector field A from the origin to the point (2, 2, 2) along
the direct straight line is
MCQ 1.2.14 The line integral of the field A around the closed loop that goes out along the route
defined in Question 12 and back along the route defined in Question 13 is
MCQ 1.2.15 A wedge defined by 0 5 # # r , 180 45 c # # f , z 2 = is shown in figure
Circulation of A sin cos z a a
z
2
r f f = +
r
along the edge L of the wedge is
(A) 10 units (B) 5/2 units
(C) / 25 4 - units (D) / 25 4 units
MCQ 1.2.16 Volume integral of the function f z 30
2
= over the tetrahedron with corners at
( , , ) 0 0 1 - ; ( , , ) 0 1 0 - , ( , , ) 1 0 0 - , ( , , ) 0 0 0 is
(A) 1/2 (B) / 1 2 -
(C) / 31 2 (D) / 1 60
MCQ 1.2.17 Total outward flux of a vector field cos z A a a 2
4
1 2 2 2
r f = +
r f
through the closed
surface of a cylinder z 0 2 # # , 2 r = is
(A) 4p (B) 16p
(C) p (D) 32p
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.2.18 A quarter cylinder of radius 2 and height 5 exists in the first octant of a cartesian
coordinate system as shown in the figure below. Surface integral of a vector field
(4 ) 2 6 sin sin z A a a a 3
z
2
r r f r f = + + +
r f
over the surface of the cylinder will be
(A) 12p (B) 30p
(C) 40p (D) 80p
MCQ 1.2.19 A vector function is given by 6 2 x y y z G a a a 5
x y z
2 2
= - + . If L is a closed path
defined by the sides of a triangle as shown in the figure then, d G l
L
:
#
equals to
(C) 2 units (D) / 10 6 units
Consider S
1
and S
2
are respectively the top and slanting surfaces of an ice cream
cone of slant height 2 m and angle 60c as shown in figure, where a vector field F
is defined as
F
x y
x y z
x x
y y
a a a a
4 5 4
2 2
3
2 2
x y x y
2 2
2 2 2
=
+
+ +
+ - +
: D
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.2.20 The surface integral of the vector field F over the surface S
1
will be
(A) 2.3 units (B) 24 units
(C) 0.18 units (D) 1.9 units
MCQ 1.2.21 The surface integral of the vector field over the surface S
2
will be
(A) / 4 3 p (B) / 3 3 p
(C) / 4 3 3 p (D) 0
Negative gradient of a scalar field f is A f 4 =- ( ) ( 3 ) x z z x y z a a a 4
x y z
= + - + - -
MCQ 1.2.22 The vector A is
(A) irrotational but not solenoidal (B) both irrotational and solenoidal
(C) solenoidal but not irrotational (D) neither solenoidal nor irrotational
MCQ 1.2.23 The scalar field, f equals to
(A)
x
xz
z
2 2
2 2
+ + (B)
x
xz yz
z
2
2 6
2
2 2
- - + +
(C) xz yz
z
3
2
2
- + + (D)
x
xz yz
z
2
3
2
2 2
- - + +
MCQ 1.2.24 Line integral of a vector field ( ) y x A a a 5
x y
= + from a point P(2, 1, 3) to the point
Q(8, 2, 3) along the curve / y x 2 = will be
MCQ 1.2.25 A vector field cos F a 2 2
r r
r
1 1
3 3 f = +
^ h
exists in the region between the two spherical
shells of radius 1 m and 2 m centred at the origin. The total outward flux of F
through the outer spherical surface will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) p (B) p -
(C) 2p - (D) 2p
MCQ 1.2.26 Two vectors A and B make an angle 30c between them as shown in figure.
Magnitude of vector A and B are 4 units and 3 units respectively. If a third vector
R is defined such that 6 R A B 4 = - then its graphical construction will be
MCQ 1.2.27 A certain, vector R is defined as R A B C
# #
= ^ h. Directions of A, B and C
are mentioned in the list below. Which of the following gives the correct direction
of R for the given direction of the three vectors.
Direction of A Direction of B Direction of C Direction of R
(A) North South East West
(B) South North West East
(C) East West North West
(D) West East South South
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.2.28 Which of the following vectors are equal :
A 3 a a a
x y z
=- + + at , , 1 2 3 ^ h in cartesian co-ordinates
B 3 a a a
z
= + +
r f
at
, / , 2 2 3 p
^ h in cylindrical co-ordinates
C 3 a a 2
z
= +
r
at , / , 3 3 4 9 p ^ h in cylindrical co-ordinates
(A) A and B only (B) B and C only
(C) A and C only (D) all the three vectors A, B and C
MCQ 1.2.29 Two vectors are defined as A 3 a a a 5
x y z
= + + and B 3 2 a a a
x y z
= + + . Which of
the following vector is perpendicular to A B + ^ h
(A) 4 a a 4
x y
- + (B) 4 4 a a
y z
+
(C) a a
x z
+ (D) none of these
MCQ 1.2.30 The gradient of a scaler function is , , V x y z d ^ h 1.5 0.5 x yz x z x yz a a a
x y z
2 2 3 2 3
= + +
The scalar function is
(A) x yz
3 2
(B)
x yz
2
3 2
(C)
x yz
2
2 3
(D) xy z
3 2
MCQ 1.2.31 The equation of the plane tangential to the surface xyz 1 = at the point , , 2 4
4
1
b l
is
(A) x y z 16 32 24 + + = (B) x y z 2 32 12 + + =
(C) x y z 2 32 12 + + = (D) x y z 16 32 24 + + =
MCQ 1.2.32 Consider a volume v is defined as the part of a spherical volume of radius unity
lying in the first octant. The volume integral xdv 2
v
#
is equal to
(A) 2p (B) /16 p
(C) /4 p (D) /8 p
MCQ 1.2.33 Consider a vector field cos A a a
3
r f
r
= +
r f
. If C is the contour shown in the figure
then the contour integral d A l
C
:
#
is equal to
(A) 4 p + (B)
2
1
p
+
(C) 2 p + (D) 2 1 p +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.2.34 A vector field is defined as 2 cos A a a
2
r f r = +
r f
. Consider the two contours C
1
and
C
2
as shown in the figure.
The ratio of the contour integrals
d
d
A l
A l
C
C
2
1
:
:
#
#
is
(A)
9
1
- (B)
9
1
(C) 9 (D) 9 -
MCQ 1.2.35 Consider the contour C as shown in the figure
If a vector field is defined as
r
e
A a
r
=
q
-
b l
then the contour integral d A l
C
:
#
is
(A) e
2
1 p -
(B) e
2
1 p
-
-
(C) e
2
1
1 p
+
-
^ h (D) e
2
1
1 p
-
-
^ h
MCQ 1.2.36 The divergence of the unit vectors a
r
,a
q
and a
f
in spherical co-ordinate system is
listed below. Which among them is correct ?
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
a
r
a
q
a
f
(A) / r 2 /tan r q 0
(B) /r 2 / cot r q 0
(C) / r 2 /tan r q 1
(D) /r 2 / cot r q 1
MCQ 1.2.37 Which of the following vector can be expressed as the gradient of a scalar ?
(A) 2 2 2 yz xz xy a a a
x y z
+ + (B)
e
a
r
r
f
-
(C) cos sin a a
2
2
r
f f +
r f ^ h (D) Both (A) and (C)
MCQ 1.2.38 Which of the following vector can be expressed as curl of another vector ?
(A) 2 x y xy a a a
2
1
x y z
2 2
- - + ^ h (B)
e
a
r
r
f
-
(C)
cos sin
r r
a a
2
r
3 3
q q
+
q
(D) All of the above
MCQ 1.2.39 The vector field pattern of y A a 3
x
= is
MCQ 1.2.40 A two dimensional vector field in Cartesian coordinate system is defined as
, x y A^ h A A a a 2
x x y y
= +
The curl and divergence of the vector field are both zero. Which of the following
differential equation satisfies A
x
and A
y
(A) A 0
x
2
d = (B) A 0
y
2
d =
(C) A A 0
x y
2 2
d d + = (D) (A) and (B) both
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.2.41 The circulation of x xz y F a a a 3
x y z
2 2
= - - around the path shown below is
(A)
3
1
- (B)
6
1
(C)
6
1
- (D)
3
1
MCQ 1.2.42 If x y z R a a a
x y z
= + + is the position vector of point ( , , ) P x y z and R R = then
R R
n
: d is equal to
(A) nr
n
(B) ( 3) n r
n
+
(C) ( 2) n r
n
+ (D) 0
MCQ 1.2.43 If sin A a a
2
r f r = +
r r
, and L is the contour of figure given below, then circulation
d A l
L
: # is
(A) 7 2 p + (B) 7 2 p -
(C) 7p (D) 0
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 1.3
MCQ 1.3.1 The direction of vector A is radially outward from the origin, with kr A
n
= .
where r x y z
2 2 2 2
= + + and k is a constant. The value of n for which A 0 : d = is
(A) 2 - (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 0
MCQ 1.3.2 If xy x A a a
x y
2
= + , then d A l
C
$ # o over the path shown in the figure is
(A) 0 (B)
3
2
(C) 1 (D) 2 3
MCQ 1.3.3 If a vector field V is related to another vector field A through V A d
#
= , which
of the following is true? (Note : C and S
C
refer to any closed contour and any
surface whose boundary is C. )
(A) d d V l A S
C SC
$ $ = ## #
(B) d d A l V S
C SC
$ $ = ## #
(C) d d V A l S
C SC
#
: : d
#
d =
^ ^ h h
## #
(D) d d V l V S
C SC
: : d
#
=
^ h
## #
MCQ 1.3.4 Consider points A, B, C and D on a circle of radius 2 units as in the shown figure
below. The items in List II are the values of a
f
at different points on the circle.
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :
GATE 2012 GATE 2012
GATE 2010
GATE 2009
I ES EC 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

List I List II
a. A 1. a
x
b. B 2. a
y
c. C 3. a
x
-
d. D 4.
( )/ a a 2
x y
+
5.
( )/ a a 2
x y
- +
6.
( )/ a a 2
x y
-
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 4 5 2
(B) 1 6 5 2
(C) 1 6 2 4
(D) 3 5 4 2
MCQ 1.3.5 If sinh cos V x kye 2
pz
= is a solution of Laplaces equation, what will be the value
of k ?
(A)
p 1
1
2
+
(B) p 1
2
+
(C)
p 1
1
2
-
(D) p 1
2
-
MCQ 1.3.6 The electric field intensity E at a point P is given by 10 10 10 a a a
x y z
+ + where , a a
x y

and a
z
are unit vectors in , x y and z directions respectively. If , , a b g respectively
the angles the E vector makes with , x y and z axes respectively, they are given by
which of the following ?
(A) 30c a b g = = = (B) 60c a b g = = =
(C) cos
3
1 1
a b g = =
-
(D) cos
3
1 1
a b g = = =
-
MCQ 1.3.7 Which one of the following potentials does NOT satisfy Laplaces Equation ?
(A) 10 V xy = (B) cos V r f =
(C) / V r 10 = (D) 10 cos V r f = +
MCQ 1.3.8 Laplacian of a scalar function V is
(A) Gradient of V
(B) Divergence of V
(C) Gradient of the gradient of V
(D) Divergence of the gradient of V
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.3.9 A field ( 2 ) x yz x z x y z A a a a 5
x y z
2 3 3
= + + - can be termed as
(A) Harmonic (B) Divergence less
(C) Solenoidal (D) Rotational
MCQ 1.3.10 Laplace equation in cylindrical coordinates is given by
(A) 0 V
V
V
z
V 1 1 2
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r r
r
r f
d = + + =
e e o o
(B) V
x
V
y
V
z
V 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
d = + +
(C) V
v 2
e
r
d =-
(D) 0
sin
V
r
r r
r V
r
1 1 2
2
2 2 2
d
2
2
2
2
2 q f
= + =
c m
MCQ 1.3.11 What is the value of the integral dl
c
# along the curve c ?( c is the curve ABCD in
the direction of the arrow ) ?
(A) 2 ( )/ R a a 2
x y
+ (B) 2 ( )/ R a a 2
x y
- +
(C) 2Ra
x
(D) 2Ra
y
-
MCQ 1.3.12 Given a vector field cos r a A 4
r
f = in cylindrical coordinates. For the contour as
shown below, d A l : # is
(A) 1 (B) 1 ( /2) p -
(C) 1 ( /2) p + (D) 1 -
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 1.3.13 If a vector field B is solenoidal, which of these is true ?
(A) 0 d B l
L
: = # (B) 0 d B s
s
: = #
(C) 0 B
#
d = (D) 0 B : d =Y
MCQ 1.3.14 Which of the following equations is correct ?
(A) a a a
x x x
2
#
=
(B) ( ) ( ) 0 a a a a
x y y x # #
+ =
(C) ( ) ( ) a a a a a a
x y z x z y # # # #
=
(D) 0 a a a a
r r
: : + =
q q
MCQ 1.3.15 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
List I (Term) List II (Type)
a curl 0 F = ^ h 1. Laplace equation
b div 0 F = ^ h 2. Irrotational
c div Grad 0 f = ^ h 3. Solenoidal
d div div 0 f = ^ h 4. Not defined
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 3 1 4
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 2 1 3 4
(D) 4 3 1 2
MCQ 1.3.16 If A a a a 2
r z
= + +
f
, the value of d A l : # around the closed circular quadrant
shown in the given figure is
(A) p (B) 4
2
p
+
(C) 4 p + (D) 2
2
p
+
***********
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 1.1
SOL 1.1.1 Option (D) is correct.
Given the vector field has the only component in a
q
direction and its magnitude is
r so as r increase from origin to the infinity field lines will be larger and directed
along a
q
as shown in option (A).
SOL 1.1.2 Option (B) is correct.
M N - 5 2 4 ( 8 7 2 ) a a a a a a
x y z x y z
= - + - - - +
5 8 7 2 a a a a a a 2 4
x y z x y z
= - + + + -
13 5 2 a a a
x y z
= + +
So, the unit vector in the direction of (M N - ) is
a
M N
M N
=
-
-
13 5 2
13 5 2
a a a
a a a
x y z
x y z
=
+ +
+ +
0.92 0.36 0.14 a a a
x y z
= + +
SOL 1.1.3 Option (C) is correct.
Vector G at ( , , ) 2 1 3 - :
G 4( 2)(1) 2(2 ( 2) ) 3(3) a a a
x y z
2 2
= - + + - +
8 12 27 a a a
x y z
=- + +
So, unit vector in the direction of G at Q :
a
G

G
G
=
a a a
a a a
8 12 27
8 12 27
x y z
x y z
=
- + +
- + +
0.26 0. 9 0.88 a a a 4
x y z
=- + +
Option (A), (B), (D) are the properties of vector product.
Now we check the relation defined in option (C). Since the triple cross product is
not associative in general so, the given relation is incorrect. This inequality can be
explained by considering vector A B = and C ,perpendicular to A as shown in
the figure.
According to right hand rule we determine that B C
# ^ h points out of the page
and so A B C
# # ^ h points down that has magnitude ABC.
But in L.H.S. of the relation, since A B =
So we have ( ) A B
#
0 =
and hence ( ) A B C
# #
0 =
Therefore A B C
# # ^ h 0 A B C !
# #
= ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As the direction of cross vector is normal to the plane. So, direction of B C
#
will
be normal to the plane defined by the three vectors.
Now the dot product of two mutually perpendicular vectors is always zero and
since the direction of B C
#
will be perpendicular to the plane of vector A. So
A B C :
# ^ h will be zero.
Consider the two vectors A and B are as shown below.
As the angle between the two vectors is a.
So component of vector A along B is
A
1
cos A a =^ h
cosine of the angle between the two vectors is defined as
cos a
AB
A B :
=
So, A
1

AB
A
A B :
=b l

B
A B :
=
Cross product of two parallel vector fields is always zero since the angle between
them is q 0c = .
i.e. A B
#
0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

a a a
1 2 3
6
z
a b -
r f
0 =
a a a 12 3 3 6 2
z
b a b a - - + + + -
r f ^ ^ ^ h h h 0 =
Solving it we have, 4 b =- and 2 a =-
SOL 1.1.8 Option (A) is correct.
Dot product of the two orthogonal vectors is always zero.
i.e. A B : 0 =
(4)(1) (2 )(4) ( )( 4) k k + + - 0 =
4 8 4 k k + - 0 =
4k 4 =-
k 1 =-
From the given field vector we have the component
E
x
2 cos zy x 3
2
= .
So for the given condition E 0
x
=
We have, 9 (2 ) cos zy x
2
0 =
This condition met when, z 0 =
or, y 0 =
or, cos x 2 0 = 2x & /2 p = x & /4 p =
Therefore the planes on which field component E
x
will be zero are
z 0 = y 0 = and x /4 p =
From the given field vector we have the field components
E
y
2 sin zy x 2 =
and E
z
sin y x 2 2
2
=
Now, in the plane 4 y z 0 - = y z 4 & =
So, E
y
sin z z x 8 4 2 = ^ h sin z x 32 2
2
=
E
z
sin z x 2 4 2
2
= ^ h sin z x 32 2
2
=
Thus E
y
E
z
=
For the given condition 0 E = , we must have
E
x
0 E E
y z
= = =
i.e. cos zy x 9 2
2
8 2 2 2 0 sin sin zy x y x
2
= = =
This condition met in the plane y 0 = .
Since the two points are defined in different coordinate system so we represent the
point Q in Cartesian system as
x ( ) . cos cos 4 50 2 57 r f = = - =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
y ( ) . sin sin 4 50 3 064 r f = = - =-
and z 2 =
So, the distance between the two points ( , , ) P 2 3 1 - and ( . , . , ) Q 2 57 3 064 2 - is given
as

PQ
( . ) ( . ) ( ) 2 57 2 3 064 3 2 1
2 2 2
= - + - - + +
6.78 units =
Since, the options include spherical as well as cylindrical representation of A, so,
we will transform the vector in both the forms to check the result.
The components of vector field A are
A 1
x
= , A 0
y
= and A 0
z
=
Now, we transform the vector components in cylindrical system as

A
A
A
z
r
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

cos
sin
sin
cos
A
A
A 0 0
0
0
1
x
y
z
f
f
f
f = -
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
A
r
( )(1) cos cos f f = =
A
f
( )( ) sin sin 1 f f = - =-
A
z
0 =
So, the vector field in cylindrical system is
( , , ) z A r f cos sin a a f f = -
r f
Hence, both the options (A) and (B) are incorrect.
Again, we transform the vector components in spherical system as

A
A
A
r
q
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

sin cos
cos cos
sin
sin sin
cos sin
cos
cos
sin
A
A
A 0
x
y
z
q f
q f
f
q f
q f
f
q
q =
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
A
r
( )( ) sin cos sin cos 1 q f q f = =
A
q
( )( ) cos cos cos cos 1 q f q f = =
A
f
( )(1) sin sin f f = - =-
So, the vector field in spherical system is
( , , ) r A q f sin cos cos cos sin a a a
r
q f q q f = + -
q f
We transform the given vector field in spherical system.
Since the given vector field is F 10a
x
=
The Cartesian components of the field are 0 F 1
x
= , F 0
y
= , F 0
z
= .
So, the spherical components of vector field can be determined as

F
F
F
r
q
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

sin cos
cos cos
sin
sin sin
cos sin
cos
cos
sin
F
F
F 0
x
y
z
q f
q f
q
q f
q f
f
q
q
=
-
-
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
So, we get F
r
sin cos 10 q f =
F
q
cos cos 10 q f =
and F
f
sin 10 q =-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now, for the given point (x 3 = , y 2 = , z 1 =- ) we have
r ( ) ( ) ( ) 3 2 1 14
2 2 2
= + + - =
q tan
z
x y
1
2 2
=
+
-
( )
( ) ( )
105.5 tan
1
3 2
1
2 2
c =
-
+
=
-
f p
f tan
x
y
1
=
-
a k
33.7 tan
3
2 1
c = =
-
b l
Putting all the values in the matrix transformation, we have
F
r
(105.5 ) (33.7 ) 8 sin cos 5 c c = =
F
q
10 (105.5 ) (33.7 ) . cos cos 2 2 c c = =-
F
f
10 (33.7 ) . sin 5 5 c =- =-
Therefore, the vector field in spherical coordinate is
F F F F a a a
r r
= + +
q q f f
8 2.2 5.5 a a a
r
= - -
q f
Since z -axis is normal to the surface z 5 = , so first of all we will find the angle
between z -axis and A which can be easily obtained from the figure shown below :
i.e. cos f
A
A
z
=
( ) ( ) ( ) 5 10 3
3
134
3
2 2 2
=
- + +
=
f . cos
134
3
74 98 75
1
c c . = =
-
c m
Therefore, the angle between surface z 5 = and vector A is (90 ) 15 c c f - = .
The given line x 6 = , z 2 =- is parallel to y-axis. So, the component of A parallel
to the given line is
A
y
( ) A a a
y y
: =
( 2 20 4 ) a a a a a
z y y
: = - + +
r f 6 @
( 2 20 ) sin cos a
y
f f = - +
At point P, 90c f = , so, A
y
2a
y
=-
The given point is shown below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
After 120c rotation looking down the axis the new co-ordinate axes (xl, yl, zl) will
be as shown below :
So, the rotation carries z axis into y ; y-axis into x and x into z .
therefore the new co-ordinates of point P are :
xl z c = =
yl x a = =
zl y b = =
i.e. (c, a, b) is the co-ordinates of point P in the transformed system.
The position vector can be defined as :
R x y z a a a
x y z
= + +
R x y z
2 2 2
= + +
So, gradR
x
R
y
R
z
R
a a a
x y z
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + +

x y z
x
x y z
y
x y z
z
a a a
2
1 2
2
1
2
2
1 2
x y z
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
=
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +

x y z
x y z a a a
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ +
+ +

R
R
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A : d ( ) ( ) ( )
x
y
y
xy x z
z
x yz 2 4 2
2 2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + + + + +
x y 0 2 2 = + + ( ) x y 2 = +
We have the vector field components as
sin F r f =
r
, F z
2
r =
f
and cos F z
z
f =
Now, F
#
d
F F F
a a a
1
z
z
z
r
r
r
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
f
f
f
cos cos sin z
z
z z
z
a a
1 1 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
f
f rr
r
r
r
f r f = + - -
r f
; ; E E
sin z a
1
z
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
rr
f
r f + -
; E
sin cos z z a a a
1
0 0
1
3
z
3 2
r
f r
r
r r f = - - - - + -
r f 6 6 6 @ @ @
( ) (3 ) sin cos z z a a
1
z
3
r
f r r f =- + + -
r
At point ( , / , ) P 1 2 2 p
F
#
d 1(2 1 1 ) (3 1 2 0) a a
z
3
# # #
=- + + -
r
3 6 a a
z
=- +
r
D yz xz xy a a a
x y z
= + +
D : d ( ) ( ) ( )
x
yz
y
xz
z
xy
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + + 0 =
D
#
d
yz xz xy
a a a
x
x
y
y
z
z
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
( ) ( ) ( ) x x y y z z a a a
x y z
= - - - + - 0 =
Curl of the unit vector a
r
is
a
#
d
r

a a a
1
1 0 0
0
z
z
r
r
= =
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
f
f
The curl of unit vector a
f
is
a
#
d
f

a a a
a
a 1
0 1 0
1
z
z
z
z
2
2
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
= = =
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
f
f
^ h
and curl of unit vector a
z
is
a
z #
d
a a a
1
0 0 1
0
z
z
r
r
= =
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
f
f
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Options (A), (B) and (C) are properties of d operator where as :

g
A
#
d
c m

( ) ( )
g
g g A A
2
# #
d d
=
+
In a cylindrical coordinate system Laplacian of a scalar field is defined as
f
2
4
f f
z
f
1 1
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
r r f
= + +
e o
( ) sin sin sin cos z z z
1
2 8
1
2 6
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r f r
r
r f
f
f f = + + - -
c m
( ) sin cos
z
z 2 6
2
2
2
r f f + +
(2 16 ) (2 6 2 ) sin sin cos cos z z z
1 1
6
2
2 2
r
f r
r
r f f f = + - + +
cos cos
z
16 6
6
2
2
2
2
f
r
f = + -
At point , / , P 3 2 6 p
^ h
f
2
d 16 ( 1) 40 0
9
6 36
#
#
= + - - =
A vector field is called conservative (irrotational) if its curl is zero.
i.e. M d
#
0 =

cos cos z xz y kx x xz
a a a
2
x
x
y
y
z
z
+
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 =
(0 0) ( ) (2 ) 0 cos sin cos sin xz xz xz xz xz xz k a a a 1
x y z
- - - - + + - =
k 2 1 - 0 =
or, k
2
1
=
For a scalar field to be harmonic,
g
2
d 0 =

x
g
y
g
z
g
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ + 0 =
2 k y 1 2 + ^ h 0 = which results in k
2
1
=-
Consider V is a scalar field. So the gradient of the field is
V 4
x
V
y
V
z
V
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + +
and the curl of the gradient of the field is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
( ) V 4
#
4
a a a
x
x
x
V
y
y
y
V
z
z
z
V
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

z y
V
y z
V
x z
V
z x
V
x y
V
y x
V
a a a
x y z
2 2 2 2 2 2
22
2
22
2
22
2
22
2
22
2
22
2
= - + - + -
c c c m m m
0 =
So the curl of the gradient of any scalar field is zero everywhere.
For vector A to be solenoidal its divergence must be zero.
i.e. A : d 0 =
( 4 ) (2 3 ) (4 3 )
x
x z
y
x z
z
x y cz
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ + - + + - 0 =
c 1 0 + - 0 =
c 1 =
For a vector function to be irrotational its curl must be zero.
i.e. A
#
d 0 =

A A A
a a a
x
x
x
y
y
y
z
z
z
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 =

( ) ( ) ( ) x k z k x z x k y z
a a a
4 5 4 2
x
x
y
y
z
z
1 2 3
+ - - +
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 =
( ( 5)) (4 ) ( ) k k k a a a
x y z 3 1 2
- - - - - + 0 =
( 5) k
3
- - - 0 = & k
3
5 =
4 k
1
- 0 = & k
1
4 =
and 0 k
2
- 0 = & k
2
0 =
So k
1
, k
2
and k
3
are 4, 0 and 5 respectively.
The unit vector normal to a given plane f 0 = is
a
n

f
f
d
d
=
The given equation is
x y z 2 4 6 + + 7 =
x y z 2 4 6 7 + + - 0 =
So, f x y z 2 4 6 7 = + + -
and gradient of f is
f d 2 6 a a a 3
x y z
=- + +
f d 2 4 6 56
2 2 2
= + + =
So, a
n
2 4 6 a a a
56
1
x y z
= + + ^ h 2 3 a a a
14
1
x y z
= + + ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider the differential displacement,
dl dx dy dz a a a
x y z
= + +
So dl
C
#
dx dy dz a a a
C
x
C
y
C
z
= + +
c c c m m m
# # #
For a contour the initial and final points are same. So, all the individual integrals
described above will be zero. Therefore,
dl
C
#
0 =
According to stokes theorem.
d A l
L
:
#
d A S :
#
d = ^ h #
So U dl
C
: d ^ h #
U dS
#
: d d = ^ h 6 @ #
Since U
#
d d ^ h 0 = (curl of the gradient of a scalar field is always zero)
So the contour integral is zero.
According to the divergence theorem surface integral of vector over a closed surface
is equal to the volume integral of its divergence inside the region defined by closed
surface.
i.e. d A S
S
:
#
dv A
v
: d = ^ h #
Now, A : d
x
yz
y
z x
z
xy 2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + + ^ ^ ^ h h h
0 0 0 = + +
So d A S :
#
0 =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 1.2
Consider that the cube has its edges on the , x y and z - axes respectively as shown
in the figure. As the angle between any of the two body diagonals of the cube will
be same so we determine the angle q between the diagonals OB and AC of the
cube.
From the figure we get the co-ordinates of points A, B and C as :
A , , 0 0 3 "^ h B , , 3 3 3 "^ h and C , , 3 3 0 "^ h
So, the vector length, OB 3 3 3 a a a
x y z
= + +
and AC 3 3 3 a a a
x y z
= + -
For determining the angle q between them, we take their dot product as
OB AC : ^ ^ h h cos OB AC q =
9 9 9 + - cos 3 3 3 3 q =^ ^ h h
So, the angle formed between the diagonals is
q 70.53 cos
4
1 1
c = =
-
b l
For the given points A, B, C, the vector length,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
AB 20 18 10 a a a
x y z
= + -
and AC 10 8 15 a a a
x y z
=- + +
Since the cross product of two vectors is always perpendicular to the plane of
vectors. So the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of triangle is given by
a
n

AB AC
AB AC
#
#
=
now, AB AC
#

a a a
20
10
18
8
10
15
x y z
=
-
-
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
10 8 20 15 ( 10) ( 10) a a 18 15
x y # # # #
= - - - - - - ^ h 6 6 @ @
10 18 a 20 8
z # #
+ - - ^ h 6 @
350 200 340 a a a
x y z
= - +
So, a
n

350 200 340
350 200 340
a a a
a a a
x y z
x y z
=
- +
- +

( ) ( ) ( )
350 200 340 a a a
350 200 340
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ - +
- +
0.664 0.379 0.645 a a a
x y z
= - +
The unit vector in the direction of vector AC is given by
a
AC

AC
AC
=
( ) ( ) ( )
10 8 15 a a a
10 8 15
x y z
2 2 2
=
- + +
- + +
0.507 0.406 0.761 a a a
x y z
=- + +
0. 1 0.41 0.76 a a a 6
x y z
=- + +
Since the cross product of two vectors is always perpendicular to the plane of
vectors. So, the unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to
AC is given by cross product of the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the
triangle and the unit vector a
AC
.
i.e. a
P
a a
n AC #
= 0.550 0.832 0.077 a a a
x y z
=- - +
Unit vector in the direction of AB is given by
a
AB

( ) ( ) ( )
a a a
20 18 10
10 18 10
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ + -
+ -
0.697 0.627 0.348 a a a
x y z
= + -
A non unit vector in the direction of bisector of interior angle at A is defined as
( ) a a
2
1
AB AC
+ . . . . . . a a a a a a
2
1
0 697 0 627 0 348 0 507 0 406 0 761
x y z x y z
= + - - + + 6 @
0.095 0.516 0.207 a a a
x y z
= + +
So the unit vector in the direction of bisector of interior angle at A is given by
a
bis

(0.095) (0.516) (0. )
0.095 0.516 0.207 a a a
207
x y y
2 2 2
=
+ +
+ +
0.168 0.915 0.367 a a a
x y z
= + +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
0.17 0.92 0.37 a a a
x y z
= + +
The vector field F can be written in cartesian system as
( , , ) x y z F
x y
x y a a
x y
2 2
=
+
+

x y
x
x y
y
a a
x y
2 2 2 2
=
+
+
+
( , , ) x y z F
cos sin
a a
x y
2 2
r
r f
r
r f
= + ( , cos sin x y r f r f = = )
( ) cos sin a a
1
x y
r
f f = +
The components of vector field F are

1
cos F
x
r
f = , sin F
1
y
r
f = and 0 F
z
=
So the components of vector field F in cylindrical system can be expressed as

F
F
F
z
r
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

cos
sin
sin
cos
F
F
F 0 0
0
0
1
x
y
z
f
f
f
f = -
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
F
r
cos sin
1 2 2
r
f f = + 6 @
1
r
=
F
f
( ) 0 cos sin sin cos
r
1
f f f f = - + = 6 @
F
z
0 =
So the vector field ( , , ) z F r f a
1
r
=
r
At the point ( P 2 r = , /4 f p = , . z 0 1 = )
F 0.5 a a
2
1
= =
r r
Any vector field can be represented as the sum of its normal and tangential
component to any surface as
A A A
t n
= +
where A
t
is tangential component and A
n
is normal component to the surface
r 20 = at point ( , , ) P 20 150 330 c c .
So, A
n
20 ra a
r r
= =
and therefore, A
t
A A
n
= -
sin cos
r
r
a a
2
4
4
q f =- +
q f
0.043 100 a a = +
q f
Any vector field can be represented as the sum of its normal and tangential
components to any surface as
A A A
t n
= +
Here A
t
and A
n
are the tangential and normal components to the conical surface
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since the unit vector normal to the conical surface is a
q
.
So, A
n
8a =-
q
and therefore the tangential component to the cone is
A
t
A A
n
= - 12 9 a a
r
=- +
f
Consider the unit vector perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone 150c q = is
b b b a a
r r
= +
f f
(Tangential component to the cone will have b 0 =
q
)
Now the magnitude of unit vector is 1
So, b b
r
2 2
+
f
1 = ...(i)
and the dot product of mutually perpendicular vectors is zero.
So, b A: 0 =
9 b b 6
r
- +
f
0 =
b
f
b
4
3
r
= ....(ii)
So, from equation (i) and (ii) we have
b 1
9
16
r
2
+
b l
1 =
b
r

5
3
= , b
5
4
=
f
Therefore, b (3 4 ) a a
5
1
r
= +
f
The separation vector R can be defined as :
R ( ) ( ) ( ) x a y b z c a a a
x y z
= - + - + -
and R ( ) ( ) ( ) x a y b z c
2 2 2
= - + - + -
So,
R
1
d
b l
( ) ( ) ( )
x
x a y b z c a
/
x
2 2 2 1 2
2
2
= - + - + -
-
6 @
( ) ( ) ( )
y
x a y b z c a
/
y
2 2 2 1 2
2
2
+ - + - + -
-
6 @
( ) ( ) ( )
z
x a y b z c a
/
z
2 2 2 1 2
2
2
+ - + - + -
-
6 @
( ) ( ) ( ) R x a R y b R z c a a a
2
1
2
1
2
1
/ / /
x y z
3 2 3 2 3 2
=- - - - - -
- - -
^ ^ ^ h h h

( ) ( ) ( )
R
x a y b z c
R
a a a
R
/
x y z
3 2 3
=-
- + - + -
=-
The gradient of a scalar field at its maxima is zero. So at the top of hill
h 4 0 =
or, (12 4 36) (16 4 56) x y y x a a
x y
- + + - - 0 =
Therefore both the components will be equal to zero
i.e. x y 12 4 36 - + 0 =
and, y x 16 4 56 - - 0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Solving the two equations, we get,
x 2 =- , y 3 =
Thus the top of the hill is located at 2 miles south ( 2 - miles north) and 3 miles
east of the railway station.
Consider the position vector of point P is
R 2 x y z a a a 5
x y z
4
= + +
So, the magnitude of R is
R x y z
2 2 2
= + +
and unit vector in the direction of R is
a
R

x y z
x y z a a a
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ +
+ +
Therefore, the vector field F at point P is
F
R
a
10
R
2
=
10
R
x y z
x y z a a a
x y z
2
2 2 2
=
+ +
+ +
e o

x y z
x y z a a a
10 /
x y z
2 2 2 3 2 =
+ +
+ +
^ h
= G
The divergence of the field F is given as
F : d
x
x y z
x
y
x y z
y
z
x y z
z
10
/ / / 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
=
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
^ ^ ^ h h h
> H
10
( ) ( )
( )
( ) x y z x y z
x x
x y z
1
2
3
2
1
/ / / 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 2 3 2
=
+ +
-
+ +
+
+ +
=

2
3
( )
(2 )
( )
1
2
3
( )
(2 )
x y z
y y
x y z x y z
z z
2 2 2 5/2 2 2 2 3/2 2 2 2 5/2
-
+ +
+
+ +
-
+ +
G
10
( )
( )
R x y z
x y z
3
3
/ 3 2 2 2 5 2
2 2 2
= -
+ +
+ +
> H
10
R R
3 3
3 3
= -
: D
0 =
But at origin (x 0 = , y 0 = , z 0 = ) the position vector R 0 = and so the expression
for field F blows up. Therefore, F : d is infinite at origin and zero else where.
The circulation of A around the route is given by
d A l :
#
d A l
3 2 1
: = + +
c m
# # #
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as described below
1st segment : ( , , ) ( , , ) 0 0 0 2 0 0 "
x changes from 0 to 2, y 0 = , z 0 =
So, d A l
1
:
#
x dx
x
3 3
3
2
0
2 3
0
2
= =
b l #
8 = (d dx l a
x
= )
2nd segment : ( , , ) ( , , ) 2 0 0 2 2 0 "
x 2 = , y changes from 0 to 2, z 0 = .
d A l
2
:
#
yz dy 6 0
0
2
= =
#
(d dy l a
y
= )
3rd segment : ( , , ) ( , , ) 2 2 0 2 2 2 "
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
x 2 = , y 2 = , z changes from 0 to 2.
d A l
3
:
#
( ) 24 y dz z 3 3 4
2
0
2
0
2
#
= = =
#
(d dz l a
z
= )
So total line integral will be :
d A l :
#
8 0 24 32 int u s = + + =
For the straight line from origin to the point (2, 2, 2) we have the relation between
the coordinates as
x y z 2 = =
or, dx dy dz = =
and the line integral along straight line is given as
dl dx dy dz a a a
x y z
= + +
Therefore, the line integral of the vector field along the straight line is given as
d A l :
#
x dx yzdy z dz 3 6 3
2 2
= + +
# # #
x dx x dx x dx 3 6 3
2 2 2
= + +
# # #
x dx 12
2
=
#
( )
x
x 12
3
4
3
0
2
3
0
2
= =
b l
8 int u s 3 24
#
= =
For the closed path defined,
the line integral in forward path = 32 units
the line integral in return path = 32 - units.
So, total integral in the closed path is :
d A l :
#
32 32 0 units = - =
The circulation of A around the path L can be given as
d A l :
#
d A l
3 2 1
: = + +
c m
# # #
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as shown in figure below :
1
st
segment : ( 30c f = , z 2 = , 0 5 # # r ) and d d l a r =
r
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, d A l
1
:
#
sin d
0
5
r f r =
#
d
2
0
5
r
r =
#

4
25
= ( 30c f = )
2
nd
segment : ( 5 r = , z 2 = , 30 180 c c # # f ) and d d l a f =
f
So, d A l
2
:
#
d 0 0 f = =
#
3
rd
segment : ( 180c f = , z 2 = , 5 0 # # r ) and d d l a r =
r
d A l
3
:
#
sin d
5
0
r f r =
#
0 = ( 180c f = )
Therefore, the circulation of vector field along the edge L is
d A l
Total
:
#
0 0 units
4
25
4
25
= + + =
Volume integral of the function is given by
V f dxdydz =
###
z dxdydz 30
2
=
###
The surface of the tetrahedron will have a slope
x y z + + 1 =-
So, for a given value of y and z , x varies from 0 to ( 1 ) y z - - - and x integral
will be
dx
( ) y z
0
1 - - -
#
1 y z =- - -
again for a given value of z , y ranges from 0 to ( ) z 1 - - . So y-integral will be :
( ) y z dy 1
( ) z
0
1
- - -
- -
#
( ) z y
y
1
2
( ) z 2
0
1
= - - -
- -
; E

( 1 )
( ) ( )
z
z z
2
1
2
1
2
2 2
= - - -
- -
=
- -

z
z
2
1
2
3
2
= + +
Now there is only one remaining variable z that ranges from 1 - to 0. So we have
the volume integral of the function as
V z z
z
dz 30
2
1
2
2
2
1
0
= + +
-
b l #

z z z
30
6 4 10
3 4 5
1
0
= + +
-
: D
30 0
6
1
4
1
10
1
= + - +
: D
30
20
1
2
3
#
= =
The net outward flux through the closed cylindrical surface will be summation
of the fluxes through the top(in a
z
direction), bottom(in a
z
- direction) and the
curved surfaces(in a
r
direction) as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the vector field has no z -component so, the outward flux through the top and
bottom surfaces will be zero. Therefore, the total outward flux through the closed
cylindrical surface will be only due to the field component in a
r
direction(flux
through the curved surfaces) which is given as
d A S :
#
A d dz
z 0
2
0
2
r f =
r
f
p
= =
^ ^ h h # #

cos
d dz
4
z
2 2
0
2
0
2
r f
r f =
f
p
= =
c
^
m
h # #

At 2 r = , d A S :
#
cos d dz
4
2
3
2
0
2
0
2
f f =
p
^ h
; ; E E # #
2 2 4
# #
p p = =
According to divergence theorem surface integral of a vector field over a closed
surface is equal to the volume integral of its divergence inside the closed region:
i.e. d A S :
#
( )dv A : d =
#
Divergence of vector A is
A : d A A
z
A
1 1
z
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
r
f
= + +
r f ^ h
( ( )) ( ) sin sin
z
z
1
4 2
1
2 6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r r r f
r
f
r f = + + +
^ h
8 4 2 ( ) 6 sin cos 2
2
f f = + + +
8 4 2 2 6 sin cos sin
2 2 2
f f f = + + - + 16 =
So the surface integral is
d A S :
#
( )dv A : d =
#
( ) d d dz 16 r r f =
###
16 d d dz
/
0
2
0
5
0
2
r r f =
p
# # #
16 2
2
5
# # #
p
=
80p =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Note :
The surface integral can also be evaluated directly without using divergence theorem
but it will be much complicated as there are 5 different surfaces over which we will
have to integrate the given vector field.
According to stokes theorem, line integral of a vector function along a closed path
is equal to the surface integral of its curl over the surface defined by the closed
path.
i.e. d G l
L
:
#
d G S
#
d = ] g
#
Curl of the vector field is
G
#
d 6x a
z
2
=-
and the differential surface vector
dS ( ) dxdy a
z
= -
So the line integral of the given vector field is
d G l
L
:
#
d G S
#
d = ] g
#
x dxdy 6
2
=- -
##
x dydx x dydx 6 6
x x
2 2
0
2
1
2
0 0
1
= +
-
# # # #
( ) x xdx x x dx 6 6 2
2 2
1
2
0
1
= + -
# #
6
4
6
3
2
4
x x x
4 3 4
0
1
1
2
= + -
: : D D

3
16
4
16
3
2
4
1
6
4
1
0 6 = - + - - -
b b b l l l ; E
7 = units
The relationship between cartesian and spherical co-ordinates is :
r x y z
2 2 2
= + + , sin r x y
2 2
q = +
x sin cos r q f = , y sin sin r q f =
We put these values in the given expression of vector field as
F
x y
x y z
x x
y y
a a a a
4 4
2 2 2 2
x y x y
2 2
2 2 2
=
+
+ +
+ - +
9 C
( ) ( )
sin
sin
cos sin cos sin
r
r r
a a
2
2
x y
q
q
f f f f = - + + 6 @
( ) ( ) cos sin cos sin r a a
x y
f f f f = - + + 6 @
Now we transform the vector field from cartesian system to spherical system :

F
F
F
r
q
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

sin cos
cos cos
sin
sin sin
cos sin
cos
cos
sin
F
F
F 0
x
y
z
q f
q f
q
q f
q f
f
q
q
=
-
-
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
F
r
cos sin sin cos sin sin cos sin r r f f q f q f f f = - + + ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h
sin r q =
F
q
cos sin cos cos cos sin cos sin r r f f q f f f q f = - + + ^ ^ ^ h h h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
cos r q =
F
f
cos sin sin cos sin cos r r f f f f f f = - - + + ^ ^ ^ h h h
r =
i.e. F sin cos r r r a a a
r
q q = + +
q f
The differential surface vector over the surface S
1
is
dS sin r d d a
r
2
q q f =
and the surface S
1
is defined in the region r 2 = , 0 30 < < c q , 0 2 < < f p
So, surface integral through out the surface S
1
will be :
d F S
S1
:
#
sin r d d
3 2
0
30
0
2
q q f =
c p
# #
sin d d 8
0
2
2
0
30
f q q =
c p
# #
4
3 2
3
p
p
= -
; E
(at r 2 = )
. 2 276 = . 2 3 =
The vector function in spherical form as calculated in previous question is :
F sin cos r r r a a a
r
2
q q = + +
q f
The differential surface vector over the surface S
2
is
dS sin r d dra q f =
q
and the surface S
2
is defined in the region r 0 2 # # , 0 2 # # f p, 30c q =
So, the surface integral of the field over the surface S
2
is :
d F S
S2
:
#
sin cos r d dr
2
0
2
0
2
q q f =
p
# #

3
4 3 p
=
For a vector function to be irrotational its curl must be zero. Now we check it for
vector A.
A
#
d ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
y
x y z
z
z
z
x z
x
x y z a a 3 3 3
x y
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= - - - - + + - - -
; : E D
( ) ( )
x
z
y
x z a 3
z
2
2
2
2
+ - - +
; E
( 3 3) (1 1) (0 0) a a a
x y z
= - + + - + - 0 =
So, vector A is irrotational.
again for a vector to be solenoidal its divergence must be zero. So we take the
divergence of the vector A as
A : d ( ) ( ) ( )
x
x z
y
z
z
x y z 3 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + + - + - -
1 0 1 0 = + - =
So, vector A is solenoidal
Thus the vector A is both irrotational and solenoidal.
Note: Since the curl of the gradient of a scalar field is zero. So, we can have directly
the result A 4
#
( ) f 4
#
4 = - ( ) f 4 4
#
=-= 0 =
We have
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A f d =-
x
f
y
f
z
f
a a a
x y z
2
2
2
2
2
2
=- - -
Comparing it with the given vector we get :

x
f
2
2
( ) x z =- + ( , ) f
x
xz f y z
2
2
1
& =- - +

y
f
2
2
z 3 = ( , ) f yz f x z 3
2
& = +

z
f
2
2
( ) x y z 3 =- - - ( , ) f xz yz
z
f x y 3
2
2
3
& =- + + +
In conclusion, from all the three results, we get
f
x
xz yz
z
2
3
2
2 2
=- - + +
Given the vector field, A 3( ) y x a a
x y
= +
The differential line vector in the cartesian coordinate system is
dl dx dy dza a a
x y z
= + +
So, d A l :
#
ydx xdy 3 3 = +
# #
The given curve is, y / x 2 =
So, we put x y 2
2
= and dx ydy 4 = in the line integral
d A l :
#
y dy y dy 12 6
2
1
2
2
1
2
= +
# #
y
3
18 3
1
2
=
6 @
6 units 5 30
#
= =
Given the vector field F
cos cos
r r
a a
1 2 2
r r
3 3
2
f f
=
+
=
and the differential surface vector over the outer spherical surface is
dS ( ) sin r d d a
r
2
q q f = (for r 2 = ,0 # # i r,0 2 # # f p)
So the surface integral over the outer spherical surface is
d F S :
#

cos
sin
r
r d d
2
3
2
2
0 0
2
f
q q f =
p p
c ^ m h # #
2p =-
Consider that the vector A is in a
x
direction as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So we can write the vectors in cartesian form as
A 4a
x
=
A 4 = ^ h
and B 30 30 cos sin B B a a
x y
c c = + - ^ h
a a
2
3 3
2
3
x y
= - B 3 = ^ h
Now the resultant vector,
R 6 8 A B = - 3.22a a 6
x y
= +
So, R . 3 22 12
2 2
= + ^ ^ h h 12.43 units =
and angle that R makes with x -axis is
q
.
.
cos
12 43
3 22 1
=
-
b l
75c =
So the graphical representation of vector R is
We go through all the options to check the direction of the vector R for the
corresponding directions of A, B and C.
Option (A)
Since the direction of cross product is normal to the plane of vectors and determined
by right hand rule. So B C
#
has the direction in which thumb indicates when
the curl of the finger directs from B to C. Thus B C
#
will be directed out of the
paper and so we get direction of A B C
# # ^ h toward east. So the given direction
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
of R is incorrect.
In Option (B) : Direction of B C
# ^ h is out of the paper so, R A B C
# #
= ^ h
will be directed toward west.
In Option (C): Direction of B C
# ^ h is into the paper so, R A B C
# #
= ^ h will
be directed toward north.
In Option (D) : Direction of B C
# ^ h is into the paper so, R A B C
# #
= ^ h will
be directed toward south. So the given direction is correct.
As the vectors B and C are defined in cylindrical system. So, we transform the
vector in cartesian form as below
Given the vector field B 3 a a a
z
= + +
r f
the cylindrical components B 1 =
r
, B 1 =
f
, B 3
z
=
So the cartesian components of vector B is

B
B
B
x
y
z
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

cos
sin
sin
cos
B
B
B 0 0
0
0
1
z
f
f
f
f =
-
r
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
B
x
cos sin B B f f = -
r f
cos sin f f = - B B 1 = =
r f ^ h
B
y
sin cos B B f f = +
r f
sin cos f f = + B B 1 = =
r f ^ h
B
z
B 3
z
= =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and so the vector field in cartesian system is
B 3 cos sin sin cos a a a
x y z
f f f f = - + + + ^ ^ h h
So at the point , , 2
2
3
p
a k
B 3 a a a
x y z
=- + +
now we transform the vector field C 3 a a 2
z
= +
r
in cartesian system.
the cylindrical components, C
r
2 = , C 0 =
f
, C 3
z
=
So the cartesian components of vector C is

C
C
C
x
y
z
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

cos
sin
sin
cos
C
C
C 0 0
0
0
1
z
f
f
f
f =
-
r
f
R
T
S
S
S
S
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
V
X
W
W
W
W
So, C
x
cos 2 f = C 2 =
r
C
y
sin 2 f =
and C
z
C 3
z
= =
C 3 cos sin a a a 2 2
x y z
f f = + +
So, at the point , , 3
4
3
9
p
b l
C
3
3 cos sin a a a 2
4
3
2
4
x y z
p p
= + +
b b l l
3 a a a 2
x y z
=- + +
So all the three vectors are same at their respective points.
For checking whether a vector is perpendicular to a given vector or not we take
their dot product as the dot product of the two mutually perpendicular vectors is
always zero.
Now we have A B + 4 4 4 a a a
x y z
= + +
So we take the dot product of ( ) A B + with the all given options to determine the
perpendicular vector.
In option (A).
4 4 4 a a a a a 4 4
x y x y z
: - + + + ^ ^ h h 16 16 0 =- + =
In Option (B)
a a a a a 4 4 4 4 4
y z x y z
$ + + + ^ ^ h h 16 16 = + 32 0 ! =
In Option (C)
a a a a a 4 4 4
x z x y z
$ + + + ^ ^ h h 4 4 8 0 ! = + =
The given gradient is
, , V x y z d ^ h 1.5 0.5 x yz x z x yz a a a
x y z
2 2 3 2 3
= + +
So,we have the components as,

x
V
2
2
. x yz 1 5
2 2
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V . , . ,
x
yz f y z x yz f y z 1 5
3
0 5
3
2
1
3 2
1
= + = + ^ ^ h h

y
V
2
2
. x z 0 5
3 2
=
V . , x yz f x z 0 5
3 2
2
= + ^ h

z
V
2
2
x yz
3
=
V , . ,
x yz
f y z x yz f y z
2
0 5
3 2
3
3 2
3
= + = + ^ ^ h h
Thus by comparing all the results we get,
V . x yz 0 5
3 2
=
Consider the given plane
xyz 1 =
xyz 1 - 0 =
So, function, f xyz 1 = -
gradient of function, f d yz xz xy a a a
x y z
= + +
Since gradient of the function of a plane is directed normal to the plane so the
normal vector to the plane at the point , , 2 4
8
1
^ h
is
f d 8 a a a
2
1
4
1
x y z
= + +
Now consider , , x y z ^ h lies in the given surface xyz 1 = . So the tangential vector to
the given surface at the point , , 2 4
8
1
^ h
is
T 2 x y z a a a 4
8
1
x y z
= - + - + - ^ ^
b
h h
l
This vector will be perpendicular to f d .
So, f T : d ^ ^ h h 0 = (dot product of perpendicular vector)
x
y
z
2
1
2
4
1
4
8
8
1
- +
-
+ - ^
^
b h
h
l 0 =
2 32 x y z 4 + + 24 =
As the integral is to be determined in spherical volume so, we transform the function
in spherical system as,
x 2 sin cos r 2 q f =
and so, we have the integral
xdv 2
v
#
2 sin cos sin r r drd d
/ /2
r 0
2
0 0
1
2
q f q q f =
f
p
q
p
= = =
^ ^ h h # # #
sin cos r dr d d 2
/ /
3
0
1
2
0
2
0
2
q q f f =
p p
; ; ; E E E # # #
2
sin
sin
r
4 2 4
2
/
/
4
0
1
0
2
0
2 q q
f = -
p
p
; : 6 E D @
2 2
4
1
4 8 4
p p p
# # #
= = =
a k

w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Contour integral of the field vector is evaluated in 3 segments as shown below
In Segment (1) dl d a r =
r
0 2 < # r at 0 f =
So, d A l
1
:
#
cos d
0
2
r f r =
r =
#
cos 0
2
2
0
2
r
=^ h; E
2 unit
2
4
= =
In segment (2) dl d a r f =
f
/ 0 2 < # f p at 2 r =
So, d A l
1
:
#
d
2
/
0
2
r
r f =
f
p
=
^ h #
2
/
0
2
f
=
p
6 @ p =
In segment 3
dl d a r =-
r
0 2 # # r , at /2 f p =
So, d A l
3
:
#
/ cos d 2
0
2
r p r =-
r =
^ ^ h h #
0 =
So the contour integral is
d A l
C
:
#
d A l
3 2 1
: = + +
;
6
E
@ # # #
units 2 p = + ^ h
For the given contour C
1
dl d a r f =
f
0 2 # # f p at 3 r =
So, d A l
C1
:
#
d 9 2 18
0
2
#
r r f p p = = =
f
p
=
^ h #
and for the contour C
2
dl d a r f =-
f
0 2 # # f p at 1 r =
So, d A l
C2
:
#
d 2
0
2
r r f p =- =-
f
p
=
^ h #
Therefore, the ratio of the contour integral is

d
d
A l
A l
C
C
2
1
:
:
#
#

2
18
9
p
p
=
-
=-
^ h
Let us consider a contour abcd as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As vector A has only a
q
component so its integral will not exist along segments ab
and cd and so the contour integral for abcd is
d A l
abcd
:
#
d A l
da cd bc ab
: = + + +
c m
# # # #
For bc segment, r 1 = and 0
2
# # q
p
dl rd a q =-
q
and for da segment r d = , and / 0 2 # # q p
dl rd a q =
q
So, d A l
abcd
:
#

r
e
rd
r
e
rd
/ / r r
0
2
0
2
q q =- +
q
p
q
p - -
= =
b ^ b ^ l h l h # #
/ e e
2
2
1 p
p =- +
d - -
^
a ^ ^
h
k h h
e e
2
1 p
= - +
d - -
^ h
As for the given contour C, d tends to zero
So, d A l
C
:
#
lim d A l
abcd
0
: =
" d
#
lim e e
2 0
1 p
= - +
" d
d - -
^ h e
2
1
1 p
= -
-
^ h
Note : Most of the students do a mistake here by directly integrating the given
vector along given contour C but as the vector A includes exponential which is
not zero at origin and so at r 0 = , 0 rd A a : ! q
f ^ ^ h h therefore we have taken the
contour integral in the form of limits.
The divergence of unit vector a
r
is
a
r
: d
1
r r
r
r
r
r
1
1 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= = = ^ ^ h h
the divergence of unit vector a
q
is
a : d
q

sin
sin
sin
cos cot
r r r
1
2
2
q q
f
q
q q
= = = ^ h
and the divergence of unit vector a
f
is
a : d
f

sin r
1
1 0
2
2
q f
= = ^ h
A vector can be expressed as the gradient of a scalar if its curl is zero. Now we go
through the options.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Option (A), Curl of the vector
yz xz xy
a a a
2 2 2
0
x
x
y
y
z
z
= =
2
2
2
2
2
2
Option (B), Curl of the vector 0
a a a
1
0 0
e
z
z
!
r
r
r
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
f
f
r
r -
^ h
Option (C), Curl of the vector 0
cos sin
a a a
1
0
z
z
2 2
2
r
f
r
f
= =
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
f
f
r
So, it can be expressed as gradient of a scalar.
Any vector for which divergence is zero can be expressed as the curl of another
vector. For checking it we go through all the options.
In Option (A), Divergence
x
x y
y
xy
z
2
1
2
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= - - + _ ^ ^ i h h & 0
x x 0 = - =
In Option (B), Divergence
e 1
0
2
2
r
f
r
= =
r -
c m
In Option (C), Divergence
cos
sin
sin
r r
r
r
r
r
1 2 1
2
2
3 3
2
2
2
2
2 q
q q
q
= +
b c l m
cos
sin
sin cos
r r
1
2
1
2
4 4
q
q
q q =- + ^ h 0 =
So all the vectors can be expressed as curl of another vector.
for y 0 > i.e. above x -axis field will be directed towards a
x
+ direction and will
increase as we go far from the x -axis, since y-increases.
For y 0 < i.e. below x -axis, field will be directed towards a
x
- direction and its
intensity will increases as we go away from the x -axis.
Given the divergence of the vector field is zero
i.e. A 4: 0 =

x
A
y
A
x
y
2
2
2
2
+ 0 =

x
A
x
2
2

y
A
y
2
2
=- ...(1)
and the curl of the vector field is zero,
i.e. A 4
#
0 =

A A
a a a
0
x
x
x
y
y
y
z
z 2
2
2
2
2
2
0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

z
A
z
A
x
A
y
A
a a a
y
x
x
x
y
x
z
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
- + + -
e o
0 =

x
A
y
A y
x
2
2
2
2
- 0 = ....(2)
(Since A is only the variable of x and y. So the differentiation with respect to z
will be zero).
Differentiating equation (ii) with respect to x we get,

x
A
x y
A y
x
2
2
2
2
2
2 2
2
- 0 =

x
A
y x
A y
x
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
-
b l
0 =

x
A
y y
A
y y
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
-
-
e o
0 = (from equation (i))

x
A
y
A
y y
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ 0 =
A
y
2
d 0 =
Again differentiating equation (ii) with respect to y we get

x y
A
y
A y
x
2
2
2
2 2
2
2
2
- 0 =

x y
A
y
A y
x
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
-
e o
0 =

x x
A
y
A
x x
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 -
-
b l
0 = (from equation (i))

x
A
y
A
x x
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ 0 =
The line integral (circulation) of force F around the closed path can be divided in
four sections as shown below.
For segment 1 we have, y z 0 = =
dl dxa
x
=- , x 0 1 < <
So, d F l
1
:
#
x dx
2
0
1
= - ^ h #

x
3 3
1
3
0
1
= - =-
: D
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For segment 2 we have, x z 0 = =
dl dya
y
= , y 0 1 < <
So, d F l
2
:
#
xz dy
0
1
= - ^ ^ h h #
0 =
For segment (3) we have x z = , y 1 =
dl dx dz a a
x z
= + , x 0 1 < < , z 0 1 < <
So, d F l
3
:
#
x dx y dz
2 2
0
1
0
1
= + -
^ h # #

x
z
3
3
0
1
0
1
= -
: 6 D @

3
1
1
3
2
= - =-
For segment 4 we have, y z = , x 1 =
dl dy dz a a
y z
=- -
So, d F l
4
:
#
xz dy y dz
0
1
2
0
1
= - - + - - ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h # #

y
z
2 3
2
0
1
3
0
1
= +
; : E D

2
1
3
1
= +
6
5
=
So, the net circulation of force F around the closed path is
d F l :
#
d F l
1 4 3 2
: = + + +
c m
# # # #

3
1
0
3
2
6
5
=- + - +
9
1
=-
Given, vector position of , , P x y z ^ h
R x y z a a a
x y z
= + +
So, R x y z
2 2 2
= + +
or R
n
x y z
/ n 2 2 2 2
= + +
^ h
R R
n
x y z x y z a a a
/ n
x y z
2 2 2 2
= + + + +
^ h
6 @
Now we take the divergence of the vector as
R R
n
: d ^ h
x
x x y z
y
y x y z
z
z x y z
/ / / n n n 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + + + + + + + + ^ ^ ^ h h h
x y z
x
x
x
n
x y z x
2
2
/ / n n 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
2
2
= + + + + +
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
9 C
x y z
y
y
y
n
x y z y
2
2
/ / n n 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
2
2
+ + + + + +
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
9 C
x y z
z
z
z
n
x y z z
2
2
/ / n n 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
2
2
+ + + + + +
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
9 C
R
n
R x y z 3
2
2 2 2
n n 2 2 2 2
= + + +
-
^ h
R nR 3
n n
= + n R 3
n
= + ^ h
The line integral (Circulation) of vector field A around the closed path can be
divided into four segments as shown in figure below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For segment 1, f 0 = , z 0 =
dl d a r =
r
, 1 2 < < r
So, d A l
1
:
#
sin d r f r =
^ h #
0 = 0 f =
^ h
For segment 2 r 2 = , z 0 =
dl d a r f =
f
0 < < f p
So, d A l
2
:
#
d
2
0
r r f =
p
^ h #
8
0
f =
p
6 @ 8p = 2 r = ^ h
For segment 3 f p = , z 0 = 2 1 < < r - -
So, d A l
3
:
#
sin d
2
1
r f r = -
-
-
^ ^ h h #
0 = f p =
^ h
For segment 4, r 1 = , z 0 =
dl d a r f = -
f ^ h
0 < < f p
So, d A l
4
:
#
d
2
0
r r f = -
p
^ h #

0
f =-
p
6 @ p =-
Therefore, the net circulation of the vector is
d A l :
#
d A l
4 3 2 1
: = + + +
c m
# # # #
0 8 0 p p = + + + 9p =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 1.3
Divergence of A in spherical coordinates is given as
A : d ( )
r r
r A
1
r
2
2
2
2
= ( )
r r
kr
1 n
2
2
2
2
=
+
( )
r
k
n r 2
n
2
1
= +
+
( ) k n r 2 0
n 1
= + =
-
(Given, A 0 : d = )
So, n 3 + 0 =
or, n 3 =-
Given, the vector, A xy x a a
x y
2
= +
Differential displacement along any path in the x -y plane is defined as
dl dx dy a a
x y
= + (since, dz 0 = )
So, the line integral of the vector A along the closed square loop is given as
d A l
C
: # ( ) ( ) xy x dx dy a a a a
x y x y
C
2
: = + + # ( ) xydx x dy
C
2
= + #
xdx xdx dy dy 3
3
4
3
1
/
/
/
/
2 3
1 3
1
3
3
1
1 3
2 3
= + + + # # # #
[3 1] [1 3]
2
1
3
4
3
1
2
3
3
1
3
4
3
4
3
1
= - + - + - + - ; ; E E 1 =
Given, V A
#
d = ...(1)
According to Stokes theorem the line integral of a vector along a closed loop is
equal to the surface integral of the curl of the vector for the loop.
i.e. d A l
C
: # d A S
SC
#
: d = ^ h ## ...(2)
where C is a closed path (contour) and S
C
is the surface area of the loop.
From equation (1) and (2) we get
d A l
C
: # d V S
SC
: = ##
The transformation of unit vector a
f
in Cartesian coordinate system gives the
result.
a
f
sin cos a a
x y
f f = - + ^ ^ h h
where f is angle formed with x -axis.
at point A, f 90c =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, a
f
a
x
=- 3 a "
at point B, f 90 45 135 c c c = + =
So, a
f
a a
2
1
2
1
x y
=- - 5 b "
at point C, f 45c =-
So, a
f
a a
2
1
2
1
x y
= + 4 c "
at point D, f 0c =
So, a
f
a
z
= 2 d "
Given, the solution of a Laplaces equation is
V sinh cos x kye
pz
=
i.e. the field V satisfies Laplaces equation. So, we have
V
2
d 0 =
or,
x
V
y
V
z
V
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ + 0 = (1)
Now,
x
V
2
2
2
2
sinh cos x kye
pz
=

y
V
2
2
2
2
sinh cos k x kye
pz 2
=-

z
V
2
2
2
2
sinh cos p x kye
pz 2
=
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get
sinh cos x kye k p 1
pz 2 2
- +
^ ^ h h
0 =
k p 1
2 2
- + 0 =
k
2
p 1 2
2
= +
Note :
sinh
sin cos
dx
d
x
dx
d
j
jx
j
j jx
= = cos jx = and similarly the 2
nd
derivative.
The angle between two vector fields A and B is defined as
a cos
AB
A B 1 :
=
-
b l
Given, electric field intensity at point P is
E 10 10 10 a a a
x y z
= + +
So, the angle formed between the field E and with x -axis a
x ^ h is
a cos cos cos
E a
a E
10 3
10
3
1
x
x 1 1 1 :
= = =
- - -
e
c c
o
m m
Similarly, we get
b cos
4
1 1
g = =
-
c m
Laplace equation is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V
2
d 0 =
Now, we consider the option (C)
The scalar field is
V
r
10
=
So, the Laplacian of the field V is given as
V
2
d
r
r
r
r
V
r
V
z
V 1 1
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
f
= + +
b l

r
r
r
r
1 10
0
2
2
2
= - + c d mn
1
r
r
r
10
2
2
=-
b l

r
10
2
=
i.e. V
2
d 0 !
So, it doesnt satisfy Laplaces equation.
Laplacian of a scalar function is given as
V
2
d V : d d = ^ h div gradV = ^ h
i.e. The Laplacian of a scalar function is divergence of gradient of V.
Given, the vector field,
A 3 ( 2 ) x yz x z x y z a a a
x y z
2 3 3
= + + -
So, the divergence of vector A is
A : d 6 2 xyz = - 0 !
Therefore, it is neither divergence less and nor solenoidal
Now, we determine the curl of vector as
A
#
d 0 =
Since, the curl of the vector is zero so, it is irrotational (i.e., not rotational).
Laplacian of a scalar field V in cylindrical coordinates is given by
V
2
d
V V
z
V 1 1
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
r r f
= + +
c m
Since, Laplace equation is defined as
V
2
d 0 =
So, we get

V V
z
V 1 1
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
r r f
+ +
c e m o
0 =
SOL 1.3.11 Option ( ) is correct.
The given curve is divided in three segments AB, BC and CD respectively. So, the
total integral is given as
dl
c
#
dl
CD BC AB
= + +
c m
# # #
Rd dl Rd a a a
/
/
y
R
R
2 0
2
f f = + - +
f f
p
p
p
-
- -
^ h # # #
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
2 R R R a a a
3 2
y
p p
= - -
f f
2Ra
y
=-
Given vector field, A cos r a 4
r
f =
For the given contour we integrate the field in three intervals as
d A l :
#
dr d dr A a A a A a
r r
1 2 3
: : : f = + +
f # # #
cos cos r dr r dr 2 0 2
0 /2 at at
0
1
1
0
f f = +
f f p = =
^ ^
^ ^
h h
h h
1 2 3 444 444 1 2 3 444 444
# #

r
2
2
2
0
1
=
: D
1 =
For a vector field B to be solenoidal
B : d 0 =
dv B : d ^ h #
0 =
d B S
s
:
#
0 =
a a a a
x y y x # #
+ ^ ^ h h a a
z z
= + - ^ h 0 =
(a) Curl F ^ h 0 =
It gives the result that F is irrotational 2 a " ^ h
(b) div F ^ h 0 =
It gives the result that F is solenoidal. 3 b " ^ h
(c) div Grad f
^ h
0 =
: df d ^ h 0 =

2
df 0 =
It is Laplace equation. 1 c " ^ h
(d) div div f ^ h 0 =
: : d d f ^ h 0 =
As f is a scalar quality so its divergence is not defined. 4 d " ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As by observing the given figure we conclude that the closed circular quadrant is
in x -y plane and its segments are
OP dra
r
=
PQ 2d a f =
f
QO dra
r
=
So, the closed loop integral is
d A l :
#
dr d dr 2
/
0
2
0
2
2
0
f = + +
p
# # #
8
4
2
p
p = =
a k
***********
CHAPTER 2
ELECTROSTATI C FI ELDS
58 Electrostatic Fields Chap 2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 2.1
Statement for Linked Question 1-2 :
Four equal charges of 2 C + are being placed at the corners of the square of side
m 2 in free space as shown in figure.
MCQ 2.1.1 The net force on a test charge nC 2 + at the centre O of the square will be
(A) 0 N (B) 18 N
(C) 72 N (D) 36 N
MCQ 2.1.2 If one of the four charges is being removed then the magnitude of the net force on
the test charge 1 nC + placed at the centre will be
(A) 0 N (B) 18 N
(C) N 9 (D) 36 N
MCQ 2.1.3 Two point charges of 9 C and C 12 are located on x -axis at a separation of 3 m. A
third point charge q is placed on the x -axis at a distance d from the 36 C charge
which makes the entire system in equilibrium. The value of q and d are
(A) 4 C and 1 m
(B) 4 C - and 2 m
(C) 4 C and 2 m
(D) 4 C - and 1 m
Chap 2 Electrostatic Fields 59
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.1.4 Consider the point charges 5 nC - and nC 3 + are located at ( , , ) 4 0 2 - - and
( 5, 0, 3) - respectively The net electric field intensity at point ( , , ) 7 3 1 - - will be
(A) 1.004 1.284 1.4 a a a
z y x
- - +
(B) 1.004 1.284 1.4 a a a
z y x
- +
(C) 1.004 1.284 1.4 a a a
x y z
- - +
(D) 1.004 1.284 1.4 a a a
x y z
+ + +
MCQ 2.1.5 The three point charges, each nC 4 + , are located on the z -axis at z 1 =- , 0, 1 in
free space. What will be the electric field intensity at point ( , , ) P 0 0 3 ?
(A) 13.44a
z
(B) 1 . a 9 06
x
(C) . a 19 06
z
(D) 5.8a
z
MCQ 2.1.6 Charges Q + and 2Q + are separated by a distance 1 m. What will be the distance
of point P form Q + charge such that the net electric field intensity at P is zero.
(A) 1 (B) 2.414 m -
(C) 1 - (D) 0.414 m
Statement for Linked Question 7 - 8
A uniform volume charge density of / C m 4
3
m is present throughout the spherical
shell extending from 2 cm r = to 3 cm r = .
MCQ 2.1.7 The total charge present throughout the spherical shell will be
(A) 160 pC (B) 40 pC
(C) 80 pC (D) 72 pC
MCQ 2.1.8 For what value of a half of the total charge will be located in the region cm r a 4 < <
(A) 2.5 cm (B) 2.6 cm
(C) 2.4 cm (D) 2.7 cm
MCQ 2.1.9 Electrons are moving randomly in a fixed region in free space. During a time
interval T the probability of finding an electron in a subregion of volume 10 m
12 3 -
is % 30 .The volume charge density in the subregion for the time interval will be
(A) 48 / nC m
3
- (B) 16 / nC m
3
(C) 48 / C m
3
m (D) 48 / nC m
3
MCQ 2.1.10 Total stored charge on the cylindrical surface 2 r = , 0 1 m z < < having surface
charge density / C m z
2 2
m r is
(A) 25.1 C m (B) 50.2 C m
(C) 12.55 C m (D) 15.7 C m
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.1.11 Consider a triangular surface in the plane z 0 = as shown in the figure.
If the triangular surface has charge density
S
r = / C m xy 9
2
then the total charge on
it will be
(A) 6.5 C (B) 13 C
(C) 4.5 C (D) 26 C
MCQ 2.1.12 A circular disk of radius 5 m has surface charge density 3r r =
S
, where r ( 5 m #
) is the distance of any point on the disk from its centre. The total charge stored
on the disk is
(A) 50 C p (B) 125 C p
(C) 250 C p (D) C
250
p
MCQ 2.1.13 Which of the following charge distribution produces the electric field intensity ?
E 4 6 / V m xy yz xz a a a 4
x y z
= + + ?
(A) infinite line charge of 2 / nC m along x -axis
(B) spherical shell of charge density 3 / nC m
3
(C) plane sheet of charge density 3 / nC m
2
at x -y plane
(D) field doesnt exist
MCQ 2.1.14 An infinite line charge of 1 / C m m is located on the z -axis. Electric field due to the
line charge at point ( , , ) 2 1 5 - - will be
(A) 2.4 1.8 a a
x y
+ (B) 7.2 14.4 a a
x y
+
(C) 7.2 3.6 a a
x y
- - (D) 2a a
x y
- -
MCQ 2.1.15 Electric field intensity at any point ( , , ) x y z in free space is E 2 x xy a a
x y
2
= + . The
electric flux density at the point ( , , ) 1 0 1 - will be
(A) 0 (B) a
x 0
e
(C) a
x 0
e - (D) 4 a
y 0
pe
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.1.16 Assertion (A) : Net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary surface not
enclosing a point charge is zero.
Reason (R) : Electric field intensity at any point outside the uniformly charged
sphere is always zero.
(A) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
(B) A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
MCQ 2.1.17 Consider the electric field intensity in some region is found to be 3 / V m r E a
r
2
= ,
in spherical coordinate system. The total charge stored in a sphere of radius 2 m,
centered at origin will be
(A) 4.32 pC (B) 5.3 pC
(C) 4.32 nC (D) 5.3 nC
Volume charge density in the free space in spherical coordinate system is given by

v
r
1
/ 0 3
0 3
C m m
m
r
r
r
< <
>
2
3
=
*
MCQ 2.1.18 Net electric flux crossing the surface m r 2 = is
(A) 4 C p (B) C p -
(C) 2 C p (D) 0
MCQ 2.1.19 Electric flux density at 1 m r = is
(A) / C m a
2
r
2 p
(B) / C m a
r
2
(C) 4 / C m a
r
2
p (D) / C m a a
r
2
+
q
MCQ 2.1.20 A point charge 8 C is located at the origin. The total electric flux crossing the
portion of plane m x y 3 + = lying in the first octant is
(A) 1C (B) 4 C
(C) 1 / C m (D) 4 / C m
MCQ 2.1.21 A uniform volume charge density / C m
v
3
r is distributed inside the region defined
by a cylindrical surface of cross sectional radius a. The electric field intensity at a
distance r a < ^ h from the cylindrical axis is proportional to
(A) r (B)
r
a
(C)
r
1
2
(D) ar
2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Common Data for Question 22 - 24
Charge density inside a hollow spherical shell of radius 4m r = centered at origin
is defined as

0
/ 2 4
for
c m for
r
r
r
2
4
v
2
3
1
#
#
r =
*
MCQ 2.1.22 The Electric field intensity at any point in the region 2 r # will be
(A) 1 / V m - (B) 4 / V m -
(C) 0 (D) 2 / V m
MCQ 2.1.23 Electric field intensity at r 4 = will be
(A) a
9
4
r
0
e
(B) a
4
r
0
e
(C) a
9
20
r
0
e
(D) a
9
r
0
e
MCQ 2.1.24 If the region outside the spherical shell is charge free then what will be the electric
field intensity at r 5 = ?
(A) a
3
1
r
0
e
(B)
16
a
r
0
e
p
(C) a
8
25
r 0
e (D) a
25
8
r 0
e
MCQ 2.1.25 Assertion (A) : No charge can be present in a uniform electric field.
Reason (R) : According to Gausss law volume charge density in a region having
electric field intensity E is given by

v
r E ed =
MCQ 2.1.26 In a certain region the electric flux density is D /
cos sin
C m
r r
a a
2
r
3 3
2 q q
= +
q
. Volume
charge density in the region will be
(A) 0 / C m
3
(B) /
cos
C m
r
2
4
3 q
(C) /
sin
C m
r
3
3 q
(D) / C m
r
4
3
3
MCQ 2.1.27 If electric flux density in a certain region is ( 4 ) 2 4 / C m y z xy x D a a a 2
x y z
2 2
= + + +
The total charge enclosed by the cube 0 x 2 # # , 0 2 y # # , z 1 1 # # - is
(A) 9 C (B) 4 C
(C) 16 C (D) 8 C
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.1.28 Two point charges 1 C m + and 1 C m - are being located at points (0,0,1) and
( , , ) 0 0 1 - respectively. The net electric potential at point ( , , ) P 3 0 4 - - due to the
two charges will be
(A) 578.9 V - (B) 0.64 kV
(C) 2.36 V - (D) 5.78 kV -
In the entire free space electric potential is given by
V ln xy z x y z
4
3
2 3
2 3 2 2 2
= + + + ^ h
MCQ 2.1.29 Electric field at point ( , , ) P 3 2 1 - will be
(A) 7.1 22.8 71.1 a a a
x y z
+ - (B) 3.6 11.4 35.6 a a a
x y z
+ -
(C) 3.6 11.4 35.6 a a a
x y z
- + (D) 2.2 11.4 35.6 a a a
x y z
- +
MCQ 2.1.30 Electric flux density at point P will be
(A) 31.4 101 314.5 / pC m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
(B) 62.8 202 629 / nC m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
(C) 0.095 0.304 0.948 / nC m a a a
x y z
2
- - +
(D) 7.1 22.8 71.1 / pC m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
MCQ 2.1.31 A potential function V satisfies Laplaces equation inside a certain region. In this
region the potential function will have
(A) a maxima only (B) a minima only
(C) a maxima and a minima both (D) neither a maxima nor a minima
MCQ 2.1.32 An electric dipole consists of two point charges of equal and opposite magnitude
Q ! is lying along x -axis such that Q + is at /2 x d = and Q - is at /2 x d =- .
Electric field due to the dipole at any point ( , , ) r q f in spherical coordinate system
is given by
E cos sin
r
Qd
a a
2
2
r
0
3
2
pe
q q = +
q 6 @ where r >>d
The force applied by the dipole on a charge of 1C + located at point (0, , ) y 0 is
(A)
y
Qd
a
4
z
0
3
pe
-
(B)
y
Qd
a
4
z
0
3
pe
+
(C)
y
Qd
r
Qd
a a
4 4
2
z y
0
3
0
3
pe pe
-
+ (D)
y
Qd
a
4
x
0
3
pe
-
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 2.2
MCQ 2.2.1 Two equal point charges of nC
2
1
+ each are located at points ( , , ) 1 0 0 - and ( , , ) 1 0 0
respectively. What will be the position of third point charge of nC 2 + such that
the net electric field 0 E = at ( , , ) 0 1 0 ?
(A) ( , , ) 1 0 0 - (B) ( , , ) 0 1 0 -
(C) ( , , ) 3 0 0 (D) ( , , ) 0 3 0
MCQ 2.2.2 Plane 4 0 x y 5 + = carries a uniform charge distribution with
S
r
=
2 / nC m
2
. The
electric field intensity at point ( , , ) 1 0 3 will be
(A) 67.8 90.48 a a
x y
- - / V m (B) 67.85 90.48 a a
x y
+ / V m
(C) 3 4 a a
x y
+ / V m (D) 3 4 a a
x y
- - / V m
MCQ 2.2.3 Electric field intensity at a distance 3 m above the center of a circular loop of
radius 4 m lying in the xy-plane and carrying a uniform line charge / nC m 3 + as
shown in the figure is
(A) 21.72 10.86 / V m a a
x z
+ (B) 10.86 / V m a
z
(C) 10.86 21.72 / V m a a
x z
+ (D) 72 / V m a
z
MCQ 2.2.4 Consider a point charge Q is located at the origin. Divergence of the electric flux
density produced by the charge is
(A) 0, at all points (B) 1 + , at all points
(C) 1 + , at all points except origin (D) 0, at all points except origin
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
In the region of free space that includes the cubical volume x 0 < , y, z 1 < , electric
flux density is given by
D / C m x y y x a a 2
x y
2 2 2 2
= +
MCQ 2.2.5 The total flux leaving the closed surface of the cube is
(A) 1/6 C - (B) 1/6 C
(C) 0 C (D) 1/3 C
MCQ 2.2.6 div D at center of the cube is
(A) / 1 2 (B) / 3 4
(C) / 1 4 (D) / 1 6
In free space, flux charge density is given by
D
/ .
/ / .
nC m m
nC m m
r r
r r
a
a
3 0 5
2 0 5
<
r
r
2 2
2 2
$
=
*
MCQ 2.2.7 Volume charge density at 0.2 m r = will be
(A) 5 / nC m
3
- (C) 4 / nC m
3
(C) 20 / C m
3
(D) 5 / nC m
3
MCQ 2.2.8 Volume charge density at 1 m r = will be
(A) 0 (B) 20 / nC m
3
(C) 40 / nC m
3
- (D) 20 / nC m
3
-
MCQ 2.2.9 A dipole having a moment C m p a 5
z 0
pe
-
= is located at origin in free space. If the
electric field produce due to the dipole is given by E E E E a a a 2
x x y y z z
= + + then
surface on which E 0
z
= but E
x
, E 0
y
! will be
(A) a cone of angle . 54 7c (B) a cone of angle . 125 3c
(C) (a) and (b) both (D) none of these
MCQ 2.2.10 An infinite line charge / nC m 2 + is lying along entire z -axis. If the electric potential
at the point (1, /2, ) 5 p due to the line charge is zero then the electric potential at
any point ( , , ) z r f will be
(A) volt
18
r
(B) ln 18
1
r
b c lm
(C) ln
2
10 1
9
r
-
b l
(D) ln
2
9 10 1
9
#
r
b l
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Statement for Linked Question 11 -12 :
Electric field at any point ( , , ) r q f in free space is given by
E
( ) r
r
a
4
2
r
2 2
=
+
MCQ 2.2.11 The electric potential will be maximum at
(A) infinity (B) origin
(C) at r 2 =- (D) r 2 =+
MCQ 2.2.12 Potential difference between the spherical surfaces r 0 = and r 2 = will be
(A) 1/2 volt (B) 1 volt
(C) 1/8 volt (D) 1/4 volt
MCQ 2.2.13 An electric dipole having moment nC m p a a a 3
x y z
5
3
-
= - + is located at point
(0, 1, 6) B - . The electric potential due to the dipole at point (1, 2, 2) A will be
(A) 4.23 V (B) 1.91 V
(C) 1.31 V (D) 0.6 V
MCQ 2.2.14 A total charge 20 nC is being split into four equal charges spaced at 90c intervals
around a circular loop of radius 5 m. The electric potential at the center of the
loop will be
(A) 108 V (B) 36 kV
(C) 36 V (D) 135 V
MCQ 2.2.15 The work done in carrying a 2 C charge from point , / , A 1 1 2 3
^ h
to the point (4, 1, 0) B
in the field 2 2 / V m y x E a a
x y
= + along the curve / y x 2 = will be
(A) 28 J - (B) 15.5 J -
(C) 2.3 J (D) 15.5 J +
MCQ 2.2.16 In a certain region, the electric field intensity is given as / V m x y E a a
x y
= - . The
amount of work done in moving a 2 C + charge along a circular arc centred at origin
from 1 m x = to m x y
3
1
= = in the region will be
(A) 2 J (B) 1 J -
(C) 1 J + (D) J
2
1
-
Statement for Linked Question 17- 18 :
Four equal charges of 1 nC + is being carried from infinity and placed at different
corners of a square. Consider the side of the square is 1 m and the charges are being
carried as one at a time.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.2.17 How much work does it take to bring in the last charge from infinity and place it
in the fourth corner ?
(A) 24.36 J (B) 24.36 nJ
(C) 2.71 J (D) 9 nJ
MCQ 2.2.18 Total work done for assembling the whole configuration of four charges will be
(A) 15.36 nJ (B) 48.72 nJ
(C) 9 nJ (D) 24.36 nJ
MCQ 2.2.19 The electric field in a certain region is given by
E ( 1) / sin cos sin V m z a a a 2
z
f r f r f = + + +
r f
Work done in moving a 2 C charge from A(2, 0 , 1) c to B( , , ) 2 30 1 c in the field is
(A) 8 nJ - (B) J 8 -
(C) 32 J (D) J 8
MCQ 2.2.20 Total work done in transferring two point charges 1 C m + and 2 mC + from infinity
to the points ( 3, 6, 0) A - and (2, 4, 1) B - - respectively is
(A) 1.604 J (B) 1.604 J -
(C) 9 kJ (D) 85.2 mJ
MCQ 2.2.21 Four point charges of nC 4 are placed at the corners of a square of side 1 cm. The
total potential energy stored in the system of charges is
(A) 3.9 kJ (B) 0.490 mJ
(C) 0.312 mJ (D) 2.7 J
The potential field in free space is expressed as
V V
xyz
4
=
MCQ 2.2.22 The total energy stored within the cube x 1 < , y, z 2 < will be
(A) 4.42 10 J
12
#
-
(B) 9.68 10 J
13
#
-
-
(C) 7.68 10 J
3
#
(D) 9.68 10 J
13
#
-
MCQ 2.2.23 The energy density at the centre of the cube will be
(A) 1.33 10 J
11
#
-
(B) 5.18 10 J
13
#
-
(C) 2.13 10 J
12
#
-
(D) 4.47 10 J
13
#
-
A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius R has the total charge Q. Consider the
electric potential at a distance r from the centre of the sphere is ( ) V r .
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.2.24 For r R 2 , plot of ( ) V r versus r will be
MCQ 2.2.25 With the increase in r potential ( ) V r inside the charged sphere will
(A) increase (B) decrease
(C) remain constant (D) be zero always
MCQ 2.2.26 If 1 m R = and C Q 2 = then the total stored energy inside the sphere will be
(A) 4.34 10 J
9
#
(B) 6.75 10 J
9
#
(C) . 4 5 10
9
#
(D) 5.4 10 J
9
#
MCQ 2.2.27 The electric field intensity required to counter act the earths gravitational force
on an electron is
(A) 1.79 10 / V m
12
#
-
(B) 5.57 10 / V m
13
#
-
(C) 5.57 10 / V m
11
#
-
(D) 1.79 10 / V m
11
#
-
MCQ 2.2.28 Three point charges Q, kQ and kQ are arranged as shown in figure.
What will be the value of k for which the net electric field intensity at the point
, , P 0
4
1
3
1
_ i is zero ?
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.2.29 Three point charges Q, Q 4 - and Q are located at , , a 0 0 ^ h, , , 0 0 0 ^ h and , , a 0 0 - ^ h
respectively. The electric field intensity at any point , , x 0 0 ^ h for x a >> is
(A) K
x
Qa 6
4
2
c m
(B) K
x
Qa 3
4
2
c m
(C) K
x
Qa
6
4
2
c m
(D) zero
MCQ 2.2.30 A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R, and centered at
the origin, with uniform density / C m
v
3
r . The electric field intensity at a distance
r from the origin is
inside the sphere(r R # ) outside the sphere(r R > )
(A)
R
r
a
3
v
r
0
2
e
r
b l

r
R
a
3
v
r
0
2
3
e
r
c m
(B)
r
a
3
v
r
0
e
r
a k

r
R
a
3
v
r
0
2
3
e
r
c m
(C)
R
r
a
3
v
r
0
2
e
r
b l

R
r
a
3
v
r
0
2
3
e
r
c m
(D)
r
a
3
v
r
0
e
r
a k

R
r
a
3
3
v
r
0
2
e
r
c m
Consider a total charge of 2 nC is distributed throughout a spherical volume of
radius 3 m. A small hole is drilled through the center of the spherical volume
charge as shown in figure. The size of the hole is negligible compared to the size of
the sphere.
MCQ 2.2.31 If an electron is placed at one end of the hole and released from rest at t 0 = then
what will be the distance of the electron from center of sphere at sec t 2 m = .
(A) 0 (B) 2 m
(C) 1.83 m (D) 2.83 m
MCQ 2.2.32 The frequency of the oscillation of point charge is
(A) 54.4 KHz (B) 5.44 KHz
(C) 1.83 KHz (D) 27.2 KHz
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.2.33 An infinite line charge of uniform density
L
r is situated along the x -axis. The total
electric field flux crossing the portion of plane 1 m y z + = lying in the first octant
and bounded by the planes x 0 = and 1 m x =
(A)
2
L
0
e
r
(B)
8
L
0
e
r
(C)
4
L
0
e
r
(D)
4
L
0
e
r
MCQ 2.2.34 Volume charge of uniform density 5 / nC m
3
is distributed in the region between two
infinitely long, parallel cylindrical surfaces of radii 5 m and 2 m and with their axes
separated by distance of 1 m as shown in the figure.
The electric field intensity in the charge-free region inside the cylindrical surface of
radius 2 m is
(A) 282.5 / V m a
x
(B) 5.65 10 / V m
11
#
(C) 3.54 / mV m a
x
(D) 1.77 10 / V m
12
#
-
MCQ 2.2.35 A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R and centered at
the origin with uniform density / C m 3
v
3
r . The electric potential at a distance r
from the origin is
inside the sphere(r R # ) outside the sphere(r R > )
(A) r
R
2
3
v
0
2
2
e
r
-
b l

r
R
3
v
0
3
e
r
(B) R
r
2 3
v
0
2
2
e
r
-
b l

r
R
3
v
0
3
e
r
(C) R
r
2
3
v
0
2
2
e
r
-
b l

r
R
3
v
0
3
e
r
(D) R
r
2 3
v
0
2
2
e
r
-
b l

R
R 3
v
0
3
e
r
MCQ 2.2.36 A total charge of 900 C m p is uniformly distributed over a circular disk of radius 6 m
The applied force on a 150 C m charge located on the axis of disk and 4 m from its
center as shown in figure is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 13.5 N (B) 6.78 N
(C) 9.44 N (D) 18.89 N
Two infinite uniform sheets of charge, each with density / C m 2
2
, are located at
y 1 =+ and y 1 =- as shown in figure.
MCQ 2.2.37 Electric field intensity at the origin will be
(A) 0 (B) / V m a
2
4
y
0
e
(C) / V m a
2
5
y
0
e
- (D) / V m a
2
5
y
0
e
MCQ 2.2.38 If a test charge of 5 C m is placed at point , , 2 5 4 ^ h then the force applied by the
sheets on test charge is
(A) 2.83 mN (B) 2.5 10 N
14
#
-
(C) 2.83 N (D) 5.65 10 N
2
#
MCQ 2.2.39 As we move away from the sheet charge located at y 1 =- in the region y 1 <- ,
the electric field intensity will be
(A) linearly increasing
(B) linearly decreasing
(C) constant
(D) zero
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.2.40 A charged sphere of radius 1 m carries a uniform charge density of 6 / C m
3
. A
redistribution of the charge results in the density function given by

v
r / C m k r 5
2 3
= - ^ h
where r is distance of the point from center of the sphere. The value of k will be
(A) 2.5 (B) 5
(C) 0.5 (D) 40
MCQ 2.2.41 A 50 C m point charge is located at the origin. The total electric flux passing through
the hemispherical surface defined by 48 m r = , / 0 2 # # q p is
(A) 50 C m (B) 12.5 C m
(C) 25 C m (D) 100 C m
MCQ 2.2.42 Consider a hollow sphere of radius R centred at origin carries a uniform surface
charge density r
S
. The electric field intensity at distance r from the center of the
sphere is
insider the sphere(r R # ) outside the sphere(r R > )
(A) 0
r
R
a
s
r
0
2
e
r
b l
(B) a
s
r
0
e
r

r
R
a
s
r
0
2
e
r
b l
(C) a
s
r
0
e
r
0
(D) 0 a
s
r
0
e
r
MCQ 2.2.43 An air filled parallel plate capacitor is arranged such that the lower side of upper
plate carries surface charge density / C m 3
2
and upper side of lower plate carries
surface charge density 2 / C m
2
- as shown in figure. The electric field intensity
between the plates will be
(A) a
2
z
0
e
- (B) a
2
z
0
e
(C) a
4
z
0
e
- (D) a
4
z
0
e
MCQ 2.2.44 In a certain region electric potential distribution is as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The corresponding plot of electric field component E
y
will be
MCQ 2.2.45 Two electrons are moving with equal velocities in opposite directions. A uniform
electric field is applied along the direction of the motion of one of the electrons, so
the electron gets accelerated while the electron moving in opposite direction gets
decelerated. If the gain in the kinetic energy of accelerating electron is . K E
Gain

and the loss in Kinetic energy of decelerating electron is . K E
Loss
then the correct
relation between them is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) . . K E K E
Gain Loss
=
(B) . . K E K E >
Gain Loss
(C) . . K E K E <
Gain Loss
(D) Cant be determined as initial velocities are not given
MCQ 2.2.46 Two identical uniform charges with 80
L
r = nC/m are located in free space at
0 x = , 3 m y ! = . The force per unit length acting on the line at positive y arising
from the charge at negative y is
(A) 9.375a
y
N m (B) 37.5a
y
N m
(C) 19.17a
y
N m (D) 75a
y
N m
MCQ 2.2.47 Four 2.2 nC point charge are located in free space at the corners of a square 4 cm
on a side. The total potential energy stored is
(A) 1.75 mJ (B) 2 mJ
(C) 3.5 mJ (D) 0
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 2.3
MCQ 2.3.1 If the electric field intensity is given by ( ) x y z E a a a 2
x y z
= + + volt/m, the potential
difference between (2, 0, 0) X and (1, 2, 3) Y is
(A) 1 + volt (B) 1 - volt
(C) 5 + volt (D) 6 + volt
MCQ 2.3.2 There are three charges, which are given by 1 C Q
1
m = , C Q 2
2
m = and 3 C Q
3
m = .
The field due to each charge at a point P in free space is 2 a a a
x y z
+ - ^ h, 3 a a
y z
+ ^ h
and 2a a
x y
- ^ h newtons/coulomb. The total field at the point P due to all three
charges is given by
(A) 1.6 2.2 2.5 a a a
x y z
+ + newtons/coulomb
(B) 0.3 0.2 0.2 a a a
x y z
+ + newtons/coulomb
(C) 3 2 2 a a a
x y z
+ + newtons/coulomb
(D) 0.6 .2 0.5 a a a 2
x y z
+ + newtons/coulomb
MCQ 2.3.3 Given that the electric flux density D ( ) / cos C m zp a
z
2 2
F = . The charge density at
point (1, /4, 3) p is
(A) 3 (B) 1
(C) 0.5 (D) 0.5 a
z
MCQ 2.3.4 An electric charge of Q coulombs is located at the origin. Consider electric potential
V and electric field intensity E at any point ( , , ) x y z . Then
(A) E and V are both scalars (B) E and V are both vectors
(C) E is a scalar and V is a vector (D) E is a vector and V is a scalar
MCQ 2.3.5 Assertion (A) : Capacitance between two parallel plates of area A each and
distance of separation d is / A d e for large / A d ratio.
Reason (R) : Fringing electric field can be neglected for large A/d ratio.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
GATE 2003
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.6 Assertion (A) : In solving boundary value problems, the method of images is used.
Reason (R) : By this technique, conducting surfaces can be removed from the
solution domain.
MCQ 2.3.7 What will be the equipotential surfaces for a pair of equal and opposite line charges ?
(A) Spheres
(B) Concentric cylinders
(C) Non-concentric cylinders
(D) None of the above
MCQ 2.3.8 If the potential functions V
1
and V
2
satisfy Laplaces equation within a closed region
and assume the same values on its surface, then which of the following is correct ?
(A) V
1
and V
2
are identical
(B) V
1
is inversely proportional as V
2
(C) V
1
has the same direction as V
2
(D) V
1
has the same magnitude as V
2
but has different direction
MCQ 2.3.9 Assertion (A) : The expression V E d =- , where E is the electric field and V is
the potential is not valid for time varying fields.
Reason (R) : The curl of a gradient is identically zero.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
MCQ 2.3.10 What is the electric flux density ( / ) in C m
2
m at a point ( , , ) 6 4 5 - caused by a
uniform surface charge density of 60 / C m
2
m at a plane 8 x = ?
(A) 30a
x
- (B) 60a
x
-
(C) 30a
x
(D) 60a
x
MCQ 2.3.11 Of two concentric long conducting cylinders, the inner one is kept at a constant
positive potential V
0
+ and the outer one is grounded. What is the electric field in
the space between the cylinders?
(A) Uniform and directed radially outwards
(B) Uniform and directed radially inwards
(C) Non-uniform and directed radially outwards
(D) Non-uniform and directed parallel to the axis of the cylinders
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2008
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.12 In a charge free space, the Poissons equation results in which one of the following?
(A) Continuity equation (B) Maxwells equation
(C) Laplace equation (D) None of the above
MCQ 2.3.13 W
1
is the electrostatic energy stored in a system of three equal point charges
arranged in a line with 0.5 m separation between them. If W
2
is the energy stored
with 1 m separation between them, then which one of the following is correct ?
(A) . W W 0 5
1 2
= (B) W W
1 2
=
(C) W W 2
1 2
= (D) W W 4
1 2
=
MCQ 2.3.14 Equivalent surface about a point charge are in which one of the following forms ?
(A) Spheres (B) Planes
(C) Cylinders (D) Cubes
MCQ 2.3.15 Consider the following statements regarding an electrostatic field :
1. It is irrotational
2. It is solensoidal
3. It is static only form a macroscopic view point.
4. Work done in moving a charge in the field form one point to another is
independent of the path of movement.
Which of the statements given above are correct ?
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1, 2 and 4
(C) Only 2 and 4 (D) 1, 3 and 4
MCQ 2.3.16 The potential (scalar) distribution is given as 20 V y x 4
4 3
= + . If
0
e is the permittivity
of free space, what is the volume charge density
v
r at the point (2, 0) ?
(A) 200
0
e - (B) 200/
0
e -
(C) 200
0
e (D) 240
0
e -
MCQ 2.3.17 The x -directed electric field E
x
having sinusoidal time variation e
j t w
and space
variation in z -direction satisfies the equation 0 E
x
2
d = under source free condition
in a lossless medium. What is the solution representing propagation in positive z
-direction ?
(A) E E e
x
kz
0
=
-
(B) E E e
x
jkz
0
=
+
(C) E E e
x
jkz
0
=
-
(D) E E e
x
kz
0
=
+
MCQ 2.3.18 An infinitely long uniform charge of density 30 / nC m is located at , y z 3 5 = = . The
field intensity at (0, 6, 1) is 6 .7 8 .3 / V m a a E 5 4
y z
= - . What is the field intensity
at ( , , ) 5 6 1 ?
(A) E (B) E
5 6 1
6 1
2 2 2
2 2
+ +
+
c m
(C) E
5 6 1
6 1
/
2 2 2
2 2 1 2
+ +
+
c m
(D) E
6 1
5 6 1
/
2 2
2 2 2 1 2
+
+ +
c m
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.19 What is the magnetic dipole moment in Am
2
for a square current loop having the
vertices at the point (10, 0, 0) A , (0, 10, 0) B , ( 10, 0, 0) C - and (0, 10, 0) D - and with
current 0.01 A flowing in the sense ABCDA ?
(A) 2a
z
(B) 2a
z
-
(C) 4a
z
(D) 4( ) a a
x y
+
MCQ 2.3.20 An electric charge Q is placed in a dielectric medium. Which of the following
quantities are independent of the dielectric constant e of the medium ?
(A) Electric potential V and Electric field intensity E
(B) Displacement density D and Displacement y
(C) Electric field intensity E and Displacement density D
(D) Electric potential V and Displacement y
MCQ 2.3.21 Two coaxial cylindrical sheets of charge are present in free space,
S
5 / C m
2
r =
at 2 m r = and
S
/ C m 4
2
r =- at 4 m r = . The displacement flux density D at
3 m r = is
(A) 5 / C m D a
r
2
= (B) 2/3 / C m D a
r
2
=
(C) 10/3 / C m D a
r
2
= (D) 18/3 / C m D a
r
2
=
MCQ 2.3.22 An electric potential field is produced in air by point charge 1 C m and 4 C m located
at ( , , ) 1 1 5 - and ( , , ) 1 3 1 - respectively. The energy stored in the field is
(A) 2.57 mJ (B) 5.14 mJ
(C) 10.28 mJ (D) 12.50 mJ
MCQ 2.3.23 A dipole produces an electric field intensity of 1 / mV m at a distance of 2 km. The
field intensity at a distance of 4 km will be
(A) 1 mV/m (B) 0.75 mV/m
(C) 0.50 mV/m (D) 0.25 mV/m
MCQ 2.3.24 The energy stored per unit volume in an electric field (with usual notations) is
given by
(A) 1/2 H
2
e (B) 1/2 E e
(C) 1/2 E
2
e (D) E
2
e
MCQ 2.3.25 A positive charge of Q coulomb is located at point (0, 0, 3) A and a negative charge
of magnitude Q coulombs is located at point (0, 0, 3) B - . The electric field intensity
at point (4, 0, 0) C is in the
(A) negative x -direction (B) negative z -direction
(C) positive x -direction (D) positive z -direction
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.26 The force between two points charges of 1 nC each with a 1 mm separation in air is
(A) 9 10 N
3
#
-
(B) 9 10 N
6
#
-
(C) 9 10 N
9
#
-
(D) 9 10 N
12
#
-
MCQ 2.3.27 Gauss law relates the electric field intensity E with the volume charge density
v
r
at a point as
(A) E
v 0
e r
#
d = (B) E
v 0
: e r d =
(C) / E
v 0
r e
#
d = (D) / E
v 0
: r e d =
MCQ 2.3.28 The electric field strength at any point at a distance r from the point charge q
located in a homogeneous isotropic medium with dielectric constant e, is given by
(A)
r
q
E a
4
r
2
1
p
e
=
-
(B) cos d E D S q =
#
(C)
r
q
E a
4
r
2
p
e
= (D)
r
q
E a
4
r
2
2
pe
=
MCQ 2.3.29 The vector statement of Gausss a law is
(A) d dv D S
v
s
s
: r =
# #
(B) d dv D S
v
v
s
: r =
# #
(C) d dv D S
s
v
v
2
: r =
## #
(D) d dv D S
v
v s
: r =
# #
MCQ 2.3.30 Two charges are placed at a distance apart. Now, if a glass slab is inserted between
them, then the force between the charge will
(A) reduce to zero (B) increase
(C) decrease (D) not change
MCQ 2.3.31 The following point charges are located in air :
0.008 C m + at , m 0 0 ^ h
0.05 C m + at , m 3 0 ^ h
0.009 C m - at , m 0 4 ^ h
The total electric flux over a sphere of 8 m radius with centre , 0 0 ^ h is
(A) 0.058 C m (B) 0.049 C m
(C) 0.029 C m (D) 0.016 C m
MCQ 2.3.32 Electric flux through a surface area is the integral of the
(A) normal component of the electric field over the area
(B) parallel component of the electric field over the area
(C) normal component of the magnetic field over the area
(D) parallel component of the magnetic field over the area
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.33 Assertion (A) : The electric field around a positive charge is outward.
Reason (R) : Gausss law states that the differential of the normal component of
the outward electric flux density over a closed surface yields the positive charge
enclosed.
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(C) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false
(D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true
MCQ 2.3.34 Point charges of 2 3 and Q nC Q nC
1 2
= = are located at a distance apart. With
regard to this situation, which one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) The force on the 3 nC charge is repulsive.
(B) A charge of nC 5 - placed midway between and Q Q
1 2
will experience no force.
(C) The forces and Q Q
1 2
are same in magnitude.
(D) The forces on and Q Q
1 2
will depend on the medium in which they are placed.
MCQ 2.3.35 Which one of the following is the correct statement ?
Equi-potential lines and field lines
(A) are parallel (B) are anti-parallel
(C) are orthogonal (D) bear no definite relationship
MCQ 2.3.36 Point charges of 3 - nC and 10 nC are located in free space at ( , , ) 1 0 0 - m and
( , , ) 1 0 0 m respectively. What is the energy stored in the field ?
(A) Zero (B) 450 nJ
(C) 450 - nJ (D) 900 - nJ
MCQ 2.3.37 A spherical balloon of radius a is charged. The energy density in the electric field at
point P shown in the figure given below is w. If the balloon is inflated to a radius
b without altering its charge, what is the energy density at P ?
(A) w
a
b
3
b l
(B) w
a
b
2
b l
(C) w
a
b
b l
(D) w
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2010
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.38 Which one of the following statements does not state that electrostatic field is
conservative ?
(A) The curl of E is identically zero
(B) The potential difference between two points is zero
(C) The electrostatic field is a gradient of a scalar potential
(D) The work done in a closed path inside the field is zero
MCQ 2.3.39 Sphere of radius a with a uniform charge density 4 C/m
v
3
r shall have electric flux
density at r a = , equal to
(A)
a
i
3
C/m
v r
2
r (B) i
3
1
C/m
v r
2
r
(C) a i C/m
v r
2
r (D)
a
i
4
C/m
v r
2
r
MCQ 2.3.40 Equipotential surfaces about a pair of equal and opposite linear charges exist in
what form ?
(A) Concentric spheres (B) Concentric cylinders
(C) Non-concentric cylinders (D) Planes
MCQ 2.3.41 For electrostatic fields in charge free atmosphere, which one of the following is
correct ?
(A) 0 0 E E and : d
#
d = =
(B) 0 0 E E and : d !
#
d =
(C) 0 0 E E and : d !
#
d =
(D) 0 0 E E and : ! !
#
d d
MCQ 2.3.42 If the electric field established by three point charge Q, Q 2 and Q 3 exerts a force
3F on Q 3 and 2F on Q 2 , then what is the force exerted on the point charge Q ?
(A) F (B) F -
(C) 5F (D) 5F -
MCQ 2.3.43 Which one of the following is the Poissions equation for a linear and isotropic but
inhomogeneous medium ?
(A) E
2
e
r
d =- (B) V : d e r d =- ^ h
(C) V : d d e r =- ^ h (D) V
2
e
r
d =-
MCQ 2.3.44 Plane 10 z m = carries surface charge density 20 nc/m
2
. What is the electric field
at the origin ?
(A) 10 v a /m
z
- (B) 18 a v/m
z
p -
(C) 72 v a /m
z
p (D) 360 a v/m
z
p -
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 2.3.45 Consider the following diagram :
The electric field E at a point P due to the presence of dipole as shown in the above
diagram (considering distance r >> distance d) is proportional to
(A) /r 1 (B) /r 1
2
(C) /r 1
3
(D) /r 1
4
MCQ 2.3.46 What is the value of total electric flux coming out of a closed surface ?
(A) Zero
(B) Equal to volume charge density
(C) Equal to the total charge enclosed by the surface
(D) Equal to the surface charge density
MCQ 2.3.47 A charge is uniformly distributed throughout the sphere of radius a. Taking the
potential at infinity as zero, the potential at r b a < = is
(A)
a
Qr
dr
4
b
0
3
pe
-
3
# (B)
r
Q
dr
4
b
0
2
pe
-
3
#
(C)
r
Q
dr
a
Qr
dr
4 4
a
a
b
0
2
0
3
pe pe
- -
3
# # (D)
r
Q
dr
4
a
0
2
pe
-
3
#
MCQ 2.3.48 A potential field is given by V x y yz 3
2
= - . Which of the following is not true ?
(A) At the point ( , , ) 1 0 1 - , V and the electric field E vanish
(B) x y 1
2
= is an equipotential plane in the xy-plane
(C) The equipotential surface V 8 =- passes through the point ( , , ) P 2 1 4 -
(D) A unit vector normal to the equipotential surface V 8 =- at P is
( 0.83 0.55 0.07 ) x y z - + +
MCQ 2.3.49 The relation between electric intensity E, voltage applied V and the distance d
between the plates of a parallel plate condenser is
(A) / E V d = (B) E V d
#
=
(C) /( ) E V d
2
= (D) ( ) E V d
2
#
=
***********
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 2.1
Since all the charges are exactly equal and at same distance from the centre. So,
the forces get cancelled by the diagonally opposite charges and so the net force on
the charge located at centre is F
net
0 N =
Since one of the four charges has been removed so, it will be treated as an additional
2 C - charge has been put on the corner, so the force due to the additional charge
will be :
F
( )
( ) ( )
k
1
2 1 10
2
9
# #
=
- +
-
9 10 2 10
9 9
# # #
= -
-
18 N =
and so the net force experienced by the charge located at center is
F
net
18 N 4 22 = + =
Since the two point charges are positive so the introduced third point charge must
be negative as to make the entire system in equilibrium as shown below
as the system must be in equilibrium so the force between all the pair of charges
will be equal
i.e. F
AB
F F
CB AC
= =

9
d
q
3
2
- ^
^
h
h

d
q 36
3
36 9
2 2
= =
^
^
^ ^ h
h
h h
Solving the equation we get,
q 4 C =- and d 2 m =
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the two point charges Q
1
and Q
2
is
defined as
E
( ) ( )
k
R
Q
R
Q
R R
1
3
1
1
2
3
2
2
= +
e o
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where, R
1
and R
2
is the vector distance of the point P from the two point charges.
So the net electric field due to the two given point charges is
E
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) a a a
7 4 3 0 1 2
9 10 5 10 7 4 3 0 1 2
x y z
2 2 2
9 9
# # #
=
- + + - + - +
- - + + - + - +
-
6 @

( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) a a a
7 5 3 0 1 3
9 10 2 10 7 5 3 0 1 3
x y z
2 2 2
9 9
# # #
+
- + + - + - -
- + + - + - -
-
6 @

3 3 2 3 4 a a a a a a
19
45
29
18
/ /
x y z x y z
3 2 3 2
=
- - + +
+
- + -
6 6 @ @
1.4 1.284 1.004 a a a
x y z
= - -
From the positions of the three point charges as shown in the figure below, we
conclude that the electric field intensity due to all the point charges will be directed
along a
z
.
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the three point
charges is
E
R
Q
a
4
R
0
pe
=
/
(where R is the distance of point P from the charge Q)

( ) ( ) ( )
Q
a
4
3 1
1
3
1
3 1
1
z
0
2 2 2
pe
=
+
+ +
-
; E
(a a
R z
= )
5 10 9 10 a
16
1
9
1
4
1
z
9 9
# # # #
= + +
-
: D
9.0625a 2
z
=
Since, both the point charges are positive, so the point P must be located on the
line joining the two charges as shown in figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given the net electric field intensity at point P is zero
i.e. E S 0 =
Since, the direction of electric field intensity due to the two charges will be opposite
So,
( ) x
q
x
q
4
1
4
1
1
2
0
2
0
2
pe pe
-
-
: = D G
0 =
x 2
2
( ) x 1
2
= -
x x 2 1
2
+ - 0 =
x
2
2 4 4 ! - +
1 2 ! =-
x . 0 414 = and x = .414 3 -
As discussed above the point P must be located between the two charges, so we
have the distance of point P from charge Q + as: 0.414 m x =
Given the volume charge density,
v
r 2 2 10 C C
6
m
#
= =
-
So the total charge present throughout the shell is defined as the volume integral
of the charge density inside the region:
i.e. Q dv
v
r =
#
( )( ) sin r drd d 2 10
.
.
r
6 2
0 02
0 03
0 0
2
#
q q f =
q
p
f
p
-
= = =
# # #
( )
r
4 2 10
3
.
.
6
3
0 02
0 03
# #
p =
-
: D
1.6 10 160 pC
10
#
= =
-
The charge located in the region 2 cm r a < < is
q
Q
2
=
2
1
160
#
= 80 pC =
Similarly as calculated in previous question we have
q dv
v
r =
#
or 80 pc ( )( ) sin r drd d 2 10
.
.
r
6 2
0 02
0 03
0 0
2
#
q q f =
q
p
f
p
-
= = =
# # #
or 80 10
12
#
-

r
4 2 10
3
.
a
6
3
0 02
# # #
p =
: D

therefore, a ( . )
4 2 10
3 80 10
0 02
/
6
12
3
1 3
# #
# #
p
= +
-
-
; E
.59 .6 cm cm 4 4 = =
Charge density in a certain region is defined as the charge per unit volume.
Since the net charge in the subregion % 30 = of the electronic charge
So the arg ch e density
arg
volume
net ch e
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

( . )
10
100
30
1 6 10
12
19
# #
=
-
-
-
4.8 10
8
#
=-
-
48 / nC m
3
=-
Given the surface charge density
S
r z
2
r =
So the total charge distributed over the cylindrical surface is
, Q dS
S
r =
#
( )( ) z d dz
z
2
0
2
0
1
r r f =
f
p
= =
# #
(dS d dz r f = )

z
8
2
2
0
1
0
2
# #
f =
p
: 6 D @
at 2 r =
8
2
1
2 8
# #
p p = = 5.1 C 3 m =
Given the surface charge density
r
S
3 / C m xy
2
=
So, total stored charge on the triangular surface is
Q dS r =
S
#
xy dxdy 3
y
x
x 1
2 5
1
2
=
=
- +
=
^ h # #
6.5 C =
Total stored charge on the disk is evaluated by taking surface integral of the charge
density.
i.e. Q dS
s
r =
#
( ) 2 r rdr 3
0
5
p = ^ h #

r
6
3
3
0
5
p =
: D
50 3 p =
For an electric field to exist, the its curl must be zero. So, we check the existence
of the given field vector first.
Given the electric field intensity
E 2 4 6 / V m xy yz xz a a a
x y z
= + +
So, E
#
d
xy yz xz
a a a
2
2 3
x
x
y
y
z
z
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 3 y z x a a a 2 0
x y z
! = - - -
6 @
Therefore, as the curl of the given electric field is not equal to zero so, the field
does not exist.
Electric field intensity in free space at a distance R from an infinite line charge
with charge density
L
r is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
R
R
2
L
0
2
pe
r
=
Given
L
r 1 / C m m = 1 10 / C m
6
#
=
-
R 2a a
x y
=- -
So, E
( ) a a
2
1 10
5
2
x y
0
6
#
pe
=
- -
-
b l
7.2 3.6 / kV m a a
x y
=- -
Electric flux density in a certain region for the given electric field intensity is
defined as
D E
0
e = ( 2 ) x xy a a
x y 0
2
e = +
So at the point ( , , ) 1 0 1 - D ( ) a
x 0
e =
According to Gauss law the total outward electric flux from a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by it
i.e. y d D S : =
#
Q
enc
=
So when the charge enclosed by the volume is zero then the net outward flux is
zero, or in other words, the net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary
surface not enclosing a point charge is zero.
Now, the electric field intensity outside a charged sphere having total charge Q is
determined by treating the sphere as a point charge
i.e. E
r
Q
a
4
r
0
2
pe
=
where r is distance of the point form center of sphere and a
r
is its radial direction.
So the electric field intensity at any point outside the charged sphere is not zero.
Therefore, Assertion(A) is true but Reason(R) is false.
E 3r a
r
2
=
According to Gausss law the total charge stored in a closed surface is equal to the
surface integral of its flux density over the closed surface.
i.e. Q
enc
d D S : =
#
d E S
0
: e =
#
(3 ) r dS a
r 0
2
e =
#

( )( ) r r 3 4
0
2 2
e p = ( dS
#
4 r a
r
2
p = )
3 4 2
0
4
# # #
e p = 2 m r =
. 5 3 10
9
#
=
-
.3 nC 6 =
According to Gauss law net outward electric flux from any closed surface is equal
to the total charge enclosed by the volume
i.e. y Q
enc
=
or, y dv
v
r =
#
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
( ) sin
r
r drd d
1
r
2
2
0 0
2
0
1
q q f =
q
p
f
p
= = =
b l
# # #
1 2 2
# #
p = 4 C p =
As we have already determined the total electric flux crossing the surface 1 m r =
So, electric flux density D at 1 m r = is evaluated as below:
Total electric flux y d D S : =
#
So we have d D S :
#
4p = ( 4 y p = )
(4 ) D r
2
p 4p =
D 1 / C m
r
1
2
2
= =
Thus D / C m a 4
r
2
=
As the point charge is located at origin. So flux due to it will be emanating from
all the eight quadrants symmetrically.
So the flux through the portion of plane 2 m x y + = lying in first octant is / 1 8 of
the total flux emanating from the charge located at origin.
and from Gauss law, total flux 8 C Q
enc
= =
So, flux through the surface 2 m x y + = is
Q
8
enc
1C
8
8
= =
We construct a Gaussian surface at r r = as shown in figure.
So, according to Gauss law the total outward flux through the surface r r = will
be equal to the charge enclosed by it.
i.e. rh D 2p ^ h r h
v
2
r p = ^ h (assume the height of the cylinder is h)
So, D
r
2
v
r =
Therefore the electric field intensity at a distance r from the cylindrical axis is
E
r D
2
v
0 0
e e
r
= =
a k
Thus E r \
According to Gauss law the surface integral of the electric flux density over a closed
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
surface is equal to the total charge enclosed inside the region defined by closed
surface.
i.e. d D S :
#
Q
enc
=
or d E S :
#
Q
1
ene
0
e
= (since E
D
0
e
= )
As we have to evaluate E for 2 r # and since the charge density is zero for 2 r #
so Q
enc
0 = (for r 2 # )
Therefore, d E S :
#

1
0
0
#
e
=
E 0 =
Again from Gauss law, we have the surface integral of electric field intensity over
the Gaussian surface at r 3 = as
d E S :
#
Q
1
enc
0
e
=
d E S :
#
dv
1
v
0
e
r =
#
/ dv r dv
1
0
1
4
r r
0
2
0
2
2 3
e e
= +
1 # #
^ h
1 2 3 44 4 1 2 3 444 444
# #
4 (3) ) E(
2
p
#
( ) sin
r
r drd d
1 4
r
0
2
2
0
2
0 2
3
e
q q f =
p p
=
b l
# # #
4 9) E( p
#
( )
4 4
3 2
0
#
e
p
= -
E a
9
4
r
0
e
=
As calculated in the previous question, we have the surface integral of the electric
field intensity over the Gaussian surface r 5 = as
d E S :
#
dv
1
v
0
e
r =
#
/ dv r dv dv
1
0
1
4
1
0
r r r
0
2
0
2
2 4
0
4 5
e e e
= + +
1 1 # # #
^ h
1 2 3 44 4 1 2 3 444 444 1 2 3 44 4
# # #
4 ( ) ) E( 5
2
p
#
( ) sin
r
r drd d
1 4
r
0
2
2
0
2
0 2
4
e
q q f =
p p
=
b l
# # #
100 ) E( p dr
4 4
0
2
4
#
e
p
=
#
E a
25
12
r
0
e
=
According to Gausss law

v
r E ed =
So when the field intensity is uniform
E d 0 =
and
v
r 0 E ed = =
So no charge can be present in a uniform electric field.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
According to Gauss law the volume Charge density in a certain region is equal to
the divergence of electric flux density in that region
i.e.
v
r D : d =

cos
sin
sin sin
r r
r
r
r
r
1 1
2
2
2
3 3
2
2
2
2 q
q q
q q
= +
b b l l
cos cos
r r
1 1
4 4
q q =- +
0 =
According to Gauss law the volume Charge density in a certain region is equal to
the divergence of electric flux density in that region.
i.e.
v
r D : d = x 2 =
So total charge enclosed by the cube is
Q dv
v
r =
#
( )( ) x dxdydz 2
1
1
0
2
0
2
=
-
# # #
4 2 2
# #
= 1 C 4 =
Net electric potential due to two or more point charges is defined as :
V
R
Q
4
0
pe
=
/
So, the electric potential at point P due to the two point charges is
V
R
Q
R
Q
4 4
0 1
1
0 2
2
pe pe
= +
where Q
1
1 C m =+ , Q
2
1 C m =- and , R R
1 2
are the distance of the point P from the
two point charges respectively.
So, we have R
1
( ) ( ) ( ) . 3 0 0 0 4 1 5 83
2 2 2
= - - + - + - - =
R
2
( ) ( ) ( ) . 3 0 0 0 4 1 4 24
2 2 2
= - - + - + - + =
Thus V
. .
578.9 V
4
10
5 83
1
4 24
1
0
6
pe
= - =-
-
: D
Electric field at any point is equal to the negative gradient of potential
i.e. E V
x
V
y
V
z
V d
2
2
2
2
2
2
=- =- + +
c m
y z
x y z
x
xyz
x y z
y
a a
2 3
3
2
2 3
6
x y
2 3
2 2 2
3
2 2 2
=- +
+ +
+ +
+ +
c c m m =
xy z
x y z
z
a 3
2 3
9
z
2 2
2 2 2
+ +
+ +
c m G
So, at the point ( 3, 2, 1) P x y z = = =-
E 3.6 11.4 35.6 / V m a a a
x y z
= + -
Electric flux density in terms of field intensity is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
D E
0
e =
So, at point ( , , ) P 3 2 1 - , D (3.6 11.4 35.6 ) a a a
x y z 0
e = + -
31.4 101 314.5 / pC m a a a
x y z
2
= + -
Laplaces equation for a scalar function V is defined as
V
2
d 0 =
but at the point of maxima V
2
d must have a negative value while at the point
of minima V
2
d must have a positive value. So the condition of maxima/minima
doesnt satisfy the Laplaces equation, therefore the potential function will have
neither a maxima nor a minima inside the defined region.
Electric force experienced by a point charge q located in the field E is defined as
F qE =
So, the force applied at the point charge 1C + located at ( , , ) y 0 0 is
F ( ) cos sin
r
Qd
a a 1
4
2
r
0
3
2
pe
q q = +
q 6 @ ( 1C q =+ )
( ) sin
r
Qd
a
4
90
z
0
3
c
pe
= - 6 @ ( 90c q = , a a
z
=-
q
, r y = )

y
Qd
a
4
z
0
3
pe
=
-
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 2.2
For determining the position of the third charge, first of all we evaluate the total
electric field at the given point C(0,1,0) due to the two point charges located at
points A(1,0,0) and B( , , 1 0 0 - ) respectively as shown in figure.
Electric field due to the charge located at point A is
E
1
9 10 10 kQ
AC
AC
a a
2
1
1 1
x y
3
9 9
3
# # #
= =
+
+
-
b
^
^
l
h
h
a a
4 2
9
x y
= + ^ h
and the electric field due to charge at point B is
E
2
9 10 10 kQ
BC
BC a a
2
1
1 1
x y
3
9 9
3
# # # #
= =
+
- +
-
^
b
^
^ h
l
h
h
a a
4 2
9
x y
= - + ^ h
So, E E
1 2
+
a a a a
4 2
9
4 2
9
x y x y =
+
+
- +
^ ^ h h a
2 2
9
y
=
As the field is directed in a
y
direction so for making E 0 = the third charge of
nC 2 + must be placed on y-axis at any point 1 y > . Consider the position of the
third charge is ( , , ) y 0 0 . So, electric field at point C due to the third charge is.
E
3

( )
( )
( )
y
a
1
9 10 2 10
y
2
9 9
# # #
=
-
-
-
( ) y
a
1
9 2
y
2
=-
-
and since the total electric field must be zero
So, we have E E E
1 2 3
+ + 0 =

( ) y
a a
2 2
9
1
9 2
y y
2
-
-
0 =
( ) y 1
2
- 4 = or y 3 = , 1 -
as discussed above y 1 > , so the point will be located at y 3 =
i.e. Point P will have the coordinate ( , , ) 0 3 0
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density
S
r is defined as
E a
2
s
n
0
e
r
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P
Since the unit vector normal to any plane f 0 = is defined as
a
n

f
f
!
4
4
=
So, we have the unit vector normal to the given charged plane x y 3 4 0 + = as
a
n

3 4 a a
3 4
x y
2 2
! =
+
+

3 4 a a
5
x y
! =
+
(f x y 3 4 = + )
Since at point ( , , ) 1 0 3 f 0 > , so, we take the positive value of a
n
.
Therefore, E a
2
s
n
0
e
r
=
( / )
( )
a a
2 10 36
2 10
5
3 4
x y
9
9
#
p
=
+
-
-
b l (
S
r
=
2 / nC m
2
)
a a
4
36
3 4
x y
p
= + ^ h 67.85 90.48 a a
x y
= + / V m
Horizontal component of the electric field intensity will be cancelled due to the
uniform distribution of charge in the circular loop. So the net electric field will have
only the component in a
z
direction and defined as below :
E (2 ) r
r z
z
a
4
1
2 2 /
L z
0
3 2
pe
r p =
+ ^ h
(9 10 ) (2 10 ) (2 4) a
4 3
3
/
z
9 9
2 2 3 2
p
# # # # #
=
+
-
^ h
9 2 a
125
2 4 3
z
# #
p
# #
= 1 . / V m a 2 56
z
=
Electric flux density produced at a distance r from a point charge Q located at
origin is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
D
r
Q
a
4
r
2
p
=
So, the divergence of the electric flux density is
D : d 0
r r
r
r
Q 1
4
2
2
2
2
2
p
= =
c m
So it is 0 for all the points but at origin ( ) r 0 = its divergence cant be defined.
The total flux leaving the closed surface is
y d D S : =
#
( dS is normal vector to surface)
The closed cube has total eight surfaces but as the vector field has no component
in a
z
direction so we have the integrals only through the four separate surfaces as
shown in the figure
So, y x y dydz x y dydz
, , at front at back x x
2
0
1
0
1
0
2
0
1
0
1
1
= + -
= =
# # # #
x y dxdz x y dxdz
, , at left at right y y
2 2
0
1
0
1
0
2 2
0
1
0
1
1
+ - +
= =
# # # #
ydydz x dxdz
0
1
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
=- +
# # # #

y
z
x
z
2 3
2
0
1
0
1
3
0
1
0
1
=- +
;
6 : 6
E
@ D @
1 1
2
1
5
1
4
1
# #
=- + =-
Given the electric flux density
D / C m x y y x a a
x y
2 2 2 2
= +
So, div D D : d =
x y z
x y y x a a a a a
x y z x y
2 2 2
:
2
2
2
2
2
2
= + + +
c
^
m
h
D : d xy x y 2 2
2
= +
6 @

2
1
4
1
4
3
= + = (center of the cube is located at , ,
2
1
2
1
2
1
b l
)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
From the given data we have the electric flux density at 0.2 m r = as
D 5 / nC m r a
r
2 2
=
According to Gauss law the volume charge density at any point is equal to the
divergence of the flux density at that point, so we have the volume charge density
at 0.2 m r = as

v
r D : d =
( )
r r
r r
1
5
2
2 2
2
2
= ^ h
r
r
1
5 4
2
3
# #
=
r 20 = 4 / nC m
3
= ( 0.2 m r = )
Again from the given data we have the electric flux density at 1 m r = as
D 2/ / nC m r a
r
2 2
=
So, the volume charge density at 1 m r = is

v
r D : d =
r r
r
r
1 2
2
2
2
2
2
=
b c lm
0 =
Given the moment p 4 C m a
z 0
pe
-
=
The electric field intensity at any point ( , , ) r q f produced due to an electric dipole
lying along z -axis and having the dipole moment p in a
z
direction is defined as
E (2 ) cos sin
r
p
a a
4
r
0
3
pe
q q = +
q
E cos sin
r
a a
1
2
r
3
q q = +
q ^ h ( 4 C m p a
z 0
pe
-
= )
Now, given that the z -component of electric field is zero
i.e. E
z
E a
z
: = 0 =
( ) ( ) cos sin
r
a a a a
1
2
r z z
3
: : q q +
q 6 @ 0 =
cos sin
r
1
2
3
2 2
q q - 6 @ 0 =
cos sin 2
2 2
q q - 0 = E 0
z
=
1 3 2 cos
2
1
q + 6 @ 0 =
Thus . 54 7c q = or . 125 3c q =
Therefore the conical surface of angle . 54 7c q = or . 125 3c will have the electric field
component E 0
z
= .
Electric field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite line charge with
charge density
L
r is defined as
E
2
L
0
pe r
r
=
and since the electric potential at point ( , / , ) 1 2 2 p is zero so, the electric potential at
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
point ( , , ) z r f will be equal to the integral of the electric field from point ( , / , ) 1 2 2 p
to the point to ( , , ) z r f .
i.e. V d E l
( , / , )
( , , ) z
1 2 2
: =-
p
r f
#
d
2
L
0
1
pe r
r
r =-
r
b l #
( ) ln
2
L
0
1
pe
r
r = -
r
: D
V 2 10 9 10 ln
1 9 9
r
# # #
=
-
b l
ln 18
1
r
=
b l
( 1 nC
L
r =+ )
Note: Since the infinite line charge has the equipotential cylindrical surface so for
taking the line integral, f and z has not been considered.
Electric potential at any point for a given electric field E is defined as
i.e. V d C E l : =- +
#
Now given the electric field intensity in spherical coordinate system
E
( ) r
r
a
4
2
r
2 2
=
+
and since the differential displacement in the spherical system is given as
dl sin dr rdr r d a a a
r
q f = + +
q f
So we have the electric potential
, V
( ) r
r
dr C
4
2
2 2
=-
+
+
#

r
C
4
1
2
=
+
+
At maxima,
dr
dV
0 =

( )
2
r
r
4
1
2 2
#
+
-
0 =
Solving the equation we get, r 0 = and r 3 =
at r 0 =
dr
d V
2
2
ve =-
So the electric potential will be maximum at origin.
As calculated in the previous question, the electric potential at point ( , , ) r q f is
V
r
C
4
1
2
=
+
+
So at r 0 = , electric potential is V
1
C
4
1
= +
and at r 2 = electric potential is V
2
C
8
1
= +
So potential difference between the two surfaces is :
V
12
C C
4
1
8
1
= + - +
b b l l
volt
2
1
=
Electric potential at a distance R from a dipole having moment p is defined as
V
R
R p
4
0
3
:
pe
=
So we have the potential at point A due to the dipole located at point B as:
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V
AB
p AB
4
0
3
:
pe
=
( )
2 ( ) a a a a a a
4 1 1 8
5
3
8 10
x y z x y z
0
2 2 2 3
9
:
#
pe
=
+ +
- + + +
-
b l
0.6 V =
Since the charge is being split and placed on a circular loop so the distance of all
the newly formed point charges from the center of the loop will be equal as shown
in the figure.
Therefore, the potential at the center of the loop will be
V 4
/
r
Q
4
4
0
pe
=
c m
(9 10 )
( )
5
20 10
9
9
#
# #
=
-
( 20 nC Q = )
36 V =
The work done in carrying a charge q from point A to point B in the field E is
defined as
W q d E l
A
B
: =-
#
Given the electric field intensity in the cartesian system as
E 2 2 y x a a
x y
= +
and since the differential displacement in cartesian system is given as
dl dx dy dz a a a
x y z
= + +
So, the work done in carrying charge 2 C q =+ from point , / , A 1 1 2 3
^ h
to the point
(4, 1, 0) B is
W 2 ydx xdy 2 2
/ y x 1 2
1
1
4
=- +
= =
; E # #
The curve along which the charge is being carried is given as
y
x
2
= x & y 2
2
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, we have W / 2 x dx y dy 2 2 2 2
/
2
1 2
1
1
4
=- +
_ ^ i h ; E # #
x y 4
3
2
3
2 /
/
3 2
1
4
3
1 2
1
=- +
6 6 ; @ @ E
4
3
7 2
12
7
=- +
; E
15.5 J =-
The work done in carrying a charge q from one point to other point in the field E
is defined as
W q d E l : =-
#
and since the differential displacement for the defined circular arc is dl d a r f =
f
as
obtained from the figure
So, the work done is W 2 ( ) ( ) x y d a a a
/
x y
0
4
: r f =- -
f
p
f
=
#
now we put cos x r f = , sin y r f = and sin a a
x
: f =-
f
, cos a a
y
: f =
f
in the
expression to get
W sin cos d 2 2
/
2
0
4
r f f f =- -
p
#
( ) sin d 2 1 2
/
0
4
#
f f =- -
p
#
( 1 r = )
1 J =+
Consider the last charge is being placed at corner D so the potential at D due to
the charges placed at the corners , , A B C is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V
r
q
4
1
0
pe
=
/

4
10
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
9
pe
= + +
-
< F
(9 10 ) 10 2
2
1 9 9
# # #
= +
-
c m
4.36 volt 3 =
As the potential at infinity is zero so the work done in carrying the last charge from
infinity to the fourth corner is
W qV = . 10 24 36
9
#
=
-
( 1 nC q = )
24.36 nJ =
Consider the first charge is being placed at A so the potential at A will be zero as
there is no any charge present at any of the corner and therefore the work done in
carrying the first charge is
W
1
0 =
now consider the second charge is being placed at B so the potential at B will be
only due to the charge at corner A
i.e. V
2

a
q
4
0
pe
=
and therefore the work done in placing the second charge at B is
W
2
qV
2
=
4
q
a
q
0
pe
=
b l
9 nJ
4
1
1
10
0
18
pe
#
= =
-
and similarly the potential at the corner C will be due to the charges at corners A
and B
i.e. V
3

r
q
4
1
0
pe
=
/
4
10
1
1
2
1
0
9
pe
= +
-
c m
therefore the work done in placing the third charge at C is
W
3
qV
3
= q
4
1
1
2
1
0
pe
= +
c m = G
(9 10 ) 10
2
1
1
9 18
# #
= +
-
c m
and the work done in placing the last charge at D has already been calculated in
previous question
i.e. W
4
24.36 nJ =
So the total work done in assembling the whole configuration of four charges is
W W W W W
1 2 3 4
= + + +
. . 0 9 15 36 24 36 = + + + 48.72 nJ =
The work done in carrying a charge q from point A to point B in the field E is
defined as
W q d E l
A
B
: =-
#
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given that q 2 C =
E ( 1) sin cos sin z a a a
z
f r f r f = + + +
r f
and since the given points A and B have 2
1 2
r r = = and z z 1
1 2
= = so the differential
displacement in the cylindrical coordinate system from A to B may be given as
dl d a r f =
f
for 0 30 < < c f .
Therefore the work done is, W 2 ( ) cos z d 1
0
30
r f r f =- +
c
c
f=
^ _ h i
#
2 ( ) ( ) sin 1 1 2
2
0
30
f
# # #
=- +
c
c
6 @
J 8
2
1
4
#
=- =-
Consider the 1 C m + charge is transferred first, from infinity to the given point
( , , ) A 3 6 0 - so the work done for transferring the charge will be zero as there is no
charge initially present.
now the potential at point B due to the charge at A is
V
q
AB 4
1
0
pe
=
A
9 10
5 10 1
10
126
9 10 9
2 2 2
6 3
#
#
=
+ +
=
-
( 1 ) C q m =
A
So the work done in transferring the charge 2 mC + at point B is
W q V =
B
(2 10 )
126
9 10 3
3
#
#
#
=
-
c m
( 2 mC q =
B
)
1.604 J =
The total potential energy stored in the system is given by
W q V
2
1
n
n
n
1
4
=
=
/
where q
n
is the charges at the four corners and V
n
is the total electric potential at
the corresponding corners.
For the 1
st
corner :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Charge, q
1
8 nC =
and potential, V
1
V V V
21 31 41
= + +
where V
21
, V
31
and V
41
are the potential at the 1
st
corner due to the charges q
2
, q
3
and q
4
respectively
So, V
1

.
.
.
q q q
4
1
0 01
0 01 2
0 01
0
2 3 4
pe
= + +
: D
( 8 nC q q q
2 3 4
= = = )

.
.
. 4
8 10
0 01
1
0 01 2
1
0 01
1
0
9
#
pe
= + +
-
< F
1.944 10 V
4
#
=
Since all the charges are equal so the potential will be same at all the corners and
therefore the total potential energy stored in the system of the charges is
W 4 q V
2
1
1 1 #
=
^ h
2 (8 10 ) ( . ) 1 944 10
9 4
# # # #
=
-
0.312 mJ =
Energy density in a certain region in free space having electric field intensity E is
defined as
w
E
E E
2
1
0
: e =
and since the electric field is equal to the negative gradient of the potential so we
have E V d =-

x
V
y
V
z
V
a a a
x y z
2
2
2
2
2
2
=- + +
; E
/ V m
x yz xy z xyz
a a a
1 1 1
x y z
2 2 2
= + +
; E
So the energy density inside the cube will be
w
E
(E E)
2
1
0
: e =
x y z x y z x y z
2
1 1 1 1
0
4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4
e = + +
; E
Therefore the total energy stored in the cube is
W
E
w dv
E
=
#
W
E

x y z x y z x y z
dxdydz
2
1 1 1 1
0
4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4
1
2
1
2
1
2
e = + +
; E
# # #

x y z xy z xy z
dydz
2 3
1 1 1 1
0
3 2 2 4 2 2 4
1
2
1
2
1
2
e
= - - -
b l
; E
# #

2
3
96
7
0
# #
e
= .68 10 J 12
13
#
=
-
As calculated in the above question energy density at any point inside the cube is
w
E

x y z x y z x y z
2
1 1 1 1
0
4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4
e = + +
; E
So, at the centre of the cube (1.5, 1.5, 1.5) the energy density is
w
E

( . ) ( . ) ( . )
2
1
1 5 1 5 1 5
3
0
4 2 2
e =
; E
5.18 10 J
13
#
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The charged sphere will be treated as a point charge for the field at any point
outside the sphere. So, the electric field at distance r from the centre of the sphere
will be :
E
r
Q
4
1
0
2
pe
= (For r R 2 )
So the electric potential at the point will be :
( ) V r d E l
r
: =-
3
#
(Taking 3 as a reference point)

r
Q
dr
4
1
r
0
2
pe
=-
3
#

r
Q
4
1
r
0
pe
=- -
3
: D

r
Q
4
1
0
pe
#
=
So, ( ) V r
r
1
\
The graph of ( ) V r will be as :
For determining the electric field inside the spherical region at distance ( ) r R #
from the centre of sphere we construct a Gaussian surface as shown in the figure.
So the surface integral of the electric field over the Gaussian surface is given as
( ) E r 4
2
p Q
1
enc
0
e
= Q
R
r
1
0
3
4 3
3
4 3
e
p
p
=
e o > H
So, the electric field at a distance r from the center is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
r
Q
R
r
a
4
1
r
2
0
3
3
p
e
=
c m

Q
R
r
a
4
r
0
3
pe
= (for r R # )
Therefore the electric potential at the point P will be the line integral of the field
intensity from infinity to the point P
i.e. ( ) V r d d E r E r
R
R
r
1 2
: : =- +
3
; E # #
where E
1
" electric field outside the sphere as calculated in previous question.
E
2
" electric field inside the sphere
( ) V r
r
Q
dr
R
Q
r dr
4
1
4
1
R
r R
0
2
0
3
pe pe
=- +
3
c m = G
# #

Q
R
R
r R
4
1 1
2
0
3
2 2
pe
= -
-
b l
; E
So, ( ) V r decreases with increase in r .
The total stored energy inside a region having charge density
v
r and potential V
is defined as
W
E
Vdv
2
1
v
r =
#
As calculated in previous question the electric potential at any point inside the
sphere is
( ) V r
Q
R
R
r R
4
1 1
2
0
3
2 2
pe
= -
-
b l
; E
(3 ) r
4
1
2
1
0
2
pe
= -
: D
( 1 m R = , 1C Q = )
Therefore the total energy stored inside the sphere is
W
E
( ) (4 )
R
Q
r r dr
2
1
4
1
2
1
3
3
4 3
0
2 2
0
1
#
p
pe
p = -
e o: D
#
( ) r r dr
8
3
4
1
2
4
3
0
2 4
0
1
# #
p pe
p
= -
#
( 1 m R = , 1C Q = )
r
r
16
3
5
0
3
5
0
1
pe
= -
: D

16
3
5
4
4 5
3 9 10 4
0
9
#
#
# # #
pe
= =
5
27
10
9
#
= .4 10 J 24
9
#
=
The electric field to counter act the gravitational force must produce the same force
as applied by gravity but in opposite direction.
i.e. e E ^ h m g a
e r
= - ^ h
where e is the charge of an electron, m
e
is the mass of electron, g is acceleration
due to gravity and a
r
is radial direction of earth.
So, taking the magnitude only we have the required field intensity,
E
e
m g
e
=
.
. .
1 6 10
9 1 10 9 8
19
31
#
# #
=
-
-
^ h
5.57 10 / V m 1
11
#
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider the electric field intensity produced at point , , P 0
4
1
4
1
b l due to the charges
located at points A, B and C respectively as shown in figure is E
A
, E
B
and E
C

respectively.
So the net electric field at point P is
E
net
E E E
A B C
= + +
and since the electric field intensity at any distance R from a point charge Q is
defined as E
Q
R
R
4
0
3
pe
=
So E
net
Q kQ kQ
PA PB
PB
PC
PC PA
4
1
0
3 3 3
pe
= + +
= G
Q kQ kQ
a a a a
a a
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
3
4
1
4
3
4
1
4
1
4
3
4
1
4
3
/ / /
y z y z
y z
0
2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
pe
=
+
+
+
+
- +
+
+
-
b b
b
b b
b
b b
b
l l
l
l l
l
l l
l
; ; ; E E E
and since E 0
net
= so we have

k k
2
4
1
16
4
3
4
1
4
3
4
3
4
1
4
1
/
/
/ / 3 2
3 2
2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
#
-
+
+
+
^
b
^
b b b b
h
l
h
l l l l ; ; E E
0 =
Solving the equation we get k 5.59 1 =
The point charges can be represented as shown below.
So the electric field at point , , x 0 0 ^ h will be directed along x -axis. Taking only
magnitude we have the net electric field intensity at , , x 0 0 ^ h as
E
x a
Q
x
Q
x a
Q
4 4
2
4
0
2
0
2
0
2
pe pe pe
=
-
- +
+ ^ ^ h h
... ....
x
Q
x
a
x
a
x
Q
x
Q
x
a
x
a
4
1
2
3
4
2
4
1
2
3
0
2
2
0
2
0
2
2
pe pe pe
= + + + - + - + -
a a k k : : D D
Since x a >> , neglecting higher powers of
x
a
a k
we get
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
x
Q
x
a
x
a
x
Q
x
Q
x
a
x
a
4
1
2
3
4
2
4
1
2
3
0
2
2
0
2
0
2
2
pe pe pe
= + + - + - +
a a k k : : D D

x
Qa
4
6
4
0
2
pe
= K
x
Qa 6
4
2
=
c m
According to Gauss law the surface integral of electric field intensity over a Gaussian
surface is defined as
d E S :
#
Q
1
enc
0
e
=
So for the Gaussian surface outside the sphere at a distance ( ) r R 2 from the
centre of the sphere we have
( ) E r 4
2
p
( ) R
v
0
3
4 3
e
r p
= (there is no charge outside the sphere)
Therefore at any point outside the sphere r
R > ^ h the electric field intensity will be
E
r
R
a
4
v
r
0
2
3
4 3
pe
r p
=
^ h

r
R
a
3
v
r
0
2
3
e
r
=
c m
and for the Gaussian surface inside the sphere at a distance ( ) r R # from the
center of the sphere we have
( ) E r 4
2
p
( ) r
v
0
3
4 3
e
r p
=
Therefore at any point inside the sphere, the electric field intensity will be
E
r
r
a
1
4
3
4
v
r
0
2
3
e
p
r p
=
b l

r
a
3
v
r
0
e
r
=
a k
As discussed in Q.55. The electric field at any point inside a charged solid sphere is
E
r
a
3
v
r
0
e
r
=
a k
where r is the distance from center of the sphere and
v
r is the volume charge
density given as

v
r
R
Q
3
4 3
p
=
3
2 10
3
4 3
9
#
p
=
-
^ h
( 2 nC Q = , 3 m R = )
1.77 10 / C m
11 3
#
=
-
So the force acting on electron when it is at a distance r from the center of the
sphere is
F eE = (e is the charge of an electron)
m
dt
d r
e
2
2
e
r
3
v
0
e
r
=
a k
(m
e
is mass of an electron)

dt
d r
2
2

. .
. .
r
9 1 10 8 85 10
1 6 10 1 77 10
3
31 12
19 11
# #
# #
#
=
-
- -
- -
^ ^
^ ^
h h
h h

dt
d r
2
2
. r 2 17 10
11
#
=-^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
.
dt
d r
r 1 17 10
2
2
11
#
+^ h 0 =
Solving the differential equation we have
r . . cos sin A t A t 1 17 10 1 17 10
1
11
2
11
# #
= + ^ ^ h h ....(i)
where A
1
and A
2
are constants.
Now, at t 0 = , 3 m r = as the electron is located at one end of the hole.
So putting it in equation (i) we get, A
1
3 =
again at t 0 = ,
dr
dr
0 = as the electron is released from rest.
So putting it in equation (i) we get A
2
0 =
Thus the position of electron at any time t is
r . cos t 3 1 17 10
11
#
= ^ h
at t 1 sec m = r 2.83 m =
As calculated in above question the position of the electron at any time t is
r . cos t 3 1 17 10
11
#
= ^ h
So, f 2p . 1 17 10
11
#
=
f
.
2
1 17 10
11
#
p
= 5.44 10 Hz
4
#
= 54.4 KHz =
The portion of the plane 1 m y z + = lying in the first octant bounded by the
planes x 0 = and 1 m x = has been shown in the figure through which we have to
determine the total electric field flux.

According to Gauss law the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal to
the charge enclosed by it.
i.e. y d D S : =
#
Q
enc
=
So the total electric field flux emanating flux from the line charge between x 0 =
and 1 m x = is
d E S :
#

Q
enc
0
e
=
1
L
L
0 0
e
r
e
r
= =
^ h
and by symmetry, flux through the defined surface will be one fourth of the total
electric field flux emanating from the defined portion .
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. the electric flux crossing the surface
d E S
4
:
=
#
4
L
0
e
r
=
Note: It must be kept in mind that the total electric flux is d D S :
#
while the
total electric field flux is d E S :
#

Consider a point P inside the cylindrical surface of 2 m as shown in figure.
Now we make the use of superposition to evaluate the electric field at point P by
considering the given charge distribution as the sum of two uniformly distributed
cylindrical charges, one of radius 5 m and the other of radius 2 m, and such that
the total charge in the hole is zero. Thus we obtain the net electric field at point
P as
E
net
E E
1 2
= +
where E
1
is the electric field intensity at point P due to the uniformly charged
cylinder of radius 5 m that has the charge density / nC m 5
3
^ h, while E
2
is the
electric field intensity at point P due to charged cylinder of radius 2 m that has
the charge density 5 / nC m
3
- ^ h
As calculated in MCQ.61 the electric field intensity at a distance r from the
cylindrical axes having uniform charge density
v
r is
E
r
2
v
0
e
r
=
So we have E
1
R R
2 2
5 10 v
0
1
0
9
1
#
e
r
e
= =
-
and E
2
R R
2 2
5 10 v
0
2
0
9
2
#
e
r
e
= =
-
-
So the net electric field at point P is
E
net
R R
2
5 10
0
9
1 2
#
e
= -
-
^ h
By the triangle law of vector
R R
1 2
- C a
x
= = (separation 1 m = )
So, E
net
a
2
5 10
x
0
9
#
e
=
-
^ h
282.5 / V m a
x
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As we have calculated the electric field for the same distribution in Q.55. So we
evaluate the electric potential by taking the line integral of the field intensity.
i.e. V d E l : =-
#
E
for
for
r
r R
r
R
r R
a
a
3
3
>
v
r
v
r
0
0
2
3
#
e
r
e
r
=
a
c
k
m
Z
[
\
]
]
]
]
The electric potential at any point outside the sphere r R > ^ h is
V d E l
r
: =-
3
#

l
R
dl
3
v
r
0
2
3
e
r
=-
3
c m
#

R
l 3
1 v
r
0
3
e
r
=- -
3
; E
r
R
3
v
0
3
e
r
=
and the electric potential at any point inside the sphere r R # ^ h is
V d d l E E l
R
R
r
: : =- +
3
; E # #

r
R
dr
l
dl
3
3
v v
R
r R
0
2
3
0
e
r
e
r
=- -
3
b l # #

R
r
l
3
1
3 2
v
R
v
R
r
0
3
0
2
e
r
e
r
=- - -
3
: : D D

R
R
r R
3
1
3 2 2
v v
0
3
0
2 2
e
r
e
r
=- - - -
: : D D

R r
3 2
3
2
v
0
2 2
e
r
= -
b l
R
r
2 3
v
0
2
2
e
r
= -
b l
Given the total charge on the disk is Q 900 900 10 C C
6
m p p
#
= =
-
radius of the disk is a 6 m =
and since the charge has been distributed uniformly over the surface so the small
charge element dQ on the disk at a distance r from the center as shown in figure
is given as
dQ
S
Q
dS =
b l
rdrd
6
900 10
2
6
#
p
p
f =
-
^
^
h
h
rdrd 25 10
6
#
f =
-
The force applied by the charge element dQ on the 150 C m charge located at point
P is
dF
( )
R
dQ 150 10
2
6
#
=
-
( )
( )
r
dQ
16
150 10
2
6
#
=
+
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As the disk has uniformly distributed charge so the horizontal component of the
field is get cancelled and the net force will have the only component in a
z
direction
and the net force by projection on z -axis is given as
F
25 10
r
rdrd
r
4 16
150 10
16
4
r 0
2
6 6
2
0
6
0
2
#
#
pe
f
#
=
+
+
f
p
- -
= = ^
^ ^
d
h
h h
n # #
F
r
270
16
1
2
0
6
p = -
+
; E
9.44 N =
Electric field at any point due to infinite surface charge distribution is defined as
E a
2
s
n
0
e
r
=
where
s
r " surface charge density
a
n
" unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point where
field is to be determined.
At origin electric field intensity due to sheet at y 1 =+ is
E
1
a a
2 2
5 s
y y
0 0
e
r
e
= - =-
^ h
a a
n y
=- ^ h
and electric field intensity at origin due to sheet at 1 y =- is
E
1 -
a a
2 2
5 s
y y
0 0
e
r
e
= =
^ h
a a
n y
= ^ h
So net field intensity at origin is
E E E
1 1
= +
+ -
a a
2
5
2
5
y y
0 0
e e
=- + 0 =
As the test charge is placed at point , , 2 5 4 ^ h. So it will be in the region y 1 >+ for
which electric field is given as
E E E
1 1
= +
+ -
a a
2 2
s
y
s
y
0 0
e
r
e
r
= +
^ ^ h h
(for both the sheet a a
n y
= )
a
2
2 5 10
y
0
9
# #
e
=
-
^ h
a
5 10
y
0
9
#
e
=
-
Therefore the net force on the charge will be
F qE = a 5 10
5 10
y
6
0
9
#
#
e
=
-
-
^
c
h
m
2.83 10 N
3
#
=
-
Since the electric field intensity due to a sheet charge is defined as
E a
2
s
n
0
e
r
=
So it doesnt depend on the distance from the sheet and given as
E E E
1 1
= +
+ -

a a
2 2
s
y
s
y
0 0
e
r
e
r
= - + -
^ ^ h h
a
2
s
y
0
e
r
=- a
2
5 10
y
0
9
#
e
=-
-
So, it will be constant as we move away from the sheet.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As the charge is redistributed so the total charge will remain same on the sphere.
Total charge before redistribution.
Q
1
dv
v
r =
#
6 / C m
3
4
1
3 3
p =
^ ^
b h h
l
( 6 / ) C m
v
2
r =
8p = Coulomb
and total charge after redistribution
Q
2
dv
v
r =
#
4 k r r dr 3
r
2 2
0
1
p = -
=
^ h #
Since Q
1
Q
2
=
So, we have 8p k r r dr 4 3
2 4
0
1
p = - ^ ^ h h #
k r
r
4
5
3
5
0
1
p = -
: D
k 4 1
5
1
p = -
: D
or k .5 3 =
According to Gausss law the total electric flux through any closed surface is equal
to the total charge enclosed by the volume.
Now consider the complete spherical surface defined by 48 m r = through which
the total flux is equal to the point charge.
So the total flux passing through the hemispherical surface will be half of the point
charge.
i.e. y
50
25
C
C
Q
2 2
m
m = = =
For any point inside the sphere when we draw a symmetrical spherical surface
(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is zero as all the charge is concentrated
on the surface of the hollow sphere.
So according to Gausss law
d E S
0
: e
#
dv 0
v
r = =
#
therefore E 0 = at any point inside the hollow sphere.
now at any point outside the sphere at a distance r from the center when we draw
a symmetrical closed surface(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is
Q
enc
R 4
s
2
r p = ^ h
and according to Gausss law
d E S
0
: e
#
Q
enc
=
E R 4
0
2
e p ^ h R 6
s
2
r p = ^ h
E
r
R
a
s
r
0
2
2
e
r
=
c m
Electric field intensity at any point due to uniform surface charge distribution is
defined as
E a
2
s
n
0
e
r
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where
s
r " surface charge density
a
n
" unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point where
field is to be determined.
The electric field intensity due to the upper plate will be
E
U
a
2
2
z
0
e
= -
^ h
a a
n z
=-
^ h
and the field intensity due to lower plate will be
E
l
a
2
2
z
0
e
=-
^ h
a a
n z
=
^ h
So the net field between the plates is
E E E
U l
= +
a a
2
2
2
2
z z
0 0
e e
= - + -
^ ^ h h : D
a
2
4
z
0
e
=- a
2
z
0
e
=-
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of electric
potential at the point
i.e. E V d =-
So, the y-component of the field is
E
y

y
V
2
2
=-
Now, for the interval 3 2 y # # - - , V t 20 3 = + ^ h
E
y
20 / V m
y
V
2
2
=- =-
For the interval 2 1 y # # - - , V 20 =
So, E
y

y
V
0
2
2
=- =
For the interval 1 1 y # # - + , V t 20 =-
So, E
y
20 / V m
y
V
2
2
=- =
For the interval 1 2 y # # , V 20 =-
So E
y
0 =
For the interval 2 3 y # # , V t 20 3 = - ^ h
So, E
y
0 / V m
y
V
3
2
2
=- =-
Therefore, the plot field component E
y
with respect to y for the defined intervals
will be same as in option (A).
Since the electrons are moving with equal but opposite velocities so assume that
their velocities are v a
x 0
+ and v a
x 0
- .
Now let the electric field is applied in a
x
direction
i.e. E E a
x 0
=
So the force applied on the electrons will be
F . eE E 1 6 10
19
#
= =-
-
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
m
dt
dv
. E 1 6 10
19
#
=-
-
^ h
therefore, change in the velocity
dv
.
m
dt
E 1 6 10
19
#
=-
-
^
^
h
h
.
m
E dt
a
1 6 10
x
19
0 #
=-
-
^ h
So, the velocity of electron moving in a
x
+ direction will change to
v
1

.
v
m
E dt
a a
1 6 10
x x 0
19
0 #
= -
-
^ h

.
v
m
E dt
a
1 6 10
x 0
19
0 #
= -
-
^ h
; E
Since velocity deceases so loss in K.E. is
. K E
Loss
mv mv
2
1
2
1
0
2
1
2
= -
.
.
E dt
m
E dt
1 6 10
2
1
1 6 10
19
0
19 2
0
2 2
#
#
= -
-
-
^
^ ^
h
h h
...(i)
Again the velocity of electron moving in a
x
- direction will change to
v
2

.
v
m
E dt
a a
1 6 10
x x 0
19
0 #
=- -
-
^ h

.
v
m
E dt
a
1 6 10
x 0
19
0 #
=- +
-
^ h
; E
Since velocity increases, so Gain in K.E. is
. K E
Gain
mv mv
2
1
2
1
2
2
0
2
= -
.
.
E dt
m
E dt
1 6 10
2
1
1 6 10
19
0
19 2
0
2 2
#
#
= +
-
-
^
^ ^
h
h h
...(2)
Comparing eq (1) and eq (2) we get
. K E
Gain
. K E >
Loss
The electric field intensity produced at a distance r from a line charge of density
L
r is defined as
E a
2
L
0
pe r
r
=
r
where a
r
is unit vector directed toward point P along r. So, the electric field acting
on the line charge at 3 m y = due to the line charge located at 3 m y =- is
E a
2 6
80 10
y
0
9
#
pe
=
-
^ h
80 , , 6 nC m a a
L y
r r = = =
r ^ h
240 / V m a
y
=
Therefore, the force per unit length exerted on the line charge located at 3 m y = is
F dz E
L
z 0
1
r =
=
^ ^ h h #
240a 80 10
y
9
#
=
-
^ ^ h h 19.2 N a
y
m =
The four charges located at the corners of square 4 cm has been shown in figure
below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The net potential at the charge located at A due to the other three charges is
V
A

AB
q
AC
q
AD
q
4
1 B C D
0
pe
= + +
a k
. 9 10 1 2 10
4 10
1
4 2 10
1
4 10
1 9 9
2
2
2
# # #
#
#
#
= + +
-
-
-
- c m

.
4
10 8 10
2
2
1
2
#
= +
c m
730.92 Volt =
Similarly, the electric potential at all the corners will be
V
B
730.92 Volt V V V
C D A
= = = =
Therefore, the net potential energy stored in the system is given as
W qV
2
1
=
/
q V q V q V q V
2
1
A A B B C C D D
= + + + ^ h
. .
2
1
4 1 2 10 730 92
9
# # # #
=
-
^ ^ h h
.75 J 3 m =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 2.3
Given, the electric field intensity,
E x y z a a a
x y z
= + +
dl dx dy dz a a a
x y z
= + +
So, the potential difference between point X and Y is
V
XY
d E l
X
Y
: =- # xdx ydy zdz
2
0
1
2
3
0
= + + # # #

x
y
z
2 2 2
2
1
2 2
2
0
2
3
0
=- + +
= G
2 1 0 2 0 3
2
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
=- - + - + - 6 @ 5 =
Given the electric field vector at point P due to the three charges Q
1
, Q
2
and Q
3

are respectively.
E
1
2 a a a
x y z
= + -
E
2
3 a a
y z
= +
E
3
2a a
x y
= -
So, the net field intensity at point P is
E E E E
1 2 3
= + + 3 2 a a a 5
x y z
= + +
Charge density at any point in terms of electric flux density D is defined as

v
r D : d =
Since, D / cos C m z a
z
2 2
r f =
^ h
So, we get
v
r D : d = cos
z
z a
z
2
2
2
r f = ^ h 6 @ / cos C m
2 3
r f =
At point 1, , 3
4
p
a k
,
v
r cos 1
4
2 p
=^
a
h
k

2
1
= 0.5 / C m
3
=
Electric field intensity E is a vector quantity while the electric potential V is a
scalar quantity.
For an ideal capacitance the area of plates, A is assumed very high in comparison
to the separation d between the plates.
i.e.
d
A
3 .
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the fringing effect at the plates edges can be neglected and therefore, we get the
capacitance between the parallel plates as
C
d
A
4
e
=
So A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
By using method of images, the conducting surfaces are being replaced by the
image of charge distribution which gives a system of charge distribution.
So, in solving boundary value problems we can avoid solving Laplaces or Poissions
equation and directly apply the method of images to solve it.
Thus both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
For a pair of line charges equipotential surface exists where the normal distance
from both the line charges are same. So, the plane surface between the two line
charges will be equipotential.
This is the similar case to method of images.
According to uniqueness theorem : If a solution to Laplaces equation (a) be found
that satisfies the boundary condition then the solution is unique.
Here it is given that the potential functions V
1
and V
2
satisfy Laplaces equation
within a closed region and has the same value at its boundary so both the functions
are identical.
From Maxwells equation we have
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
E
#
d
t
A
#
2
2
d =- ^ h B A
#
d = ^ h

t
E A
#
d
2
2
+
b l
0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the curl of a gradient of a scalar field is identically zero. So, we get

t
E A
2
2
+ V d =-
i.e. V E ! d - in time valeying field therefore A and R both are true and R is the
correct explanation of A.
The surface charge density at plane x 8 = is shown in the figure.
The point P is located at , , 6 4 5 - ^ h. So, the normal vector to the plane x 8 =
pointing toward P is
a
n
a
x
=-
Therefore, the electric flux density produced at point P is
D a
2
s
n
r
= 30 a a
2
60
x x
= - =-
^ h
Consider the coaxial cylinder is located along z -axis. So at any point between the
two surfaces the electric field is given as
E V d =- Va
2
2
r
=-
r
(Since all other derivatives will be zero)
Given that the inner surface is at potential V
0
while the outer one is grounded so
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the region between the two surfaces will have a gradually decreasing potential and
so, E will not be uniform and it is radially directed as calculated above (in a
r

direction).
The Poissons equation is defined as
V
2
d
v
e
r
=-
where V is electric potential and
v
r is charge density. So, in charge free space (
0
v
r = ) we get the Poissons equation as
V
2
d 0 = which is Laplace equation.
Consider the three equal charges of C Q is placed at a separation of 0.5 m as shown
in figure below :
The net stored charge in the system of n charges is defined as
W Q V
2
1
k k
k
n
1
=
=
/
where Q
k
is one point charge and V
k
is the net electric potential at the point charge
due to the other charges.
Now, we have the net electric potential at any of the point charge Q located in the
system as
V
1

. .
Q Q
4
1
0 5 0 5
0
pe
= +
b l

Q
0
pe
=
So, total energy stored in the system of charges is given as
W
1
3 QV
Q
2
1
2
3
1
0
2
pe
= =
b l
(1)
Now, when the charges are separated by 1 m then the electric potential at any of
the charge Q due to the other two charges is
V
2

Q Q Q
4
1
1 1 2
0 0
pe pe
= + =
b l
So, the stored energy in the new system is
W
2
QV
Q
3
2
1
4
3
2
0
2
pe
= =
b l
(2)
From equation (1) and (2) we have
W
2
. W 0 5
1
= or W
1
W 2
2
=
Electric potential due to point charge is defined as
V
r
Q
3
1
0
pe
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, for the equal distance r potential will be same i.e. equipotential surface about
a point charge is sphere.
An electrostatic field has its curl always equals to zero. So electric field is irrotational.
Statement 1 is correct.
Electric field divergence is not zero and so it is not solenoidal.
Electric field is static only from a macroscopic view point.
Work done in moving a charge in the electric field from one point to other is
independent of the path.
Given electric potential,
V 0 0 y x 2 1
4 3
= +
From Poissons equation we have
V
2
d
v
0
e
r
=-
where, V " Electric potential

v
" r Charge density

x y z
y x 10 20
2
2
2
2
2
2
4 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ + +
e
^
o
h
v
0
e
r
=-
x y 120 120 +
v
0
e
r
=-

v
r 120 2 120 0
0 # #
e = + ^ h (x 2 = , y 0 = )

v
r 0 12
0
e =-
Given, the wave equation in space for a propagating wave in z -direction is
E k E
x x
2 2
d + 0 =
Now, from option (C) we have the electric field component as
E
x
E e
jkz
0
=
-
The Lapalacian of electric field is
E
x
2
d jk E e
jkz 2
0
= -
-
^ h
E
x
2
d k E e
jkz 2
0
=-
-
k E
x
2
=-
or, E k E
x x
2 2
d + 0 = So, it satisfies the wave equation.
Consider the infinitely long uniform charge density shown in the figure.
The electric field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite line charge
with density r
L
is defined as
E
2
0
pe r
r
=
L
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the normal distance vector of points P (0, 6, 1) and Q ( , , ) 5 6 1 from the line
charge will be same so, the field intensity produced due to the infinite line at both
the points P and Q will be same.
Therefore, the field intensity at (5,6,1) is E.
Consider the square loop ABCD carrying current 0.1 A as shown in figure.
The magnetic dipole moment is
m IS =
where I is current in the loop and S is the area enclosed by loop.
So, m . 0 01 10 2
2
=^ ^ h h 2 A m
2
-
=
The direction of the magnetic dipole moment is determined by right hand rule.
i.e. m 2 A m a
z
2
-
=
Electric flux density at a distance r from a point charge Q is defined as
D
r
Q
a
4
r
2
p
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and the total flux through any defined surface is
y d D S : =
#
So, both the quantities has not the permittivity e in their expression. Therefore, D
and y are independent of permittivity e of the medium.
According to Gausss law, the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal
to the charge enclosed inside it.
i.e. d D S :
#
Q
enc
=
Now, consider the height of cylinder is h. So, the cylindrical surface at 3 r =
encloses the charge distribution
S
5 / C m
2
r = ^ h located at 2 m r = . Therefore, we
get
D h 2 3 p^ ^ h h h 5 2 2
#
p = ^ h
or, D a
3
20
=
r
The electric potential produced by 1 C m at a distance r is
V
r r
9 10
1 10
9000 9
6
#
#
= =
-
^ h
So, the potential energy stored in the field will be the energy of the charges as,
i.e. W qV =

r
4 10
9000 6
#
=
-
^ h
r
36 10
3
#
=
-

where r is the distance between the charges given as
r 2 1 1 3 5 1
2 2 2
= - - + - + + ^ ^ ^ h h h 7 =
So, W 5.15 10 Joule
7
36 10
3
3 #
#
= =
-
-
Electric field intensity due to a dipole having moment P at a distance r from it is
E
r
1
3
\

E
E
1
2

r
r
2
3
1
3
=

E
1
2

4
2
3
3
=
^
^
h
h
E
2
/ mV m
8
1
=
Energy density (energy stored per unit volume) in an electric field is defined as
w
e
D E
2
1
: = E E E
2
1
2
1
0 0
2
: e e = =
The position of points A, B and C are shown below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, position charge is placed at A and negative charge at B so, their resultant
field intensity at C is as shown below :
Since, the forces F F
1 2
= so the vertical component F
1 V
and F
2 V
are get cancelled
while F
2 H
and F
1 H
are get summed to provide the resultant field in a
z
- direction.
Given,
Charges, Q
1
1 10 nC C Q
2
9
= = =
-
Separation between charges, r 1 10 mm m
3
= =
-
So, the force acting between the charges is
F
r
kQ Q
10
9 10 10
2
1 2
3 2
9 9 2
#
= =
-
-
^
^
h
h
10 N 12
3
#
=
-
According to Gausss law, the surface integral of flux density through a closed
surface is equal to the charge enclosed inside the closed surface (volume integral of
charge density)
i.e. d D S :
#
dv
v
r =
#
In differential form, the Gausss law can be written as
D
#
d
v
r =
E
#
d
v
0
e
r
= D E
0
e = ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The electric field at a distance r from the point charge q located in a medium with
permittivity e is defined as
E
r
q
a
4
r
2
pe
=
r
q
a
4
r
2
1
p
e
=
-
For according to Gausss law the total outward electric flux through a closed
surface is equal to the charge enclosed by the surface.
i.e. d D S
s
:
#
Q
enc
=
or, d D S
s
:
#
dv
v
v
r =
#
The force between the two charges q
1
and q
2
placed in a medium with permittivity
e located at a distance r apart is defined as
F
r
q q
4
1
2
1 2
pe
=
or F
1
\
e
i.e. force is inversely proportional to permittivity of the medium.
Since, glass has the permittivity greater than 1 (i.e. permittivity of free space) So,
the force between the two charges will decreases as the glass is placed between the
two charges.
According to Gausss law the total electric flux through a closed surface is equal
to the charge enclosed by it. Since, the sphere centred at origin and of radius 5 m
encloses all the charges therefore, the total electric flux over the sphere is given as

E
y Q Q Q
1 2 3
= + +
. . . 0 008 0 05 0 009 = + -
0. 49 C 0 m =
Electric flux through a surface area is the integral of the normal component of
electric field over the area.
The electric field due to a positive charge is directed away from it (i.e. outwards.)
According to Gausss law the surface integral of normal component of flux density
over a closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed inside it.
So, A is true but R is false.
Force between the two charges Q
1
and Q
2
is defined as
F
R
Q Q
a
4
R
0
2
1 2
pe
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
When the charges are of same polarity then the force between them is repulsive.
The electric force on both the charges will have same magnitude. As the expression
of Force includes the term e (permittivity of the medium) so it depends on the
medium in which the charges are placed.
So the statements (a), (c) and (d) are correct while (b) is incorrect.
Since the electric field is negative gradient of the electric potential so the field lines
will be orthogonal to the equipotential lines (surface).
Electric potential at 10 nC - due to 10 nC charge is
V
r
Q
4
1
0
pe
=
9 10
2 0 0
10 10 9
2
9
# #
#
=
+ +
-
45 Volt =
and so the energy stored is
W
e
QV =
10 10 45
9
# #
= -
-
^ h
50 nJ 1 =-
According to Gausss the outward electric flux density through any closed surface
is equal to the charge enclosed by it. So electric field out side the spherical balloon
doesnt change with the change in its radius and so the energy density at point P
is w
E
for the inflated radius b of the balloon.
The curl of E is identically zero.
i.e. E
#
d 0 =
So, it is conservative.
The electrostatic field is a gradient of a scalar potential.
i.e. E V d =-
So, E
#
d 0 = (Conservative)
Work done in a closed path inside the field is zero
i.e. d E l :
#
0 =
E
#
d 0 = (Conservative)
So, (a), (c) and (d) satisfies that the field is conservative.
As the potential difference between two points is not zero inside a field so, the
statement (b) is incorrect.
Net outward electric flux through the spherical surface, r a = is
d D S :
#
a
3
4
v
3
y r p = =
b l
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
D a 4
2
p ^ h a
3
4
v 3
r
p =
D / C m
a
a
3
v
r
2
r
=
For a pair of equal and opposite linear chargers the electric potential is defined as
V
r
Q
r
Q
4 4
0 1 0 2
pe pe
= -
where r
1
and r
2
are the distances from the charges respectively. For the same value
of V (equipotential surface) a plane can be defined exactly at the centre point
between them.
In a charge free region 0
v
r = ^ h electrostatic field has the following characteristic
E : d 0
v
e
r
= =
and E
#
d 0 = (for static field)
Consider the force experienced by Q is F
1
. Since, there is no any external applied
field (or force) so, sum of all the forces in the system of charges will be zero.
i.e. F S 0 =
or, 3 2 F F F
1
+ + 0 =
F
1
5F =-
Poissions law is derived from Gausss law as
D : d r =
For inhomogeneous medium e is variable and so,
E : d e ^ h r =
V : d d e - ^ h 6 @ r =
V : d d e ^ h r =-
This is the Poissions law for inhomogenous medium.
Electric field intensity due to a infinite charged surface is defined as
E a
2
n
0
e
r
=
S
where r
S
is surface charge density and a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface
directed towards the point of interest.
Given that, r
S
20 / nC m
2
= 20 10 / C m
9 2
#
=
-
and a
n
a
z
=- (Since the surface 10 m z = is above the origin).
So we have,
E a
2
20 10
z
0
9
#
e
= -
-
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
a
2
20 10 9 10 4
z
9 9
# # # #
p
=
-
360 / V m a
z
p =-
Electric field intensity due to a short dipole having a very small separation d, a +
a distance R from it is defined as
E 2cos sin
R
Qd
a a
4
r
0
3
pe
q q = +
q ^ h (for d R << )
So, for the given dipole, 90c q =
and R r d r
2 2
. = - (r d >> )
Therefore, E 0
r
Qd
a
4
0
3
pe
= +
f ^ h
i.e. E
r
1
3
\
According to Gauss law the total outward flux from a closed surface is equal to the
total charge enclosed by the surface.
Electric field intensity at any point r outside the sphere is defined as
E
r
Q
a
4
r
0
2
pe
= for r a >
and the field intensity inside the sphere is
E
a
Q
r
r
a
3
4
4
3
4
r
3
0
2
3
p
pe
p
=
b
b
l
l
for r a #

a
Qr
a
4
r
0
3
pe
=
So the electric potential at any point r b a < = is
V d E l : =-
#
dr E dr E a a
r r
a
b
r
a
: : =- -
3 =
^ ^ h h # #

r
Q
dr
a
Qr
dr
4 4 a
b a
0
2
0
3
pe pe
=- -
3
# #
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the electric potential,
V x y yz 3
2
= -
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of the potential.
i.e. E V d =-
xy x z y a a a 6 3
x y z
2
=- - - - - ^ ^ ^ h h h at (x 1 = , y 0 = , z 1 =- )
E 4 0 a
y
! =-
So, electric field does not vanish at given point.
Consider two parallel plates separated by a distance d is connected to a voltage
source V. So, the field intensity between the plates is defined as
E
d
V 2
=
***********
CHAPTER 3
ELECTRI C FI ELD I N MATTER
128 Electric Field in Matter Chap 3
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 3.1
MCQ 3.1.1 A certain current density at any point ( , , ) z r f in cylindrical coordinates is given by
J ( ) / A m e a a 5
z
z
2 2
r = +
r
.
The total current passing the plane z 0 = , 0 2 # # r in the a
z
direction is
(A) 100p Ampere (B) 4p Ampere
(C) 40p Ampere (D) 0 Ampere
MCQ 3.1.2 In a certain region the current density is given by
J / cos sin A m r r r a a a
r
2 2 2 2
q q = + -
q f
.
The total current crossing the surface defined by 90c q = , 0 2 < < f p, 0 1 m r < <
is
(A) A
2
p
(B) A
2
p
-
(C) A
4
1
(D)
2
A
3
p
MCQ 3.1.3 The current density in a cylindrical wire of radius mm 8 placed along the z -axis is
/ A m J a
50
z
2
r
= . The total current flowing through the wire is
(A) 80.38 mA (B) 800 mA
(C) 0 A (D) 5.026 A
In a certain region current density is given by
J
( )
/
sin
A m a a
40
1
20
z
2
2
r
r
f
= -
+
r
MCQ 3.1.4 Total current crossing the plane z 2 = in the a
z
direction for 4 < r will be
(A) 0 A (B) 1.5 mA
(C) 32 A - (D) 20 A
MCQ 3.1.5 Volume charge density in the region at a particular point ( , , ) z
0 0 0
r f will be
(A) non uniform (B) linearly increasing with time
(C) linearly decreasing with time (D) constant with respect to time
Chap 3 Electric Field in Matter 129
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
In a cylindrical system, two perfectly conducting surfaces of length 2 m are located
at 3 r = and 5 cm 1 r = . The total current passing radially outward through the
medium between the cylinders is 6 A.
MCQ 3.1.6 If a conducting material having conductivity 0.05 / S m s = is present for
3 5 cm r 1 # then the electric field intensity at 4 cm r = will be
(A) 238.7 / V m a
r
(B) 150 / V m a
r
(C) 318.3 / V m a
r
(D) 0 / V m
MCQ 3.1.7 The voltage between the cylindrical surfaces will be
(A) 4.88 volt (B) 1.45 volt
(C) 2.32 volt (D) 3 volt
MCQ 3.1.8 The resistance between the cylindrical surfaces will be
(A) 0.813 W (B) 2.44 W
(C) 0.5 W (D) 8.13 W
MCQ 3.1.9 The total dissipated power in the conducting material will be
(A) 175.7 W (B) 18 W
(C) 29.3 W (D) 0.8 W
MCQ 3.1.10 A solid wire of radius r and conductivity
1
s has a jacket of material having
conductivity
2
s . If the inner and outer radius of the jacket are r and R respectively
then the ratio of the current densities in the two materials will
(A) depend on r only (B) depend on R only
(C) depend on both r and R (D) independent of both r and R
Atomic hydrogen contains 5.5 10 / atom cm
19 3
#
at a certain temperature and
pressure. If an electric field of 40 / kV m is applied, each dipole formed by the
electron and positive nucleus has an effective length of 7.1 10 m
16
#
-
.
MCQ 3.1.11 The polarization due to the induced dipole will be
(A) 12.5 / nC m
2
(B) 8.8 10 / C m
6 2
#
(C) 6.25 / nC m
2
(D) 3.9 10 / C m
9 2
#
MCQ 3.1.12 Dielectric constant of the atomic hydrogen will be
(A) . 2 77 (B) . 1 0177
(C) . 0 982 (D) . 0 0177
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.1.13 The dielectric constant of the material in which the electric flux density is double
of the polarization is
(A) 2 (B) 1/2
(C) 3 (D) 1
Statement for Linked Question 14- 15 :
The potential field in a slab of a dielectric material that has the relative permittivity
/5 6
r
e = is given by V y 500 =- .
MCQ 3.1.14 Electric field intensity in the material will be
(A) 50 / V m a
y
(B) 500 / V m a
y
(C) 500 / V m a
y
- (D) 0
MCQ 3.1.15 The electric flux density inside the material will be
(A) 4.43 / nC m
2

(B) 3.54 / C m a
y
2
m
(C) 8.85 / nC m
2

(D) 7.08 / nC m a
y
2
MCQ 3.1.16 Polarization of the material will be
(A) 2.66 / nC m a
y
2
(B) .08 / nC m 14
2
(C) 5.31 10 / C m a
y
12 2
#
-
(D) 3 / C m a
y
2
Two perfect dielectrics with dielectric constant 2
r1
e = and 5
r2
e = are defined in
the region 1 ( ) y 0 $ and region 2 ( ) y 0 < respectively. Consider the electric field
intensity in the 1
st
region is given by
E
1
20 10 / kV m a a a 25
x y z
= + -
MCQ 3.1.17 The Flux charge density in the 2
nd
region will be
(A) 2.21 0.35 0.44 / C m a a a
x y z
2
m + -
(B) 2.21 0.35 0.44 / nC m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
(C) 2.21 0.88 0.44 / nC m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
(D) 0.4 0.07 0.08 / nC m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
MCQ 3.1.18 The energy density in the 2
nd
region will be
(A) 66.37 / mJ m
3
(B) 118 / mJ m
3
(C) 472 10 / J m
6 3
#
(D) 59 / mJ m
3
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.1.19 The electric field in the three regions as shown in the figure are respectively E
1
, E
2

and E
3
and all the boundary surfaces are charge free.
If
1 3 2
! e e e = , then the correct relation between the electric field is
(A) E E E
1 2 3
! ! (B) E E E
1 3 2
! =
(C) E E E
1 2 3
= = (D) E E E
1 2 3
! =
MCQ 3.1.20 An infinite plane dielectric slab of thickness d and having permittivity 4
0
e e =
occupies the region z d 0 < < . If a uniform electric field E E a
z 0
= is applied in the
free space then the electric flux density(D
in
) and electric field intensity(E
in
) inside
the dielectric slab will be respectively
(A)
E
a
4
z
0
and E a
z 0 0
e (B) E a
z 0 0
e and
E
a
4
z
0
(C) 4E a
z 0
and
E
a
4
z
0
(D) E a
z 0 0
e and 4E a
z 0
MCQ 3.1.21 The energy stored in an electric field made up of two fields E
1
and E
2
is W
net
where
as the energies stored in individual fields E
1
and E
2
are W
1
and W
2
respectively so
the correct relation between the energies is
(A) W W W
1 2
= +
(B) W W W
1 2
=
(C) W W W >
1 2
+
(D) W W W <
1 2
+
MCQ 3.1.22 An electric dipole is being placed in an electric field intensity E 1.5 / V m a a
x z
= -
If the moment of the dipole be 3 C m p a a 4
x y
-
=- + then energy of the dipole will
be
(A) 6 J (B) 0 J
(C) 3 J - (D) 3 J +
MCQ 3.1.23 When a neutral dielectric is being polarized in an electric field then the total bound
charge of the dielectric will be
(A) zero
(B) positive
(C) negative
(D) depends on nature of dielectric
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A lead bar of square cross section has a hole of radius .5 cm 2 bored along its length
(Conductivity of lead 5 10 ( ) m
6 1
W
#
=
-
)
MCQ 3.1.24 If the length of the lead bar is 8 m then the resistance between the square ends of
the bar will be
(A) 1.78 mW (B) . m 3 64 W
(C) 1.95 mW (D) 269 mW
MCQ 3.1.25 If the hole in the lead bar is completely filled with copper then the resistance
of the composite bar will be (Resistivity of copper
1.72 10 ) m
8
W
#
=
-
(A) 188 mW (B) 924.6 mW
(C) 3.708 mW (D) 1.76 mW
MCQ 3.1.26 A cylindrical wire of length l and cross sectional radius r is formed of a material
with conductivity 10 ( ) m
6 1
W
-
. If the total conductance of the wire is 10 ( )
6 1
W
-
then
the correct relation between l and r is
(A) r
l
p
= (B) r
l
p
=
(C) 2 r l p = (D) r l =
A capacitor is formed by two concentric conducting spherical shells of radii 1 cm a =
and 2 cm b = centered at origin. Interior of the spherical capacitor is a perfect
dielectric with 4
r
e = .
MCQ 3.1.27 The capacitance of the capacitor will be
(A) 8.9 pF (B) 2.25 pF
(C) 890 pF (D) 225 pF
MCQ 3.1.28 If a portion of dielectric is removed from the capacitor such that 1
r
e = for < <
2
f p
p

and 4
r
e = for the rest of the portion, then the capacitance of the composite
capacitor will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 0.56 pF (B) 946 pF
(C) 236.5 pF (D) 6.7 pF
MCQ 3.1.29 Two conducting surfaces are present at x 0 = and 5 mm x = and the space between
them are filled by dielectrics such that . 2 5
r1
e = for 0 1 mm x < < and 4
r2
e = for
1 3 mm x < < rest of the region is air filled. The capacitance per square meter of
surface area will be
(A) 22.1 / nF m
2
(B) 3.05 / nF m
2
(C) 442.5 / nF m
2
(D) 44.25 / nF m
2
MCQ 3.1.30 Two coaxial conducting cylinders of radius 4 cm and 8 cm is lying along z -axis.
The region between the cylinders contains a layer of dielectric from 4 cm r = to
cm 12 r = with 4
r
e = . If the length of cylinders is 1 m then the capacitance of the
configuration will be
(A) 0.55 pF (B) 7 10 F
9
#
(C) 1.83 nF (D) 143 pF
MCQ 3.1.31 A parallel plate capacitor is quarter filled with a dielectric ( 3
r
e = ) as shown in the
figure. The capacitance of the capacitor will be
(A) 1.38 pF (B) 2.76 pF
(C) 9.95 pF (D) 6 pF
MCQ 3.1.32 Medium between the two conducting parallel sheets of a capacitor has the
permittivity e and conductivity s. The time constant of the capacitor will be
(A)
s
e
(B)
e
s
(C) se (D) / 1 se
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 3.2
Common Data for Question 1 -2 :
In spherical coordinate system, the current density in a certain region is given by
J / A m
r
e a
2 t
r
10 2
4
=
-

MCQ 3.2.1 At 1 ms t = , how much current is crossing the surface r 5 = ?
(A) 75.03 A (B) 27.7 A
(C) 0.37 A (D) 2.77 A
MCQ 3.2.2 At a particular time t , the charge density ( , ) r t
v
r at any point in the region is
directly proportional to. (Assume 0
v
" r as t "3)
(A) r (B)
r
1
(C)
r
1
2
(D) r
2
MCQ 3.2.3 The velocity of charge density at 0.6 m r = will be
(A) 6 / m s a
r

(B) 1000 / m s a
r
(C) 0.6 10 / m s a
r
3
#
-

(D) 600 / m s a
r
Two uniform infinite line charges of 5 / pC m each are located at x 0 = , y 1 = and
x 0 = , y 2 = respectively. Consider the surface y 0 = is a perfect conductor that
has the zero potential.
MCQ 3.2.4 Electric potential at point ( , , ) P 1 2 0 - - will be
(A) 1.2 volt
(B) 0.2 volt -
(C) 0.2 volt +
(D) 0.04 volt -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.5 Electric field at the point P will be
(A) 0.12 0.003 / V m a a
x y
-
(B) 0.12 0.086 / V m a a
x y
-
(C) 723 18.9 / V m a a
x y
-
(D) 0.024 0.086 / V m a a
x y
-
MCQ 3.2.6 A thin rod of certain cross sectional area extends along the y-axis from 0 m y =
to 5 m y = . If the polarization of the rod is along its length and is given by
2 3 P y
y
2
= + then the total bound charge of the rod will be
(A) 0 (B) 50 C
(C) 48 C (D) cant be determined
MCQ 3.2.7 A neutral atom of polarizability a is situated at a distance 1 m from a point charge
1/9 nC. The force of attraction between them will be
(A) 2 N a (B) N
9
2a
(C) 9 N a (D) 18 N a
The two dipoles P
1
, P
2
with dipole moment nC m 4
-
and 9 nC m
-
respectively are
placed at 1 m distance apart as shown in figure.
MCQ 3.2.8 The torque on P
2
due to P
1
will be
(A) 18 10 N m
18
#
-
-

(B) 2 nN m
-
(C) 8.1 N m
-

(D) 0.16 N m m
-
MCQ 3.2.9 The torque on P
1
due to P
2
will be
(A) . 10 N m 3 24
7
#
-
-
(B) 2 nN m
-
(C) . 10 N m 1 62
7
#
-
-
(D) . N m 3 24 m
-
Common Data for Question 10 -11 :
A sphere carries a polarization ( ) r P ra 3
r
= where r is the distance from the center
of the sphere.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.10 Consider E
r
is the electric field component in the radial direction inside the sphere.
The plot of E
r
with respect to r will be
MCQ 3.2.11 If the radius of the sphere is a then the electric field outside the sphere will be
(A) a 4
3
p - (B) a 8
3
p
(C) 0 (D) a 8
3
p -
A thick spherical shell is made of dielectric material with a polarization
( ) r P / nC m
r
a
5
r
2
= where r is the distance from its centre.
MCQ 3.2.12 If the spherical shell is centred at origin and has the inner radius 2 m and outer
radius 6 m then the electric field intensity at 1 m r = will be
(A) 0 (B) 40 / V m p -
(C) 20 / V m p (D) 20 / V m p -
MCQ 3.2.13 Electric field at 7 m r = will be
(A) 100 / V m p - (B) 140 / V m p -
(C) 0 (D) 20 / V m p -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.14 Electric field intensity at 5 m r = will be
(A) a
5
2
r
0
e
- (B) a
1
r
0
e
(C) a
1
r
0
e
- (D) a
5
1
r
0
e
MCQ 3.2.15 A spherical conductor of radius 1 m carries a charge 3 mC. It is surrounded, out to
radius 2 m, by a linear dielectric material of dielectric constant 3
r
e = , as shown in
the figure. The energy of this configuration will be
(A) 27 kJ (B) 500 J
(C) 270 J (D) 324 J
MCQ 3.2.16 A sphere of radius / m 2 p is made of dielectric material with dielectric constant
2
r
e = . If a uniform free charge density 0.6 / nC m
3
is embedded in it then the
potential at the centre of the sphere will be
(A) 3 volt (B) 5.4 volt
(C) 0 volt (D) 9 volt
A short cylinder of radius r and length L carries a uniform polarization P, parallel
to its axis as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.17 Total bound charge by the cylinder will be
(A) 2 coulomb P (B) coulomb P
(C) 0 coulomb (D) coulomb P -
MCQ 3.2.18 If L r 2 = then the electric field lines of the cylinder will be as
MCQ 3.2.19 The lines of flux charge density will be as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.20 A parallel plate capacitor is filled with a non uniform dielectric characterized by
(1 0 ) a 3 5
r
2
e = + where a is the distance from one plate in meter. If the surface area
of the plates is 0.2 m
2
and separation between them is 10 cm then the capacitance
of the capacitor will be
(A) 22.5 pF (B) 90.2 pF
(C) 45.1 pF (D) 4.51 pF
MCQ 3.2.21 A two wire transmission line consists of two perfectly conducting cylinders, each
having a radius of 0.2 cm, separated by a centre to centre distance of 2 cm. The
medium surrounding the wires has relative permittivity 2
r
e = . If a 100 V source is
connected between the wires then the stored charge per unit length on each wire
will be
(A) 3.64 / nC m (B) 3.64 10 / C m
11
#
-
(C) 1.82 / nC m (D) 2.5 10 / C m
8
#
-
MCQ 3.2.22 A tank is filled with dielectric oil of susceptibility 1
e
c = . Two long coaxial cylindrical
metal tubes of radii 1 mm and 3 mm stand vertically in the tank as shown in the
figure. The outer tube is grounded and inner one is maintained at 2 kV potential.
To what height does the oil rise in the space between the tubes ?
(mass density of oil 0.01 / gm cm
3
= )
(A) 41.1 m m (B) 45.5 m m
(C) 20.5 m m (D) 82.4 m m
MCQ 3.2.23 An infinite plane conducting slab carries uniformly distributed surface charges
on both of its surface. If the sum of the charge densities on the two surfaces is
/ C m
so
2
r then the surface charge densities on the two surfaces will be
(A) /2
so
r , /2
so
r (B) 2
so
r ,
so
r -
(C) 0,
so
r (D) None of these
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.24 Two infinite plane parallel conducting slabs carry uniformly distributed surface
charges
S11
r ,
S12
r ,
S21
r and
S22
r on all the four surfaces as shown in the figure.
Which of the following gives the correct relation between the charge densities ?
(A)
s s 11 22
r r = ,
s s 12 21
r r =
(B)
s s 11 22
r r = ,
s s 12 21
r r =-
(C)
s s 11 12
r r = ,
s s 21 22
r r =
(D)
s s 11 22
r r =- ,
s s 12 21
r r =-
Common data for Question 25 - 26 :
The plane surfaces x 0 = , x 1 = , y 0 = and y 1 = form the boundaries of conductors
extending away from the region between them as shown in the figure.
If the electrostatic potential in the region between the surfaces is given by xy 6 volts
then the surface charge density on the surface ;
MCQ 3.2.25 x 0 = is
(A) y 5
0
e - (B) x 5
0
e -
(C) x y 5
0
e - +
^ h
(D) xy 5
0
e
^ h
MCQ 3.2.26 y 0 = is
(A) y 5
0
e - (B) x 5
0
e -
(C) x y 5
0
e - + ^ h (D) xy 5
0
e
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.27 Two infinitely long coaxial, hollow cylindrical conductors of inner radii 2 m and
5 m respectively and outer radii 3 m and 6 m, respectively as shown in the figure,
carry uniformly distributed surface charges on all four of their surfaces.
If net surface charge per unit length is 10 / C m and 6 / C m for the inner and outer
conductor respectively then the surface charge densities on the four surface will be
Surface " 2 m r = 3 m r = 5 m r = 6 m r =
(A) 0 / 5 3p / 1 p - / 4 3p
(B) / 5 3p / 1 p - 0 / 4 3p
(C) / 1 p / 1 p - / 2 p / 2 p -
(D) 0 / 1 p - / 1 p 0
MCQ 3.2.28 A conducting spherical shell of inner radii 2 m and outer radii 3 m carry uniformly
distributed surface charge on its inner and outer surfaces. If the net surface charge
is 9 C for the conducting spherical shell then, the surface charge density on inner
and outer surfaces are respectively
(A) 0, / C m
4
1 2
p
(B) / C m
4
1 2
p
, 0
(C) 0, 4 / C m
2
p (D) 4 / C m p , 0
MCQ 3.2.29 Plane z 0 = defines a surface charge layer with the charge density / C m n 3
2
r =
S
as
shown in figure. If the electric field intensity in the region z 0 < is
E
2
2 3 2 / V m a a a
x y z
= + -
then the field intensity E
1
in the region z 0 > will be
(A) 220 219 2 a a a
x y z
+ - (B) 2 3 224 a a a
x y z
+ +
(C) 222 221 2 a a a
x y z
+ + (D) 2 3 226 a a a
x y z
+ +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.30 An infinite plane dielectric slab with relative permittivity 5
r
e = occupies the region
x 0 > . If a uniform electric field 10 / V m E a
x
= is applied in the region x 0 < (free
space) then the polarization inside the dielectric will be
(A) 8 / C m a
x 0
2
e (B) 4 / C m a
0 x
2
e
(C) 2 / C m a
x 0
2
e (D) 10 / C m a
x 0
2
e
An infinite plane dielectric slab of 1 m thickness is placed in free space such that it
occupies the region 0 1 m y < < as shown in the figure.
Dielectric slab has the non uniform permittivity defined as
e
y 1 3
2
2
0
e
=
+ ^ h
for y 0 1 < <
MCQ 3.2.31 If a uniform electric field 4 / V m E a
y
= is applied in free space then bound surface
charge densities on the surface y 0 = and y 1 = will be
at y 0 = at y 1 =
(A) 0 3
0
e -
(B) 3
0
e - 0
(C) 3
0
e 0
(D) 5
0
e - 8
0
e
MCQ 3.2.32 As we move from the surface y 0 = toward the surface y 1 = inside the dielectric
slab, polarization volume charge density will be
(A) linearly increasing (B) linearly decreasing
(C) Constant (D) zero at all points
MCQ 3.2.33 In a spherical coordinate system the region a r b < < is occupied by a dielectric
material. A point charge Q is situated at the origin. It is found that the electric
field intensity inside the dielectric is given by
E
b
Q
a
4
r
0
2
pe
= for a r b < <
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The relative permittivity of the dielectric will be
(A) / b r
2 2
^ h (B) / a r
2 2
^ h
(C) / r a
2 2
^ h (D) / a b
2 2
^ h
MCQ 3.2.34 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance
2 m carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities
5 / nC m
2
+ and 5 / nC m
2
- respectively. If the medium between two plates is a
dielectric of uniform permittivity 4
0
e e = then the potential difference between the
two plates will be
(A) 283 KV (B) 1130 KV
(C) 283 V (D) 1.13 KV
MCQ 3.2.35 The medium between two perfectly conducting infinite plane parallel sheets consists
of two dielectric slabs of thickness 1 m and 2 m having permittivities 2
1 0
e e = and
4
2 0
e e = respectively as shown in the figure.
If the conducting sheets carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and
opposite densities 0.6 / nC m
2
and 0.6 / nC m
2
- respectively then the potential
difference between the sheets will be
(A) 67.8 Volt (B) 6.78 Volt
(C) 33.9 Volt (D) 17.4 Volt
MCQ 3.2.36 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance d
carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities r
0 S
and
r -
0 S
respectively. The medium between the sheets is filled by a dielectric of non
uniform permittivity which varies linearly from a value of
1
e near one plate to value
of
2
e near the second plate. The potential difference between the two sheets will be
(A)
d
2 1
e e
r
-
0 S
(B) ln
d
2 1 1
2
e e
r
e
e
-
0 S
^
a
h
k
(C) ln
d
2 1 1
2
e e
r
e
e
-
S0
a k
(D) ln
1
2
r
e
e
S0 a k
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.37 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheet separated by a distance
0.5 cm carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities.
If the potential difference between the two plates is kV 7 and the medium between
the plates is free space then the charge densities on the plates will be
(A) 6.23 C m (B) 88.5 C m
(C) 8.85 C m (D) 17.7 C m
MCQ 3.2.38 A parallel plate capacitor has two layers of dielectrics with permittivities 3
1 0
e e =
and 2
2 0
e e = as shown in the figure.
If the total voltage drop in the capacitor is 9 Volt then the voltage drop in 1
st
and
2
nd
dielectric region will be respectively
(A) Volt
11
18
, Volt
11
81
(B) 3 Volt, 6 Volt
(C) Volt
11
81
, Volt
11
18
(D) 6 Volt, 3 Volt
MCQ 3.2.39 A dielectric slab is inserted in the medium between two plates of a capacitor as
shown in the figure
The capacitance across the capacitor will remain constant
(A) if the slab is moved rightward or leftward
(B) if the slab is pulled outward of the capacitor
(C) (A) and (B) both
(D) none of these
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.2.40 A steel wire has a radius of 2 mm and a conductivity of 2 10
6
#
S/m. The steel
wire has an aluminium ( 3.8 10
7
s
#
= S/m) coating of 2 mm thickness. The total
current carried by this hybrid conductor be 80 A. The current density in steel J
st
is
(A) 1.02 10 / A m
6 2
#
(B) .2 10 / A m 3
5 2
#
(C) . 10 / A m 2 04
5 2
# (D) 1.10 10 / A m
5 2
#
MCQ 3.2.41 A potential field in free space is given as
40cos sin V V
r
2
q
f
=
Point ( 2, /3, /2) P r q p f p = = = lies on a conducting surface. The equation of the
conducting surface is
(A) 32cos sin r
3
q f = (B) 16cos sin r
3
f q =
(C) 16cos sin r
3
q f = (D) 32cos sin r
3
f q =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 3.3
MCQ 3.3.1 A parallel plate air-filled capacitor has plate area of 10 m 2
4 2
#
-
and plate
separation of 10 m
3 -
. It is connected to a 0.5 V, 3.6 GHz source. The magnitude of
the displacement current is ( 10
36
1 9
e =
p
-
F/m)
(A) 10 mA (B) 100 mA
(C) 10 A (D) 1.59 mA
MCQ 3.3.2 Medium 1 has the electrical permittivity 1.8
1 0
e e = farad/m and occupies the region
to the left of x 0 = plane. Medium 2 has the electrical permittivity 2.5
2 0
e e =
farad/m and occupies the region to the right of x 0 = plane. If E
1
in medium 1 is
(2 3 1 ) E a a a
x y z 1
= - + volt/m, then E
2
in medium 2 is
(A) (2.0 7.5 2.5 ) a a a
x y z
- + volt/m
(B) (2.0 2.0 0.6 ) a a a
x y z
- + volt/m
(C) (2.0 3.0 1.0 ) a a a
x y z
- + volt/m
(D) (2.0 2.0 0.6 ) a a a
x y z
- + volt/m
MCQ 3.3.3 The electric field on the surface of a perfect conductor is 2 V/m. The conductor is
immersed in water with 80
o
e e = . The surface charge density on the conductor is (
36
10
9
e =
p
-
F/m)
(A) 0 C/m
2
(B) 2 C/m
2
(C) 1.8 10
11
#
-
C/m
2
(D) 1.41 10
9
#
-
C/m
2
MCQ 3.3.4 The space between the plates of a parallel-plate capacitor of capacitance C is
filled with three dielectric slabs of identical size as shown in the figure. If dielectric
constants are
1
e ,
2
e and
3
e , the new capacitance is
GATE 2003 GATE 2004
GATE 2003
GATE 2002
I ES EC 2012
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A)
C
3
(B)
C
3
1 2 3
e e e + +
^ h
(C) C
1 2 3
e e e + +
^ h
(D)
9
1 2 3
1 2 3
e e e
e e e + +
^ h
MCQ 3.3.5 If the potential, V V x 2 4 = + , the electric field is
(A) 6 V/m
(B) 2 V/m
(C) 4 V/m
(D) 4 / V m a
x
-
MCQ 3.3.6 Two dielectric media with permittivities 3 and 3 are separated by a charge-free
boundary as shown in figure below :
The electric field intensity in media 1 at point P
1
has magnitude E
1
and makes an
angle 60
1
c a = with the normal. The direction of the electric field intensity at point
, P
2 2
a is
(A) sin
E
2
3 1 1 -
c m
(B) 45c
(C) cos
E
2
3 1 1 -
c m
(D) 30c
MCQ 3.3.7 Assertion (A) : Under static conditions, the surface of conductor is an equipotential
surface.
Reason (R) : The tangential component of electric field on conductor surface is
zero.
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.8 A long 1 metre thick dielectric ( ) 3
0
e e = slab occupying the region x 0 5 < < is
placed perpendicularly in a uniform electric field 6 E a
x 0
= . The polarization P
i

inside the dielectric is
(A) 4 a
x 0
e (B) 8 a
x 0
e
(C) 36 a
x 0
e (D) Zero
MCQ 3.3.9 The flux and potential functions due to a line charge and due to two concentric
circular conductors are of the following form :
(A) Concentric circular equipotential lines and straight radial flux lines.
(B) Concentric circular flux lines and straight equipotential lines
(C) Equipotentials due to the charge are concentric cylinders and equipotentials
due to two conductors are straight lines.
(D) Equipotentials due to line charge are straight flat surfaces and those due to two
conductors are concentric cylinders.
MCQ 3.3.10 There are two conducting plates of sizes 1 1 . m mand m m 3 3
# #
Ratio of the
capacitance of the second one with respect to that of the first one is
(A) 4 (B) 2
(C) 1/2 (D) 1/4
MCQ 3.3.11 Consider the following :
In a parallel plate capacitor, let the charge be held constant while the dielectric
material is replaced by a different dielectric. Consider
1. Stored energy 2. Electric field intensity.
3. Capacitance
Which of these changes ?
(A) 1 only (B) 1 and 2 only
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 3.3.12 By what name is the equation J 0 :
=
d frequently known ?
(A) Poissons equation
(B) Laplaces equation
(C) Continuity equation for steady currents
(D) Displacement equation
MCQ 3.3.13 Method of images is applicable to which fields ?
(A) Electrostatic fields only
(B) Electrodynamic fields only
(C) Neither electrostatic fields nor electrodynamic fields
(D) Both electrostatic fields and electrodynamic fields
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.14 What is the unit of measurement of surface or sheet resistivity?
(A) Ohm/metre (B) Ohm metre
(C) Ohm/sq. meter (D) Ohm
MCQ 3.3.15 Which one of the following statements is correct ?
On a conducting surface boundary, electric field lines are
(A) always tangential
(B) always normal
(C) neither tangential nor normal
(D) at an angle depending on the field intensity
MCQ 3.3.16 Which one of the following is correct ? As frequency increases, the surface resistance
of a metal
(A) decreases
(B) increases
(C) remains unchanged
(D) varies in an unpredictable manner
MCQ 3.3.17 Application of the method of images to a boundary value problem in electrostatics
involves which one of the following ?
(A) Introduction of an additional distribution of charges and removal of a set of
conducting surfaces
(B) Introduction of an additional distribution of charge and an additional set of
conducting surfaces
(C) Removal of a charge distribution and introduction of an additional set of
conducting surfaces
(D) Removal of a charge distribution as well as a set of conducting surfaces
MCQ 3.3.18 Assertion (A) : Potential everywhere on a conducting surface of infinite extent is
zero.
Reason (R) : Displacement density on a conducting surface is normal to the surface.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 3.3.19 A parallel plate capacitor of 5 pF capacitor has a charge of 0.1 C m on its plates.
What is the energy stored in the capacitor ?
(A) 1 mJ (B) 1 J
(C) 1 nJ (D) 1 pJ
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.20 A charge of 1 Coulomb is placed near a grounded conducting plate at a distance of
1 m. What is the force between them ?
(A)
4
1
0
pe
N (B)
8
1
0
pe
N
(C)
16
1
0
pe
N (D) 4
0
pe N
MCQ 3.3.21 The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given by
d
A r 0 e e
where A is the area of
each plates. Considering fringing field, under which one of the following conditions
is the above expression valid ?
(A)
d
A
is tending towards zero (B)
d
A
is tending towards infinity
(C)
d
A
is 1 (D)
d
A
is
1
r 0
e e
MCQ 3.3.22 What is the expression for capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting solid sphere
of radius R in free space ?
(A) 2 R
0
pe (B) 4 R
0
pe
(C) 8 R
0
pe (D) 0.5 R
0
pe
MCQ 3.3.23 A point charge of 10 C m + placed at a distance of 5 cm from the centre of a
conducting grounded sphere of radius 2 cm is shown in the diagram given below :
What is the total induced charge on the conducting sphere ?
(A) 10 C (B) 4 C
(C) 5 C (D) 12.5 C
MCQ 3.3.24 For an electric field sin E E t
0
w = , what is the phase difference between the
conduction current and the displacement current ?
(A) 0c (B) 45c
(C) 90c (D) 180c
MCQ 3.3.25 An infinitely long line charge of uniform charge density / C m r
L
is situated parallel
to and at a distance from the grounded infinite plane conductor. This field problem
can be solved by which one of the following ?
(A) By conformal transformation
(B) By method of images
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(C) By Laplaces equation
(D) By Poissons equation
MCQ 3.3.26 An air condenser of capacitance of 0.00 F 2 m is connected to a d.c. supply of 500 Volts
, disconnected and then immersed in oil with a dielectric constant of 2.5. Energy
stored in the capacitor before and after immersion, respectively is
(A) 500 10 250 10 J and J
4 4
# #
- -
(B) 250 10 500 10 J and J
4 4
# #
- -
(C) 625 10 250 10 J and J
4 4
# #
- -
(D) 250 10 625 10 J and J
4 4
# #
- -
MCQ 3.3.27 A 3 F m capacitor is charged by a constant current of 2 A m for 6 seconds. The
voltage across the capacitor to the end of charging will be
(A) 3 V (B) 4 V
(C) 6 V (D) 9 V
MCQ 3.3.28 Consider the following statements :
A parallel plane capacitor is filled with a dielectric of relative permittivity
r1
e and
connected to a d.c. voltage of V volts. If the dielectric is changed to another with
relative permittivity 2
r r 1 1
e e = , keeping the voltage constant, then
1. the electric field intensity E within the capacitor doubles.
2. the displacement flux density D doubles
3. the charge Q on the plates is reduced to half.
4. the energy stored in the capacitor is doubled.
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 2 and 4 (D) 3 and 4
MCQ 3.3.29 A coil of resistance 5 W and inductance 0.4 H is connected to a 50 V d.c. supply.
The energy stored in the field is
(A) 10 joules (B) 20 joules
(C) 40 joules (D) 80 joules
MCQ 3.3.30 The normal components of electric flux density across a dielectric-dielectric
boundary
(A) are discontinuous
(B) are continuous
(C) depend on the magnitude of the surface charge density
(D) depend on electric field intensity
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.31 Consider the following statements in connection with boundary relations of electric
field :
1. In a single medium electric field is continuous.
2. The tangential components are the same on both sides of a boundary between
two dielectrics.
3. The tangential electric field at the boundary of a dielectric and a current
carrying conductors with finite conductivity is zero.
4. Normal components of the flux density is continuous across the charge-free
boundary between two dielectrics.
Which of these statements is/are correct ?
(A) 1 only
(B) 1, 2 and 3
(C) 1, 2 and 4
(D) 3 and 4 only
MCQ 3.3.32 The capacitance of an insulated conducting sphere of radius R in vacuum is
(A) 2 R
0
pe
(B) 4 R
0
pe
(C) 4 R
0
2
pe
(D) 4 /R
0
pe
MCQ 3.3.33 A parallel plate air capacitor carries a charge Q at its maximum withstand voltage
V. If the capacitor is half filled with an insulating slab of dielectric constant 4 as
shown in the figure given below, what are the maximum withstand voltage and the
charge on the capacitor at this voltage, respectively ?
(A) . V 2 5 , Q (B) , . V Q 4 2 5
(C) , . V Q 2 5 (D) / , V Q 4
MCQ 3.3.34 When an infinite charged conducting plate is placed between two infinite conducting
grounded surfaces as shown in the figure given below, what would be the ratio of
the surface densities
1
r and
2
r on the two sides of the plate ?
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A)
( )
( )
d t
d t
2
1
+
+
(B)
( )
( )
d t
d t
1
2
+
+
(C)
d
d
2
1
(D)
d
d
1
2
MCQ 3.3.35 The polarization in a solid dielectric is related to the electric field E and the
electric flux density D according to which on of the following equations ?
(A) E D P
0
e = +
(B) D E P
0
e = + ^ h
(C) D E P
0
e = +
(D) E D P
0
e = +
MCQ 3.3.36 Image theory is applicable to problems involving
(A) electrostatic field only
(B) magnetostatic field only
(C) both electrostatic and magnetostatic fields
(D) neither electrostatic nor magnetostatic field
MCQ 3.3.37 Six capacitors of different capacitances , , , , C C C C C C and
1 2 3 4 5 6
are connected in
series. C C C C C C > > > > >
1 2 3 4 5 6
. What is the total capacitance almost equal
to ?
(A) C
1
(B) C
3
(C) C
4
(D) C
6
MCQ 3.3.38 Two extensive homogeneous isotropic dielectrics meet on a plane z 0 = . For
z 0 $ , 4
r1
e = and for z 0 # , 3
r2
e = . A uniform electric field exists at z 0 $ as
5 2 3 E a a a kw/m
x y z 1
= - + . What is the value of E
z 2
in the region z 0 # ?
(A) 3a
z
(B) 5 2 a a
x y
-
(C) 6a
z
(D) a a
x y
-
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.39 A flat slab of dielectric, 5
r
e = is placed normal to a uniform field with a flux density
D 1 = Coulomb/m
2
. The slab is uniformly polarized. What is the polarization P of
the slab in Coulomb/m
2
?
(A) 0.8 (B) 1.2
(C) 4 (D) 6
MCQ 3.3.40 Which one of the following gives the approximate value of the capacitance between
two spheres, whose separation is very much larger than their radii R ?
(A) 2 / R
0
p e (B) 2 R
0
pe
(C) 2 /R
0
pe (D) 4 /R
0
pe
MCQ 3.3.41 Assertion (A) : For steady current in an arbitrary conductor, the current density
is solenoidal
Reason (R) : The reciprocal of the resistance is the conductivity.
MCQ 3.3.42 Assertion (A) : Displacement current can have only a.c components.
Reason (R) : It is generated by a change in electric flux.
MCQ 3.3.43 A plane slab of dielectric having dielectric constant 5, placed normal to a uniform
field with a flux density of 3 C/m
2
, is uniformly polarized. The polarization of the
slab is
(A) 0.4 C/m
2
(B) 1.6 C/m
2
(C) 2.0 C/m
2
(D) 6.4 C/m
2
MCQ 3.3.44 Ohms law in point form in the field theory can be expressed as
(A) V RI = (B) / J E s =
(C) J E s = (D) / R l A r =
MCQ 3.3.45 A medium behaves like dielectric when the
(A) displacement current is just equal to the conduction current
(B) displacement current is less than the conduction current
(C) displacement current is much greater than the conduction current
(D) displacement current is almost negligible
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.46 A copper wire carries a conduction current of 1.0 A at 50 Hz. For copper wire
,
0
e e = ,
0
m m = 5.8 10 mho/m s
#
= . What is the displacement current in the wire
?
(A) 2.8 10 A
#
(B) 4.8 10 A
11
#
-
(C) 1 A
(D) It cannot be calculated with the given data
MCQ 3.3.47 Assertion (A) : When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor the electric
field intensity is infinite.
Reason (R) : As per Gausss law the total outward electric flux through any closed
surface constituted inside the conductor must vanish.
MCQ 3.3.48 A point charge Q + is brought near a corner of two right angle conducting planes
which are at zero potential as shown in the given figure. Which one of the following
configurations describes the total effect of the charges for calculating the actual
field in the first quadrant ?
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 3.3.49 The electric field across a dielectric-air interface is shown in the given figure. The
surface charge density on the interface is
(A) 4
0
e - (B) 3
0
e -
(C) 2
0
e - (D)
0
e -
MCQ 3.3.50 When air pocket is trapped inside a dielectric of relative permittivity 5, for a
given applied voltage across the dielectric, the ratio of stress in the air pocket to
that in the dielectric is equal to
(A) 1/5 (B) 5
(C) 1 5 + (D) 5 1 -
***********
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 3.1
For a given current density, the total current that passes through a given surface
is defined as
I d J S : =
#
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
So we have dS d d a
z
r r f = for the plane z 0 =
Therefore, the current passing the plane z 0 = , 0 2 # # r is
I ( ) e d d a a a 10
z
z z
2
0
2
0
2
: r r r f = +
r
r f
p
= =
^ h 8 B # #
10 e dzd
z
0
2
0
2
r f =
p
# #

d d 10
0
2
0
2
r r f =
p
# #
(z 0 = )
10
2
2
0
2
0
2
#
r
f =
p
;
6
E
@
10 2 3 p
# #
= 0 A 6 p =
is defined as
I d J S : =
#
So, we have dS ( )( ) sin r d dr a q f =
q
for the surface 90c q =
Therefore, the total current crossing the surface 90c q = ,0 2 < < f p,0 1 m r < < is
I cos sin sin r r r r d dr a a a a
r
2 2 2
: q q q f = + -
q f q ^ ^ h h
#
sin r d dr
r
3 2
0
2
0
1
q f =
f
p
= =
# #
at 90c q =

r
4 0
2
4
0
1
#
f =
p
6 : @ D
2 A
8
1
4
p
p
#
= =
For a given current density, the total current flowing through a cross section is
defined as
I d J S : =
#
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where dS is the differential cross sectional area vector having the direction normal
to the cross section.
So we have dS d d a
z
r r f = (since the cylindrical wire is lying along z -axis)
Therefore the total current flowing through the wire (cross section) is
I
50
a d d a
z z
:
r
r r f =
b ^ l h

50
d d
0
2
0
16 10
3
r
r r f =
#
f
p
r = =
-
b ^ l h # #
50
0
16 10
0
2
3
r f
# #
=
#
p
-
6 6 @ @
0 16 10 2 6
3
p
# # #
=
-

is defined as
I d J S : =
#
So we have dS d d a
z
r r f = for the plane z 2 =
Therefore the total current crossing the plane z 2 = , 4 < r is
I
40
( 1)
20sin
d d a a a
2
z z
r
r
f
r r f = -
+
r
e ^ o h

1
20sin
d d
2
0
4
0
2
r
f
r r f = -
+ r f
p
= =
e ^ o h # #
sin d d
1
20
2
0
4
0
2
0
r
r r f f =-
+ r f
p
= =
; ; E E
1 2 3 44 44
# #

A 4 =
From the equation of continuity we have the relation between the volume charge
density,
v
r and the current density, J as

t
v
2
2r
J : d =-
Given the current density,
J
( )
/
sin
A m a a
40
1
20
z
2
2
r
r
f
= -
+
r
So, we have the components J
40
r
=
r
,J 0 =
f
and
( )
sin
J
1
20
z
2
r
f
=-
+
Therefore,
t
v
2
2r
J
J
z
J 1 1
z
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
r
f
=- + +
r
f
^ h = G
( )
sin
z
1
40
1
20
2
2
2
2
2
r
r r
f
= +
+
-
e o > H
2 =
So, volume charge density will be constant with respect to time.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given the current 6 A I = is flowing radially outward (in a
r
direction) through the
medium between the cylinders. So the current density in the medium between the
cylinders is
J
l
I
a
2pr
=
r
a
2 2
6
#
pr
=
r
( 2 m l = )
/ A m a
2
5 2
pr
=
r
For a given current density in a certain medium having conductivity s, the electric
field intensity is defined as
E
J
s
= a
1
2
3
s pr
=
r b l

. 2 4 10 0 05
3
2
# # #
p
=
-
( 4 10 m
2
r
#
=
-
, 0.05 / S m s = )
238.73 / V m =
Voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is defined as the line integral of the electric
field between the two surfaces
i.e. V d E l : =-
#
Now the electric field intensity in the medium between the two cylindrical surfaces
as calculated in previous question is E a
1
2
3
s pr
=
r b l
and the differential displacement between the two cylindrical surfaces is dl d a r =
r
So the voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is
V
2
3
d a a
3 10
5 10
2
2
:
prs
r =-
#
#
r r
r =
-
-
b ^ l h
#
ln
2
3
3
5
ps
=-
b l
.88 volt 5 =-
So, the voltage between them will be .88 volt 5 .
As we have already calculated the voltage between the two cylindrical surfaces and
the current flowing radially outward in the medium between the surfaces is given
in the question. So the resistance between the cylindrical surface can be evaluated
directly as
R
I
V
=
.
0.813
6
4 88
W = = (V 4.88 volt = ,I 6 A = )
Since voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is V 4.88 volt =
and current flowing in the medium is I 6 A =
So, Power dissipated in the medium is P VI = ( . ) 4 88 6
#
= 29.28 watt =
Consider a constant voltage is applied across the ends of the wire so, the electric
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
field intensity throughout the wire cross section will be constant.
i.e. E
J J
1
1
2
2
s s
= =
where J
1
is the current density in the material having conductivity
1
s .
J
2
is the current density in the material having conductivity
2
s .
So,the ratio of the current density is

J
J
2
1

2
1
s
s
=
i.e. it will be independent of both r and R.
Since hydrogen atom contains a single electron ( ve - charge) and a single proton (
ve + charge). So, the dipole moment due to one atom of the hydrogen will be
p qd = where q is electronic charge and d is effective length
i.e. 1.6 10 C q
19
#
=
-
and d 7.1 10 m
16
#
=
-
So, p 1.6 10 7.1 10
19 16
# # #
=
- -
^ ^ h h
and since the polarization in a material is defined as the dipole moment per unit
volume.
Therefore P np = where n is the number of atoms per unit volume.
i.e. n 5.5 10 / atoms cm
19 3
#
=
5.5 10 / atoms m
25 3
#
=
So, P 5.5 10 1.6 10 7.1 10
25 19 16
# # # # #
=
- -
^ ^ h h
.25 10 / C m 4
9 2
#
=
-

When an electric field E is applied to a material with dielectric constant
r
e then
the polarization of the material is defined as
P ( 1)E
r 0
e e = -
So, 1
r
e -
E
P
0
e
=
.
.
8 85 10 40 10
6 25 10
12 3
9
# # #
#
=
-
-
. 1 7655 10
2
#
=
-

r
e . 1 0 0177 = + . 1 0177 =
Given D 2P = & P /2 D =
If the polarization of a dielectric material placed in an electric field E is P, then
the electric flux density in the material is defined as
D E P
0
e = +
/2 E D
0
e = +
or D 2 E
0
e = ..........(i)
and since the relation between the electric field, E and flux density, D inside a
dielectric material with dielectric constant
r
e is defined as
D E
r 0
e e =
So, comparing the result with equation (i) we get, 2
r
e = .
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Electric field intensity is defined as the negative gradient of the potential
i.e. E V d =-

x
V
y
V
z
V
a a a
x y z
2
2
2
2
2
2
=- + +
c m
0 / V m a 25
y
=
For a given electric field intensity E in a material having relative permittivity
r
e ,
the electric flux density is defined as :
D E
r 0
e e =
8.85 10 (500 ) a
5
8 12
y # # #
=
-
^ h
/ 8 5
r
e =
.08 / nC m a 9
y
2
=
For an applied electric field intensity E in a material having relative permittivity
r
e , the polarization of the material is defined as
P 1 E
r 0
e e = -
^ h
8.85 10 ( . 1) 500a 1 6
12
y # #
= -
-
^ ^ h h
8.85 10 0.6 500a
y
12
# # #
=
-
.66 10 a 4
y
9
#
=
-
Since the two regions is being separated by the plane y 0 = , so the tangential and
normal component of the electric field to the plane y 0 = are given as
E
t 1
50 10 a a
x z
= -
E
n 1
20a
y
=
From the boundary condition, the tangential component of electric field will be
uniform.
i.e. E
t 2
E
t 1
= 50 10 a a
x z
= -
and the normal component of the field is nonuniform and given as
E
n 2 2
e E
n 1 1
e =
E
n 1
20 8 E a a
5
2
n y y
2
1
1
e
e
= = =
^ h
So the electric field intensity in the second region is
E
2
E E
t n 2 2
= + 50 10 8 a a a
x z y
= - +
^ ^ h h
50 8 10 / kV m a a a
x y z
= + -
Therefore the electric flux density in the region 2 is
D
2
E
r2 0 2
e e =
5 8.85 10 (50 8 10 ) 10 a a a
x y z
12 3
# # #
= + -
-
.21 0. 5 0.44 / C m a a a 3 5
x y z
2
m = + -
Energy density in the region having electric field intensity E
2
is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
W
E
E E
2
1
r2 0 2 2
: e e = , where the relative permittivity of the medium is
r2
e
As calculated in previous question the electric field intensity is
E
2
50 8 10 / kV m a a a
x y z
= + -
So the energy density in the region 2 is
W
E
( ) ( ) ( )
2
1
5 50 8 10 10
0
2 2 2 6
# # #
e = + +
6 @
9 / mJ m 7
3
=
According to boundary condition the tangential components of electric field are
uniform
i.e. E
t 1
E E
t t 2 3
= = ...(i)
but the normal component of electric fields are non uniform and defined as
E
n 1 1
e E E
n n 2 2 3 3
e e = =
Since
1
e
3
e = (Given)
So, E
in
E E
n n 3 2
! = ...(ii)
and as the net electric field is given by
E E E
t n
= + (sum of tangential and normal component)
Therefore by combining the results of eq (i) and (ii) we get
E
1
E E
3 2
! =
As the dielectric slab occupies the region z d 0 < < and the field intensity in the
free space is in a
z
+ direction so, the field will be normal to the boundary of plane
dielectric slab.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the surface are related as
E
in
e E
0
e =
E
in
E
E
a a
4 4
z z
0
0
0
0
e
e
= = ( 4
0
e e = )
Therefore, D
in
4
E
E E a a
4
in z z 0
0
0 0
e e e = = =
Total energy stored in a region having electric field is given as
W dv E E
2
1
v
0
: e = ^ h #
dv E E E E
2
1
v
0 1 2 1 2
: e = + + ^ ^ h h #
(E E E
1 2
= + )
2 E E dv E E
2
1
v
0 1
2
2
2
1 2
: e = + + ^ h #
E dv E dv dv E E
2
1
2
1
v v
0 1
2
0 2
2
0 1 2
: e e e = + + ^ h # # #
W W dv E E
v
1 2 0 1 2
: e = + + ^ h #
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Energy on a dipole with moment p in an electric field E is defined as
W
E
p E : =- ( 2 3 ) (1.5 ) a a a a
x y x z
: =- - + - ( ) 3 3 =- - - 6 J =
Consider a neutral dielectric is placed in an electric field E, due to which the
dielectric gets polarized with polarization P, the bound surface charge density of
the dielectric be
p
r
S
and the bound volume charge density be
pv
r .
So the total bound charge by the dielectric is given as
Q
bound
dS dv
p pv
v S
r r = +
S
# #
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound surface charge
density over the surface of material is defined as

p
r
S
a P
n
: =
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.
while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as

pv
r P : d =-
So we have, Q
bound
d dv P a S P
n
S v
: : d = -
^ h
# #
d dv P S P
s v
: : d = -
# #
(dS d a S
n
= )
But according to the divergence theorem
d P S
s
:
#
dv P
v
: d =
#
Therefore, Q
bound
0 =
Resistance of a conductor of length l and having uniform cross sectional area S is
R
S
l
s
= where s is the conductivity of the conductor
Given the conductivity, s 5 10 ( ) m
6 1
W
#
=
-
the length of the conductor, l 8 m =
side of the square cross section, a 3 cm =
and radius of the bored hole, r 0.5 cm =
So, the net cross sectional area is
S = area of square cross section(bar) - area of circular cross
section(hole)
or S a r
2 2
p = - (3) (0.5)
2 2
p = -
cm 9
4
2 p
= -
a k
The total resistance between the square ends is given as
R
S
l
s
=
5 10 9
4
10
8
6 4
#
p
# #
=
-
-
^ a h k 9 C
.948 10 2
3
W
#
=
-

w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The two materials of composite bar will behave like two wires of resistance R
L
(resistance due to lead) and R
C
(resistance due to copper) connected in parallel.
As from the previous question we have the resistance due to the lead is
R
L
1.948 mW =
and since the area of the cross section filled with copper is equal to the area of the
cross section defined by hole so we have
cross sectional area S
C
cm
4
2 p
=
length of the bar l 8 m =
and conductivity of the copper,
C
s
resistivity of the copper
1
=
1.72 10
1
8
#
=
-
So the resistance due to copper is
R
C

S
l
C C
s
=
10
8
4
4
1.72 10
1
8 #
=
p
#
-
- ^ _ h i
1.76 mW =
Therefore the equivalent resistance of the composite bar is
R | | R R
C L
=
. .
( . ) ( . )
1 948 1 76
1 948 1 76
#
=
+
24.62 10 5
6
W
#
=
-

Given the conductivity of material, s 10 ( ) m
6 1
W =
-
and conductance of the wire, G 10 ( )
6 1
W =
-
Since the conductance of a wire of length l having cross sectional area S is
G
l
S s
=
So we have, 10
6

l
r 10
6 2
#
p
= (S r
2
p = )
r
l
p
=
Given the radii of spherical shell as
a 1 0.01 cm m = =
b 2 0.02 cm m = =
The capacitance of a spherical capacitor having inner and outer radii a and b
respectively is defined as
C
1 1
a b
4
r 0
pe e
=
-
b l

. .
.
0 01
1
0 02
1
4 4 8 85 10
12
# # #
p
=
-
-
8.9 pF =
Since the dielectric has been removed from the portion defined by < <
2
f p
p
^ h

so the composite capacitor will have the dielectric filled only in th
4
3
portion of
the total capacitor and so the configuration can be treated as the two capacitors
connected in parallel with each other.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The capacitance of the portion carrying air( 1
r
e = ) as the medium between the
spherical shells
C
1

a b
4
1
1 1
4
0
#
pe
=
-

. .
.
4
1
0 01
1
0 02
1
4 8 85 10
12
#
# #
p
=
-
-
. 0 56 10
12
#
=
-
0.56 pF =
The capacitance of the portion carrying dielectric( 4
r
e = ) as the medium between
the spherical shells
C
2
C
4
3
#
=
Where C is the capacitance if no any portion of dielectric was removed as already
calculated in previous question.
So we have C
2
.
4
3
8 9 10
12
# #
=
-
. 6 7 10
12
#
=
-
6.7 pF =
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the composite capacitor is,
C
eq
C C
1 2
= + 0. 6 6.7 . 6 2 12 = + =
Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C
d
S e
=
where S is the surface area of the parallel plates
d is the separation between the plates
Here, the three different regions will be treated as the three capacitors connected
in series as shown below
So the capacitance of the region 1 is C
1

.
S
0 001
r1 0
e e
= 2500 S
0
e =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the capacitance of the region 2 is C
2

.
S
0 002
r2 0
e e
= 2000 S
0
e =
the capacitance of the region 3 is C
3

.
S
0 002
0
e
= 500 S
0
e =
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the whole configuration is calculated as

C
1
eq

C C C
1 1 1
1 2 3
= + +
S
1
2500
1
2000
1
500
1
0
e
= + +
b l
So, C
eq
3.45 10 S
2
0
e
#
=
The capacitance per square meter of surface area will be
C
eq
l 3.45 10 .05 / nF m
S
C
4
eq 2
0
2
e
#
= = =
Capacitance between the two cylindrical surfaces is defined as
C
/ ln b a
l 2pe
=
^ h
Where l " length of the cylinder
a " inner radius of the cylinder
b " outer radius of the cylinder
Since, the medium between the conducting cylinders includes the dielectric layer
4
r
e =
^ h
from 4 cm r = to 6 cm r = and air 1
r
e =
^ h
from 6 cm r = to 8 cm r = , so
the configuration can be treated as the two capacitance connected in series.
Now for the dielectric layer ( 4
r
e = ) from 4 cm r = to 6 cm r = , capacitance is
C
1

( / ) ln 6 4
2 1
r 0
pe e
=
(1.5) ln
8
0
pe
= ( 1 m l = )
and for the air medium 1
r
e =
^ h
from 6 cm r = to 8 cm r = , capacitance is
C
2

( / ) ln 8 6
2 1
0 #
pe
=
( / ) ln 4 3
2
0
pe
=
So, the equivalent capacitance of the configuration is evaluated as

C
1
eq

C C
1 1
1 2
= +
( . ) ( / ) ln ln
8
1 5
2
4 3
0 0
pe pe
= +
C
eq
143 pF =
The equivalent arrangement of the capacitor can be drawn in form of circuit as
below
For which the capacitances are calculated as below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
C
1

/
/
d
S
d
S
2
2
0
0
e
e
= =
4 10
10 10
3
0
4
#
# #
e
=
-
-

4
0
e
=
C
2

/
/
d
S
d
S
2
2
r
r
0
0
e e
e e
= =
4
3
0
e
= 3
r
e =
C
3

/
d
S 2
0
e
=
2 4 10
10 10
3
0
4
# #
# #
e
=
-
-

8
0
e
=
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the capacitor is
C
eq
C
C C
C C
3
1 2
1 2
= +
+

8
4 4
3
4 4
3
0
0 0
0 0
e
e e
e e
= +
+
2.76 pF
4
0
e
= =
As the medium between capacitor plates is conducting so it carries the resistive as
well as capacitive property.
Consider the plates are separated by a distance d and the surface area of plates is
S as shown in the figure.
So the total resistance of the medium between plates is
R
S
d
s
=
and capacitance of the capacitor is
C
d
S e
=
Therefore the time constant of the capacitor will be
t RC
s
e
= =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 3.2
is defined as
I d J S : =
#
Since the current density is independent of q and f so we can have directly the
current I J S : = (4 ) r J a
r
2
p =

r
e r
1
4
t 10 2
3
p =
-
( ) e 4 6
6
1 2 10 10
3 3
# # #
p =
# -
-
4 3 e e 12
1 1
p p
# #
= =
- -
From the equation of continuity we have the relation between the volume charge
density,
v
r and the current density, J as

t
v
2
2r
J : d =-
and since the current density have only the component in a
r
direction so we have,

t
v
2
2r

r r
r J
1
r
2
2
2
2
=-
^ h

t
v
2
2r

r r
r
r
e
1 1 t
2
2 10
3
2
2
=-
-
b l
Integrating both sides we get,
( , ) r t
v
r ( )
r
e dt f r
1 t
2
10
3
=- +
-
#
where ( ) f r is the function independent of time.
( , ) r t
v
r ( )
r
e f r
10 t
2
3
10
3
= +
-
-
Now for t "3 ( , ) r t
v
r 0 =
So, we put the given condition in the equation to get ( ) f r 0 =
therefore ( , ) r t
v
r
r
e
10 t
2
3
10
3
=
-
-
i.e. ( , ) r t
v
r
r
1
2
\
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The velocity of charge density can be defined as the ratio of current density to the
charge density in the region
i.e. v
J
v
r
=
/
(1/ )
r e
r e a
10
t
t
r
3 2 10
10
3
3
=
- -
-
^ h
10 r a
r
3
=
So, at 0.6 m r = , v 10 0.6a
r
3
#
= 00 / m s a 3
r
=
The given problem can be solved easily by using image theory as the conducting
surface y 0 = can be replaced by the equipotential surface in the same plane y 0 =
and image of line charges (
L
5 / pC m r =- l at x 0 = , y 1 =- and x 0 = , y 2 =- ) as
shown in the figure
.
The work done to carry a unit positive charge from a point located at a distance a
from the line charge with charge density r
L
to another point located at a distance
b from the line charge is defined as
V
ab
ln
a
b
2
0
pe
r
=-
L
b l
and since the surface y 0 = has zero potential, so the potential at point P will be
equal to the work done in moving a unit positive charge from the plane y 0 = to
the point P. So the potential at point P will be
V
P
ln
a
b
2
0
pe
r
=-
L
b l
/
where a is the distance of the surface y 0 = from the line charges while b is the
distance of point P from the line charges.
So, V
P
ln ln ln ln
2
5 10
2
1
1
2
1
10
2
17
0
12
#
pe
=- - - + +
-
b c c c l m m m = G
0. volt 3 =-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Electric field at a distance R from a line charge having uniform charge density r
L

is defined as
E
R
R
2
0
2
pe
r
=
L
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the four line
charges discussed in previous question is given as
E
R
R
2
0
2
pe
r
=
L
/
where R is the distance of point P from the line charges
Therefore, E
( , , )
( , , ) ( , , )
( , , )
( , , ) ( , , )
2
1 3 0
1 2 0 0 1 0
1 4 0
1 2 0 0 2 0
l
0
2 2
pe
r
=
- -
- - -
+
- -
- - -
>

( , , )
( , , ) ( , , )
( , , )
( , , ) ( , , )
1 1 0
1 2 0 0 1 0
1 0 0
1 2 0 0 2 0
2 2
-
- -
- - - -
-
-
- - - -
H

( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , )
2
5 10
10
1 3 0
17
1 4 0
2
1 1 0
1
1 0 0
0
12
#
pe
= - - + +
-
; E
0.12 0.0032 a a
x y
= - 0.12 0.003 / V m a a
x y
= -
For a given polarization P inside a material, the bound surface charge density over
the surface of material is defined as

p
r
S
a P
n
: =
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.
while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as

pv
r P : d =-
Since the component of polarization of rod along y-axis is 2 3 P y
y
2
= + . So, the
polarization of the material is P (2 3) y a
y
2
= + . and the charge density on the
surface of the rod is
p
r
S
a P
n
: =
At y 0 = (top surface)
S1
r (2 3) y a a
y y
2
: = + -
^ h
3 =-
At y 5 = (bottom surface)
S2
r (2 3) ( ) y a a
y y
2
: = + 53 =
and since the polarization has no radial component so no charge will be stored on
its curvilinear surface and so the total bound surface charge on the surface of the
rod is
Q
p
S
ds
p
r =
S
#
S S
S S 1 2
r r = + (S is the cross sectional area)
3 53 S S =- + 50 S =
Now, the bound volume charge density inside the material is

pv
r P : d =- (2 3) y a
y
2
: d =- + 4y =-
So the total bound volume charge stored inside the material will be
Q
pv
dv
pv
r =
#
( ) y Sdy 4
0
5
= -
#
4S
y
2
2
0
5
=-
; E
S 50 -
So, Total bound charge
Q
bound
Q Q
S v
= + 50 50 0 S S = - =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Electric field produced by the point charge at a distance r is
E
r
q
a
4
1
r
0
2
pe
=
So, the induced dipole moment in the neutral atom due to the electric field E
produced by the point charge will be
p E a =
r
q
a
4
r
0
2
pe
a
=
and since the electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p at
a distance r from the dipole is defined as
E
dip
2cos sin
r
p
a a
4
r
0
3
pe
q q = +
q ^ h
where q is the angle formed between the distance vector r and dipole moment p
So the field produced by the induced dipole at the point charge is
E
dip

r
p
4
2
0
3
pe
=
r
r
q
4
2
4
0
3
0
2
pe
pe
a
=
b l

r
q
4
2
0
2
5
pe
a
=
^ h
(q p = as shown in the figure)
Therefore the force experienced by the point charge due to the field applied by
induced dipole is
F qE
dip
=
q
r
2
4
1
0
2
5
a
pe
=
b l

( )
2
9
1
10 9 10
1
1 9 9
2
5
# # # #
a =
-
b l
Electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p, at a distance r
from the dipole is defined as
E
dip
2cos sin
r
p
a a
4
r
0
3
pe
q q = +
q ^ h
So the electric field intensity produced due to dipole P
1
at P
2
is
E
1

r
p
a
4
0
3
1
pe
=
q

( )
a
4 1
2 10
0
3
9
#
#
pe
=
q
-
( /2 q p = )
Therefore the torque on P
2
due to P
1
is
T p E
2 1 #
=
Taking the magnitude only we have the torque on P
2
is
T sin p E
2 1
q = 9 10
4
2 10
90 sin
9
0
9
c
pe
#
#
=
-
-
^ c h m
1.62 10 N m
8
#
-
=
-
0.16 N m m
-
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p, at a distance r
from the dipole is defined as
E
dip
2cos sin
r
p
a a
4
r
0
3
pe
q q = +
q ^ h
So the electric field intensity produce due to dipole P
2
at P
1
is
E
2
2
r
p
a
4
r
0
3
2
pe
=-
( )
2a
4 1
9 10
r
0
3
9
#
pe
#
=-
-
(q p = )
Therefore the torque on P
1
due to P
2
is
T p E
1 2 #
=
Considering the magnitude only we have the torque on P
1
is
T sin p E
1 2
q = 2 10
4
9 10
2
9
0
9
# #
#
#
pe
=
- -
-
c m
( /2 q p = )
3. 4 10 N m 6
4
#
-
=
-
0.32 N m m
-
=
For a given polarization P inside a material, the bound volume charge density
inside the material is defined as

pv
r P : d =-
Since the polarization of the sphere is ( ) r P 2ra
r
=
So the bound volume charge density inside the sphere is

pv
r r P 4: =-
^ h
( )
r r
r r
1
2
2
2
2
2
=-
r
r
1
6
2
2
#
=- 6 =-
Therefore the electric field intensity inside the sphere at a distance r from the
center is given by
E
r
Q
a
4
1 enc
r
0
2
pe
=
r
r
a
4
1 pv
r
0
2
3
4 3
#
pe
r p
=

r
r
a a
3 3
6 v
r r
0 0
e
r
e
= =- ra
2
r
0
e
=-
b l
So the radial component of the electric field inside the sphere is
E
r
r
2
0
e
=-
which is linearly decreasing with a slope
2
0
e
-
b l
with respect to r as shown below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For a given polarization P of a material, the bound surface charge density over the
surface of material is defined as

p
r
S
a P
n
: =
So the bound surface charge density over the spherical surface is

p
r
S
r P a
r
: =
^ h
(a a
n r
= )
r 2 = a 2 = (at the spherical surface r a = )
So, total bound surface charge over the sphere is
Q
p
S
a a 2 4
2
#
p = a 8
3
p =
and the bound volume charge density inside the sphere as calculated above is

pv
r 6 =-
So, total bound volume charge inside the sphere is
Q
pv
( 6) a a
3
4
3
4
pv
3 3
r p p
#
= = -
b b l l
a 8
3
p =-
Therefore the total bound charge in the sphere is
Q
bound
Q Q
p pv
= +
S
a a 12 12
3 3
p p = - 0 =
According to Gauss law the outward electric field flux through a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by the surface and since the total bound charge for any
point outside the sphere is zero So, the electric field intensity at any point outside
the sphere is 0 E = .
Since the spherical shell is of inner radius 2 m r = so region inside the sphere will
have no polarization and therefore the total charge enclosed inside the shell for
2 m r < will be zero.
i.e. Q
enc
0 =
According to Gauss law the total outward electric flux from a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by the surface and since the total enclosed charge for
2 m r < is zero so the electric field intensity at 1 m r = will be zero.
Since the total bound charge by a polarized neutral dielectric is zero as discussed in
MCQ. 33. So for any point outside the spherical shell the total enclosed charge(bound
charge) will be zero and as discussed in the previous question, according to Gauss
law the electric field intensity at any point outside the spherical shell will be zero.
So, for the surface r 7 = Q
enc
0 =
Therefore the electric field intensity is E 0 =
As we have to find electric field at 5 m r = so we determine first the charge enclosed
by the surface 5 m r = which will be equal to the sum of the volume charge stored
in the region 2 5 m r # # and the surface charge stored at 2 m r = .
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound volume charge
density inside the material is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

pv
r P : d =-
So the bound volume charge density inside the dielectric defined in the region
2 m r 6 # # will be

pv
r r P : d =-
^ h

r r
r
r
1 5
2
2
2
2
=-
b l

5
r
2
=-
so the total bound volume charge in the region 2 5 m r # # is
Q
pv
dv
pv
r =
#
4
r
r dr
5
r
2
2
5
p
#
= -
=
#
r 20
2
5
p =-
6 @
60p =-
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the bound surface
charge density over the surface of dielectric is defined as

p
r
S
P a
n
: =
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface pointing outward of the material.
So the bound surface charge density at 2 m r = is

p
r
S
( ) r P a
r
: = -
^ h
(a a
n r
=- )
Therefore the total bound surface charge over the surface 2 m r = is
Q
pS

r
r
5
4
2
#
p =- (for spherical surface S r 4
2
p = )

2
5
4 2
2
# #
p =- 40p =- 2 m r =
So, the total enclosed charge by the surface 5 m r = is
Q
enc
Q Q
pv ps
= + 60 40 p p =- - 100p =-
So the electric field intensity at 5 m r = will be,
E
r
Q
a
4
1 enc
r
0
2
pe
#
= a
4
1
5
100
r
0
2
pe
p
#
=
-
a
1
r
0
e
=-
Since the electric field intensity at any point inside a conductor is always zero, so
the electric flux density at a distance r from the center of the spherical conductor
can be given as
D
,
, m
r
r
Q
r a
0 1
4
1
<
>
r
2
p
=
*
where 3 mC Q = is the total charge carried by the conductor.
and since the dielectric material surrounding the spherical conductor has permittivity
3
r
e = , so the electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere is
E
, m
m
m
r
r
Q
r
r
Q
r
a
a
0 1
4
1 2
4
2
<
< <
>
r
r
r
0
2
0
2
pe e
pe
=
Z
[
\
]
]
]
]
]
]
So, the total energy of the configuration is
W
E
dv D E
2
1
: =
#
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

4 4
4
4 4
4 dr
r
Q
r
Q
r dr
r
Q
r
Q
r dr
2
1
0
2 2
2
2
0
2
2
r 0
1
0 2 1
2
p pe e
p
p pe
p = + +
3
c c
^
c c
^
m m
h
m m
h
= G
# # #

( )
Q
r
dr
r
dr
2
1
4
4
1 1 1 1
2
2
2
0
2
2 1
2
p
p
e e
= +
3
' 1
# #

Q
r r 8
1 1 1 1
r
2
0
1
2
0
2
p e e e
= - + -
3
: : D D ' 1

Q
8 3
1
2
1
2
1
0
2
#
pe
= +
& 0

( )
2
3 10 9 10
12
8
3 2 9
# # #
#
=
-
.7 10 J 3
4
#
=
The electric potential at the centre of sphere will be equal to the work done to
carry a unit charge from infinity to the centre of the sphere (the line integral of the
electric field intensity from infinity to the center of the sphere)
i.e. V d E l
0
: =-
3
#
Since the sphere has uniform charge density
v
r =0.6 / nC m
3
embedded in it, so the
electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere can be given as
E
,
,
r
r R
r
R
r R
a
a
3
3
<
>
r
v
r
v
r
0
0
2
3
e e
r
e
r
=
Z
[
\
]
]
]
]

where R is the radius of the sphere i.e. m R
1
p
=
So, the potential at the centre of sphere will be
V d E l
0
: =-
3
#
(where differential displacement is d dr l a
r
= )

r
dr
r
dr
3
1
3
/
/
v v
0
2
3 1
1
0
e
r
p
e
r
=- -
3
p
p
c m
# #

3 r
r
3
1 1
2
/
/
v
r
v
0
3 1
0
2
1
0
e
r
p
e e
r
#
=- - -
3
p
p
c m
: : D D

3 3
1
2
1 v
r
v
0
3
0
e
r
p
p
e e
r
p
# #
= +
c m

3 12
v v
0 0
e p
r
e p
r
= +

12
5
3 4
5
v v
0 0 #
pe
r
pe
r
= =
.
3
5 0 6 10 9 10
9 9
# # # #
=
-
( 2
r
e = )
volt 5 =
v
r =0.6 / nC m
3
For a given polarization P of a material, the surface charge density over the surface
of material is defined as

S
r a P
n
: =
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the material.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
while the volume charge density inside the material is defined as

v
r P : d =-
Since the the cylinder has uniform polarization P.
So, volume charge density inside the sphere is

v
r P : d =- 0 =
and the surface charge density over the top and bottom surface of the cylinder is
r
S
P a
n
: = P ! = ( P + at top surface and P - at bottom surface)
So the total bound charge by the cylinder is
Q
bound
Q Q
S v
= +
dS dv
S
v
v
r r = +
S
# #
( ) ( ) P r P r 0
2 2
p p = + - +
6 @
0 =
As calculated above the volume charge density inside the cylinder is zero while the
surface charge density at top and bottom surfaces are respectively P + and P - , so
the cylinder can be considered as the two circular plates (top and bottom surface)
separated by a distance L. Since the separation between the plates is larger than
the cross sectional radius (L r 2 = ) so the fringing field(electric field) will exist
directed from the upper plate towards the lower plate.
The electric flux lines will be the same as the electric field intensity outside the
cylinder but as the volume charge density is zero 0
v
r = inside the cylinder so
d D S 0 : =
#
and therefore the flux lines will be continuous.
Consider the surface charge density on the parallel plates is !r
S
so the electric flux
density between the plates is defined as
D a
n
r =
S
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface of plates directed from one plate
toward the other plate.
Since permittivity changes from layer to layer, but the field is normal to the surface
so electric flux density D will be uniform throughout the plate separation as from
boundary condition.
So the electric field intensity at any point between the parallel plates is
E
D
r 0
e e
=
( ) a
a
2 1 100
n
0
2
e
r
=
+
S
( ) a 2 1 100
r
2
e = +
Therefore the voltage between the plates can be evaluated by taking the line
integral of electric field from one plate to the other plate
i.e. V d E l : =-
#

( ) a
d
a
a
2 1 100
.
n
a 0
2
0
0 1
:
e
r
=-
+ =
S
c ^ m h
#
(d d l a = )

S
( . ) a
da
2 100
1
0 1
.
0
2 2
0
0 1
e
r
=
+
#
(the direction of a is along a
n
)

S
. .
tan
a
2 100
1
0 1
1
0 1
.
0
1
0
0 1
e
r
# #
=
-
a k 9 C
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

S
2 10
1
4
0
0
e
r
p
#
= -
9 C

S
80
0
e
r p
=
Now charge stored at the parallel plates is
Q ( )( ) S r =
S
where S is surface area of the plates
( . ) 0 2
s #
r = 0.2 m S
2
=
So, the capacitance of the capacitor is evaluated as
C
V
Q
=
( )/
( . )
80
0 2
16
s
s
0
0
#
r p e
r
p
e
= =
.51 10 5
11
#
=
-

For the two wire transmission line consists of the cylinders of radius b and separated
by a distance h 2 (centre to centre), the capacitance per unit length between them
is defined as
Cl
( / ) cosh h b
1
pe
=
-
Here, 2 2 cm h = and 0.2 cm b =
So, Cl
/ .
.
cosh 1 0 2
2 8 85 10
1
12
# # #
p
=
-
-
^ h
3.64 10 / F m
11
#
=
-
( 2
r
e = )
So the charge per unit length on each wire will be,
Q C V
0
= l . 3 64 10 100
11
# #
=
-
( 100 V V
o
= )
.64 10 / C m 5
9
#
=
-

Consider the oil rises to a height h in the space between the tubes.
So, the capacitance of the tube carrying oil partially will be treated as the two
capacitors connected in parallel.
Since the capacitance between the two cylindrical surfaces is defined as
C
/ ln b a
l 2pe
=
^ h
Where l " length of the cylinder
a " inner radius of the cylinder
b " outer radius of the cylinder
So the capacitance of the portion carrying oil ( 1
e
c = ) as the medium between the
cylindrical surfaces is
C
oil

/ ln
h
3 1
2
r 0
pe e
=
^ h

ln
h
3
4
0
pe
=
^ h
1 2
r e
e c = + =
^ h
and the capacitance of the portion carrying air( 1
r
e = ) as the medium between the
cylindrical surfaces is
C
air

/
1
ln
h
3 1
2
0
pe
=
-
^
^
h
h
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the tube carrying oil to the height h is
C C C
oil air
= + 2
( )
( )
ln
h
3
1
0
pe =
+
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since the energy stored in a capacitor is defined as
W
E
CV
2
1 2
= where V is the applied voltage to the capacitor
So the net upward force due to the capacitance is given by
F
dh
dW
E
= V
dh
dC
2
1 2
=
( ) ln
V
2
1
3
2 2 0
pe
=
and net downward force on the oil due to gravity will be
F mg = (0.01 / ) ( ) gm cm b a h g
3 2 2
# #
p = -
mass density 0.01 / gm cm
3
=

.
( ) h g
10
0 01
9 1 10
6
6
# # # #
p = -
-
-
. hg 0 08p =
Since in equilibrium both the upward and downward forces are equal
So, 0.08 hg p
( ) ln
V
2
1
3
2 2 0
pe
=
0.08 (9.8) h p
#
( )
( )
.
ln 2
1
2 10
3
2 8 85 10 3 2
12
# # #
# #
p
=
-
h
. . ( )
( ) .
ln 2
1
0 08 9 8 3
2 10 2 8 85 10
3 2 12
#
# #
# # # #
=
-
4.11 10 m
5
#
=
-
4 .1 m 5 m =
Consider the charge densities of the two surface of the slab is / C m
s1
2
r and / C m
s2
2
r
As the sum of the charge densities is / C m
so
2
r so we have

s s 1 2
r r +
s0
r = ...(1)
and since the electric field intensity inside the conducting slab must be zero so,
E E
1 2
+ 0 = ...(2)
where E
1
is field inside slab due to charge density
s1
r and E
2
is field inside slab
due to
s2
r
As the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane
with charge density
S
r is defined as
E a
2
n
0
e
r
=
S
where a
n
So we have, E
1
( ) a
2
z
0
e
r
= -
S1
(a a
n z
=- )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
2
a
2
z
0
e
r
=
S2
(a a
n z
= )
From equation (ii) a a
2 2
s
z
s
z
0
1
0
2
e
r
e
r
- +
^ h
0 =

s1
r
s2
r =
Putting the result in equation (i) we get

s1
r
4
s
s
2
0
r
r
= =
As the slabs are conducting so net electric field inside the slab must be zero.
and since the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged
plane with charge density
S
r is defined as
E a
2
n
0
e
r
=
S
where a
n
So, the net electric field intensity inside slab 1 is
a a a a
2 2 2 2
S
z
S
z
S
z
S
z
0
11
0
12
0
21
0
22
e
r
e
r
e
r
e
r
- + + +
^ h
0 =
(a a
n z
=- for
S11
r while a a
n z
= for rest of the charge densities)

s s s s 11 12 21 22
r r r r - + + + 0 = ...(1)
and the net electric field intensity inside slab 2 is
( ) ( ) ( ) a a a a
2 2 2 2
S
z
S
z
S
z
S
z
0
11
0
12
0
21
0
22
e
r
e
r
e
r
e
r
- + - + - + 0 =
(a a
n z
= for
S22
r while a a
n z
=- for rest of the charge densities)

s s s s 11 12 21 22
r r r r - - - + 0 = ...(2)
Solving eq. (i) and eq (ii) we get,

s11
r
s22
r =
and
s12
r
s21
r =-
As all the four surfaces form the boundaries of the conductors extending away from
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the region between them so, the medium outside the defined region is conductor
and so the field intensity outside the region will be zero.
Now the electric potential in the non conducting region is given as
V xy 5 =
So the electric field intensity in the region is
E V d =- 5 5 y x a a
x y
=- -
From the conductor-free space boundary condition we have the surface charge
density on the boundary surface defined as

s
r E
n 0
e =
where E
n
is the normal component of the electric field intensity in the free space.
So, the surface charge density on the surface x 0 = is

s
r y 5
0
e = - ^ h (the normal component E y 5
n
=- for the surface x 0 = )
y 5
0
e =-
Again as discussed in above question, the surface charge density on the surface
y 0 = will be given by

s
r E
n 0
e =
and since the field component normal to surface y 0 = is
E
n
x 5 =-
So, the surface charge density on the surface y 0 = is

s
r x 5
0
e =-
From the symmetry associated with the charge distribution the electric field must
be radially directed. Then choosing Gaussian surfaces which are cylinders having
the same axis ( 0 r = ) as the conductors and of length l , we get
l E 2pr
r ^ h
0 = for 2 m < r
(since there is no charge enclosed by the Gaussian surface)
Thus E
r
0 = for 2 m < r
Now, since the field inside the conductor 2 3 m < < r is zero; there cannot be any
charge on the surface 2 m r = .
i.e. r
S
0 = at 2 m r =
and all the charge associated with the inner conductor resides on the surface
3 m r = .
i.e. r
S

10 / C m
2 3 p
=
^ h
/ C m
3
5 2
p
= at 3 m r =
Proceeding further we have
2 lE pr
r
10 / C m l
1
0
e
= ^ h for 5 6 m < < r
where l is length of the cylinder.
So E a
2
10
0
pe r
=
r
for 5 6 m < < r
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
This the field produced by the inner conductor but the fact is that the field inside
the conductor 5 6 m < < r is zero that gives

at m
S
5
r
r =
6 @
E a
at
0
5
: e = -
r
r
=
^ h 6 @

( )
( ) a a
2 5
10
0
0
: e
pe
= -
r r
c m
/ C m
2 5
10 1 2
p
p
=- =-
^ h
and
at m 6
r
r =
S 6 @
/ C m
2 6
1
6 2 5
at 5
p
r p = -
r =
S
^
^
h
h
6 @
$ .

12
1
6 10
p
= + ^ h
3
4
p
=
From the symmetry associated with the charge distribution the electric field must
be radially directed. As, there is no charge enclosed by the surface 2 m r = so we
get
E
r
0 = for 2 m r <
Now from the conductor-free space boundary condition we have the surface charge
density on the boundary surface defined as

s
r E
n 0
e =
where E
n
is the normal component of the electric field intensity in the free space.
So the charge density at 2 m r = is

S1
r E
r
= 0 =
Therefore the total charge will be concentrated over the outer surface which is
given as

S2
r / C m
r
Q
4 2 3
9
8
1
2 2
2
p p
p
= = =
^ h
From the boundary condition for the charge carrying interface, the tangential
component of electric field on either side of the surface will be same.
i.e. E
t 1
E
t 2
=
while the normal components are related as
E E
n n 1 2
-
s
0
e
r
=
now as the field intensity in the region z 0 < is
E
2
2 3 2 a a a
x y z
= + -
So the tangential component, E
t 2
2 3 a a
x y
= +
and the normal component, E
n 2
2a
z
=-
Therefore the field components in region z 0 > ^ h are
E
t 1
2 3 E a a
t x y 2
= = +
and E
n 1
E
n
s
2
0
e
r
= +
.
a 2
8 85 10
2 10
z
12
9
#
#
= - +
-
-
; E
224a
z
=
So the net field intensity in the region z 0 > is
E
1
E E
t n 1 1
= + 2 3 224 a a a
x y z
= + +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As the dielectric slab occupies the region x 0 > and the electric field in the free
space is directed along a
x
so, the field will be normal to the boundary surface,
x 0 = of the dielectric slab.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the interface of dielectrics are
related as
E
r i 0
e e E
0
e = (where E
i
is the field inside the dielectric)
E
i

10
2
a E
a
5
r
x
x
e
= = = ( ) 5
r
e =
So, the polarization inside the dielectric is
P E
i 0
e e = - ^ h E 5
i 0 0
e e = - ^ h 8 a
x 0
e =
As the dielectric slab occupies the region 0 1 m y < < and the electric field in the
free space is directed along a
y
so, the field will be normal to both the boundary
surfaces y 0 = and y 1 = .
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the interface of dielectrics are
related as
E
i
e E
0
e = (where E
i
is the field inside the dielectric)
E
i
y E
4
1
0
0
2
e
e
= + ^ h 4
y
a
4
1
y
2
=
+ ^
^
h
h since e
y 1
4
2
0
e
=
+ ^ h
1 y a
y
2
= + ^ h
So the polarization inside the dielectric is
P E E
i i 0
e e = -

y
E E
1
4
i i
2
0
0
e
e =
+
-
^ h

y
y a
1
4
1
y
2
0
0
2 e
e =
+
- +
^
e
^
h
o
h
y a 4 1
y
2
0
e = - + ^ h 8 B
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the surface charge
density over the surface of dielectric is defined as

p
r
S
a P
n
: =
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the dielectric.
So, the bound surface charge density at y 0 = is

0 at
ps
y
r
=
6 @
P a
y
: = - ^ h (a
n
a
y
=- )
y 4 1 1
2
0
e = - + - ^ ^ h h 6 @ 4 1
0
e =- - ^ h 3
0
e =- y 0 =
and the surface charge density at 1 m y = is

1 at
ps
y
r
=
6 @
P a
y
: = ^ h (a
n
a
y
= )
y 4 1 1
2
0
e = - + ^ ^ h h 8 B 4 4 0
0
e = - = ^ h
As calculated in previous question, polarization inside the dielectric is
P y a 4 1
y 0
e = - + ^ h 6 @
Since for a given polarization P inside a material, the bound volume charge density
inside the material is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

pv
r P : d =-
So the volume charge density inside the dielectric is

v
r
y
y 4 1
2
0
2
2
e =- - + ^ h 8 B
y 2 1
0
e = + ^ h
So when we move from y 0 = to 1 m y = , the volume charge density will be linearly
increasing.
As the charge is being located at origin so the field intensity due to it will be in
radial direction and normal to the surface of the dielectric material.
Therefore the flux density will be uniform(as from boundary condition) and at any
point r inside the dielectric flux density will be
D
r
Q
a
4
r
2
p
=
Now it is given that electric field intensity at any point inside the dielectric is
E
b
Q
a
4
r
0
2
pe
=
and since in a medium of permittivity
r 0
e e e = the flux density is defined as
D E
r 0
e e =
So for the given field we have

r
Q
a
4
r
2
p

b
Q
a
4
r r 0
0
2
e e
pe
=
c m

r
e
r
b
2
2
=
Consider the parallel sheets arrangement as shown in the figure.
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density
S
r is defined as
E a
2
S
n
e
r
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P and e is
the permittivity of the medium.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So the field intensity inside the dielectric due to the left sheet will be
E
1
a
2
5 10
y
9
#
e
=
-
^ h
a a
n y
=
^ h
and again the field intensity inside the dielectric due to right sheet will be
E
2
a
2
5 10
y
9
#
e
=
-
-
-
^ h
a
2
5 10
y
9
#
e
=
-
a a
n y
=-
^ h
so the net field intensity inside the dielectric will be
E E E a
5 10
y 1 2
9
#
e
= + =
-
Since the field intensity is uniform inside the dielectric So potential difference
between the plates will be directly given as
V E
#
= (distance between the plates)

4
5 10
2
0
9
#
#
e
=
-
2.824 10 Volt
2
#
= 283 kV = 4
0
e e = ^ h
Option (C) is correct.
As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities
S
r and
S
r - is
E
S
e
r
=
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
So electric field in slab 1 is E
1

2
S S
0
e
r
e
r
= =
and electric field in slab 2 is E
2

4
S S
0
e
r
e
r
= =
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference
V tan dis ce E
#
= ^ h /
1 2 m m E E
1 2
= + ^ ^ h h
( )
2
1
4
2
0 0
e
r
e
r
= +
S S
^ h
s
0
e
r
=
.
.
8 85 10
0 6 10
12
9
#
#
=
-
-
7.8 Volt 5 =
As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities
S
r and
S
r - is
E
S
e
r
=
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
So electric field in slab 1 is E
1

2
S S
0
e
r
e
r
= =
and electric field in slab 2 is E
2

4
S S
0
e
r
e
r
= =
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V tan dis ce E
#
= ^ h /
1 2 m m E E
1 2
= + ^ ^ h h
( )
2
1
4
2
0 0
e
r
e
r
= +
S S
^ h
s
0
e
r
=

.
.
8 85 10
0 6 10
12
9
#
#
=
-
-
6 .8 Volt 4 =
The electric field between the plates carrying charge densities r +
S0
and r -
S0
is
defined as
E
e
r
=
S0
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the plates.
Now consider that near the plate 1 permittivity is
1
e and near the plate 2, permittivity
is
2
e . So at any distance x from plate 1 permittivity is given by
e
d
x
1
2 1
e
e e
= +
-
a k
(Since the permittivity is linearly increasing)
So the field intensity at any point in the medium will be
E
d
x
1
2 1
e
e e
r
=
+
-
S0
a k
Therefore the potential difference between the plates will be
V
x
dx
2
d
1
2 1
0
e
e e
r
=
+
-
S0
a k
#
ln
d
d
x
d
2 1
1
2 1
0
e e
r
e
e e
=
-
+
-
S0
a
a
k
k :
>
D
H
ln
d
2 1 1
2
e e
r
e
e
=
-
S0
a k

Assume that the surface charge densities on the plates is !r
0 S
so the electric field
intensity between the plates will be
E
0
e
r
=
S0
and the potential difference between the plates will be given by
V E
#
= (Distance between plates)
5 10
3
#
. 0 5 10
0
2
#
e
r
#
=
-
S0
b
^
l
h
Therefore the surface charge density is
r
S0

.
.
8.85 C
0 5 10
8 85 10 5 10
2
12 3
#
# # #
m = =
-
-
^
^ ^
h
h h
The capacitor of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C
d
S e
=
So, the capacitance in 1
st
dielectric region will be
C
1

3 S S
1 1
0 1
e e
= =
and the capacitance in 2
nd
dielectric region
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
C
2

S S
3 3
2
2 0
e e
= =
Therefore the voltage drop in 1
st
dielectric region is
V
1
V
C C
C
1 2
2
=
+
(where V is total voltage drop)

3
/
Volt
S S
S 2 3
9
0
3
2
0
0
e e
e
=
+
^
^
h
h Volt
11
18
=
and similarly, V
2
V
C C
C
1 2
1
=
+

S
S
3 2
3
9
S
0 0
3
0
e e
e
=
+
^ h Volt
11
82
=
Consider the dielectric slab is of thickness t and d
1
, d
2
are the remaining width in
the medium as shown in the figure.
Now the capacitance of the whole configuration will be considered as the three
capacitors (capacitance in the three regions) connected in series as shown in the
figure
So, C
1

d
S
1
1
e
= , C
2

t
S
2
e
= and C
3

d
S
2
1
e
=
The equivalent capacitance, is defined as

C
1
eq

C C C
1 1 1
1 2 3
= + +
S
t
S
d d
1 2
e e
= +
+ ^ h
Since t ; d d
1 2
+ ^ h will be constant although if the dielectric slab is moved leftward
or rightward so the equivalent capacitance will be constant. But if the slab is
pulled outward then the capacitance will change as the effective surface area of the
capacitance due to dielectric slab changes.
Since, the wire is coated with aluminum So,the configuration can be treated as the
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
two resistance connected in parallel and therefore, the field potential will be same
across both the material or we can say that the field intensity will be same inside
both material.
i.e. E
st
E
al
=
where E
st
" Field intensity insteel
E
al
" Field intensity in aluminum.
or,
J
st
st
s

J
al
al
s
=
where J
st
" current density in steel
J
al
" current density in aluminum

st
s " conductivity of steel

al
s " conductivity of aluminum
So, we get,
J
J
al
st

. 3 8 10
2 10
19
1
al
st
7
6
#
#
s
s
= = =
J
al
J 19
st
= ...(1)
Now, the total current through the wire is given as,
I J a J b a
st al
2 2 2
p p p = + -
^ ^ h h
where a " cross sectional radius of inner surface (steel wire)
b " cross sectional radius of outer surface (with coating)
Since, thickness of coating is
t 2 10
3
#
=
-
So, b a t 2 10 2 10 4 10
3 3 3
# # #
= + = + =
- - -
^ ^ ^ h h h
Therefore, we get,
80 J J 4 10 16 10 4 10
st al
6 6 6
# # #
p p p = + -
- - -
^ ^ ^ h h h 6 @
or, 80 J J 4 10 19 12 10
st st
6 6
# #
p p = +
- -
^ ^ h h 6 @ (from eq.(1))
So, J
st

232 10
80
6
#
p
=
-
1.10 10 / A m
5 2
#
=
Given, the potential field in free space
V cos sin
r
40
3
q f =
So, the potential at point P (r 2 = ,
3
q
p
= ,
2
f
p
= ) is given as
V
P
cos sin
2
40
3 2
3
p p
=
^
a a
h
k k
2.5 Volt =
Now, as the conducting surface is equipotential, so, the potential at any point on
the conducting surface will be equal to the potential at point P.
i.e. V 2.5 Volt V
P
= =
or cos sin
r
40
3
q f . 2 5 =
cos sin 16 q f r
3
= This is the equation of the conducting surface.
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 3.3
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C
.
d
A
10
8 85 10 10
o
3
12 4
# #
e
= =
-
- -
8.85 10
13
#
=
-
The charge stored on the capacitor is
Q CV = 8.85 10 4.427 10
13 13
# #
= =
- -
Therefore, the displacement current in one cycle
I
T
Q
fQ = = 4.427 10 3.6 10 .59 2
13 9
# # #
= =
-
mA ( 3.6 GHz f = )
The electric field of the EM wave in medium 1 is given as
E
1
2 3 1 a a a
x y z
= - +
Since the interface lies in the x 0 = plane so, the tangential and normal components
of the field intensity in medium 1 are
E
t 1
3a a
y y
=- + and 2 E a
n x 1
=
From the boundary condition, tangential component of electric field is uniform. So,
we get the tangential component of the field intensity in medium 2 as
E
t 2
3 E a a
t y y 1
= =- +
Again from the boundary condition the for normal component of electric flux
density are uniform
i.e. D
n 1
D
n 2
=
or E
n 1 1
e E
n 2 2
e =
So, we get
1.5 2a
o x
e 2.5 E
o n 2
e =
or E
n 2

.
1.2 a a
2 5
3
x x
= =
Thus, the net electric field intensity in the medium 2 is
E
2
E E
t n 2 2
= + 3 1.2 a a a
y z x
=- + +
The surface charge density on a conductor is equal to the electric flux density at
its boundary.
i.e. s D = E E 80
0
e e = = ( 80
o
e e = )
80 8.854 10 2
12
# # #
=
-
1.41 10
9
#
=
-
C/m
2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The configuration shown in the figure can be considered as the three capacitors
connected in parallel as shown below
Now, consider the distance between the two plate is d and the total surface area of
the plates is S. So, for the three individual capacitors the surface area is / S 3 and
the separation is d. Therefore, we get,
C
1

/
d
S 3
0 1
e e
=
^ h
C
2

/
d
S 3
0 2
e e
=
^ h
C
3

/
d
S 3
0 3
e e
=
^ h
Since, the three capacitance are in parallel So, the equivalent capacitance is
C
eq
C C C
1 2 3
= + +

/ / /
d
S
d
S
d
S 3 3 3
0 1 0 2 0 3
e e e e e e
= + +
^ ^ ^ h h h

d
S
3
0 1 2 3
e e e e
=
+ +
b c l m C
3
5 2
1 2 3
e e e
=
+ +
b l
C
d
S
0
e
= b l
The electric field is equal to the negative gradient of electric potential at the point.
i.e. E V d =-
Given, electric potential
V x 4 2 = +
So, E 4 / V m a
x
=-
The angle formed by the electric field vector in two mediums are related as

tan
tan
2
1
a
a

2
1
e
e
=
So, for the given field vectors we have,

tan
tan60
2
c
a

3
3
=
tan
2
a 1 =
or
2
a 1 tan
1
=
-
^ h 45c =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The tangential component of electric field on conducting surface is zero (since the
surface conducts current) So, under static condition we have,
V d - 0 E = =
or V = constant
i.e. the conducting surface is equipotential.
So, (A) and (R) both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Since, the electric field is incident normal to the slab. So, the electric field intensity
E
i ^ h inside the slab is given as
E
i
e E
0 0
e =
E
i

6a
3
x
0
0
e
e
=
^ h
2a
x
=
Therefore, the polarization inside the slab is given as
P
i
E X
e i 0
e =
where X
e
is electric susceptibility defined as 1 X
e r
e = - . So, we have
P
i
E 3 1
i 0
e = - ^ h 4 a
x 0
e =
Due to both the line charge and concentric circular conductors, the equipotential
surfaces are circular (cylinder) i.e. concentric equipotential lines.
The flux lines due to both the configurations (line charge and concentric circular
conductors) are in straight radial direction.
Capacitance of 1
st
plate is given as
C
1

d
S
d d
1 1
1
# e
e
e
= = =
^ h
The capacitance of 2
nd
plate is
C
2

d
S
d d
3 2
6
2
# e
e
e
= = =
^ h
So, the ratio of capacitances is

C
C
1
2
4 =
Consider the dielectric material with permittivity
1
e is replaced by a dielectric
material with permittivity
2
e .
The capacitance of parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C
d
S e
=
i.e. the capacitance depends on the permittivity of the medium and so, due to the
replacement of the material between the plates the capacitance changes.
Now, the charge is kept constant
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. Q
1
Q
2
=
or, C V
1 1
C V
2 2
=
So, due to the change in capacitance voltage on the capacitor changes and therefore
the electric field intensity between the plates changes.
The stored energy in the capacitance is defined as
W
C
Q
2
2
=
As total stored charge Q is kept constant while capacitance changes so, the stored
energy in the capacitance also changes.
Thus, all the three given quantities changes due to the replacement of material
between the plates.
According to continuity equation we have
J : d
t
v
2
2r
=-
As for electrostatic field
t
0
v
2
2r
= so, we get
J : d 0 =
Electrostatic fields only.
Surface or sheet resistivity is defined as resistance per unit surface area. So, the
unit of surface resistivity is Ohm/sq. meter.
Since a conducting surface is equipotential so no electric field component exists
tangential to the surface and therefore the electric field lines are normal to a
conducting surface boundary.
Surface resistance of a metal is defined as
R
s

f
2 2
2
.
s
wm
s
p m
=
So, as frequency (f ) increases the surface resistance increases.
When we determine force using method of images then in this method, the
conducting surface is being removed and an additional distribution of charge is
being introduced symmetrical to the existing charge distribution.
The conducting surface is equipotential and since the potential at infinity is zero
so, the potential every where on a conducting surface of infinite extent is zero.
Since the conducting surface is equipotential so displacement density on a conducting
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
surface is normal to the surface.
So A and R both true but R is not correct explanation of A.
Capacitance, C 5 5 10 pF F
2
#
= =
-
Charge on capacitance,
Q 0.1 0.1 10 C C
6
m
#
= =
-
The energy stored in the capacitor is defined as
W
C
Q
2
2
=
.
1 mJ
2 5 10
0 1 10
12
6 2
# #
#
= =
-
-
^ h
Consider the charge of 1C is placed near a grounded conducting plate at a distance
of 1 m as shown in figure.
Using image of the charge we have one negative charge opposite side of the plate at
the same distance as shown in the figure and the force between them is
F N
r 4
1 1
4 2
1
16
1
0
2
0
2
0 pe pe
pe
=
-
=
-
=
-
^ ^
^
h h
h
Negative sign indicates that the direction of force is attractive.
Fringing field has been shown below in the figure
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
C
d
A
r 0
e e =
It is valid only when the fringing is not taken into account. Now, the fringing field
can be ignored only when the separation d between the plates is much less than
the plate dimensions. So, for the fringing field taken under consideration, / A d is
tending towards infinity.
The capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting sphere is defined as
C 4 R
0
pe = .
where R is radius of the solid sphere.
The electric potential produced by a point charge Q at the a distance r from it is
defined as
V
r
Q
4pe
=
where e is permittivity of the medium. So, the electric potential produced by the
point charge 10 C m + at the centre of the sphere is
V
r
Q
4
4 5 10
10 10
o
0
2
6
#
#
pe
pe
= =
-
-
^ h
(Given 5 cm r = )
As the surface of sphere is grounded so, the total voltage on the spherical capacitor
will be equal to the potential at its centre as calculated above.
Now, the capacitance of the isolated sphere is defined as
C a 4pe =
where a is the radius of the sphere. Therefore, the induced charge stored on the
sphere is given as
Q
ind
CV = a 4
4 5 10
10 10
0
0
2
6
#
#
pe
pe
=
-
-
^
^
^
h
h
h

5 10
2 10 10 10
2
2 6
#
# # #
=
-
- -
^
^ ^
h
h h
(Given 2 cm a = )
5 5 C C 10
6
#
m = =
-
Given electric field E sin t E
0
w =
The conduction current is defined as
J
c
sin t E E
0
s s w = = ^ h
where s is conductivity and E is electric field intensity.
and the displacement current density is
J
d

t
D
t
E
2
2
2
2
e = =
cos t E
0
e w w = ^ h sin t E
2
0
ew
p
w = -
a k
So the phase difference between J
c
and J
d
is 90c.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Method of images are used for the charge distribution at a distance from the
grounded plane conductor.
Given
Capacitance of condenser, C 0.005 5 10 F F
9
m
#
= =
-
Supply voltage, V 500 V =
Permittivity of oil,
r
e . 2 5 = (immersed oil)
So, the energy stored in condenser before immersion is
W CV
2
1 2
=
2
1
5 10 500
9 2
# # #
=
-
^ h
6.25 10 J
4
#
=
-
After immersing the condenser in oil the capacitance changes while the total charge
remains same.
i.e. Q
after immersion
Q
before immersion
= 5 10 500
9
#
=
-
^ ^ h h
2.5 10 Coulomb
6
#
=
-
The capacitance of the condenser after immersion is
C
after immersion
C
r
e =
. 2 5 5 10
9
#
=
-
^ ^ h h . F 1 25 10
8
#
=
-
Therefore, the stored energy in the condenser immersed in oil is
, W
C
Q
2
( ) after immersion
2
=
.
.
2.5 10 J
2 1 25 10
2 5 10
8
6
4
#
#
#
= =
-
-
-
^
^
h
h
Given,
Capacitance, C 3 3 10 F F
6
m
#
= =
-
Current, I 2 2 10 A A
6
m
#
= =
-
Charging time, t sec 6 =
So, the total charge stored on capacitor is
Q = Charge transferred
It = 2 10 6
6
#
=
-
^ ^ h h
Therefore, the voltage across the charged capacitor is
V
C
Q
4 10
2 10 8
6
6
#
#
= =
-
-
^ ^ h h
Volt 5 =
Given, the total charge on capacitor V =
(1) Electric field between the plates will be given as
E V d =-
which is independent of permittivity of the material filled in capacitor so E
will be constant.
(2) The displacement flux density inside the capacitor is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
D E e =
As E is constant while permittivity is doubled so D will also be doubled.
(3) The charge stored on the plates is given as
Q CV =
where V is constant but capacitance C will be doubled as it is directly
proportional to the permittivity given as
C
d
S
e =
So, the charge on plates will be get doubled.
(4) As discussed already, the capacitance will get doubled.
Therefore, the statements 2 and 4 are correct.
Since, resistance doesnt store any energy. So, the energy stored in the coil is only
due to inductance and given as
W LI
2
1 2
=
where L is the inductance and I is the current flowing in the circuit. At the fully
charged condition, inductor is short circuit and therefore, current through the
circuit is
I 10 A
R
V
5
50
= = =
So, the energy stored in the field (in the inductor) is
W . 0 Joules
2
1
0 6 10 3
2
= = ^ ^ h h
The normal component of electric flux density D ^ h across a dielectric-dielectric
boundary is given as
D D
n n 1 2
-
s
r =
where
s
r is the surface charge density at the interface.
So, the normal components of electric flux density across a dielectric-dielectric
boundary is dependent on the magnitude of surface charge density.
Statement 1, 2 and 4 are correct while statement 3 is incorrect.
The capacitance of an insulated conducting sphere of radius R in vacuum is
C R 4
0
pe =
Maximum withstand voltage is the value that the dielectric between capacitor
plates can toterate without any electrical breakdown. Maximum withstand voltage
is larger for any dielectric material than that for free space (air).
Since the maximum withstand voltage across the capacitor filled with air is V so
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the maximum withstand withstand voltage for the composite capacitor will be also
V as the capacitors are connected in parallel. Now, the capacitance before filling
the dielectric is
C
d
A
0
e
=
and after filling the dielectric
C
eq
C C
1 2
= +

/ /
d
A
d
A
4
2 2
0 0
e e = +
d
A
2
5
0
e
=
So, the stored charge Q
1
after filling dielectric is determined as below

Q
Q
1

C
C
eq
= (Since voltage is constant)
or, Q
1
.
d
A
Q
d
A
Q
2
5
2 5
0
0
e
e
= =
Therefore, the maximum withstand voltage of the capacitor is V and charge is
2. Q 5 .
Since, the potential on both sides of plate will be same (Consider the potential is
V). So, the charge densities on the two sides is determined as below :

2
r C V
2
= l
and
1
r C V
1
= l
where C
2
l and C
1
l are the capacitance per unit area of the capacitance formed by
the region d
1
and d
2
.
Therefore,
2
1
r
r

C V
C V
2
1
=
l
l

d
V
d
V
2
0
1
0
e
e
=
d
d
1
2
=
Electric flux density in a polarized dielectric is defined as
D P E
0
e = +
Image theory is applicable only for static charge distribution (electrostatic field).
The equivalent capacitance of series connected capacitance has the value less than
the smallest capacitance here the smallest capacitance is C
6
so the total capacitance
is less then C
6
i.e. C
eq
C <
6
or C
eq
C
6
.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the electric field intensity in medium 1.
E
1
5 2 3 a a a
x y z
= - +
Since, the medium interface lies in plane z 0 = .
So, we get the field components as
E
t 1
5 2 a a
x y
= -
and E
n 1
3a
z
=
Now, From the boundary condition for electric field we have
E
t 1
E
t 2
=
E
n 1 1
e E
n 2 2
e =
So, the field components in medium 2 are
E
t 2
5 2 E a a
t x y 1
= = -
E
n 2
6 E a
n z
2
1
1
e
e
= =
Therefore, the net electric field intensity in medium 2 is given as
E
2
E E
t n 2 2
= + 5 2 6 a a a
x y z
= - +
So, the z -component of the field intensity in medium 2 is
E
z 2
6a
z
=
Electric flux density, D 1 / C m
2
=
Relative permittivity,
r
e 5 =
Since, the normal component of flux density is uniform at the boundary surface of
two medium so, the flux density inside the slab is
D 1 / C m
2
=
Therefore, the polarization of the slab is given as
P D
1
r
r
e
e
=
-
b l
1
8
4
#
= . 0 8 =
The capacitance of a isolated spherical capacitor of radius R is defined as
C R 4
0
pe =
Since the two spheres are identical and separated by a distance very much larger
then R. So, it can be assumed as the series combination of capacitances. Therefore,
the net capacitance between two spheres is given as
i.e. C
C C
C C
R R
R R
4 4
4 4
1 2
1 2
0 0
0 0
pe pe
pe pe
=
+
=
+
^ ^ h h
R 2
0
pe =
For steady current in an arbitrary conductor the current density is given as
J
A
I
=
and since I is constant So, J is constant and therefore 0 J
#
d =
So, the current density is solenoidal. i.e. Assertion (A) is true.
The reciprocal of resistivity is conductivity. i.e. Reason (R) is false.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the displacement current density is defined as
J
d

t
D
2
2
=
So, it is generated by a change in electric flux and therefore the displacement
current has only A.C. components as derivative of D.C. components is zero.
i.e. A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Dielectric constant,
r
e 5 =
Flux density, D 2 / C m
2
=
So, the polarization of the medium is given as
P D
1
r
r
e
e
=
-
b l

5
4
2
#
= .6 / C m 2
2
=
The ohms law in point form in field theory is expressed as below
V RI = (For constant voltage)
l E
A
l
A J
r
=
where l is length integral and A is the cross sectional area. So, we get
E J r =
E
J
s
=
i.e. J E s =
Displacement current density is defined as
J
d

t
E
2
2
e =
and the conduction current density is defined as
J
c
E s =
for a dielectric e must be larger while conductivity must tend to zero.
So, we get J
d
J >>
c
i.e. displacement current is much greater than conduction current.
Conduction current, I
c
1 A =
Operating frequency, f 50 Hz =
Medium permittivity, e
0
e =
Permeability m
0
m =
Conductivity, s 5.8 10 / mho m
#
=
The ratio of conduction current density to the displacement current density is

J
J
d
c

we
s
=
or,
/
/
I A
I A
d
c

we
s
= (A is cross sectional area)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
I
d

.
(1) I
5 8 10
2 50
c
0
#
# #
s
we p e
= = . 10 A 3 3
11
#
=
-
When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor, the electric field intensity
is zero according to Gausss law the total outward flux through a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed.
Now if any charge is introduced inside a closed conducting surface then an electric
field will be setup and the field exerting a force on the charges and making them
move to the conducting surface. So all the charges inside a conductor is distributed
over its surface. Therefore the outward flux through any closed surface constructed
inside the conductor must vanish.
A is false but R is true.
When the method of images is used for a system consisting of a point charge
between two semi infinite conducting planes inclined at an angle f, the no. of
images is given by
N
360
1
c
f
= -
c m
Here the angle between conducting planes is 90c f = .
So, N 3 =
and since all the images lie a
n
a circle so we have the image charges as shown in
figure.
Consider the two dielectric regions as shown below.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since the field is normal to the interface So, the normal components of the fields
are,
E
n 1
1 = and E 2
n 2
=
From boundary condition we have
E E
n n 1 1 2 2
e e -
s
r =
(where
s
r is surface charge density on the interface).
1 2 2
0 0
e e - ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h
s
r =

s
r 3
0
e =-
The stress is called the force per unit area which is directly proportional to the
electric field intensity and electric field intensity is inversely proportional to the
permittivity of dielectric material.
i.e. E
1
\
e
So, ratio of stress is
E
E
2
1

/
/
1
1
0
e
e
=
/
/
1 5
1
0
0
e
e
= 5 =
***********
CHAPTER 4
MAGNESTOSTATI C FI ELDS
202 Magnestostatic Fields Chap 4
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 4.1
MCQ 4.1.1 Assertion (A) : For a static magnetic field the total number of flux lines entering a
given region is equal to the total no. of flux lines leaving the region.
Reason (R) : An isolated magnetic charge doesnt exist.
(A) Both A and R one true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
MCQ 4.1.2 Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below.
(Notations have their usual meaning).
List-I List-II
a. Amperes law 1. D
v
: r d =
b. Conservative nature of magnetic
field
2.
d d J S H l
L S
: : =
# #
c. Gausss law 3. 0 B : d =
d. Non existence of magnetic
monopole
4.
d E l 0 : =
#
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 1 4 2
(B) 2 1 4 3
(C) 2 4 1 3
(D) 3 4 2 1
MCQ 4.1.3 Magnetic field intensity H exists inside a certain closed spherical surface. The
value of H : d will be
(A) 0 at each point inside the sphere.
(B) 0 at the center of the sphere only.
(C) 0 at the outer surface of the sphere only.
(D) Cant be determined as H is not given.
Chap 4 Magnestostatic Fields 203
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.1.4 The source which doesnt cause a magnetic field is
(A) A charged disk rotating at uniform speed
(B) An accelerated charge
(C) A charged sphere spinning along its axis
(D) A permanent magnet
MCQ 4.1.5 A circular loop of radius a, centered at origin and lying in the xy plane, carries
current I as shown in the figure.
The magnetic field intensity a the centre of the loop will be
(A)
a
I
a
2
z
(B)
a
I
a
2
z
-
(C)
a
I
a
4
z
(D)
a
I
a
2
z
MCQ 4.1.6 A conducting filament carries a current 5 A from origin to a point , , 3 0 4
^ h
. Magnetic
field intensity at point (3, 4, 0) due to the filament current will be
(A) 0.23 / wb m a
2
f
(B) 0.095 / wb m a
2
f
(C) 0.074 / wb m a
2
f
(D) 0.074 / wb m a
z
2
MCQ 4.1.7 A circular conducting loop of radius 2 m, centered at origin in the plane z 0 =
carries a current of 4 A in the a
f
direction. What will be the magnetic field intensity
at origin ?
(A) / A m a
2
1
z
p
(B) / A m a
z
(C) 2 / A m a
z
(D) / A m a
z
-
MCQ 4.1.8 The correct configuration that represents magnetic flux lines of a magnetic dipole is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.1.9 The correct configuration that represents current I and magnetic field intensity
H is
MCQ 4.1.10 A long straight wire placed along z -axis carries a current of A I 5 = in the a
z
+
direction. The magnetic flux density at a distance 5 cm r = from the wire will be
(A) 4 10 / wb m
5 2
#
-
(B) 2 10 / wb m
5 2
#
-
(C) / wb m
100 2
p
(D) 2 10 / wb m
6 2
#
-
MCQ 4.1.11 For the currents and the closed path shown in the figure what will be the value of
d H l :
#
?
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 30 A (B) 20 A
(C) 20 A - (D) 10 A
MCQ 4.1.12 Two infinitely long wires separated by a distance m 2 , carry currents I in opposite
direction as shown in the figure.
If 8 A I = , then the magnetic field intensity at point P is
(A) a
5
y
p
(B) a
5
y
p
-
(C) a
8
1
y
p
(D) a
8
1
y
p
-
MCQ 4.1.13 In the free space a semicircular loop of radius a carries a current I . What will be
the magnitude of magnetic field intensity at the centre of the loop ?
(A)
a
I
(B)
a
I 2
(C)
a
I
4
(D)
a
I 4
A long cylindrical wire of cross sectional radius R carries a steady current I
distributed over its outer surface.
MCQ 4.1.14 Magnetic field intensity inside the wire at a distance ( ) r R < from its center axes
will be
(A) non uniform
(B) zero
(C) uniform and depends on r only
(D) uniform and depends on both r and R
MCQ 4.1.15 The magnetic flux density outside the wire at a distance ( ) r R < from its center
axes will be proportional to
(A) r (B) /r 1
(C) / r R (D) /R 1
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.1.16 Two point charges Q
1
and Q
2
are located at , , 0 0 0 ^ h and , , 1 1 1 ^ h respectively. A
current of 16 A flows from the point charge Q
1
to Q
2
along a straight wire connected
between them. What will be the value of d B l :
#
around the closed path formed
by the triangle having the vertices , , 1 0 0 ^ h, , , 0 1 0 ^ h and , , 0 0 1 ^ h ?
(A) 22 / Wb m
0
m (B) 6 / Wb m
0
2
m
(C) 14 / Wb m
0
m (D) 6 / Wb m
0
m
Common Data for Question 17 - 18
An infinite current sheet with uniform current density / A m K a 15
x
= is located in
the plane z 2 = .
MCQ 4.1.17 Magnetic field intensity at origin will be
(A) 1 / A m a 1
y
(B) 10 / A m a
y
-
(C) 0 / A m (D) 20 / A m a
y
MCQ 4.1.18 Magnetic field intensity at point (2, 1 - , 5) will be
(A) 10 / A m a
y
(B) 10 / A m a
y
-
(C) 0 / A m (D) 20 / A m a
y
MCQ 4.1.19 Two infinite current carrying sheets are placed parallel to each other in free space
such that they carry current in the opposite direction with the same surface current
density. The magnetic flux density in the space between the sheets will be
(A) zero
(B) constant
(C) linearly increasing from one sheet to other
(D) none of these
MCQ 4.1.20 In a spherical co-ordinate system magnetic vector potential at point ( , , ) r q f is given
as 12cos A a q =
q
. The magnetic flux density at point ( , , ) 3 0 p will be
(A) 4a
f
(B) 0
(C) 4a
q
(D) 36a
f
MCQ 4.1.21 An infinite plane current sheet lying in the plane y 0 = carries a linear current
density / A m K K a
z
= . The magnetic field intensity above (y 0 > ) and below
y 0 < ^ h the plane will be
y 0 > y 0 <
(A)
K
a
2
x

K
a
2
x
-
(B)
K
a
2
x
-
K
a
2
x
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(C) 2Ka
x
- 2Ka
x
(D)
K
a
2
y
-
K
a
2
y
MCQ 4.1.22 In the free space two cylindrical surfaces 0. cm 3 r = and 0.25 cm r = carries the
uniform surface current densities 2 / A m a
z
and 0.8 / A m a
z
- respectively and a
current filament on the entire z -axis carries a current of 14 mA in the a
z
+ direction.
What will be the surface current density on the cylindrical surface at 8 cm r = .
which will make the net magnetic field 0 H = for 8 cm > r will be
(A) 0.13 / A m a
z
- (B) 0.13 / A m a
z
+
(C) 64.3 / mA m a
z
(D) 0.10 / A m a
z
-
In a cartesian system, vector magnetic potential at a point ( , , ) x y z is defined as
A 2 / wb m x y y x xyz a a a 4 3
x y z
2 2
= + -
MCQ 4.1.23 The magnetic flux density at point ( , , ) 1 2 5 - - will be
(A) 40 6 / wb m a a
x z
2
+ (B) 40 80 6 / wb m a a a
x y z
2
+ +
(C) 40 80 6 / wb m a a a
x y z
2
- - - (D) 80 6 / wb m a a
y z
2
-
MCQ 4.1.24 The total magnetic flux through the surface z 4 = , x 0 1 # # , y 1 4 # # - will be
(A) 20 wb (B) 10/3 wb -
(C) 40 wb (D) 130/3 wb
An infinite current sheet with uniform surface current density / A m K a 8
x
= is
located at z 0 = as shown in figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.1.25 Magnetic flux density at any point above the current sheet ( ) z 0 > will be
(A) 2 / wb m a
y 0
2
m - (B) 2 / wb m a
y 0
2
m
(C) / wb m a
2
y
0 2
m
(D) / wb m a
y 0
2
m -
MCQ 4.1.26 The vector magnetic potential at z 2 =- will be
(A) 4 / wb m a
x 0
m
(B) 4 / wb m a
y 0
m -
(C) 2 / wb m a
x 0
m
(D) 4 / wb m a
x 0
m -
MCQ 4.1.27 In the free space, magnetic field intensity at any point ( , , ) z r f is given by
2 / A m a H
2
r =
f
. The current density at 2 m r = will be
(A) 12 / A m a
z
(B) 24 / A m a
z
(C) 4 / A m a
z
(D) 0
MCQ 4.1.28 The current density that would produce the magnetic vector potential 2 A a =
f
in
cylindrical coordinates is
(A) a
1
0
2
m r
f
(B) a
2
0
2
m
r
f
(C) a
2
0
m r
f
(D) a
2
0
2
m r
f
MCQ 4.1.29 Magnetic field intensity produced due to a current source is given as
H cos z ay z e a a 2 4
y
y
x
= + + ^ ^ h h
The current density over the xz plane will be
(A) / A m a a a
x y z
2
- -
^ h

(B) a a a
x y z
- + -
(C) 2 2 a a a
x y z
- + -
(D) a a a
x y z
+ +
MCQ 4.1.30 Assertion (A) : In a source free region, magnetic field intensity can be expressed as
a gradient of scalar function.
Reason (R) : Current density for a given magnetic field intensity is defined as
J H
#
d =
(B) A and R both are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
(D) R is true but A is false.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.1.31 Magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite cylindrical wire
located along entire z -axis is 3 / A m a r
f
. The current density within the conductor
will be
(A) 6 / A m a
z
2
r
(B) 3 / A m a
z
2
(C) 6 / A m a
z
2

(D) 3 / A m a
z
2
r
MCQ 4.1.32 An electron beam of radius a travelling in a
z
direction, the current density is given
as
J 2
a
a 1
z
r
= -
a k
For a < r
The magnetic field intensity at the surface of the beam will be
(A)
a
a
3
f
(B)
a
a
6
f
(C)
a
a
3
2
2
p
f
(D)
a
a
3
2
f
MCQ 4.1.33 In a certain region consider the magnetic vector potential is A and the current
density is J . Which of the following is the correct relation between J and A ?
(A) A J d = (B) A J
2
0
m d =
(C) A J m
#
d =- (D) A J
2
0
m d =-
MCQ 4.1.34 A circular loop of wire with radius .5 m R 1 = is located in plane x 0 = , centered
at origin. If the loop carries a current 7 A I = flowing in clockwise as viewed from
negative x -axis then, its magnetic dipole moment will be
(A) 0.12 A m a
x
2
-

(B) 5.5 A m a
x
2
-
-
(C) 5.5 A m a
x
2
-

(D) 22 A m a
x
2
-
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 4.2
MCQ 4.2.1 In the free space, the positive z -axis carries a filamentary current of 10 A in the
a
z
- direction. Magnetic field intensity at a point (0, , ) 3 2 due to the filamentary
current will be
(A) 0.73 / A m a
x
- (B) 1.46 / A m a
x
(C) 0.40 / A m a
x
(D) 0.73 / A m a
x
MCQ 4.2.2 If there is a current filament on the x -axis carrying 4.4 A in a
x
direction then what
will be the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) ?
(A) 0.1( 2 ) / A m a a
z y
- (B) 1.76 1.62 / A m a a
z y
-
(C) ( 1.077 1.62 ) / A m a a
z y
- + (D) 0.1(2 ) a a
z y
- -
MCQ 4.2.3 A filamentary conductor is formed into an equilateral triangle of side 2 m that
carries a current of 4 A as shown in figure. The magnetic field intensity at the
center of the triangle will be
(A) / A m a
9
z
p
(B) / A m a
3
z
p
(C) / A m a
6
z
p
(D) 0
MCQ 4.2.4 A current sheet 4 / A m K a
y
= flows in the region z 2 2 < < - in the plane x 0 = .
Magnetic field intensity at point ( , , ) P 3 0 0 due to the current sheet will be
(A) 1.5 / A m a
z
- (B) 0.75 / A m a
z
-
(C) 0.75 / A m a
z
+ (D) 2.1 / A m a
z
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.5 In the plane z 0 = a disk of radius m 3 , centered at origin carries a uniform
surface charge density 2 / C m
2
r =
S
. If the disk rotates about the z -axis at an
angular velocity 2 / rad s w = then the magnetic field intensity at the point ( , , ) P 0 0 1
will be
(A) / A m a
z
(B) 2 / A m a
z
(C) / A m a
y
(D) 2 / A m a
y
MCQ 4.2.6 A square conducting loop of side 1 m carries a steady current of 2 A. Magnetic flux
density at the center of the square loop will be.
(A) 17.78 10 / Wb m
7 2
#
-
(B) 0.45 / Wb m
2
(C) 2.26 10 / Wb m
6 2
#
-
(D) 4 10 / Wb m
7 2
#
-
MCQ 4.2.7 A filamentary conductor is formed into a loop ABCD as shown in figure. If it
carries a current of .2 A 5 then the magnetic field intensity at point P will be
(A) 0.2 / A m (B) 0.8 / A m
(C) 0.26 / A m (D) 1.01 / A m
MCQ 4.2.8 The magnetic field intensity at point P due to the steady current configurations
shown in figure will be
(A) 0.82 A m (B)0.32 A m
(C) 0.5 A m (D) 0.18 A m
MCQ 4.2.9 In the plane 5 m z = a thin ring of radius, 3 m a = is placed such that z -axis passes
through its center. If the ring carries a current of 50 mA in a
f
direction then the
magnetic field intensity at point (0, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0.9 / mA m a
z
(B) 1.8 / mA m a
z
(C) 0.6 / mA m a
z
(D) 0.5 / A m a
z
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.10 An infinite solenoid (infinite in both direction) consists of 1000 turns per unit
length wrapped around a cylindrical tube. If the solenoid carries a current of 4 mA
then the magnetic field intensity at its axis will be
(A) 4 / A m (B) 0
(C) 2000 / A m (D) 0.2 / A m
The two long coaxial solenoids of radius a and b carry current mA I 6 = but in
opposite directions. Solenoids are placed along y-axis as shown in figure. The inner
solenoid has 2000 turns per unit length and outer solenoid has 1000 turns per unit
length.
MCQ 4.2.11 Magnetic field intensity inside the inner solenoid will be
(A) 3 / A m a
y
- (B) 3 / A m a
y
+
(C) 6 / A m a
y
- (D) 6 / A m a
y
+
MCQ 4.2.12 The magnetic field intensity in the region between the two solenoids will be
(A) 3 / A m a
y
(B) 0
(C) 6 / A m a
y
(D) 3 / A m a
y
-
MCQ 4.2.13 The magnetic field outside the outer solenoid will be
(A) 6 / A m a
y
(B) 3 / A m a
y
-
(C) 0 (D) 3 / A m a
y
+
In a cartesian system two parallel current sheets of surface current density
3 / A m K a
z 1
= and 3 / A m K a
z 2
=- are located at 2 m x = and 2 m x =-
respectively. The net vector and scalar potential due to the sheets are zero at a
point ( , , ) P 1 2 5 .
MCQ 4.2.14 Consider the scalar potential at any point ( , , ) x y z in the region between the two
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
planar sheets is V
m
. The plot of V
m
versus y will be
MCQ 4.2.15 The vector potential at origin will be
(A) 3 / Wb m a
z 0
m (B) 3 / Wb m a
z 0
m -
(C) 0 (D) 3 / Wb m -
MCQ 4.2.16 A long cylindrical wire lying along z -axis carries a total current 5 mA I 1
0
= as
shown in the figure. The current density inside the wire at a distance r from its
axis is given by
r
J \ .
If the cross sectional radius of the wire is 2 cm then the magnetic flux density at
1 cm r = will be
(A) 25 / nWb m
2
(B) 6.25 10 / Wb m
4 2
#
-
(C) 1.25 / nWb m
2
(D) 12.5 / nWb m
2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.17 Magnetic field intensity is given in a certain region as
H 3 / A m
x
x yz
x z
y
xyz
a a a
1 1
x y z
2
2 2
2
=
+
+ -
+
The total current passes through the surface 2 m x = , 1 4 m y # # , 3 4 m z # #
in a
x
direction will be
(A) 259 A - (B) 259 A
(C) 18.2 A (D) 1.98 10 A
3
#
MCQ 4.2.18 A phonograph record of radius 1 m carries a uniform surface charge density
S
20 / C m
2
r = . If it is rotating with an angular velocity 0.1 / rad s w = ; then the
magnetic dipole moment will be
(A) 4 A m
2
p
-
(B) /2 A m
2
p
-
(C) 2 A m
2
p
-
(D)
2
A m
3
2 p
-
A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius r is spinning with angular velocity
/ rad s 6 w = about the z -axis. The sphere is centered at origin and carries a total
charge 5 C which is uniformly distributed over its volume.
MCQ 4.2.19 The plot of magnetic dipole moment of the sphere, ( ) m r versus the radius of the
sphere, r will be
MCQ 4.2.20 The average magnetic field intensity within the sphere will be
(A)
r
a
2
p
q
(B)
r
a
2
z
p
(C)
r
a
2
q
(D)
r
a
2
1
z
p
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.21 A rectangular coil, lying in the plane . . x y z 3 1 5 3 5 + - = carries a current 7 A such
that the magnetic moment of the coil is directed away from the origin. If the area
of the rectangular coil is 0.1 m
2
then the magnetic moment of the coil will be
(A) 0.2 0.2 0.3 A m a a a
x y z
2
-
- - +
(B) 2 6 3 A m a a a
x y z
2
-
+ -
(C) 1.4 4.2 2.1 A m a a a
x y z
2
-
+ -
(D) 0.2 0.6 0.3 A m a a a
x y z
2
-
+ -
MCQ 4.2.22 Vector magnetic potential in a certain region of free space is A (6 2 ) 4 y z xz a a
x y
= - +
The electric current density at any point ( , , ) x y z will be
(A) ( 8 2 6 ) / A m a a a
x y z
2
- + + (B) (3 ) / A m a a
y z
2
+
(C) 0 (D) (8 2 6 ) / A m a a a
x y z
1 2
0
+ -
m
A circular toroid with a rectangular cross section of height m h 5 = , carries a
current 10 A I = flowing in 10
5
turns of closely wound wire around it as shown in
figure. The inner and outer radii of toroid are 1 m a = and 2 m b = respectively.
MCQ 4.2.23 The total magnetic flux across the circular toroid will be
(A) 1.39 Wb (B) 0.14 Wb
(C) 15.1 Wb (D) 0 Wb
MCQ 4.2.24 If the magnetic flux is found by multiplying the cross sectional area by the flux
density at the mean radius then what will be the percentage of error ?
(A) . % 4 31 - (B) . % 3 14 -
(C) . % 4 61 - (D) . % 6 14 -
MCQ 4.2.25 Magnetizing force at any point P on z -axis due to a semi infinite current element
placed along positive x -axis is H. If one more similar current element is placed
along positive y-axis then the resultant magnetizing force at the point P will be
(A) / H 2 (B) H 2
(C) 2H (D) H 2 -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.26 An infinitely long straight wire carrying current 5 A and a square loop of side 2 m
are coplanar as shown in the figure. The distance between side AB of square loop
and the straight wire is 4 m. What will be the total magnetic flux crossing through
the rectangular loop ?
(A) 2.55 Wb m (B) 81.1 Wb m
(C) 0.81 Wb m (D) 8.11 Wb m
MCQ 4.2.27 A .5 m 1 square loop is lying in x -y plane such that one of its side is parallel to y
-axis and the centre of the loop is 0.3 m away from the y-axis. How much current
must flow through the entire y-axis for which the magnetic flux through the loop
is 5 10 Tesla m
5 2
#
-
?
(A) A 417 (B) A 834
(C) 208.5 A (D) 280 A
MCQ 4.2.28 A L-shaped filamentary wire with semi infinite long legs making an angle 90c at
origin and lying in y-z plane as shown in the figure.
If the current flowing in the wire is 4 A I = then the magnetic flux density at
2 , 0, 0 m ^ h will be
(A) 2 10 / Wb m a a
y z
7 2
#
- +
-
^ h (B) 2 10 / Wb m a a
y z
7 2
#
+
-
^ h
(C) 4 10 / Wb m a a
y z
7 2
#
- +
-
^ h (D) 4 10 / Wb m a a
y z
7 2
#
+
-
^ h
An infinitely long straight conductor of cylindrical cross section and of radius R
carries a current I , which is uniformly distributed over the conductor cross section.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.29 If the conductor is located along z -axis then the magnetic flux density at a distance
( ) R > r from the cylindrical axis will be
(A)
R
I
a
2
2
0
p
m r
f
(B)
I
a
2
2
0
pr
m
f
(C)
I
a
2
0
p
m
f
(D)
R
I
a
2
0
2
m r
f
MCQ 4.2.30 Magnetic flux density at a distance ( ) R > r from the cylindrical axis will be
proportional to
(A)
1
r
(B)
1
2
r
(C) r (D)
2
r
MCQ 4.2.31 Consider a filamentary wire is bent to form a square loop of side m 3 lying in the
x -y plane as shown in the figure. If the current flowing in the wire is 1 A I = then
the magnetic flux density at the center of the loop will be
(A) / Wb m a 2 2 10
z
7 2
#
-
(B) 4 10 / Wb m a 2
z
7 2
#
-
(C) 2 10 / Wb m a
z
7 2
#
-
(D) 4 10 / Wb m a 2
z
7 2
#
-
-
MCQ 4.2.32 An infinitely long straight wire carrying a current 20 A and a circular loop of wire
carrying a current I are coplanar as shown in the figure.
The radius of the circular loop is 10 cm and the distance of the centre of the loop
from the straight wire is 1 m. If the net magnetic field intensity at the centre of the
loop is zero then the current I is
(A) A
2
p
(B) A
20
p
(C) A
2
p
(D) 2 A p
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.2.33 The magnitude of the magnetic field intensity produced at center of a square loop
of side a carrying current I is
(A)
a
I 2 2
p
(B)
a
I 2
p
(C)
a
I
2 p
(D)
a
I 8
p
MCQ 4.2.34 For the single turn loop of current shown in the figure the magnetic field intensity
at the center point P of the semi circular portion will be
(A) 5.8 / A m outward (B) 5.8 / A m inward
(C) 3.8 / A m outward (D) 3.8 / A m inward
MCQ 4.2.35 Two perfect conducting infinite parallel sheets separated by a distance 2 m carry
uniformly distributed surface currents with equal and opposite densities 4a
x
and
4a
x
- respectively as shown in figure.
The medium between the two sheets is free space. What will be the magnetic flux
between the sheets per unit length along the direction of current ?
(A) 0 (B) 8 / Wb m a
y 0
m
(C) 8 / Wb m a
y 0
m - (D) 4 / Wb m a
y 0
m -
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 4.3
An infinitely long uniform solid wire of radius a carries a uniform dc current of
density J
MCQ 4.3.1 The magnetic field at a distance r from the center of the wire is proportional to
(A) 1/ for and for r r a r r a < >
2

(B) 1/ for and for r a r r a 0 < >
(C) 1/ for and for r r a r r a < >
(D) 0 1/ for and for r a r r a < >
2
MCQ 4.3.2 A hole of radius ( ) b b a < is now drilled along the length of the wire at a distance
d from the center of the wire as shown below.
The magnetic field inside the hole is
(A) uniform and depends only on d
(B) uniform and depends only on b
(C) uniform and depends on both and b d
(D) non uniform
MCQ 4.3.3 Two infinitely long wires carrying current are as shown in the figure below. One
wire is in the y z - plane and parallel to the y - axis. The other wire is in the x y -
plane and parallel to the x - axis. Which components of the resulting magnetic
field are non-zero at the origin ?
GATE 2012
GATE 2012
GATE 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) , , x y z components (B) , x y components
(C) , y z components (D) , x z components
MCQ 4.3.4 A flux of .2 mWb 2 exerts in a magnet having a cross-section of 30 cm
2
. The flux
density in tesla is
(A) 4 (B) 0.4
(C) 2.5 (D) 40
MCQ 4.3.5 The magnetic flux density B and the vector magnetic potential A are related as
(A) B A 4
#
= (B) A B 4
#
=
(C) B A 4: = (D) A B 4: =
MCQ 4.3.6 Consider the following statements relating to the electrostatic and magnetostatic
field :
1. The relative distribution of charges on an isolated conducting body is dependent
on the total charge of the body.
2. The magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero.
Which of the above statements is/are correct ?
(A) Neither 1 nor 2 (B) 1 only
(C) 2 only (D) Both 1 and 2
MCQ 4.3.7 The line integral of the vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S
represents which one of the following?
(A) Flux through the surface S
(B) Flux density in the surface S
(C) Magnetic field intensity
(D) Current density
MCQ 4.3.8 An infinitely long straight conductor located along z-axis carries a current I in the
+ve z -direction. The magnetic field at any point P in the x y - plane is in which
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2008
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
direction?
(A) In the positive z -direction
(B) In the negative z -direction
(C) In the direction perpendicular to the radial line OP (in x y - plane) joining the
origin O to the point P
(D) Along the radial line OP
MCQ 4.3.9 A A 13 current enters a right circular cylinder of 5 cm radius. What is the linear
surface current density at the end surface?
(A) (50/ ) / A m p (B) (100/ ) / A m p
(C) (1000/ ) / A m p (D) (2000/ ) / A m p
MCQ 4.3.10 What is the value of the magnetic vector potential due to an infinitesimally small
current element, evaluated at infinite distance from it ?
(A) Infinity
(B) Unity
(C) Zero
(D) Any number between zero and infinity depending on the strength of the current
element
MCQ 4.3.11 What is the magnetic field intensity vector H between two parallel sheets with
separation d along z-axis both sheets carrying surface current K K a
y y
= ?
(A) k a
y y
- (B) k a
y y
+
(C) k a
y x
- (D) Zero
MCQ 4.3.12 Current density ( ) J , in cylindrical coordinate system is given as :
( , , ) z J r f
( / )
for
for J a
a
a b a
0 0 < <
< <
z 0
2
r
r
r
= *
where a
z
is the unit vector along z -coordinate axis. In the region, a r b < < , what
is the expression for the magnitude of magnetic field intensity ( ) H ?
(A) ( )
J
a
2
0 3 3
r
r - (B) ( )
J
a
2
0 3 3
r
r +
(C)
( )
a
J a
3
2
0
3 3
r
r -
(D) ( )
J
a
2
0 3 3
pr
r -
MCQ 4.3.13 Which one of the following concepts is used to find the expression of radiated E
and H field due to a magnetic current element ?
(A) Concept of vector magnetic potential
(B) Concept of scalar electric potential
(C) Concept of scalar magnetic potential
(D) Concept of vector electric potential
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.3.14 The circulation of H around the closed contour C, shown in the figure is
(A) 0 (B) 2l
(C) 4l (D) 6l
MCQ 4.3.15 The unit of magnetic flux density is
(A) gauss (B) tesla
(C) bohr (D) weber/sec
MCQ 4.3.16 The magnetic flux density created by an infinitely long conductor carrying a current
I at a radial distance R is
(A)
R
I
2
0
p
m
(B)
R 2
1
p
(C)
R
I
2
3
0
p
m
(D)
R I
3
4
2
p
MCQ 4.3.17 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists.
List-I List-II
a. Work 1. Ampere/metre
b. Electric field strength 2. Weber
c. Magnetic flux 3. Volt/metre
d. Magnetic field strength 4. Joule
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) 1 3 2 4
(C) 4 2 3 1
(D) 1 2 3 4
MCQ 4.3.18 A long straight wire carries a current A I 1 = . At what distance is the magnetic
field 1 Am
1 -
?
(A) 1.59 m (B) 0.159 m
(C) 0.0159 m (D) 0.00159 m
I ES EC 2002
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.3.19 How much current must flow in a loop radius 1 m to produce a magnetic field
1 mAm
1 -
?
(A) 1.0 mA (B) 1.5 mA
(C) 2.0 mA (D) 2.5 mA
MCQ 4.3.20 Assertion (A) : Knowing magnetic vector potential A at a point, the flux density
B at the point can be obtained.
Reason (R) : 0 A : d = .
(B) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A
MCQ 4.3.21 The magnetic vector potential A obeys which equations ?
1. B A d
#
= 2. A J
2
0
m d =-
3.
R
Id
A
l
4
0
p
m
= #
Select the correct answer using the code given below :
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 4.3.22 A long straight wire carries a current 10 I A = . At what distance is the magnetic
field 1 H Am
1
=
-
?
(A) 1.19 m (B) 1.39 m
(C) 1.59 m (D) 1.79 m
MCQ 4.3.23 What is the magnetic field due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor ?
(A) H
r
I
2
A/m
p
m
= (B) H
r
I
2
A/m
p
=
(C) H
r
I
2
A/m
m
= (D) H
r
I
A/m =
MCQ 4.3.24 Equation 0 B : d = is based on
(A) Gausss Law (B) Lenzs Law
(C) Amperes Law (D) Continuity Equation
MCQ 4.3.25 Plane y 0 = carries a uniform current density 30a mA/m
z
. At ( , , ) 1 20 2 - , what is
the magnetic field intensity ?
(A) 15a mA/m
x
- (B) 15a mA/m
x
(C) 18.85a mA/m
y
(D) 25a mA/m
x
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 4.3.26 Which one of the following is not the valid expression for magnetostatic field vector
B ?
(A) B A 4: = (B) B A d
#
=
(C) 0 B : d = (D) B J
0
4 m
#
=
MCQ 4.3.27 Which one of the following statements is correct ? Superconductors are popularly
used for
(A) generating very strong magnetic field
(B) reducing i R
2
losses
(C) generating electrostatic field
(D) generating regions free from magnetic field
MCQ 4.3.28 Assertion (A) : 0 dS B
s
: = # where, B = magnetic flux density, dS =
vector with direction normal to surface elements dS.
Reason (R) : Tubes of magnetic flux have no sources or sinks.
MCQ 4.3.29 Plane defined by z 0 = carry surface current density 2a A/m
x
. The magnetic
intensity H
y
in the two regions 0 z < < a - and 0 z < < a are respectively
(A) a
y
and a
y
- (B) a
y
- and a
y
(C) a
x
and a
x
- (D) a
x
- and a
x
***********
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 4.1
It is not possible to have an isolated magnetic poles (or magnetic charges). If we
desire to have an isolated magnetic dipole by dividing a magnetic bar successively
into two, we end up with pieces each having north and south poles. So an isolated
magnetic charge doesnt exist.
Thats why the total flux through a closed surface in a magnetic field must be zero.
i.e. d B S :
#
0 =
or more clear, we can write that for a static magnetic field the total number of flux
lines entering a given region is equal to the total number of flux lines leaving the
region.
So, (A) and (R) are both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Since the field intensity exists in a closed surface and lines of field intensity makes
a closed curve so the flux lines leaving the spherical surface equal to the total flux
entering the surface and So the net flux
F d B S 0 : = =
#
According to divergence theorem
d B S :
#
dv B : d = ^ h #
0 dv B : d =
#
Since volume of the sphere will have certain finite value so,
B : d 0 =
or H : d 0 = at all points inside the sphere
The Magnetic field are caused only by current carrying elements and given as
B
R
Idl R
4
3
0
p
m
#
=
Since an accelerated electron doesnt form any current element(Idl ) so it is not a
source of magnetic field.
The magnetic field intensity produced due to a small current element Idl is defined
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
as
dH
R
Idl a
4
R
2
p
#
=
where dl is the differential line vector and a
R
is the unit vector directed towards
the point where field is to be determined. So for the circular current carrying loop
we have
dl ad a f =
f
a
R
a =-
r
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at the centre of the circular loop is
H
a
Iad a a
4
2
0
2
#
p
f
=
-
f r
f
p
=
^ h
#

a
Ia
a
4
z
2 0
2
p
f =
p
^ h
6 @ / A m
a
I
a
4
z
=
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is defined as
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @
where r " distance of point P from the current filament.

1
a " angle subtended by the lower end of the element at P.

2
a " angle subtended by the upper end of the element at P.
From the figure we have
r 3 4 5
2 2
= + =

1
a /2 r = & cos
1
a 0 =
and cos
2
a
5 12
12
13
12
2 2
=
+
=
Now we Put these values to get,
H a
4 5
5
13
12
0
#
p
= -
f b l
( 5 ) A I =
a
13
3
p
=
f
0. / wb m a 15
2
=
f
According to Biot-savart law, magnetic field intensity at any point P due to the
current element Idl is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
H
R
Idl R
4
3
#
p
=
#
where R is the vector distance of point P from the current element.
Here current is flowing in a
f
direction
So the small current element
Idl I d a r f =
f
4 2d a f
#
=
f
8d a f =
f
and since the magnetic field to be determined at center of the loop so we have
R 2 m = (radius 2 m = )
and a
R
a =-
r
(pointing towards origin)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at origin is
H
( )
(8 ) ( ) d a a
4 2
2
0
2
p
f
#
=
-
f r
p
#
d a
16
8
z
0
2
p
f =
p
#

a
4
z
0
2
p
f =
p
6 @
/ A m a 2
z
=
According to right hand rule if the thumb points in the direction of outward or
inward current then rest of the fingers will curl along the direction of magnetic flux
lines, This condition is satisfied by the configuration shown in option (C).
According to right hand rule if the thumb points in the direction of current then
rest of the fingers will curl along the direction of magnetic field lines. This condition
is satisfied by the configuration shown in option (C).
According to Amperes circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity due to the infinite line
current at 5 cm t = so we construct a circular loop around the line current as shown
in the figure.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have
d B l
L
:
#
I
0 enc
m =
or (2 ) B pr 10
0 #
m = ( 10 ) A Ienc =
Therefore we have the magnetic flux density at 5 cm t = as
B
2 5 10
4 10 10
2
7
# #
# #
p
p
=
-
-
10 / wb m 5
5 2
#
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
According to Amperes circuital law the contour integral of magnetic field intensity
in a closed path is equal to the current enclosed by the path.
i.e. d H l :
#
I
enc
=
Now using right hand rule, we obtain the direction of the magnetic field intensity
in the loop as it will be opposite to the direction of L.
So, d H l :
#
I
enc
=- 20 A =-
(10 A is not inside the loop. So it wont be considered.)
The magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current I is defined as
H
I
2pr
=
As determined by right hand rule, the direction of magnetic field intensity will
be same(in a
y
- direction) due to both the current source. So, at point P the net
magnetic field intensity due to both the current carrying wires will be
H H H
1 2
= +

I I
a a
2 4 2 1
y y
p p
= - + -
^
^
^
^
h
h
h
h

a
8
5 8
y
p
=-
^ h
a
4
y
p
=- ( 8 A I = )
As calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity produced at the
centre of the current carrying circular loop is
H
a
I
2
=
So by symmetry the semicircular loop will produce the field intensity half to the
field intensity produced by complete circular loop.
i.e. Field intensity at the centre of semicircular loop H
2
1
=
a
I
4
=
Since current in the wire is distributed over the outer surface so net enclosed
current, I
enc
for any Amperian loop inside the wire will be zero.
and as from Amperes circuital law we have
d H l :
#
I
enc
=
So d H l :
#
0 = (I 0
enc
= )
or H 0 = for r R <
Consider the cylindrical wire is lying along z -axis as shown in the figure. As the
current I is distributed over the outer surface of the cylinder so for an Amperian
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
loop at a distance ( ) r R > from the centre axis, enclosed current is equal to the total
current flowing in the wire.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have,
d B l :
#
I
enc 0
m =
(2 ) r B p I
0
m = (I I
enc
= )
or B
r
I
a
2
0
p
m
=
f
or B
r
1
\
Since the current flows from Q
1
and terminates at Q
2
and the charge Q
2
is located
at the surface of the contour so the actual current is not enclosed by the closed path
and the circulation of the field is given as
d B l :
#
I
d
enc
0
m = 6 @ I 0
c
enc
= ^ h 6 @
and I
d
enc
6 @
dt
d
d d E S E S
0 1 0 2
: : e e = + : D # #
where E
1
is the electric field intensity produced by charge Q
1
while E
2
is the field
intensity produced by charge Q
2
.
So, I
d
enc
6 @
dt
d Q Q
8 2
0
0
1
0
0
2
e
e
e
e
= +
c c m m = G

dt
dQ
dt
dQ
8
1
2
1 1 2
= + (1)
As the current flows from Q
1
and terminates at Q
2
so the rate of change in the net
charges is given as

dt
dQ
1
- 16 A
dt
dQ
2
= =
Therefore from equation (1) we have the enclosed displacement current as
I
d
enc
6 @ ( ) ( )
8
1
16
2
1
16 = - + 6 A =
Thus, the circulation of magnetic flux density around the closed loop is
d B l :
#
6
0
m = ^ h
/ Wb m 8
0
m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H K a
2
1
n #
=
where K is the current density and a
n
is the unit vector normal to the current sheet
directed toward the point P.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at origin so from the figure
we have
a
n
a
z
=-
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the origin is
H (20 ) ( ) a a
2
1
x z #
= - / A m a 5
y
= ( 20 K ax = )
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H K a
2
1
n #
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where K is the current density of the infinite sheet and a
n
is the unit vector normal
to the current sheet directed toward the point P.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (2, 1 - , 5) which
is above the plane sheet as shown in figure, so we have,
a
n
a
z
=+
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point (2, 1 - , 5) is
H (20 ) a a
2
1
x z #
= a
2
20
y
=- / A m a 5
y
=- ( 20 K a
x
= )
Consider one of the sheet carries the current density K
1
. So, the other sheet will
have the current density K
1
- .
Magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined as
B K a
2
n
0
m
#
=
where K is current density of the sheet and a
n
is the unit vector normal to the
sheet directed towards point P.
So for any point in the space between the sheets normal vector will be opposite in
direction for the two sheets as shown in figure
i.e. a
n2
a
n1
=-
Therefore, the resultant magnetic flux density at any point in the space between
the two sheets will be
B ( ) ( ) K a K a
2
n n
0
1 1 1 1
# #
m
= + - - 6 @ K a
n 0 1 1
m
#
=
Since a
n1
is unit vector normal to the surface, and K
1
is given current density. So
the cross product will be a constant.
The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic vector
potential A at the point.
i.e. B A
#
d = (12 ) cos a q
#
d =
q
(12 ) cos
r
r
r a
1
2
2
q =
f

cos
r
a
12 q
=
f
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
or, B
cos
a
3
12 0
=
f
a 2 =
f
(at ( , , ) 3 0 p )
Consider the current sheet shown in the figure.
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined
as
H K a
2
1
n #
=
where K is current density of the sheet and a
n
sheet directed towards point P.
So, for y 0 > H Ka a
2
1
z y #
= ^ ^ h h Ka
2
1
x
=- ( / A m K K a
z
= , a
n
a
y
= )
and for y 0 < H Ka a
2
1
z y #
= - ^ ^ h h
K
a
2
x
= ( / A m K K a
z
= , a
n
a
y
=- )
Consider the current density at 8 cm r = is J directed along a
z
+ .
Now the magnetic field for 8 cm > r must be zero.
i.e. H 0 = (for 8 cm > r )
So from Amperes circuital law we have
d H l :
#
I 0
enc
= =
Since for the region 8 cm > r the Amperian loop will have all the current distributions
enclosed inside it.
i.e. I
enc
14 10 2 (2 0.5 10 ) . ( . ) 0 8 2 0 25 10
3 2 2
# # #
p p
# # # #
= + -
- - -
(2 8 10 ) J
2
p
# #
+
-
6.43 10 (16 10 ) J
2 2
p
# #
= +
- -
So we have
6.43 10 (16 10 ) J
2 2
p
# #
+
- -
0 = ( 0 I
enc
= )
or J
.
16 10
6 43 10
2
2
#
#
p
=-
-
-
or J 0. 3 / A m a 2
z
=-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Magnetic flux density is defined as the curl of vector magnetic potential
i.e. B A
#
d =

x y y xyz
a a a
2 2 8
x
x
y
y
z
z
2 2
=
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
( 8 0) (0 8 ) (2 2 ) xz yz y x a a a
x y z
2 2
= - - + + + -
So the net magnetic flux density at ( , , ) 1 2 5 - - is
B 0 0 / wb m a a a 2 6 12
x y z
2
= + +
Total magnetic flux through a given surface S is defined as
F d B S
S
: =
#
where dS is the differential surface vector having direction normal to the surface
So, for the given surface z 4 = , x 0 1 # # , y 1 4 # # - we have
dS ( ) dxdy a
z
=
and as calculated in previous question we have
B ( 8 0) (0 8 ) (2 2 ) xz yz y x a a a
x y z
2 2
= - - + + + -
Therefore, the total magnetic flux through the given surface is
F ( )( ) y x dxdy 2 2
x y
2 2
0
1
1
4
= -
= =-
# #
y dy x dx 2 1 2 5
2
1
4
2
0
1
# #
= -
-
# #

y
x
2
3
10
3
3
1
4
3
0
1
= -
-
; : E D
2
3
65
3
10
#
= -
40 wb
For determining the magnetic field at any point above the plane z 0 = , we draw
a rectangular Amperian loop parallel to the y-z plane and extending an equal
distance above and below the surface as shown in the figure.
From Amperes circuital law,
d B l :
#
I
enc 0
m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since the infinite current sheet is located in the plane z 0 = so, the z -component
of the magnetic flux density will be cancelled due to symmetry and in the closed
Amperian loop the integral will be only along y-axis. Thus we have
(2 ) l B I
enc 0
m =
2 l B Kl
0
m = ( ) I Kl
enc
=
As determined by right hand rule, the magnetic flux density above the plane z 0 =
will be in a
y
- direction. So we have the flux density above the current sheet as
B a
2
4
y
0 #
m
=- 2 / wb m a
y 0
2
m =- ( 4 / A m K = )
Alternate Method :
The magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet carrying
uniform current density K is defined as
B ( ) K a
2
1
n 0
m
#
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P.
So, magnetic flux density at any point above the current sheet 4 K a
x
= is
B a a
2
1
4
x z 0
m
#
= ^ ^ h h / wb m a 4
y 0
2
m =- (a a
n z
= )
Magnetic flux density at a certain point is equal to the curl of magnetic vector
potential at the point.
i.e. B A
#
d =
So from the above determined value of magnetic flux density B we have,
A
#
d 2 / wb m a
y 0
2
m =- (1)
Since A is parallel to K so the vector potential K will depend only on z . Hence,
we have
A ( ) A z a
x
=
From equation (1) we have,
2 a
y 0
m -
( ) A z
a a a
0 0
x
x
y
y
z
z
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 a
y 0
m -
( )
z
A z
a
y
2
2
=-
or ( ) A z 2 z
0
m =
So, A 2 za
x 0
m =
Therefore the vector magnetic potential at z 2 =- is
A 4 / wb m a
x 0
m =-
Current density at any point in a magnetic field is defined as the curl of magnetic
field intensity at the point.
i.e. J H
#
d =
Since the magnetic field intensity in the free space is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
H 2 a
2
r =
f
Therefore the current density is
J
( )(2 )
a
1
z
2
2
2
r
r
r r
= (2 )a
1
z
3
2
2
r
r
r =
6 a
z
r = / A m a 2
z
2
= ( 2 ) m r =
The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of the vector magnetic
i.e., B A
#
d =
( ) A a
1
z
2
2
r
r
r =
f
( )a
1
2
z
2
2
r
r
r = a
2
z
r
=
The current density J in terms of magnetic flux density B is defined as
J ( ) B
1
0
m
#
d = a
1 2
0 2
2
m
r
r
= -
f b l ; E
a
2
2
0
m r
=
f
This current density would produce the required vector potential.
The current density for a given magnetic field intensity H is defined as
J H
#
d =
Given H cos z ay z e a a
y
y
x
= + +
^ ^ h h
So H
#
d
cos z e z ay
a a a
0
x
x
y
y
y
z
z
=
+
2
2
2
2
2
2
^ h
cos cos
z
z ay
z
z e
x
z ay
y
z e a a a
x
y
y
y
z
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= - - - + + - +
^ ^
b
^
c h h
l
h
m = G
cos ay e a a a
x y
y
z
=- + -
or, J H
#
d = cos ay e a a a
x y
y
z
=- + -
Therefore the current density in the x -z plane is
J / A m a a a
x y z
2
=- + - (y 0 = in x -z plane)
In a source free region current density, 0 J =
The current density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic field intensity H.
i.e. J H
#
d =
or H
#
d 0 = ( 0 J = )
and since the curl of a given vector field is zero so it can be expressed as the
gradient of a scalar field
i.e. H f d =
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Given that the cylindrical wire located along z -axis produces a magnetic field
intensity, 3 H a r =
f
.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, applying the differential form of Amperes circuital low we have the current
density with in the conductor as
J H
#
d =

A A A
a a a
1
z
z
z
r
r
r
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
r
f
f
f

a a a
1
0 3 0
z
z
2
r
r
r
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
r
r
f
f
6 / A m a a
1
3
z z
2 2
2
2
r
r
r = =
^ h
As the beam is travelling in a
z
direction so the field intensity produced by it will
be in a
f
direction and using Amperes circuital law at its surface we have
H a 2p
f ^ h I
enc
=
H a 2p
f ^ h
a
d 2 1 2
a
0
r
pr r = -
a k #
H a 2p
f ^ h
a
4
2 3
a 2 3
0
p
r r
= -
; E
H a 2p
f ^ h
a
3
2
2
p
=
or H
a
a
4
=
f
Since the magnetic flux density is defined as
B A
#
d =
and B
#
d J
0
m =
Now using the vector identity, we have
A
#
d
#
d ^ h A A
2
: d d d = - ^ h
or, B
#
d A A
2
: d d d = - ^ h
or, J
0
m A A
2
: d d d = - ^ h
As the vector potential is always divergence free so we get,
A
2
d J
0
m =-
Magnetic dipole moment of a conducting loop carrying current I is defined as :
m IS =
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop. So we have
m ( . ) 7 0 5
2
# #
p = . 5 5 = ( 7 , 0.5 ) A m I R = =
The direction of the moment is determined by right hand rule as when the curl of
fingers lies along the direction of current,then the thumb indicates the direction of
moment.
So, m 5.5 A m a
x
2
-
=
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 4.2
Since the current is flowing in the a
z
- direction
So, Idl 10 ( ) dz a
z
= -
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is defined as
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @

1

2
Now from the figure we have,
r 2 =

2
a p q = -
or cos
2
a ( ) cos p q = -
cos q =-
2 3
3
2 2
=-
+ 13
3
=-
and
1
a 0 = (angle subtended by end z 3 = )
or cos
1
a cos 0 1 = =
So, H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @

I
a
4 2
1
13
3
#
p
= - -
f
c m = G

( )
a
8
10
2
13
3
p
#
= +
f
c m
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
is unit vector along the line current and a
r
is the unit vector normal to
the line current directed toward the point P.
So we have a
f
( ) ( ) a a
z y #
= - a
x
=
Therefore, H ( ) a
8
10
1
13
3
x
p
= +
c m
.73 / A m a 1
x
=
H
R
Idl R
4
3
#
p
=
#
Now the current element carries a current of 4.4 A in a
x
+ direction.
So we have, R (4 2 3 ) ( ) x a a a a
x y z x
= + + -
(Since on x -axis y- and z -component will be zero)
R (4 ) 2 3 x a a a
x y z
= - + +
or R ( ) x 4 2 3
2 2 2
= - + +
x x 8 29
2
= - +
and Idl 4.4dxa
x
= (filament lies from x 3 =- to x 3 = )
Therefore the magnetic field intensity is
H
( )
( . ) ( )
x x
x
dx
a a a a
4 8 29
4 4 4 2 3
/
x x y z
2 3 2
#
p
=
- +
- + +
3
3
-
+
6 @
#

.
(2 3 )
( ) x x
dx
a a
4
4 4
8 29
/
z y
2 3 2
p
= -
- + 3
3
-
+
#

.
(2 3 )
( )
( )
x x
x
a a
4
4 4
26 8 29
2 8
/
z y
2 1 2
p
= -
- +
-
3
3
-
+
= G

.
(2 3 ) a a
26
4 4
z y
p
= - 0.1077 0.162 a a
z y
= - 0.1 0.2 / A m a a
z y
= -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Alternate Method :
According to Amperes circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) so we
construct a circular loop around the infinite current element that passes though the
point (4, 2, 3) as shown in the figure.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have,
d H l :
#
I
enc
=
( ) r H 2p . 4 4 = ( 4.4 ) A Ienc =
or H
.
2 13
4 4
#
p
= r 13 = from figure.
Now direction of the magnetic field intensity is defined as
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
" unit vector in the direction of flow of current
a
r
" unit vector normal to the line current directed toward the point.
So we have, a
f

( )
( ) ( )
a
a a a a
4 4 2 3
4 2 3 4
x
x y z x
2 2 2
#
=
- + +
+ + - 6 @

(2 3 )
a
a a
13
x
y z
#
=
+

2 3 a a
13
z y
=
-
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point ( , , ) 4 2 3 is
H
.
( ) a a
2 13
4 4
13
2 3
z y
p
=
-

.
(2 3 ) a a
26
4 4
z y
p
= -
. . / A m a a 1 5 2 5
z y
= -
As the magnetic field intensity at the center of the triangle produced by all the
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
three sides will be exactly equal so we consider only one side lying along x -axis that
carries 4 A current flowing in ax + direction as shown in the figure.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @

1

2
tan30c
1
r
= & r
3
1
=

1
a /6
6
5
p p
p
= - = &
5
cos cos
6
1
a
p
=
2
3
=-
and
2
a 30c = & cos cos 30
2
c a =
2
3
=
So the magnetic field intensity produced by one side of the triangle at centre of the
triangle is
H
1
cos cos a
4
3
1
4
2 1
#
p
a a = -
f 6 @
a
3
2
3
2
3
p
= +
f ; E
a
5
p
=
f
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is determined as
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
r
and since the line current is along x -axis so we have
a
f
a a a
x y z #
= = (a
l
a
x
= , a a
y
=
r
)
Therefore the net magnetic field intensity due to all the three sides of triangle is
H 3H
1
= 3 a
3
z
p
#
=
b l
/ A m a
9
z
p
= ( ) a a
z
=
f
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
current sheet element dS K is defined as
H
R
dS K a
4
R
s
2
p
#
=
#
Now we consider a point , , y z 0 ^ h on the current carrying sheet, from which we have
the vector distance of point ( , , ) 3 0 0
R 3 0 0 0 y z a a a a a a
x y z x y z
= + + - + + ^ ^ h h 3 y z a a a
x y z
= - - ^ h
or a
R

3
y z
y z a a a
3
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ +
- -

3
y z
y z a a a
9
x y z
2 2
=
+ +
- -
Therefore the magnetic field intensity due to the current sheet is
H
( )
( )
y z
y z
dydz
a a a a
4 9
4 3
/
y x y y
y z
2 2 3 2
2
2
#
p
=
+ +
- -
3
3
=- =-
# #
( 4 K a
y
= )

( )
( )
y z
z
dydz
a a
4 9
4 3
/
x z
y z
2 2 3 2
2
2
p
=
+ +
- -
3
3
=- =-
# #
We note that the x component is anti symmetric in z about the origin (odd parity).
Since the limits are symmetric, the integral of the x component over z is zero. So
we are left with
H
( )
12
y z
dydz
a
4 9
/
z
2 2 3 2
2
2
p
=
+ +
-
3
3
- -
# #

( ) z y z
y
dz a
3
9 9
z
2 2 2
2
2
p
=-
+ + +
3
3
-
+
-
; E
#

z
dz a
3
9
2
z
2
2
2
p
=-
+ -
#
tan
z
a
6
3
1
3
z
1
2
2
p
=-
-
-
a k : D
(2) (0.59)a
2
z
p
# #
=- / A m a 2
z
=-
Since the uniformly charged disk is rotating with an angular velocity 2 / rad s w =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
about the z-axis so we have the current density
K ( ) angular velocity
s
r
#
= ( ) 2 2
s
r wr r
# #
= =
or K 4 a r =
f
current sheet element dS K is defined as
H
R
dS K a
4
R
s
2
p
#
=
#
Now from the figure we have
R a a
z
r = -
r
or R 1
2
r = +
and a
R

a a
1
z
2
r
r
=
+
-
r
So the magnetic field intensity due to a small current element dS K at point P is
dH
R
dS K a
4
R
2
#
p
=
( )
( ) ( ) a a a
4 1
4
/
z
2 3 2
#
p r
r r
=
+
-
f r

( )
( ) a a
4 1
4
/
z
2 3 2
p r
r r
=
+
+
r
On integrating the above over f around the complete circle, the a
r
components get
cancelled by symmetry, leaving us with
( ) z H
( )
d d
a
4 1
4
/
z
2 3 2
2
0
3
0
2
p r
r
r r f =
+
p
^ h # #
2
( )
d a
1
/
z
2 3 2
3
0
3
r
r
r =
+
#
2 a 1
1
1
z
2
2
0
3
r
r
= + +
+
= G
2
( )
a
1 3
3 2 1 1 3
z
=
+
+ - +
> H
/ A m a 5
z
=
As all the four sides of current carrying square loop produces the same magnetic
field at the center so we consider only the line current AB for which we determine
the magnetic field intensity at the center.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

1
a " angle subtended by the lower end of the filament at P.

2
a " angle subtended by the upper end of the filament at P.
From the figure, we have
r m
2
1
= , 2 a 45c = and 1 a 180 45 c c = -
So the magnetic field intensity at the centre O due to the line current AB is
H
1
cos cos
R
I
2
2 1
p
a a = -
6 @

( / )
( ) cos cos
2 1 2
1
45 180 45
#
c c c
p
= - - 6 @

1
2
2
#
p
= / A m
2
p
=
and the magnetic flux density produced by the line current AB is
B
1
H
0 1
m = 4 10
2 7
# #
p
p
=
-

5.66 10 / wb m
7 2
#
=
-
Therefore the net magnetic flux density due to the complete square loop will be
four times of B
1
i.e. B 4 4 (5.66 10 ) B
1
7
# #
= =
-
.26 10 / wb m 3
6 2
#
=
-
H
R
Id a l
4
R
2
p
#
=
#
As the cross product of two parallel lines is always zero so the straight segments
will produce no field at P. Therefore the net magnetic field produced at point P
will be only due to the two circular section.
i.e. H H H
CD AB
= +
or H
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) I d I d a a a a
4 4
/ /
at m at m
2
0
2
1
2
0
2
2
#
pr
r f
pr
r f
#
=
-
+
- -
f r
p
r
f r
p
r = =
= = G G
# #

( ) ( )
I
d
I
d
a a
4 1 4 2
/ /
z z
0
2
0
2
p
f
p
f = -
p p
# #

.
a
4
3 2
1
2
1
2
z
p
p
# #
= -
a k : D
0.2 / A m =

Alternate Method :
The magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius R
carrying current I is defined as
H
R
I
2
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

and since the straight line will not produce any field at point P so due to the two
quarter circles having current in opposite direction, magnetic field at the center
will be
H
a
I
b
I
4
1
2 2
= -
: D
where a " inner radius
b " outer radius
H
( ) ( )
4
1
2 1
3 2
2 2
3 2
# #
= -
; E
0.2 / A m =
The magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite filamentary current
I is defined as
H
I
2pr
=
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
Now the two semi infinite lines will be in combination treated as a single infinite
line for which magnetic field intensity at point P will be
H
1

R
I
2p
= (R is the length of point P from line current)

2 2
4
#
p
=
1
p
= ( 4 , 2 ) A m I R = =
As the magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius
R carrying current I is defined as
H
R
I
2
=
So magnetic field produced at point P due to the semi circular segment is
H
2

R
I
2
1
2
#
=
2
1
=
Therefore net magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
H H H
1 2
= +
1
2
1
p
= +
0.82 / A m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular loop
H
( ) h
I
2
/ 2 2 3 2
2
r
r
=
+
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
radius of the circular loop.
r 3 m = and h 5 1 4 m = - =
and using right hand rule we conclude that the magnetic field intensity is directed
along a
z
+ . So the magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
H
( )
( )
a
2 3 4
50 10 3
/
z
2 2 3 2
3 2
#
=
+
-
a
2 125
9 50 10
z
3
#
# #
=
-
.8 / mA m a 2
z
=
Let the cylindrical tube is of radius a for which we have to determine the
magnetic field intensity at the axis of solenoid.
Now we consider a small ring (small section of solenoid) of the width dz at a
distance z from point P lying on the axis of the solenoid as shown in the figure.
The total current flowing in the loop of the ring will be
dI nIdz = where n is the no of turns per unit length
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular
loop carrying current I is defined as
H
( ) h
I
2
/ 2 2 3 2
2
r
r
=
+
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
radius of the circular loop.
So we have the magnetic field intensity due to the ring as
dH
( )
( )
a z
nIdz a
2
2 /
2
2 3 2
=
+
( , a h z r = = )
z cot a q = & dz
sin
a
d
2
q
q =-
and sinq
r
a
a z
a
2 2
= =
+
&
a z
1
/ 2 2 3 2
+
^ h
sin
a
3
3
q
=
The total magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to the solenoid is
H
( )
( )
a z
nIdz a
2
/
z
2 2 3 2
2
=
+ 3
3
=-
#
( )
sin
sin nI
a
a
ad
2
3 2
2 3
0 q
q
q = -
q
p
=
#
sin
nI
d
2
0
q q =-
q p =
#
( ) cos cos
nI
2
0 p = -
nI = 1000 10 6
3
# #
=
-
/ A m 6 = ( 1000, 4 mA n I = = )
As calculated in the previous question the magnetic field intensity inside a long
solenoid carrying current I is defined as
H nI = where n is no. of turns per unit length
and since using right hand rule we conclude that the direction of magnetic field
intensity will be right wards ( a
y
+ ) due to outer solenoid and left wards (( ) a
y
- )
due to inner solenoid. So the resultant magnetic field intensity produced inside the
inner solenoid will be
H H H
1 2
= + ( ) n I n I a a
y y 1 2
= - +
where n
1
and n
2
are the no. of turns per unit length of the inner and outer solenoids
respectively.
So H (3 10 )( 000) (3 10 )( 000) a a 2 1
y y
3 3
# #
=- +
- -
3 10 ( 1000)a
y
3
#
= -
-
3 / A m a
y
=-
Since no any magnetic field is produced at any point out side a solenoid so in
the region between the two solenoids field will be produced only due to the outer
solenoid.
i.e. H n Ia
y 2
= 100 10 a 4
y
4
# #
=
-
/ A m a 4
y
=
Since no any magnetic field is produced at any point out side a solenoid so, at any
point outside the outer solenoid, the net magnetic field intensity produced due to
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the two solenoids will be zero.
The magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
carrying uniform current density K is defined as
H ( ) K a
2
1
n #
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P.
So the field intensity produced between the two sheets due to the sheet 3 K a
z 1
=
located at 2 m x = is
H
1
(3 ) ( ) a a
2
1
z x #
= - / A m a
2
3
y
=- (a a
n x
=- )
and the field intensity produced between the two sheets due to the sheet 3 K a
z 2
=-
located at 2 m x =- is
H
2
( 3 ) ( ) a a
2
1
z x #
= - / A m a
2
3
y
=- ( ) a a
n x
=

Therefore the net magnetic field intensity produced at any point between the two
sheets is
H H H
1 2
= + 3a
y
=-
Since the magnetic field intensity at any point is the equal to the negative gradient
of scalar potential at the point
i.e. H V
m
d =-
So for the field H 3a
y
=- in the region between the two current carrying sheets,
we have
3a
y
-
dy
dV
a
m
y
=- (the field has a single component in a
y
direction)
or V
m
y C 3
1
= + where C
1
is constant
Putting V 0
m
= for point ( , , ) P 1 2 5 (given), we have
0 ( ) C 3 2
1 #
= +
or C
1
6 =-
Thus, V
m
(3 6) A y = -
and the graph of V
m
versus y will be as plotted below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of the vector magnetic
i.e., B A
#
d = (1)
Since B H
0
m = 3 / Wb m a
y 0
2
m =- (calculated in previous question)
As the magnetic flux density is in a
y
direction so A is expected to be z -directed.
Therefore from eq (1) we have

x
A
z
2
2
- 3
0
m =-
or A
z
x C 3
0 2
m = +
Putting 0 A
z
= at point ( , , ) P 1 2 5 (given), we have
0 C 3
0 2
m = +
or C
2
3
0
m =-
So, A
z
( ) x 3 1
0
m = - 3
0
m =- at origin ( , , ) 0 0 0
Thus, the magnetic vector potential at origin is
A / Wb m a 8
z 0
m =-
Since the current density inside the wire is given by
J
r
\
So we have, J kr = where k is a constant.
and the total current flowing in the wire is given by
I
0
d J S
s
: =
#
or 5 10
3
#
-
( ) k d 2
0
2 10
2
r pr r =
#
-
#
( 5 mA I
0
= )
5 10
3
#
-

( ) k
3
2 2 10
2 3
#
p
=
-
So we have k
2 8 10
3 5 10
16
15
10
6
3
3
# #
# #
#
p
p
= =
-
-
Now for the Amperian loop at 1 cm r = enclosed current is
I
enc
d J S
s
: =
#
( ) k d 2
0
1 10
2
r pr r =
#
r =
-
#

16
15
10 2
3
3
3
0
1 10
2
# #
p
p
r
=
#
-
b l
; E

8
15
3
1
10
3
# #
=
-

24
15
10
3
#
=
-
d B l
L
:
#
I
enc 0
m =
(2 ) B pr
24
15
10
0 3
#
m
=
-
Therefore the magnetic flux density at 1 cm r = is
B
( )
24
15
2 1 10
10
4 10
2
3
7
#
#
# #
p
p =
-
-
-
. 1 25 10
8
#
=
-
12.5 / nWb m
2
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Current density at any point in a magnetic field is defined as the curl of magnetic
field intensity at the point.
i.e. J H
#
d =
So the current density component in a
x
direction is
J
x
( ) H
x #
d =
y
H
z
H
z
y
2
2
2
2
= -
( ) y
xz
x z a
1
6
x
2
2
2
=-
+
+
e o
Therefore the total current passing through the surface 2 m x = , 1 4 m y # # ,
3 4 m z # # is
I d J S
x
S
: =
#

( ) y
xz
x z dydz
1
6
y z
2
2
2
1
4
3
4
=-
+
+
= =
e o # #
(d dydz S a
x
= )

( ) y
z
z dydz
1
2
24
2
2
1
4
3
4
=-
+
+
e o # #
( 2 m x = )

y
z
zy dz
1
2
24
2
3
4
1
4
=-
+
-
+
; E #
z z dz
5
3
72
2
3
4
=- +
b l #
A 145 =-
m IS =
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop. So for a ring of radius r ,
magnetic dipole moment
m ( ) I r
2
p = .
Now as the charged disk(charge density,
S
20 / C m
2
r = ) is rotating with angular
velocity 0.1 / rad s w = so, the current in the loop is given as
dI
S
rdr r w =
Therefore the magnetic dipole moment is
m ( ) dI r
2
p =
#

S
( )( ) rdr r
r
2
0
1
r w p =
=
#

S
r dr
3
0
1
r wp =
#
.
r
20 0 1
4
4
0
1
# #
p =
: D
A m
3
2 p
-
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Magnetic dipole moment of a spherical shell of radius r having surface charge
density
S
r is given as
m
S
r
3
4 4 p
r w = where w is angular velocity.
Since the total charge of 5 C is distributed over the volume of the sphere so, the
magnetic dipole moment of the sphere is given as
( ) m r ( ) dr r
3
4
v
4 p
r w =
#
(r =
S
dr
v
r )
where
v
r is uniformly distributed volume charge density of the sphere. Therefore,
we have
( ) m r
r
3
4
5
v
5
p
r w = Q r
5
1 2
w =
r
Q
3
4 3
v
r
p
=
e o
(5) (4) r
5
1 2
# # #
= 4 A m r
2 2
-
= ( 5 C Q = , 4 /s rad w = )
The average magnetic field intensity over a sphere of radius r , due to steady
currents within the sphere is defined as
H
ave

r
m
4
1 2
3
p
=
r
r
4
1 2 4
3
2
#
p
=
r
2
p
= (m r 4
2
= )
As the sphere is spinning about the z -axis so, the produced magnetic field will be
in a
z
direction as determined by right hand rule. Thus, we have
H
ave

r
a
3
z
p
=
m ISa
n
=
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop and a
n
is normal vector to the
surface. So we have
m (7)(0.1)a
n
= ( 7 , 0.1 A m I S
2
= = )
Now the given plane is
. x y z 3 1 5 + - . 3 5 =
For which we have the function
f 1.5 x y z 2 = + -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and the normal unit vector to the plane is,
a
n

f
f
4
4
=
( . )
. a a a
1 3 1 5
3 1 5
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ + -
+ -
So the magnetic dipole moment of the coil is
m (0.7)
.
( . ) a a a
3 5
3 1 5
x y z
=
+ -
.2 0.6 0.3 A m a a a 1
x y z
2
-
= + -
The magnetic field intensity, (H) in the terms of magnetic vector potential, ( ) A
is defined as
H ( ) A
1
0
m
#
d = ( ) y z xz a a
1
6 2 4
x y
0
#
d
m
= - + 6 @
a a a
1
3 2 4
x y z
0
m
= - - + 6 @
Since the electric current density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic field
intensity at that point.
i.e. J H
#
d =
So, we have the electric current density in the free space as
J a a a
1
8 2 6
x y z
0
m
#
d = - - + 6 @ 0 =
Magnetic flux density across the toroid at a distance r from its center is defined as
B
r
NI
a
2
0
p
m
=
f
where N " Total no. of turns
I " Current flowing in the toroid
So, the total magnetic flux across the toroid is given by the surface integral of the
flux density
i.e. f d B S
S
: =
#
where dS is differential surface area vector.
Consider a width dr of toroid at a distance r from its center as shown in figure
So we have the total magnetic flux across the toroid as
f ( )
r
NI
hdr a a
2
m r
0
1
2
p
m
=
f f
=
b l #
(dS hdra =
f
)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
ln
2
4 10 10 10 10
1
2
7 5
# # # #
p
p
=
-
b l
(N 10
5
= , 10 A I = )
1.39 Wb =
As determined in previous question the magnetic flux density across the toroid at
a distance r from its center is
B
r
NI
a
2
0
p
m
=
f
So at the mean radius,
r 1.5 m
a b
2
=
+
=
we have, B
NI
a
3
0
p
m
=
f
( 1.5 m r = )
Therefore the total magnetic flux is
' f d B S : =
#

3
( )
NI
hdr a a
0
r 1
2
p
m
=
f f
=
b l #
(dS hdra =
f
)
r
3
4 10 10 10 10
7 5
1
2 # # # #
p
p
=
-
6 @
(N 10
5
= , 10 A I = )
1.33 Wb =
Thus, the percentage of error is
%error
'
% 100
#
f
f f
=
-
( 1.39 wb f = as calculated above)

.
1.33 .
%
1 39
1 39
100
#
=
-
.31% 12 =-
Consider the point P on z -axis is ( , , ) h 0 0 and current flowing in the current element
is I in a
x
direction. Since the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a
current element I is defined as
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where r " distance of point P from the current element.

1

2
So for the given current element along positive x -axis we have

1
a 90c =

2
a 0c =
Therefore, H
h
I
a
4p
=
f
( h r = )
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is defined as
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
r
So, a
f
a a a
x z y #
= =-
Therefore magnetizing force is
H ( )
h
I
a
4
y
p
= -
or H
h
I
4p
= ...(1)
Now consider the current flowing in the current element introduced along the
positive y-axis is I in a
y
direction. So, the magnetic field intensity produced at
point P due to the current element along the positive y-axis is
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @

cos cos
h
I
a
4
0 90 c c
p
= -
f 6 @
( , , h 90 0
1 2
c c r a a = = = )

h
I
a
4
x
p
= (a
f
a a a
y z x #
= = )
Therefore the resultant magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to both
the current elements will be
H
net
( )
h
I
a a
4
y x
p
= - +
or, H
net
2
h
I
4p
=
Thus, from equation (1) we have
H
net
H 3 =
The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire carrying
current I is defined as
B
I
2
0
pr
m
=
Now consider a strip of width dr of the square loop at a distance r from the
straight wire as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Total magnetic flux crossing the strip is
d
m
y B d 2 r = ^ h (area of strip d 2 r = )
( )
I
d
2
2
0
pr
m
r =
So, the flux crossing the complete square loop is

m
y d
m
y =
#

I
d
2
2
0
4
6
pr
m
r =
r =
^ h #
ln
I
0
4
6
p
m
r = 6 @ ln
4 10 5
4
6
7
# #
p
p
=
-
b l
8.11 10 Weber
7
#
=
-
. Wb 2 42 m =
As calculated in previous question the total flux crossing through the square loop
due to the straight conducting element is

m
y
I
Ld
2
a
b
0
pr
m
r =
r =
^ h #
where I is the current carried by the conductor, L is the side of the square loop and
, a b are the distance of the two sides of square loop from the conductor.
So we have L 0.5 m =
a 0.3
.
0.05 m
2
0 5
= - =
b 0.3
.
0.55 m
2
0 5
= + =
Thus,
m
y .
I
d
2
0 5
.
.
0
0 05
0 55
pr
m
r =
r =
^ h #
ln
I
4
.
. 0
0 05
0 55
p
m
r = 6 @ ln
I
4
11
0
p
m
= ^ h
Therefore the current that produces the net flux 5 10 Tm
m
5 2
y
#
=
-
is
I
ln 1
4
5 10
0
5
# #
m
p
=
-
^ ^ hh
2 8.5 A 3 =
Consider the flux density at the given point due to semi infinite wire along y-axis
is B
1
and the flux density due to wire along z -axis is B
2
.
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
B cos cos
I
a
4
0
2 1
pr
m
a a = -
f 6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where r " distance of point P from the straight wire.

1
a " angle subtended by the lower end of the wire at P.

2
a " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P.
and the direction of the magnetic flux density is given as
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
r
the line current directed toward the point P. So, we have
r 2 m =
a
f
a a
y x #
=
^ h
a
z
=- ( , a a a a
l y x
= =
r
)

1
a
2
p
= , 0
2
a = (as y tends to 3)
Therefore the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to the semi infinite
wire along y-axis is
B
1
cos cos a
4 2
4
0
2
z
0
p
m
p
= - -
^
^
a ^
h
h
k h
a
2
z
0
p
m
=-
Similarly we have the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to semi
infinite wire along z -axis as
B
2
a
2
y
0
p
m
=-
Thus, the net magnetic flux density produced at point P due to the L-shaped
filamentary wire is
B a a
2 2
y z
0 0
p
m
p
m
=- -
3 3 / Wb m a a 10
4
y z
2
#
=- +
-
^ h
Using amperes circuital law we have
d B l :
#
I
enc 0
m =
As the conductor carries current I which is uniformly distribute over the conductor
cross section so, the current density inside the conductor is
J
R
I
2
p
=
We construct an Amperian loop of radius r( ) R < inside the cylindrical wire for
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
which the enclosed current is
I
enc

R
I
2
2
p
pr =
b l
I
R
2
2
r
=
c m
and since the current is flowing along z -axis so using right hand rule we get the
direction of magnetic flux density along a +
f
.
Thus, from Amperes circuital law, we have
( )( ) B 2pr
f
I
enc
=
or B
f

R
I
2
0
2
2
pr
m r
=
c m
or B
R
I
a
6
2
0
p
m r
=
f
Similarly as calculated above we construct an Amperian loop of radius ( ) R > r
outside the cylinder for which the entire current flowing in the wire will be enclosed.
i.e. I
enc
I =
and from Amperes circuital law we get,
B 2pr
f ^ h I
0
m =
B
f

I
2
0
pr
m
=
So B
1
\
r
We consider only the half side of the loop to determine the flux density at the
center as shown in the figure.
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
B cos cos
I
a
4
0
2 1
pr
m
a a = -
f 6 @

1

2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
r
Therefore, the magnetic flux density produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
B
1
cos cos
I
a
4
0
2 1
pr
m
a a = -
f ^ h
where 1 m r =
1
a
2
p
= and cos
1 1
1
2
1
2
2 2
a =
+
=
Thus, B
1
a
4 1
4 10 1
2
1
0
z
7
#
p
p
= -
-
^
^ ^
c
h
h h
m
(a
f
a a
y x #
= -
^ h
a
z
= )
/ Wb m a
2
10
z
4
2
=
-
As all the half sides of the loop will produce the same magnetic flux density at the
centre so, the net magnetic flux density produced at the centre due to whole square
loop will be
B 8B
1
= 4 10 / Wb m a 2
z
7 2
#
=
-
Using right hand rule we conclude that the field intensity produced at centre of the
loop by the loop wire and the straight wire are opposing each other, so, the field
intensity at the centre of the loop will be zero if
H
wire
H
loop
= ...(1)
where H
wire
is the field intensity produced at the center of loop due to the straight
wire and H
loop
is the field intensity produced at the center of loop due to the current
in the circular loop.
Since the magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current I is defined as
H
I
2pr
=
So we have H
wire

I
2 1
2
20 10
p
p p
= = =
^ h
, A m I 20 1 r = = ^ h
and as calculated in Q.59 the field intensity produced by circular loop at its center
is
H
loop

a
I
2
= where a is the radius of the loop
or, H
loop

I I
I
2 10 10
2
10
5
2
#
= = =
-
^ h
( 10 cm a = )
So putting the values in eq. (1) we get

10
p
I 5 =
Thus, I A
6
p
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider one half side of the square loop to determine the magnetic field intensity
at the centre O as shown in the figure.
The magnetic field intensity H produced at any point P due to a straight wire
H cos cos
I
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
6 @

1

2
So we have
r /2 a =

1
a /2 p =
and
2
a /4 p =
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
H
1

( / )
cos cos
a
I
2 2 4 2
p
p p
= -
a k

a
I
2 p
=
As all the eight half sides produces same field intensity at the centre of the loop so,
net field intensity produced at the center due to the complete square loop is
H
net
8
a
I
2 p
=
c m

a
I 2 2
p
=
For the shown current loop we divide the loop in two segments as shown in figure
Now the field intensity due to segment (1) (Semicircular loop) at point P can be
given directly as calculated in Que.60
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. H
1

a
I
4
= where a is radius of semicircular loop
or H
1
2 / A m
4 1
8
= =
^ h
( 1 m a = )
again for determining the field intensity due to segment (2) we consider it as the
half portion of a complete square loop of side 2 m and since the field intensity due
to a completer square loop of side a carrying current I can be directly given from
previous question.
i.e. H
a
I 2 2
p
=
so the field intensity due to the half portion of square loop is
H
2
H
a
I
2
1 2
p
= =
or H
2

2
2
8
4 2
p
p
= =
^
^
h
h
( 8 A I = , 2 m a = )
As determined by right hand rule the direction of field intensity produced at point
P due to the two segments will be same (inward) therefore, the net magnetic field
intensity produced at point P will be
H
net
H H
1 2
= + 2
4 2
p
= + 3.8 / A m = inward.
The flux density due to infinite current carrying sheet is defined as
B K a
2
n
0
m
#
=
where K is surface current density and a
n
is unit vector normal to the surface
directed toward the point where flux density is to be determined
So, for the sheet in z 0 = plane,
B
1
4a a
2
x z
0
#
m
=
^ ^ h h
2 a
y 0
m =- a a
n z
=
^ h
and for the sheet in 2 m z = plane
B
2
4a a
2
x z
0
#
m
= - -
^ ^ h h
2 a
y 0
m =- a a
n z
=-
^ h
Therefore, the net flux density between the sheets is
B 4 B B a
y 1 2 0
m = + =-
Thus the magnetic flux per unit length along the direction of current is
/l
m
y tan Dis ce between the plates ( ) B
#
=
8 / Wb m a
y 0
m =-
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 4.3
For r a > , I
enclosed
( ) a J
2
p =
d H l :
#
I
enclosed
=
2 H r p
^ h
( ) a J
2
p =
H
r
I
2
o
p
= ( ) I a J
o
2
p =
i.e. H
r
1
\ , for r a >
For r a < , I
enclosed

( )
a
J r
a
Jr
2
2
2
2
p
p
= =
So, d H l :
#
I
enclosed
=
2 H r p
^ h

a
Jr
2
2
=
H
a
Jr
2
2
p
= & H r \ , for r a <
Assume that the cross section of the wire lies in the x -y plane as shown in figure
below :
Since, the hole is drilled along the length of wire. So, it can be assumed that the
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
drilled portion carriers current density of J - .
Now, for the wire without hole, magnetic field intensity at point P will be given as
( ) H R 2
1
p
f
( ) J R
2
p = & H
1 f

JR
2
=
Since, point O is at origin and the cross section of the wire located in x -y plane.
So, in vector form the field intensity due to the current carrying wire without
considering the hole is given as
H
1
( )
J
x y a a
2
x y
= + (1)
Again, only due to the hole magnetic field intensity at point P will be given as
( )( ) H r 2
2
p
f
( ) J r
2
p =-
H
2 f

Jr
2
=
-
Again, if we take Ol at origin then in vector form
H
2
( )
J
x y a a
2
x y
=
-
+ l l (2)
where xl and yl denotes point P in the new co-ordinate system.
Now the relation between two co-ordinate system will be
x x d = + l and y y = l
So, putting it into equation (2) we have
H
2
[( ) ]
J
x d y a a
2
x y
=
-
- +
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity at point P is
H
net

J
d H H a
3
x 1 2
= + =
i.e. the magnetic field inside the hole will depend only on d.
Due to 1 A current wire in x -y plane, magnetic field be at origin will be in x
direction as determined by right hand rule.
Due to 1 A current wire in y-z plane, magnetic field be at origin will be in z
direction as determined by right hand rule.
Thus, x and z -component is non-zero at origin.
The total flux, F 1.2 mWb = 1.2 10 Wb
3
#
=
-
Cross sectional area, A 30 cm
2
= 30 10 m
4 2
#
=
-

So, the flux density is given as
B
A
F
=
.
30 10
1 2 10
4
3
#
#
=
-
-
0.4 Tesla =
The relation between magnetic flux density B and vector potential A is given as
B A
#
d =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For an isolated body the charge is distributed over its region which depends on the
total change and the curvature of the body. Thus Statement 1 is correct
Since the magnetic flux lines form loop so the total magnetic flux through any
closed surface is zero. Thus Statement 2 is correct.
The magnetic flux density in terms of vector potential is defined as
B A
#
d =
d B S :
#
dS A
#
d = ^ h #
F d A l : =
#
i.e. the line integral of vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S is
equal to the flux through the surface S.
Consider the current element along z -axis as shown in the figure.
Using right hand rule we get the direction of magnetic field directing normal to
radial line OP.
For the given circular cylinder, consider the surface current density is K. So, the
total current I through the cylinder is given as
K r 2p ^ h I =
where r is radius of circular cylinder.
So, K
r
I
2p
=
2 5 10
5
2
#
p
=
-
^ h
/ A m
50
p
=
Magnetic vector potential of an infinitesimally small current element is defined as
A
R
Idl
4
0
p
m
=
#
where R is the distance from current element. Given that R "3
So A 0 =
Consider the two parallel sheets are separated by a distance d as shown in the
figure below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The two sheets carries surface currents
K K a
y y
=
At any point between them the magnetic field intensity is given as
H K a a
2
1
nu nl #
= + ^ h
where a
nu
is the normal vector to the upper plate and a
nl
is normal vector to the
lower plate both directs toward the point between them
i.e. a
nu
a
z
=- and a
nl
a
z
=
So, H K a a a
2
1
y y z z #
= - + ^ h 0 =
For the given current distribution, the current enclosed inside the cylindrical surface
of radius r for a b < < r is
I
enc
J
a
d 2
a
0
2
r
pr r =
r
b
^
l
h #

J
a
3
2
2
0 3 3
r
p
r = - ^ h
and the magnetic field intensity is given as
d H l :
#
I
enc
=
H 2pr ^ h
a
J
a
3
2
2
0 3 3 p
r = - ^ h
H
a
J a
4
2
0
3 3
r
r
=
- ^ h
The radiated E and H field are determined by following steps
(1) Determine magnetic field intensity H from the expression
B H A m
#
d = =
(2) then determine E from the expression
H
#
d
t
E
2
2
e =
So, the concept of vector magnetic potential is used to find the expression of
radiated E and H field.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Using right hand rule, we conclude that the direction of field intensity is same
as determined for the two correct elements I 3 and I 2 while it is opposite for the
current element I . Therefore, from the amperes circuital law, we get the circulation
of H around the closed contour as
d H l :
#
I
enclosed
= I I I 2 3 = + - I 4 =
The unit of magnetic flux density (B) is Tesla or / Wb m
2
From Amperes circuital law, the circulation of magnetic field intensity in a closed
path is equal to the current enclosed by the path
i.e. d H l :
#
I
enc
=
So, for the current I the circulation at a radial distance R is given as
H R 2p ^ h I =
or H
R
I
2p
=
Therefore, the magnetic flux density at the radial distance R is
B H
0
m =
R
I
5
0
p
m
=
Unit of work is Joule.
Unit of electric field strength E ^ h is volt/meter.
Unit of magnetic flux is Weber.
Unit of magnetic field strength is Ampere/meter.
So, in the match list we get, A 4 " , B 3 " , C 2 " ,D 1 " .
Magnetic field intensity at a distance r from a long straight wire carrying current
I is defined as
H
r
I
2p
=
1
r 2
1
p
=
r
2
1
p
= 1.59 m =
Consider the current flowing in the loop is I and since the magnetic field intensity
is maximum at the centre of the loop given as
H
r
I
2
=
where r is radius of the loop. So, the current that must flow in the loop to produce
the magnetic field 1 / mA m H = is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
I rH 2 = 2 1 1 2 mA
# #
= =
Magnetic flux density B in terms of vector potential A is defined as
B A
#
d =
So, B can be easily obtained from A also we know 0 A : d = but it is not the
explanation of Assertion (A).
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(1) Magnetic flux density in terms of vector potential is given as
B A
#
d =
(2) Poissions equation for magnetic vector potential is
A
2
d J
0
m =-
(3) Magnetic vector potential for a line current is defined as
A
R
Idl
2
0
p
m
=
#
So, all the statements are correct.
Magnetic field intensity due to a long straight wire carrying current I at a distance
r from it is defined as
H
r
I
2p
=
1
r 2
10
p
=
r 1.59 m
2
10
p
= =
Magnetic field intensity due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor is
defined as
d H l :
#
I
enc
=
H r 2p ^ h I = & H
r
I
2p
=
The net outward magnetic flux through a closed surface is always zero as magnetic
flux lines has no source or sinks.
i.e. d B S :
#
0 = (1)
Now, from Gausss law we have
dv B : d ^ h #
0 d B S : = =
#
(2)
So, comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get
B : d 0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the plane y 0 = carries a uniform current density 30 / mA m a
z
and since the
point A is located at (1, 20, 2 - ) so, unit vector normal to the current sheet is
a
n
a
y
=
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity
H K a
2
1
n #
= 30a a
2
1
z y #
= ^ ^ h h 15 / mA m a
x
=- ( 30 K a mA/m
z
= )
The magnetic flux density at any point is curl of the magnetic vector potential at
that point.
i.e. B A
#
d =
From the Maxwells equation, the divergence of magnetic flux density is zero.
i.e. B : d 0 =
Again from the Maxwells equation, the curl of the magnetic field intensity is equal
to the current density.
i.e. H 4
#
J =
or, B
#
d J
0
m = (B H
0
m = )
The expression given in option (A) is incorrect
i.e. B A : ! d
Superconductors are popularly used for generating very strong magnetic field.
As the magnetic flux lines have no source or sinks i.e. it forms a loop. So the total
outward flux through a closed surface is zero.
i.e. d B S :
#
0 =
The magnetic field intensity due a surface current density K is defined as
H K a
2
1
n #
=
Where a
n
is unit normal vector to the current carrying surface directed toward the
point of interest.
Given that, K 2a
x
= .
and since the surface carrying current is in plane z 0 = .
So, for z 0 < < a - a
n
a
z
=-
and H
1
2a a
2
1
x z #
= - ^ ^ h h a
y
=
For z x 0 < < , a
n
a
z
=
and H
2
a a
4
1
2
y z #
= ^ ^ h h a
z
2
1
=-
***********
CHAPTER 5
MAGNESTOSTATI C FI ELDS I N MATTER
268 Magnestostatic Fields in Matter Chap 5
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 5.1
MCQ 5.1.1 Path of a charged particle A that enters in a uniform magnetic field B (pointing
into the page) is shown in the figure.
The deflection in the path of the particle shows that the particle is
(A) positive charged (B) negatively charged
(C) uncharged (D) cant be determined
MCQ 5.1.2 Unit of a magnetic point charge is
(A) Ampere meter (B) coulomb meter
(C) Ampere meter square (D) doesnt exit
MCQ 5.1.3 Assertion (A) : Both the electric force and magnetic force are produced when a
charged particle moves at a constant velocity.
Reason (R) : Electric force is an accelerating force where as magnetic force is a
purely deflecting force.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
MCQ 5.1.4 An electron beam is passed through a uniform crossed electric and magnetic fields
15 / V m E a
y
= and / wb m B a 23
z
2
= (E and B are mutually perpendicular and
both of them perpendicular to the beam). If the beam passes the field without any
deflection then the velocity of the beam will be
(A) 5 / m s (B) 45 / m s
(C) 30 / m s (D) 18 / m s
Chap 5 Magnestostatic Fields in Matter 269
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.1.5 An electron is moving in the combined fields E 0.1 0.2 0.3 / kV m a a a
x y z
= - +
and B Tesla a a a 2 3
x y z
=- + - . If the velocity of the electron at t 0 = is
(0) (200 300 400 ) / m s V a a a
x y z
= - - then the acceleration of the electron at t 0 =
will be
(charge on electron, 1.6 10 C e
19
#
=
-
; mass of electron, 9.1 10 kg m
e
31
#
=
-
)
(A) 1.75 10 (1.1 1.4 0.5 ) / m s a a a
x y z
13 2
#
+ -
(B) 2.1 10 ( ) / m s a a a
x y z
4 2
#
+ -
(C) 3.5 10 (6 6 ) / m s a a a
x y z
13 2
#
+ -
(D) 3.19 10 (6 6 ) / m s a a a
x y z
17 2
#
+ -
-
MCQ 5.1.6 A current element of 2 m length placed along z -axis carries a current of 3 mA I =
in the a
z
+ direction. If a uniform magnetic flux density of / wb m B a a 7
x y
2
= +
is present in the space then what will be the force on the current element in the
presence of the magnetic flux density ?
(A) 6 18 mN a a
x y
- (B) 18 6 mN a a
x y
- +
(C) 18 6 mN a a
x y
- (D) 1.8 6 mN a a
x y
- +
MCQ 5.1.7 Consider two current loops C
1
and C
2
carrying current I
1
and I
2
, separated by a
distance R. If the force experienced by the current loop C
2
due to the current loop
C
1
is F, then the force experienced by current loop C
1
due to the current loop C
2

will be
(A) F - (B) F
(C)
I
I
F
2
1
-
b l
(D)
I
I
F
1
2
b l
MCQ 5.1.8 Which of the following statements is correct for a current free interface between two
different magnetic media ?
(A) Normal component of magnetic field intensity will be continuous.
(B) Tangential component of magnetic flux density will be continuous.
(C) Magnetic scalar potential will be same in both the medium.
(D) None of these
In the free space three uniform current sheets with surface current densities
4 K a
x 1
= , K a 4
x 2
=- , 2 K a
x 3
=- are located in the plane z 0 = , z 1 = and z 1 =-
respectively.
MCQ 5.1.9 Net magnetic field intensity produced between the sheets located at z 0 = and
z 1 = will be
(A) 2 / A m a
y
(B) 4 / A m a
y
(C) 2 / A m a
y
- (D) 0
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.1.10 If a conducting filament located along the line y 0 = , 0.2 m z = carries 7 A current
in a
x
+ direction then what will be the force per unit length exerted on it ?
(A) 14 / N m a
z
- (B) 14 / N m a
x 0
m
(C) 14 / N m a
z 0
m (D) 14 / N m a
z 0
m -
MCQ 5.1.11 A rectangular coil of area 1 m
2
carrying a current of 5 A lies in the plane
x y z 2 6 3 4 + - = . Such that magnetic moment is directed away from origin. If the
coil is surrounded by a uniform magnetic field 4 5 B a a a 2
x y z
= + + / wb m
2
then
the torque on the coil will be
(A) 3 20 20 N m a a a
x y z
-
- - (B) 30 20 20 N m a a a
x y z
-
- -
(C) 21 14 14 N m a a a
x y z
-
- - (D) 6 4 4 N m a a a
x y z
-
- -
MCQ 5.1.12 A circular current loop of radius 1 m is located in the plane z 0 = and centered at
origin. What will be the torque acting on the loop in presence of magnetic field
4 4 2 / wb m B a a a
x y z
2
= - - , if a uniform current of 10 A is flowing in the loop ?
(A) 20 (2 ) a a
x z
p - (B) 40 ( ) a a
x y
p +
(C) 4 ( ) a a
x y
p + (D) 40 ( ) a a
x y
p -
MCQ 5.1.13 List I shows the type of magnetic materials and List-II shows their criterions.
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
: (Notations have their usual meaning)
List-I List-II
a. Ferromagnetic 1. 0
m
c = , 1
r
m =
b. Diamagnetic 2. 0 >
m
c , 1
r
L m
c. Non-magnetic 3. 0 <
m
c , 1
r
K m
d. Paramagnetic 4. 0 >>
m
c , 1 >>
r
m
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 3 1 4
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 4 1 3 2
(D) 1 3 4 2
MCQ 5.1.14 Which of the following is a diamagnetic material ?
(A) copper (B) sodium
(C) carbon (D) aluminum
MCQ 5.1.15 Assertion (A) : Aluminium is a paramagnetic material.
Reason (R) : A paramagnetic material have an odd no. of electrons.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.1.16 Magnetic flux density inside a medium is / mwb m a 6
z
2
. If the relative permeability
of the medium is . 2 3 then the magnetization inside the medium will be
(A) 3979 / A m (B) 2249 / A m
(C) 9151 / A m (D) 8650 / A m
MCQ 5.1.17 Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is B. If the the permeability of
the material is 3
0
m m = then the vector magnetization of the material will be
(A)
B
3
0
m
(B)
3B
2
0
m
(C)
B
2
0
m
(D)
2B
3
0
m
MCQ 5.1.18 A portion of B-H curve for a ferromagnetic material can be approximated by the
analytical expression k B H
0
m = . The magnetization vector M inside the material
is
(A) k H 1
0
m - ^ h (B) kH
(C) k H 1 + ^ h (D) k H 1 - ^ h
MCQ 5.1.19 A magnetic material of relative permeability / 4
r
m p = is placed in a magnetic field
having strength 2 / A m H a
2
r =
f
. The magnetization of the material at 2 r = will
be
(A) 8.19 / A m a
f
(B) 1.10 / A m a
f
(C) 0.546 / A m a
f
(D) 2.19 / A m a
f
MCQ 5.1.20 A metallic bar of cross sectional area 2 m
2
is placed in a magnetizing field / A m H 8 =
. If the field causes a total magnetic flux of 4.2 mWb F = in the bar then the
susceptibility of the bar will be
(A) . 22 87 (B) . 23 87
(C) . 46 74 (D) 3 10
5
#
-
MCQ 5.1.21 A large piece of magnetic material carries a uniform magnetization M and magnetic
field intensity H
0
inside it. The magnetic flux density inside the material is given
by
B
0
( ) H M 2
0 0
m = +
If a small spherical cavity is hollowed out of the material then the magnetic field
intensity H at the center of the cavity will be
(A) 2H
0
(B) H
M
3
0
+
(C)
2
H
M
3
0
- (D) H
M
3
0
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A nonuniform magnetic field B inside a medium with magnetic susceptibility
2
m
c = is given as B Tesla za 3
x
=
MCQ 5.1.22 Bound current density inside the medium will be
(A) / A m a
8
3
y
0 2
m
(B) / A m a
3
8
y
0
2
m
(C) / A m a
3
4
y
0
2
m
(D) / A m a
3
16
y
0
2
m
MCQ 5.1.23 Total current density inside the medium will be
(A) / A m a
4
t
0
2
m
(B) / A m a
3
4
y
0
2
m
(C) / A m a
3
8
y
0
2
m
(D) 4 / A m a
y 0
2
m
MCQ 5.1.24 A uniformly magnetized circular cylinder of infinite length has magnetization M
along its axis. The magnetic field intensity outside the cylinder will be
(A) non uniform
(B) uniform and depend on the radius of circular cylinder
(C) zero
(D) none of these
MCQ 5.1.25 An infinite circular cylinder is located along z -axis that carries a uniform
magnetization . / A m M a 1 2
z
= . The magnetic flux density due to it inside the
cylinder will be
(A) 2. 10 a 2
7
# f
-
(B) 0.7a
f
(C) 8.8 10 a
7
# f
-
(D) 4.4a
f
MCQ 5.1.26 Magnetic flux lines are passing from a nickel material to the free space. If the
incident of the flux line makes an angle 75
1
c a = to the normal of the boundary in
the nickel side as shown in figure then what will be the angle
2
a with normal of the
flux when it comes out in free space ? (relative permeability of Nickel 600 = )
(A) 15c (B) . 1 23c
(C) . 2 7c (D) . 0 356c
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The two homogenous, linear and isotropic medium is defined in a Cartesian system
such that medium 1 with relative permeability 8
r1
m = is located in the region
y 0 # and medium 2 with relative permeability 6
r2
m = is in the region y 0 > .
MCQ 5.1.27 The magnetic field intensity in the 1
st
medium is 16 10 H a a a 13
x y z 1
= + - . What
will be the magnetic field intensity in the 2
nd
medium ?
(A) 9 18.67 10 / A m a a a
x y z
- +
(B) 9 2.63 10 / A m a a a
x y z
+ -
(C) 9 18.67 10 / A m a a a
x y z
+ -
(D) 18.67 9 10 / A m a a a
x y z
- +
MCQ 5.1.28 Magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) (6.8 14.1 7.5 ) 10 / wb m a a a
x y z
5 2
#
- +
-
(B) (6.8 14.1 7.5 ) 10 / wb m a a a
x y z
5 2
#
+ -
-
(C) (14.1 6.8 7.5 ) 10 / wb m a a a
x y z
5 2
#
- +
-
(D) (54 117 60 ) / wb m a a a
x y z
2
+ -
MCQ 5.1.29 The magnetic flux density in the region z 0 < is given as 4 / Wb m B a a 8
x z
2
= + .If
the plane z 0 = carries a surface current density 4 / A m K a
y
= ; then the magnetic
flux density in the region z 0 > will be
(A) 4 3 / Wb m a a 1
x z 0
2
m + +
^ h

(B) 4 3 a a a
x y z 0
m + +
(C) / Wb m a a 4 3 1
x z 0
2
m + + ^ ^ h h
(D) 4 4 3 / Wb m a a a
x y z 0
2
m + +
MCQ 5.1.30 An infinite plane magnetic material slab of thickness d and relative permeability
r
m
occupies the region x d 0 < < . An uniform magnetic field B B a
z 0
= is applied in
free space (outside the magnetic material). The field intensity H
in
and flux density
B
in
inside the material will be respectively
(A) B
0 r 0
m m and B
r 0
m (B)
B
r 0
0
m m
and B
0
(C) B
r 0
m and
B
0
0
m
(D)
B
0
0
m
and B
r 0
m
MCQ 5.1.31 Two infinite plane conducting sheets are located in the plane z 0 = and 2 m z =
.The medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability
4
0
m m = . If in the region between the plates a uniform magnetic flux density is
defined as 10 / Wb m B a a 12 4
x y
3 2
#
= +
-
^ h then the magnetic energy stored per
unit area of the plates will be
(A) 2.5 / J m
2
(B) 4.1 / J m
2
(C) 5 / J m
2
(D) 7.8 / J m
2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.1.32 In the two different mediums of permeability
1
m and
2
m , the magnetic fields are (
B
1
, H
1
) and (B
2
, H
2
) respectively as shown in the figure.
If the interface carries no current then the correct relation for the angle
1
q and
2
q is
(A) cos cos B B
1 1 2 2
q q =
(B) cos cos H H
1 1 2 2
q q =
(C) sin sin B B
1 1 1 2
q q =
(D) Both (B) and (C)
MCQ 5.1.33 In a three layer medium shown in the figure below, Magnetic flux impinges at an
angle
1
q on the interface between regions 1 and 2. The permeability of three regions
are
1
m ,
2
m and
3
m . So the angle of emergence
4
q will be independent of
(A)
1
m and
2
m both (B)
2
m only
(C) All
1
m ,
2
m and
3
m (D)
1
m only
MCQ 5.1.34 A conducting wire is bent to form a circular loop of mean radius 0 cm 2 . If cross
sectional radius of the wire is a, such that 0 cm a 2 << then the internal inductance
of the loop will be
(A) 125 H (B) 785 nH
(C) 157.1 nH (D) 250 nH
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.1.35 The magnetic circuit shown in the figure has N turns of coil. Electrical analog for
the magnetic circuit shown in the figure is
MCQ 5.1.36 The coil of the magnetic circuit shown in figure has 100 turns.
Which of the following is correct electrical analog for the magnetic circuit ?
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.1.37 A 200 turns of a coil is wound over a magnetic core of length 15 cm that has
the relative permeability of 150. The current that must flow through the coil to
produce 0.4 Tesla of flux density in the core is
(A) 320 A (B) 1.6 A
(C) 20.1 A (D) 0.63 A
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 5.2
MCQ 5.2.1 In the free space the magnetic flux density B points in the a
z
direction and electric
field E points in the a
y
direction as shown in the figure. If a charged particle at
rest is released from the origin, then what path will it follow ?
MCQ 5.2.2 A point charge 2 C + of mass kg m 2 = is injected with a velocity 2 / m s v a
y 0
= into
the region y 0 > , where the magnetic field is given by 3 / wb m B a
x
2
= . If the point
charge is located at origin at the time of injection then in the region y 0 > the point
charge will follow
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) a circular path centered at ( , , ) 0 0 2 -
(B) an elliptical path centered at origin
(C) a circular path centered at ( , , ) 1 2 0
(C) a parabolic path passing through origin
A filamentary conductor is formed into a rectangle such that its corners lies on
points ( , , ) P 1 1 0 , ( , , ) Q 1 3 0 , ( , , 0) R 3 4 , ( , , ) S 4 1 0 . An infinite straight wire lying on
entire x -axis carries a current of 5 A in a
x
direction.
MCQ 5.2.3 If the filamentary conductor carries a current of 3 A flowing in a
x
+ direction from
Q to R then the force exerted by wire on the side QR of rectangle will be
(A) 3 10 N a
y
6
#
- (B) 2 10 N a
y
6
#
-
-
(C) 6 10 N a
y
6
#
-
-
(D) 3 10 N a
y
6
#
-
MCQ 5.2.4 The total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire will be
(A) 6 10 N a
y
6
#
-
-
(B) 12 10 N a
y
6
#
-
(C) 6 10 N a
y
6
#
-
(D) 12 10 N a
y
6
#
-
-
MCQ 5.2.5 Two filamentary currents of 5a
x
- and 5 A a
x
are located along the lines y 0 =
, 1 m z =- and y 0 = , 1 m z = respectively. If the vector force per unit length
exerted on the third filamentary current of 10 A a
x
located at y k = , z 0 = be F
then the plot of F versus k will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.2.6 A current filament placed on x -axis carries a current 10 A I = in a
x
+ direction. If
a conducting current strip having surface current density 3 / A m K a
x
= is located
in the plane y 0 = between . z 0 5 = and 1.5 m z = then what will be the force per
unit meter on the filament exerted by the strip ?
(A) 6.6 / N m a
x
m (B) 6.6 / N m a
z
m
(C) 6 / N m a
z
m (D) 0
MCQ 5.2.7 A conducting current strip of 5 m length is located in the plane x 0 = between
y 1 = and y 3 = . If surface current density of the strip is 6 / A m K a
z
= then the
force exerted on it by a current filament placed on z -axis that carries a current
10 A I = in a
z
+ direction will be
(A) 16.4 N a
y
m - (B) 4.8 N a
y
m -
(C) 26.4 N a
y
m - (D)26.4 N a
y
m
A thick slab extending from y a =- to y a =+ carries a uniform current density
J J a
x 0
=
MCQ 5.2.8 Plot of magnetizing factor H at any point in the space (inside or outside slab)
versus y will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.2.9 If a magnetic dipole of moment m m a
x 0
= is placed at the origin then the force
exerted on it due to the slab will be
(A) 0 N (B) m J ya
z 0 0 0
m
(C) m J a
z 0 0 0
m (D) m J ya
z 0 0 0
m -
A long circular cylinder placed along z -axis carries a magnetization M a 2
2
r =
f
.
MCQ 5.2.10 The volume current density J at any point inside the cylinder is proportional to
(A) r (B) / 1 r
(C) sin r f (D)
2
r
MCQ 5.2.11 The plot of the magnetic flux density B inside the cylinder versus r will be
MCQ 5.2.12 A short cylinder placed along z -axis carries a frozen-in uniform magnetization
M in a
z
+ direction. If length of the cylinder is equal to its cross sectional diameter
then pattern of its surface current density K will be as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.2.13 Magnetization of a long circular cylinder is M along its axis. Which of the following
gives the correct pattern of magnetic field lines (B).
A conducting rod of square cross section of side 2 cm carries a uniform magnetization
4 / A m M= along its axis. Length of the rod is cm L 4 >> .
MCQ 5.2.14 If the rod is bent around it into a complete circular ring then magnetic flux density
inside the circular ring will be
(A) 4 / wb m
2
(B) 4 / wb m
0
2
m
(C) 2 / wb m
0
2
pm (D) / wb m
0
2
m
MCQ 5.2.15 Assume that there remains a narrow gap of width 0.1 mm between the ends of the
rod when it is formed into a circular ring. The net magnetic flux density at the
center of the gap will be
(A) 50.04 10 / wb m
7 2
#
-
(B) 49.88 10 / wb m
6 2
#
-
(C) 51.23 10 / wb m
6 2
#
-
(D) 34.66 10 / wb m
6 2
#
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.2.16 Magnetic flux density B inside a sphere that carries a uniform magnetization M
will be
(A) 0 (B) M
3
1
0
m
(C)
M
2
0
m
(D) M
3
2
0
m
MCQ 5.2.17 A short cylinder of length equals to its diameter carries a uniform magnetization
M as shown in the figure.
The correct sketch for the magnetic field intensity H inside the cylinder is
MCQ 5.2.18 Mutual inductance between an infinite current filament placed along y-axis and
rectangular coil of 1500 turns placed in x -y plane as shown in figure will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 41.4 mH (B) 0.33 mH
(C) 2.38 mH (D) 33 H m
MCQ 5.2.19 An infinitely long straight wire of radius a, carries a uniform current I . The energy
stored per unit length in the internal magnetic field will be
(A) uniform and depends on I only
(B) non uniform
(C) uniform and depends on a only
(D) uniform and depends on both I and a
MCQ 5.2.20 A planar transmission line consists of two conducting plates of 2 m width placed
along x -z plane such that the current in one plate is flowing in a
z
+ direction.
While in the other it is flowing in a
z
- direction. If both the plate carries 4 A
current and there is a very small separation between them then what will be force
of repulsion per meter between the two plates ?
(A) 16
0
m (B) 4
0
m
(C) 8
0
m (D) /4
0
m
MCQ 5.2.21 A very long solenoid having , 20 000 turns per meter. The core of solenoid is formed
of iron. If the cross sectional area of solenoid is 0.04 m
2
and it carries a current
100 mA I = then what will be the energy stored per meter in its field ?
(relative Permeability of iron, 100
r
m = )
(A) 8.1 / J m (B) 20.11 / J m
(C) 100.5 / J m (D) 10.05 / J m
MCQ 5.2.22 A mass spectrograph is a device for separating charged particles having different
masses. Consider two particles of same charges Q but different masses m and
2m injected into the region of a uniform field B with a velocity v normal to the
magnetic field as shown in the figure. When the particles will be releasing out of
the spectrograph the separation between them will be
(A)
2
Bq
mv
(B)
Bq
mv
2
(C)
Bq
mv
(D) 0
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider a conducting filamentary wire of length 1 meter and mass 0.3 kg oriented
in east-west direction, situated in the earths magnetic field at the magnetic equator.
(Assume the magnetic field at equator has a value of 0. 10 / Wb m 2
4 2
#
-
and
directed northward)
MCQ 5.2.23 The current that required to counteract the earths gravitational force on the wire
must flow from
(A) west to east (B) east to west
(C) any of (A) and (B) (D) none of these
MCQ 5.2.24 What will be the magnitude of the current flowing in the wire as to counteract the
gravitational force ?
(A) 49 kA (B) 24.5 kA
(C) 98 kA (D) 4.9 kA
MCQ 5.2.25 A rigid loop of wire in the form of a square is hung by pivoting one of its side along
the x -axis as shown in the figure. The loop is free to swing about its pivoted side
without friction. The mass of the wire is 0.2 / kg m and carries a current 2 A. If the
wire is situated in a uniform magnetic field .96 / Wb m B 2
2
= then the angle by
which the loop swings from the vertical is
(A) / 3 4 p (B) /4 p
(C) /6 p (D) /2 p
MCQ 5.2.26 Electron beams are injected normally to the plane edge of a uniform magnetic field
H H a
x 0
= as shown in figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The path of the electrons ejected out of the field will be in
(A) a
y
+ direction (B) a
y
- direction
(C) a a
y z
+
^ h
direction (D) a a
y z
-
^ h
direction
MCQ 5.2.27 The medium between the two infinite plane parallel sheets carrying current densities
4a
x
and / A m a 8
x
- , consists of two magnetic material slabs of thickness 1 m and
2 m having permeabilities 2
1 0
m m = and 4
2 0
m m = respectively as shown in the figure.
What will be the magnetic flux per unit length between the current sheets along
the direction of flow of current ?
(A) 24 / Wb m a
y 0
m - (B) 16 / Wb m a
y 0
m -
(C) 32 / Wb m a
y 0
m - (D) 40 / Wb m a
y 0
m -
MCQ 5.2.28 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance d
carry uniformly distributed surface currents with equal and opposite densities K
and K - respectively. The medium between the two plates is a magnetic material
of non uniform permeability which varies linearly from a value of
1
m near one plate
to a value of
2
m near the second plate. What will be the magnetic flux between the
current sheets per unit length along the direction of flow of the current ?
(A) Kd
2
1 2
m m +
b l
(B) Kd
1 2
m m +
^ h
(C) Kd
1 1
1 2
m m
+
b l
(D) Kd
2
2 1
m m -
a k
The magnetic field intensity inside an infinite plane magnetic material slab is given
as H a a 12 24
x y
= + . The permeability of the magnetic material is m 2
0
m =
MCQ 5.2.29 If the magnetic material slab occupies the region 0 2 m z < < then the magnetization
surface current densities at the surfaces z 0 = and 2 m z = will be respectively
(A) 4 2 a a
y x
- + ^ h and 4 2 a a
y x
- ^ h (B) 2 4 a a
x y
- + ^ h and 2 4 a a
x y
- ^ h
(C) 4 4 a a
x y
+ ^ h and 2 4 a a
x y
-
^ h
(D) 2 4 a a
x y
+ ^ h and 2 4 a a
x y
- + ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.2.30 The magnetization volume current density J
m
will be
(A) 0 (B) 4 2 a a
x y
+
(C) 8 4 a a
x y
+ (D) 4 2 a a
x y
- -
MCQ 5.2.31 B-H curve for a ferromagnetic material is given as B 2 HH
0
m = . What will be
the work done per unit volume in magnetizing the material from zero to a certain
value B H 2
0 0 0
2
m = ?
(A)
H
4
3
0
0
2
m (B)
H
4
3
0
0
3
m
(C) H 4
0 0
2
m (D)
H
2
3
0
5
MCQ 5.2.32 Two infinitely long straight wire and a third wire of length l are parallel to each
other located as shown in the figure.
Infinitely long wire carries a current I while the wire of length l shown at the top
carries a current I 2 . The magnitude of the force experienced by the top wire is
(A)
I
2
p
m
(B) I
2
mp
(C)
l
I
2
2
p
m
(D)
l
I
2p
m
MCQ 5.2.33 Two infinite plane conducting sheets lying in the plane x 0 = and 5 cm x = carry
surface current densities 0 / mA ma 1
y
+ and 20 / mA ma
y
- respectively. If the
medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability 2
0
m m =
then what will be the energy stored per unit area of the plates ?
(A) 800 / J m
2
p
(B) 160 / J m
2
p
(C) 8 / J m
2
p
(D) 1.6 / J m
2
p
MCQ 5.2.34 Medium 1 comprising the region z 0 > is a magnetic material with permeability
4
1 0
m m = where as the medium 2, comprising the region z 0 < is a magnetic material
with permeability 2
2 0
m m = . Magnetic flux density in medium 1 is given by
B
1
0.4 0.8 / Wb m a a a
x y z
2
= + + ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
If the boundary z 0 = between the two media carries a surface current of density
K given by
K 0.2 0.4 / A m a a
1
x y
0
m
= - ^ h
then the magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) 0.8 / Wb m a a a
x y z
2
+ + ^ h
(B) 0.8 / Wb m a a a
x y z
2
- + - ^ h
(C) 0.8 / Wb m a a a
x y z
2
+ + ^ h
(D) 0.8 / Wb m a a
x y
2
+ ^ h
MCQ 5.2.35 A square loop of a conductor lying in the yz plane is bisected by an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current 2 A as shown in the figure. If the current in the
square loop is 4 A then the force experienced by the loop will be
(A) 1.6 N a
y
m (B) 6.4 N a
y
m
(C) 3.2 N a
y
m (D) 0.64 N a
y
m
MCQ 5.2.36 A certain region z 0 < comprises a magnetic medium with permeability 5 2
0
m m = .
The magnetic flux density in free space z 0 > ^ h makes an angle q, with the interface
whereas in medium 2 flux density makes an angle
2
q as shown in the figure.
If 1.2 0.8 B a a
y z 2
= + then what will be the angular deflection
1 2
q q - ^ h ?
(A) . 50 6c
(B) . 19 47c
(C) . 31 15c
(D) . 12 06c
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider the magnetic circuit shown in figure
The cross sectional area of the section on which coil is wound is S
1
where as all
the rest of the section has the cross sectional area S
2
. Magnetic core has the
permeability 00 5
0
m m = .
MCQ 5.2.37 If 5 cm S
1
2
= and 10 cm S
2
2
= then the total reluctance of the circuit will be
(A) / 41 100
0
m (B) / 9 20
0
m
(C) / 20 9
0
m (D) / 39 100
0
m
MCQ 5.2.38 If the no. of turn of the coil is 100 then the equivalent self inductance of the coil is
(A) 22.22 kH (B) 1.41 mH
(C) 27.9 mH (D) 4.5 kH
MCQ 5.2.39 The coil of a magnetic circuit has 50 turns. The core of the circuit has a relative
permeability of 600 and length of the core is 0.6 m. What must be the core cross
section of the magnetic circuit so that the coil may have a 0.2 mH inductance ?
(A) 6.4 cm
2
(B) 0.64 cm
2
(C) 11.94 cm
2
(D) 1.56 cm
2
A System of three coils on an ideal core is shown in figure
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The cross sectional area of all the segments of the core is 0 cm S 45
2
= .
MCQ 5.2.40 If N 500
1
= then what will be the self inductance of the coil having N
1
turns ?
(A) 0.125 mH (B) 62.8 mH
(C) 31.41 mH (D) 6.28 mH
MCQ 5.2.41 If N 250
2
= then the self inductance of the coil N
2
will be
(A) 2.6 mH (B) 23.6 mH
(C) 70.7 mH (D) 2.36 mH
MCQ 5.2.42 A system of three coils on an ideal core that has two air gaps is shown in the figure.
All the segments of core has the uniform cross sectional area 2 00 mm 5
2
.
What will be the mutual inductance between N
1
and N
2
?
(A) 39.27 mH (B) 52.36 mH
(C) 26.18 mH (D) 78.54 mH
MCQ 5.2.43 The mutual inductance between N
2
and N
3
will be
(A) 0 (B) 78.54 mH
(C) 52.36 mH (D) 39.27 mH
MCQ 5.2.44 The magnetization curve for an iron alloy is approximately given by
B / Wb m H H
3
1 2 2
m = +
If H increases from 0 to 210 A/m, the energy stored per unit volume in the alloy is
(A) 6.2 / MJ m
3
(B) 1.3 / MJ m
3
(C) 2.3 / kJ m
3
(D) 2.9 / kJ m
3
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 5.3
MCQ 5.3.1 A current sheet / A m J a 5
y
= lies on the dielectric interface x 0 = between two
dielectric media with 5, 1
r r 1 1
e m = = in Region-1 ( ) x 0 < and 2, 2
r r 2 2
e m = = in
Region-2 ( 0) x 2 . If the magnetic field in Region-1 at x 0 =
-
is 3 30 / A m H a a
x y 1
= +
the magnetic field in Region-2 at x 0 =
+
is
(A) 1.5 30 10 / A m H a a a
x y z 2
= + - (B) 3 30 10 / A m H a a a
x y z 2
= + -
(C) 1.5 40 / A m H a a
x y 2
= + (D) 3 30 10 / A m H a a a
x y z 2
= + +
MCQ 5.3.2 A bar magnet made of steel has a magnetic moment of 2.5 A m
2
-
and a mass
of 6.6 10 kg
3
#
-
. If the density of steel is 7.9 10 / kg m
3 3
#
, the intensity of
magnetization is
(A) 8.3 10 / A m
7
#
-
(B) 3 10 / A m
6
#
(C) 6.3 10 / A m
7
#
-
(D) 8.2 10 / A m
6
#
MCQ 5.3.3 If the current element represented by 10 a 2
y
4
#
-
Amp-m is placed in a magnetic
field of 5 / H a
x
m = A/m, the force on the current element is
(A) 2.0 mN a
z
- (B) 2.0 mN a
z
(C) 2.0 N a
z
- (D) 2.0 N a
z
MCQ 5.3.4 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :
List I List II
a. MMF 1. Conductivity
b. Magnetic flux 2. Electric current
c. Reluctance 3. EMF
d. Permeability 4. Resistance
GATE 2011
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 4 2 1
(B) 1 2 4 3
(C) 3 2 4 1
(D) 1 4 2 3
MCQ 5.3.5 Consider the following statements associated with boundary conditions between
two media:
1. Normal component of B is continuous at the surface of discontinuity.
2. Normal component of D may or may not be continuous.
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are correct?
(A) 1 only (B) 2 only
(C) Both 1 and 2 (D) Neither 1 nor 2
MCQ 5.3.6 Magnetic current is composed of which of the following ?
(A) Only conduction component
(B) Only displacement component
(C) Both conduction and displacement components
(D) Neither conduction component nor displacement component
MCQ 5.3.7 Which one of the following is the correct expression for torque on a loop in magnetic
field B ? (Here M is the loop moment)
(A) T B 4: = (B) T M B : =
(C) T M B
#
= (D) T B M
#
=
MCQ 5.3.8 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :
List-I List-II
a. Line charge 1. Maxwell
b. Magnetic flux density 2. Poynting vector
c. Displacement current 3. Biot-Savarts law
d. Power flow 4. Gausss law
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 1 3 4 2
(D) 4 2 1 3
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 5.3.9 What does the expression J A
2
1
: represent ?
(A) Electric energy density (B) Magnetic energy density
(C) Power density (D) Radiation resistance
MCQ 5.3.10 Two thin parallel wires are carrying current along the same direction. The force
experienced by one due to the other is
(A) Parallel to the lines
(B) Perpendicular to the lines and attractive
(C) Perpendicular to the lines and repulsive
(D) Zero
MCQ 5.3.11 A boundary separates two magnetic materials of permeability
1
m and
2
m . The
magnetic field vector in
1
m is H
1
with a normal component H
n1
and tangential
component H
t1
while that in
2
m is H
2
with a normal component H
n2
and a tangential
component H
t 2
. Then the derived conditions would be
(A) and H H H H
t t 1 2 1 2
= =
(B) and H H H H
t t n n 1 2 1 1 2 2
m m = =
(C) and H H H H
n n 1 2 1 1 2 2
m m = =
(D) , and H H H H H H
t t n n 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2
m m = = =
MCQ 5.3.12 The dependence of B (flux density) on H (magnetic field intensity) for different
types of material is
MCQ 5.3.13 Statement I : Polarization is due to the application of an electric field to dielectric
materials.
I ES EE 2009
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Statement II : When the dipoles are created, the dielectric is said to be polarized
or in a state of polarization.
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are individually true and Statement
(II) is the correct explanation of Statement (I)
(B) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are individually true but Statement (II)
is not the correct explanation of Statement (I)
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is false
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is true
MCQ 5.3.14 The following equation is not valid for magneto-static field in inhomogenous
magnetic materials
(A) 0 B : d = (B) 0 H : d =
(C) A B
#
d = (D) H J
#
d =
MCQ 5.3.15 Assertion (A) : Superconductors cannot be used as coils for production of strong
magnetic fields.
Reason (R) : Superconductivity in a wire may be destroyed if the current in the
wire exceeds a critical value.
MCQ 5.3.16 A conductor 2 metre long lies along the z -axis with a current of 10 A in a
z
direction.
If the magnetic field is 0. 5 T B a 2
x
= , the force on the conductor is
(A) 4.0 N a
y
(B) 1.0 N a
z
(C) 1.0 N a
y
(D) 3.0 N a
z
MCQ 5.3.17 The force on a charge moving with velocity v under the influence of electric and
magnetic fields is given by which one of the following ?
(A) q v E B
#
+ ^ h
(B) q v E H
#
+ ^ h
(C) q v H E
#
+ ^ h
(D) q v E B
#
+ ^ h
MCQ 5.3.18 If a very flexible wire is laid out in the shape of a hairpin with its two ends secured,
what shape will the wire tend to assume if a current is passed through it ?
(A) Parabolic (B) Straight line
(C) Circle (D) Ellipse
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2010
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Lorentz force e v F B
#
= ^ h where , e v and B are respectively the charge of the
particle, velocity of the particle and flux density of uniform magnetic field. Which
one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) Acceleration is normal to the plane containing the particle path and B
(B) If the direction of the particle path is normal to B, the acceleration is maximum
(C) If the particle is at rest, the field will deflect the particle
(D) If the particle path is in the same direction of B, there will be no acceleration
MCQ 5.3.20 What is the force on a unit charge moving with velocity v in presence of electric
field E and magnetic field B ?
(A) E v B : - (B) E v B : +
(C) E B v
#
+ (D) E v B
#
+
MCQ 5.3.21 What is the force experienced per unit length by a conductor carrying 5 A current
in positive z -direction and placed in a magnetic field B a a 3 4
x y
= + ^ h ?
(A) 15 20 a a N/m
x y
+ (B) 20 15 a a N/m
x y
- +
(C) 20 15 a a N/m
x y
- (D) 20 20 a a N/m
x y
- -
MCQ 5.3.22 Which one of the following formulae is not correct for the boundary between two
magnetic materials ?
(A) B B
n n 1 2
=
(B) B B B
n t 2 2 2
= +
(C) H H H
n t 1 1 1
= +
(D) ( ) a H H K
n21 1 2 #
- = where a
n21
is a unit vector normal to the interface and
directed from region 2 to region 1.
MCQ 5.3.23 Interface of two regions of two magnetic materials is current-free. The region 1,
for which relative permeability 2
r1
m = is defined by z 0 < , and region 2, z 0 > has
1
r2
m = . If 1. . .4 T B a a a 4 2 2 1
x y x 1
= + + ; then H
2
is
(A) 1/ 0.6 0.4 0.4 a a a A/m
x y z 0
m + + 6 @
(B) 1/ 1.2 0.8 0.8 a a a A/m
x y z 0
m + + 6 @
(C) 1/ 1.2 0.4 0.4 a a a A/m
x y z 0
m + + 6 @
(D) 1/ 0.6 0.4 0.8 a a a A/m
x y z 0
m + + 6 @
MCQ 5.3.24 If A and J are the vector potential and current density vectors associated with a
coil, then dv A J : # has the units of
(A) flux-linkage (B) power
(C) energy (D) inductance
***********
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 5.1
Force applied by a magnetic field B on a moving charge with velocity v is defined
as
F v B
#
=
Since the direction of velocity v and B are perpendicular to each other as obtainde
from the shown figure so the resultant force will be perpendicular to both of them.
i.e. the force on the moving charged particle will be in upward direction.
and as the particle is also deflected in upward direction with the applied force so
it gives the conclusion that the particle will be positively charged.
Since a magnet bar must have south and north pole i.e. a single pole charge cant
exist. So, a magnetic point charge doesnt exit.
Force applied on a moving charge in the presence of electric and magnetic field is
defined as
F ( ) q F F E v B
e m #
= + = +
where F
e
and F
m
are the electric and magnetic forces applied on the charge so it
is clear that the moving charge experiences both the electric and magnetic forces.
The electric force is applied in a uniform direction (in direction of electric field)
i.e. it is an accelerating force while, the magnetic force is applied in the normal
direction of both the magnetic field and velocity of the charged particle i.e. it is a
deflecting force.
Therefore, both the options are correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
For a moving charge Q in the presence of both electric and magnetic fields, the
total force on the charge is given by
F ( ) Q v E B
#
= + 6 @
where E " electric field
v " velocity of the charge
B " magnetic flux density
Since the electron beam follows its path without any deflection so the net force
applied by the field will be zero
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. Q E v B
#
+^ h 6 @ 0 =
15 3 v a a
y z #
+ 0 =
As the electric field is directed along a
z
and magnetic field is directed along a
y
so
the velocity of beam will be in a
x
direction (perpendicular to both of the field).
Consider the velocity of the beam is V ka
x
=
So we have 15 3 k a a a
y x z #
+ 0 =
15 3k a a
y y
- 0 =
k
3
15
= 5 / m s =
So, the velocity of the beam will be 5 / m s along the x -axis.
F ( ) Q v E B
#
= + 6 @
v " velocity of the charged particle
So, at time t 0 = total force applied on the electron is
(0) F (0) e E V B
#
= +^ h 6 @
Now we have (0) V B
#
(200 300 400 ) ( 3 2 ) a a a a a a
x y z x y z #
= - - - + -
1100 1400 500 a a a
x y z
= + -
therefore the applied force on the electron is
(0) F ( . ) (0.1 0.2 0.3 ) a a a 1 6 10 10
x y z
19 3
# #
= - +
-
6
1100 1400 500 a a a
x y z
+ + -
@
(0) m a
e
1.6 10 ( ) ( ) ( ) a a a 100 1100 1400 200 300 500
x y z
19
#
= + + - + -
-
6 @
( (0) (0) m F a
e
= , where (0) a is acceleration of electron at t 0 = )
(0) a
.
.
200(6 6 ) a a a
9 1 10
1 6 10
x y z
31
19
#
#
#
= + -
-
-
.5 10 ( ) / m s a a a 6 7 2
x y z
13 2
#
= + -
Force F applied on a current element in the presence of magnetic flux density B
is defined as
F I L B
#
= ^ h
where I " current flowing in the element
L " vector length of current element in the direction of current flowing
So, F 3 10 ( ) a a a 2 3
z x y
3
# #
= +
-
6 @
6 10 a a 3
y x
3
#
= -
-
6 @ 1 6 mN a a 4 1
x y
=- +
The magnitude of the force experienced by either of the loops will be same but the
direction will be opposite.
So the force experienced by C
1
due to C
2
will be F - .
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The boundary condition for the current interface holds the following results.
(i) normal component of magnetic flux density is continuous.
i.e. B
n 1
B
n 2
=
(ii) Tangential component of magnetic field intensity is continuous.
i.e. H
t 1
H
t 2
=
So, (A) and (B) are wrong statement. Now, we check the statement (C).
Consider the magnetic field intensity in 1
st
medium is H
1
and magnetic field
intensity in 2
nd
medium is H
2
. So, its tangential component will be equal
i.e. H
t 1
H
t 2
= (tangential component)
Since scalar magnetic potential difference is defined as the line integral of magnetic
field intensity
i.e. V V
1 2
- d I H l : = =
#
and since there is no current density at boundary.
So, we have V V
1 2
- 0 =
V
1
V
2
=
i.e. magnetic scalar potential will be same in both medium.
The magnetic field intensity produced at any point in the free space will be the
vector sum of the field intensity produced by all the current sheets.
Since, the magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
H ( ) K a
2
1
n #
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P. So in
the region 1 z 0 < < magnetic field intensity due to K
2
and K
3
will be cancelled as
the unit normal vector to the two sheets will be opposite to each other.
Therefore in this region magnetic field intensity will be produced only due to the
current density 4 K a
x 1
= which is given as
H K a
2
1
n 1 #
= (4 ) ( ) a a
2
1
x z #
= (a
n
a
z
= )
/ A m a 4
z
=-
As the conducting filament is located along the line y 0 = , 0.2 m z = which is in the
region 0 1 m z < < , so, the net magnetic field intensity produced on the conducting
filament by the current sheets is
H 2 / A m a
y
=- (as determined in previous question)
or, B H
0
m = 2 a
y 0
m =-
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic
flux density B is defined as
dF Idl B
#
=
where I is the current flowing in the element and dl is the differential vector length
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
of the current element in the direction of flow of current.
So force per unit length experienced by the conducting filament is

dl
dF
7 ( 2 ) a a
x y 0
m
#
= - ( 7 A I = , d dl l a
x
= )
14 / N m a
z 0
m =-
Magnetic dipole moment of a coil carrying current I and having area S is given by
m ISa
n
=
where a
n
is normal vector to the surface of the loop.
Since the coil is lying in the plane x y z 2 6 3 4 + - = so the unit vector normal to the
plane of the coil is given as.
So, a
n

f
f
4
4

( )
2 6 3 a a a
2 6 3
x y z
2 2 2
=
+ + -
+ -
(f x y z 2 6 3 = + - )
Therefore the magnetic dipole moment of the coil is
m (5)(1)
( ) a a a
7
2 6 3
x y z
=
+ -
( 5 , 1 A m I S
2
= = )

( ) a a a
7
5 2 6 3
x y z
=
+ -
As the torque a magnetic field B on the loop having magnetic moment m is
defined as
T m B
#
=
So the torque on the given coil is
T
( )
(6 4 5 )
a a a
a a a
7
5 2 6 3
x y z
x y z #
=
+ -
+ +
; E
3 N m a a a 5 8
x y z
-
= - -
Magnetic dipole moment of a coil of area S carrying current I is defined as
m ISa
n
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface of the loop.
and since from the given data we have
I 10 A =
S ( ) r 1
2 2
#
p p = = p =
a
n
a
z
= (normal vector to the surface z 0 = )
So the magnetic moment of the circular current loop lying in the plane z 0 = is
m 10 a
z
p =
Now the torque on an element having magnetic moment m in the presence of
magnetic flux density B is defined as
T m B
#
=
Therefore, the torque acting on the circular loop is
T (10 ) (4 4 2 ) a a a a
z x y z
p
#
= - - (B 4 4 2 a a a
x y z
= - - )
10 (4 4 ) a a
y x
p = + 0 ( ) a a 3
x y
p = +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A diamagnetic material carries even no. of electrons inside its atom.
Number of electron in carbon atom is six.
Which is even so it is a diamagnetic material rest of the material having odd no.
of electrons.
A paramagnetic material have an odd no. of electrons and since atomic no. of Al is
13, which is odd. So, it is a paramagnetic material.
So, A and R both true and A is correct explanation of R.
In a magnetic medium the magnetization in terms of magnetic field intensity is
defined as
M H
m
c =
where
m
c is magnetic susceptibility given as

m
c 1
r
m = - . 1 3 = (relative permeability, 2.3
r
m = )
and since the magnetic field intensity in terms of magnetic flux density is given as
H
B
m
=
B
r 0
m m
= (B 5 / mwb m a
z
2
= )

.
a
4 10 2 3
5 10
z
7
3
# #
#
p
=
-
-
1730 / A m a
z
= (
r
m . 2 3 = )
So the magnetization inside the medium is
M 2249 / A m H
m
c = =
Given the permeability, 3
0
m m = and magnetic flux density B =
So the field intensity inside the material will be
H
B B
3
0
m m
= =
Since the magnetization of a magnetic material is defined as
M
B
H
0
m
= -
where B and H are the flux density and field intensity inside the material. So we
get
M
2 B B B
3 3
0 0 0
m m m
= - =
As the magnetic flux density and magnetic field intensity inside a magnetic material
are related as
B H
r 0
m m =
So, comparing it with given expression for magnetic flux density we get the relative
permeability as

r
m k = 1 k = -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the magnetization vector inside the material is given as
M ( 1)H
r
m = - k H 1 = - ^ h
Magnetic flux density in a medium in terms of magnetic filed intensity is defined as
B H m = H
r 0
m m =
4/ (4 10 )(2 ) a
7 2
p p r
#
=
f
-
^ h
( / 4
r
m p = , 2 / A m H a
2
r =
f
)
10 a 16
7 2
r
#
=
f
-
Again the magnetic flux density inside a magnetizing material is defined as
B H M
0
m = + ^ h
where M is the magnetization of the material. So, we have
M
B
H
0
m
= - a
4 10
32 10
2
7
7 2
2
#
#
p
r
r = -
f
-
-
; E
2 a
4
1
2
r
p
= -
f : D
At 2 r = M . / A m a 4 14 =
f
Given
Magnetic field intensity, H 70 / A m =
Total magnetic flux in the bar, F 4.2 mWb =
Cross sectional area of bar, S 2 m
2
=
So we have the magnetic flux density in the bar
B
S
F
=
.
2
4 2 10
3
#
=
-
2.1 / mwb m
2
=
Since the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density are related as
B (1 )H
m 0
m c = +
So, we have 2.1 10
3
#
-
(4 10 )(1 )(70)
m
7
p c
#
= +
-
( ) 1
m
c +
( )
( . )
70 4 10
2 1 10
7
3
#
#
p
=
-
-

m
c
4 10
3 10
1
7
5
#
#
p
= -
-
-
c m
( . ) 23 87 1 = - 2 . 7 2 9 =
For the spherical cavity of magnetization M, the flux density is given by
B
cavity
M
3
2
0
m =
Since the cavity is hollowed. So not magnetic flux density at the center of cavity is
B
net
B B
cavity 0
= - B M
3
2
0 0
m = -
and so the net magnetic field intensity at the center of cavity is
H
net
B
1
net
0
m
= B M
1
3
2
0
0 0
m
m = -
: D
H M M
1
3
2
0
0 0 0 0
m
m m m = + -
: D
H
M
3
0
= +
: D
(B H M
0 0 0
m = +
^ h
)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
In a magnetic medium the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density are
related as
B (1 )H
m 0
m c = +
So the magnetic flux density inside the medium is
H
( )
B
1
m 0
c m
=
+

z
a
3
4
x
0
m
= (B 4 T za
x
= ,
m
c 2 = )
Now the magnetization of a magnetic medium having magnetic field intensity H
is given as
M H
m
c =
M 2
z
a
3
4
x
0
m
=
b l

z
a
3
8
x
0
m
=
The bound current density inside a medium having magnetization M is given as
J
b
M
#
d =

3
8z
a
0
x
4
m
#
=
b l
/ A m a
3
12
y
0
2
m
=
Total current density inside a medium having magnetic flux density B is given as
J
T

B
0
m
#
d
=
( )
z
z
a
1
4
y
0 2
2
m
= ; E (B 4 T za
x
= )
/ A m a
4
3
y
0
2
m
=
Volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of magnetization M
i.e. J M
#
d =
and the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K M a
n #
=
where a
n
is unit vector normal to the surface. Consider the cylinder is placed along
z -axis
So, a
n
a =
r
and M Ma
z
=
Therefore the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J ( ) Ma 0
z
4
#
= = (M is not the function of z )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and the surface current density of the cylinder is
K Ma a
z #
=
r
Ma =
f
So the current flowing in cylinder is just similar to a solenoid and the field intensity
produced due to a solenoid at any point outside it is zero. Thus we have the
magnetic field intensity outside the cylinder as
H
outside
0 =
i.e. J M
#
d =
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J (0.7 ) a
z #
d = 0 = ( 0.7 / A m M a
z
= )
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K M a
n #
= where a
n
is unit vector normal to the surface.
So the surface current density of the cylinder is
K (0.7 ) a a
z #
=
r
0.7a =
f
( 0.7 / A m M a
z
= , a a
n
=
r
)
Therefore the current flowing in cylinder is just similar to a solenoid and the field
intensity produced due to a solenoid at any point inside it is given as
B K
0
m = nI
0
m =
where n is the no. of turns per unit length of the solenoid and I is the current
flowing in the solenoid.
Thus, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is (direction is determined by
right hand rule)
B 0.7 a
z 0
m = .8 10 a 2
z
7
#
=
-
( 0.7 K = )
From Snells law we have the relation between the incidence and refracted angle of
magnetic flux lines as

tan
tan
2
1
a
a

r
r
2
1
m
m
=
where
r1
m and
r2
m are relative permeability of the two medium.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

tan
tan75
2
c
a

1
600
= (relative permeability of air 1 = )
tan
2
a
tan
600
75c
=

2
a tan
tan
600
75 1 c
=
-
: D . 0 356c =
Magnetic field intensity in 1
st
medium is given
H
1
9 16 10 a a a
x y z
= + -
H H
t n 1 1
= +
where H
1t
and H
n 1
are respectively the tangential and normal components of the
magnetic field intensity to the boundary interface in medium 1.
From boundary condition we have
H
t 1
H
t 2
=
and H
n 2 2
m H
1n 1
m =
where H
t 2
and H
n 2
are respectively the tangential and normal component of
magnetic field intensity in medium 2. So we get the components in medium 2 as
H
t 2
9 10 a a
x z
= -
and H
2n
H
n
2
1
1
m
m
= H
r
r
n
2 0
1 0
1
m m
m m
=
(16 ) 18.67 a a
6
7
y y
= =
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H
2
H H
t n 2 2
= + 1 .67 1 / A m a a a 12 3 5
x y z
= + -
Magnetic flux density in any medium in terms of magnetic field intensity is defined
as
B H m =
where m is the permeability of the medium. So, the magnetic flux density in
medium 2 is given as
B
2
H
2 2
m = H
r2 0 2
m m =
6 (4 10 ) (9 18.67 10 ) a a a
x y z
7
p
# # #
= + -
-
( 6
r2
m = )
(6.8 14.1 7.5 ) 10 / wb m a a a
x y z
5 2
#
= + -
-
The magnetic flux density in region z 0 < is given as
B 4 3 / Wb m a a
x z
2
= +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now we consider the flux density in region 1 is B
1
. So, we have
B
1
4 3 a a
x z
= +
Therefore the tangential component B
t 1
and normal component B
n 1
of the magnetic
flux density in region 1 are
B
t 1
4a
x
=
and B
n 1
3a
z
=
From the boundary condition the tangential and normal components of magnetic
flux density in two mediums are related as
B
n 1
B
n 2
=
B B
t t 2 1
- K
0
m =
where B
t 2
and B
n 2
are respectively the tangential and normal components of the
magnetic flux density in region 2 and K is the current density at the boundary
interface.
So, we get B
n 2
B
n 1 =
3a
z
= (B
n 1
3a
z
= )
and B
t 2
4 4 a a
x y 0
m = + ^ h (B
t 1
4a
x
= , 4 / A m K a
y
= )
4 4 a a
x y 0
m = +
Therefore the net flux density in region 2 z 0 > ^ h is
B
2
B B
t n 2 2
= + 4 a a a 2 5
x y z 0
m = + +
As the surface boundary of the slab is parallel to yz -plane so the given magnetic
flux density will be tangential to the surface.
i.e. B
to
B
0
=
and H
to

B B
to
0 0
0
m m
= =
Since the tangential component of magnetic field intensity is uniform at the
boundary of the magnetic material So, magnetic field intensity inside the material
is
H
in
H
B
to
0
0
m
= =
Therefore, the flux density inside the material is
B
in
H
in
m =
B
r 0
0
0
m m
m
= B
r 0
m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The magnetic stored energy per unit volume of the plate for a given uniform flux
density (uniform permeability) is defined as
w
m
H B
2
1
: =
Given B 3 4 10 / Wb m a a
x y
3 2
#
= +
-
^ h
So we have, H
3 4
10 / A m
B
a a
4
x y
0
3
m m
#
= =
+
-
c m
and therefore w
m
H B
2
1
: =
2
1
4
9 16
10
0
6
#
m
=
+ -
: D

8 4 10
25 10
7
6
# #
#
p
=
-
-
2.49 / J m
3
=
now the separation between the plates is given as 2 m d =
Thus magnetic energy stored per unit area of the plate is
/ W A
m
w d
m #
= . 2 49 2
#
=^ h 5 / J m
2
=
From boundary condition the normal component of flux density is uniform at
boundary
i.e. B
n 1
B
n 2
=
sin B
1 1
q sin B
2 2
q =
and the tangential component of field intensity is uniform
i.e. H
t 1
H
t 2
=
cos H
1 1
q cos H
2 2
q =
Relation between
1
q and
2
q at boundary of region (1) and region (2) as
tan
1 1
m q tan
2 2
m q =
and at the interface between region (2) and region (3) is
tan
2 3
m q tan
3 4
m q = ; since
2 3
q q =
So, combining the two eq. we get,
tan
1 1
m q tan
3 4
m q =
Thus,
4
q will be independent of
2
m only.
Internal inductance of a loop of radius r is defined as
L
in
( ) r
8
2
0
p
m
p =
x
8
4 10 2 50 10
7 2
# # # #
p
p p
=
- -
( 50 cm r = )
157.1 nH =
From the analogy between electrical and magnetic circuits, we have the following
relations,
F (magnetomotive force) " V (voltage)
f (magnetic flux) " I (current)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
R (Reluctance) " R (Resistance)
now, magnetomotive force,
F NI
0
=
and so, the electrical analog of the magnetic circuit is
For drawing the electrical analog replace the coil by a source (magnetomotive
force) and each section of the core by a reluctance. In the shown magnetic material
there are 9 sections so we draw the reluctance for each of them and we get the
magnetomotive force as
F I 1000 = (N 1000 = )
So the equivalent circuit is
Given that,
the magnetic flux density, B 0.4 T =
no. of turns of coil, N 200 =
length of magnetic core, l 15 cm 15 10
2
#
= =
-
permeability of the core,
r
m 150 =
So, current required to produce the given magnetic field is
i
N
Bl
m
=
.
150 200
0 4 15 10
0
2
#
m
=
-
^ ^
^ ^
h h
h h
.6 A 2 =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 5.2
Consider the particle carries a total charge Q.
Since for a moving charge Q in the presence of both electric and magnetic fields,
the total force on the charge is given by
F ( ) Q v E B
#
= + 6 @
So initially the magnetic force on the particle will be zero as the particle is released
at rest (v 0 = ). Therefore the electric field will accelerate the particle in y-direction
and as it picks up speed (consider the velocity is k v a
y
= , k is very small) a
magnetic force develops which will be given by
F v B
#
=
since the magnetic field is in a
z
direction while the beam has the velocity in a
y

direction so the magnetic force will be in a
x
(a a
y z #
) direction.
Therefore the magnetic force will pull the charged particle around to the right and
as the magnetic force will be always perpendicular to both the velocity of particle
and electric field. So the particle will initially goes up in the y-direction and then
following a curve path lowers down towards the x -axis.
F ( ) Q v E B
#
= + 6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since initially the velocity of the charge (at the time of injection) is 2 / m s v a
y 0
=
and for the region y 0 > magnetic flux density is B 3 / wb m a
x
2
= .
so there will be no any velocity component in a
x
+ direction caused by the field
(since the magnetic field is in a
x
direction).
i.e. v
x
0 =
So we consider the velocity of the point charge in the region y 0 > at a particular
time t as
v v v a a
y y z z
= +
Therefore we have the force applied by the field on the charge particle at time t as
F Q v v a a a 3
y y z z x #
= + ^ ^ h h 6 @
m
dt
dv
dt
dv
a a
y
y
z
z
+ ; E 3 3 Q v v a a
y z z y
= - + 6 @
So, we get
dt
dv
y

m
Q
v
3
z
=
and
dt
dv
z

m
Q
v
3
y
=-
From the two relations we have

dt
d v
m
Q
v
3
z
z
2
2 2
+
b l
0 =
v
z
cos sin A
m
Q
t B
m
Q
t
3 3
1 1
= +
b b l l
where A
1
and B
1
are constants.
and since at t 0 = , 0 v
z
= (since charge was injected with a velocity in a
y
direction)
Putting the condition in the expression we get A
1
0 =
and so we have v
z
sin sin B
m
Q
t B t
3
1 1
= =
b l
2 C Q = , 6 kg m =
Again,
dt
dv
z

m
Q
v
3
y
=-
so v
y

Q
m
dt
dv
3
z
=-
b l
cos cos B
m
q
t B t
3
1 1
=- =-
b l
and since at t 0 = , 2 / m s v
y
=
Putting the condition in the expression we get,
2 cos B 0
1
=-
B
1
2 =-
So, we have, v
z
sint 2 =- " sin
dt
dz
t 2 =-
v
y
cos t 2 = " cos
dt
dy
t 2 =
Solving the equations we get,
z cos t C 2
2
= +
and y sint C 2
3
= +
and since at t 0 = , y z 0 = = (charge is located at origin at the time of injection)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Putting the condition in the expression we get
C
2
2 =- and C 0
3
=
So we have z cos t 2 2 = - &z 2 + cos t 2 =
and y 2sint =
Therefore the equation of the path that the charged particle will follow is
( ) y z 2
2 2
+ + 4 =
This is the equation of a circle centred at (0, 0, ) 5 - .
The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from an infinitely long straight
wire carrying current I is defined as
B
I
2
0
pr
m
=
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at side QR of the loop
is (direction of magnetic flux density is determined by right hand rule)
B
QR

( )
I
a
2 3
z
0 1
p
m
= ( 3 r = )
a
6
5
z
0
p
m
= ( 5 A I
1
= )
Force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux density
B is defined as
dF Idl B
#
=
So the force exerted by wire on the side QR of the square loop is
F
QR
I dl B
QR
Q
R
2 #
=
#
where I
2
is the current flowing in the square loop as shown in the figure. So, we get
F
QR
( ) dxa
a
3
6
5
x
z
x
0
1
4
#
p
m
=
=
b l #
( 3 , A I d dx l a
x 2
= = )
[4 1] ( ) a
2
5
y
0
p
m
= - - a
2
5 4 10 3
y
7
# # #
p
p
=
-
-

3 10 N a
y
6
#
=-
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Total force on the loop will be the vector sum of the forces applied by the straight
wire on all the sides of the loop. The forces on sides PQ and RS will be equal and
opposite due to symmetry and so we have
F F
PQ RS
+ 0 =
Therefore the total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire is
F
total
F F
QR SP
= + (1)
where F
QR
and F
SP
are the forces exerted by the straight wire on the sides QR and
SP of the conducting loop respectively.
As calculated in previous question we have
F
QR
3 10 N a
y
6
#
=-
-
Similarly we get the force exerted by the wire on the side SP of the loop as
F
SP
I dl B
SP
S
P
2 #
=
#
where B
SP
is the magnetic flux density produced by the wire on the side SP. So,
we get
B
SP

( )
I
a
2 1
z
0 1
p
m
= ( 1 r = )
a
2
5
z
0
p
m
= ( 5 A I
1
= )
F
SP
( ) dxa a 3
2
5
x z
0
1
4
#
p
m
= -
#
( 3 , A I d dx l a
x 2
= =- )
9 10 N a
y
6
#
=
-
Thus, from equation (1), the total force exerted by the straight wire on the
conducting loop is
F
total
3 10 9 10 a a
y y
6 6
# #
=- +
- -
10 N a 12
y
6
#
=
-
Net magnetic flux density arising from the two current filaments 5a
x
- and 5 A a
x

w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
at the location of third filament is given by
B B B
1 2
= + (1)
where B
1
and B
2
are the magnetic flux density produced by the current filaments
5a
x
and 5a
x
- respectively. Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance
r from a straight wire carrying current I is defined as
B
I
a
2
0
pr
m
=
f
a
f
a a
l #
=
r
where a
l
r
line current directed toward the point P. So, the magnetic flux density produced
by the current filament 5a
x
is
B
1

( ) k k
k
a
a a
2 1
5
1
x
y z
2
0
2
#
p
m
=
+ +
-
e o > H

( )
( )
k
ka a
2 1
5
z y
2
0
p
m
=
+
+
Similarly the magnetic flux density produced by the current filament ( 5 ) a
x
- is
B
2

( )
( )
( )
k k
k
a
a a
2 1
5
1
x
y z
2
0
2
#
#
p
m
=
+
-
+
+
e o > H

( )
( )
k
ka a
2 1
5
z y
2
0
p
m
=
+
- +
Therefore from equation (1), we get the net magnetic flux density experienced by
the third filamentary current of 10 A a
z
as
B
( ) k
k k a a a a
2 1
5
z y z y
2
0
p
m
=
+
+ - + 6 @

( )
(2 )
k
a
2 1
5
y
2
0
p
m
=
+

( ) k
a
1
5
y
2
0
p
m
=
+
As the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux
density B is defined as
dF Idl B
#
=
Force per unit meter length experienced by the third filament is
F ( )
( )
dx
k
a a 10
1
5
x y
x
2
0
0
1
#
p
m
=
+ =
#
(d dx l a
x
= )

( ) k
a
1
10 5 4 10
z
2
7
# # #
p
p
=
+
-

( )
N
k
a
1
20
z
2
m =
+
or, F
( )
N
k 1
12
2
m =
+
Thus, the graph between F and k will be as shown in the figure below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider the strip is formed of many adjacent strips of width dz each carrying
current Kdz .
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
B
I
2
0
pr
m
=
So the magnetic flux density produced by each differential strip is
dB
( )
z
Kdz
a
2
y
0
p
m
= (I Kdz = )
(using right hand rule we get the direction of the magnetic flux density along a
y
)
Therefore the net magnetic flux density produced by the strip on the current
filament is
B
z
dz
a
2
3
.
.
y
z
0
0 5
1 5
p
m
=
=
#

.
.
ln a
2
3
0 5
1 5
y
0
p
m
=
b l
( 3 / A m K = )
6.6 10 / wb m a
y
7 2
#
=
-
dF Idl B
#
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
of the current element in the direction of flow of current. So the force exerted on
the filament per unit length is
F Idl B
#
=
#
( ) ( . ) dx a a 10 6 6 10
x y
x
7
0
1
# #
=
-
=
#
. / N m a 2 4
z
m =
Consider the strip as made up of many adjacent strips of width dy, each carrying
current Kdy
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
B
I
2
0
pr
m
=
So the magnetic flux density produced at distance y from the current filament
located along z -axis as shown in the figure will be
B ( )
y
I
a
2
x
0
p
m
= - (Direction is determined using right hand rule)

y
a
2
10
x
0
p
m
=-
dF Idl B
#
=
and since the length of strip is 2 m l = so, the force exerted on the width dy of strip
is given by
dF ( ) l dy K B
#
=
Therefore the net force exerted on the strip is
F (2)(6 )
y
dy a a
2
10
z x
y
0
1
3
p
m
#
= -
=
c m #
( 2 , 6 m l K a
z
= = )
lny a
60
y
0
1
3
p
m
=-
6 @

.4 N a 13
y
m =-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider a rectangular Amperian loop of dimension ( ) ( ) l y 2
#
inside the slab as
shown in the figure below.
As from the Amperes circuital law, we have
d H l :
#
I
enc
=
So for the Amperian loop inside the slab we get
2 ) l ( H ( )( ) y l J 2
0 #
= for a y a # # -
(Net magnetic field intensity along the edge y 2 will be cancelled due to symmetry)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point inside the
slab is
H J ya
z 0
=
or H J y
0
= (for y a # )
and the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point outside the slab
is
H J a
0
= (for y a > )
Thus, the plot of H versus y will be as shown below
Force on any dipole having moment m due to a magnetic flux density B is defined
as
F ( ) m B : d =
Since the magnetic moment of the dipole is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
m m a
x 0
= (1)
and as calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity produced due
to the slab is
H J ya
z 0
=
So we get the magnetic flux density produced due to the slab as
B H
0
m = J ya
z 0 0
m = (2)
Therefore from equation (1) and (2) we get
m B : 0 =
Thus the force acting on the dipole is
F 0 =
Volume current density inside a magnetic material is equal to the curl of its
magnetization M
i.e. J M
#
d =
So volume current density due inside the circular cylinder is
J (5 )a
1
z
2
2
2
r
r
r r = 15 a
z
r =
or J \r
As calculated above the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J 15 a
z
r =
So, we can get the flux density by Amperes circuital law as
d B l :
#
I
enc 0
m =
( )(2 ) B pr I
enc 0
m =
B I
2
enc
0
pr
m
=
Now the enclosed current in the loop is
I
enc
d J S
S
: =
#
( )( ) d d 15
0
2
0
r r r f =
p r
# #
2 15
3
3
0
#
p
r
=
r
; E
10
3
pr =
So, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is
B I
2
enc
0
pr
m
= 5
0
2
m r = ( 10 I
3
pr = )
Thus the plot of magnetic flux density B versus r is as shown below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The surface current density of a material in terms of its magnetization is defined as
K M a
n #
= where a
n
So, the surface current density of the cylinder is
K ( ) ( ) Ma a
z #
=
r
Ma =
f
( , M M a a a
z n
= =
r
)
Therefore the surface current density is directed along a
f
as shown in option (B).
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B ( ) H M
0
m = +
So, B and M will be in same direction inside the cylinder.
Now as the magnetic field lines are circular so outside the cylinder it will make a
loop. Thus, the magnetic field lines will be as shown below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Let the circular ring being placed such that magnetization M is in a
f
direction and
the ring is centered at origin.
So, we have M 4a =
f
As the surface current density of a material in terms of its magnetization is defined
as
K M a
n #
= where a
n
So the surface current density of the ring is
K 4 ( ) a a
#
= -
f r
4a
z
= (M 4a =
f
, a a
n
=-
r
)
and since the volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of
magnetization M
i.e. J M
#
d =
So the volume current density inside the ring is
J (4 ) 0 a
#
d = =
f
( 4 M a =
f
)
Now from Amperes circuital law we have
d B l
L
:
#
I
enc 0
m =
and for determining the field inside the circular ring, the current present on the
inner surface of ring will be considered only. So we get
( )(2 ) B pr ( )(2 ) K
0
m pr =
Therefore the magnetic flux density inside the circular ring is
B ( )(4)
0
m = 4 / wb m
0
2
m = ( 4 / A m K = )
Alternate Method :
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B M
0
m =
and since the magnetization of the rod is 4 / A m M= so, we can have directly the
magnetic flux density inside the ring as
B / Wb m 5
0
2
m =
As calculated above for the complete circular ring, magnetic flux density inside the
ring is
B 4 / wb m a
0
2
m =
f
(magnetic flux density will be directed along the assumed direction of magnetization)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now we calculate the flux density contributed by the gap at its centre when it was
the complete ring. The gap has its cross section in form of a square loop as shown
in figure below
As calculated in previous question the surface current density of the ring is
K 4 / A m =
and since the width of the gap(square loop) is w so, net current in the loop is
I Kw = w 4 =
Now the magnetic flux density at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
H cos cos
I
a
4
2 1
pr
a a = -
f 6 @

1
a " angle subtended by the lower end of the filament at P.

2
a " angle subtended by the upper end of the filament at P.
So the flux density at center of the square loop produced due to one side of the
loop is
B
sq1

( )
I
4 10
2
2
2
0
#
#
p
m
=
- c m
( 1 , 135 , 45 cm
1 2
c c r a a = = = )
Summing the flux density produced due to all the four sides of loop, we get total
magnetic flux density produced by the square loop as
B
sq
4
4 (10 )
2 I
2
0
#
p
m
=
-
f p

( )
10
w 2 4
0 2
p
m
#
= (I Kw = )

( )( . ) 2 4 0 1 10 10
0
3 2
# # #
p
m
=
-
( .1 mm w 0 = )
a
4 2 10
2
0
#
p
m =
f
-
Therefore at the centre of the gap the net magnetic flux density will reduce by this
amount of the flux density. Thus at the centre of the gap the net magnetic flux
density at the centre of the loop will be
B
net
B B
s
= -
4
4 2 10
0
2
0
#
m
p
m = -
-

4
4 2 10
0
2
#
m
p
= -
-
c m
50.04 10 / wb m
7 2
#
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Let the magnetized sphere be of radius r , centered at origin and the magnetization
be M in a
z
direction as shown in figure.
i.e. J M
#
d =
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J ( ) 0 a M
z #
d = =
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K M a
n #
= where a
n
So the surface current density on the sphere is
K ( ) Ma a
z r #
=
^ h
(a
n
a
r
= )
sin M a q =
f
...(i)
Now, consider a rotating spherical shell of uniform surface charge density s, that
corresponds to a surface current density at any point ( , , ) r q f . So we have
K sin R a sw q =
f
...(ii)
where w " angular velocity of spherical shell across z -axis
R " radius of the sphere.
and the magnetic flux density produced inside the rotating spherical shell is defined
as
B R
3
2
0
m sw = ...(iii)
Comparing the eq.(i) and eq.(ii) we get
M R sw =
Putting this value in eq.(iii) we get the magnetic flux density for the magnetized
sphere as
B M
3
2
0
m = ( ) M R sw =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since the magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B ( ) H M
0
m = +
So, we have the magnetic field intensity inside the material as
H B M
1
0
m
= -
and outside the material the magnetic field intensity is
H B
1
0
m
=
So the field lines outside the material will be same as for the case of magnetic
flux density shown in the MCQ. 1.31. Whereas inside the material the direction of
magnetic field intensity will be opposite to the direction of magnetization. Thus the
sketch of the field intensity will be same as shown in the option (B).
The magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to an infinite filamentary
B
I
2
0
pr
m
=
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
Now consider a small area dS of the coil located at a distance x from the current
filament. The magnetic flux density produced on it due to the current filament
along y-axis is
B
x
I
2
0
p
m
= ( x r = )
Since the flux density will be normal to the surface of the coil as determined by
right hand rule therefore, the total magnetic flux passing through the coil is

m
y d B S : =
#

x
I
dxdy
2
x y
0
2
6
0
1
p
m
=
= =
b ^ l h # #
ln
I
2
3
0
p
m
=
As the mutual inductance in terms of total magnetic flux
m
y is defined as
M
I
N
m
y
=
where I " current flowing in the element that produces the magnetic flux.
N " Total no. of turns of the coil that experiences the magnetic flux.
Thus the mutual inductance between the current filament and the loop is
M
2
3 ln
I
I
1500 0
p
m
=
b l
0.33 mH = 1500 N =
Consider the wire is lying along z -axis. So at any point inside the wire (at a
distance a < r from its axis) magnetic field intensity will be determined as
d H l :
#
I
enc
= (Amperes circuital law)
(2 ) H pr I
a
2
2
p
pr
=
c m
(for Amperian loop of radius r)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
or, H
a
I
a
2
2
p
r
=
f
The direction of the magnetic field intensity is determined using right hand rule.
Now the stored energy in the magnetic field H is defined as
W
m
H dv
2
1
v
0
2
m =
#
So the stored energy in the internal magnetic filed per unit length (over the unit
length in z -direction) will be
W
m

( ) a
I
d d dz
2 2
a
z
2 2
0
2 2
0 0
2
0
1
p
m r
r r f =
r f
p
= = =
# # #

I
16
0
2
p
m
=
Therefore, the energy per unit length depends only on I and is uniform for the
uniform current.
Since the two conducting plates of width 2 m w = carry a uniform current of 4 A I =
each so, the surface current density of each plate is
K 2 / A m
w
I
2
4
= = =
Now consider the first plate carrying current in a
z
+ direction is located at y 0 =
and the second plate carrying current in a
z
- direction is located at y d = , where
d is a very small separation between the plates.
Since the magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
H ( ) K a
2
1
n #
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P. So,
the magnetic field intensity produced at the second plate due to the first plate is
H
12
( ) a a
2
1
2
z y #
= a
x
=- ( 2 , K a a a
z n y 1
= = )
Now the force per meter, exerted on the 2
nd
plate due to the 1
st
plate will be
F
12
( ) K d B S
2 12
0
2
0
1
#
=
# #
where K
2
" current density of the 2
nd
plate
B
12
" magnetic flux density produced at the 2
nd
plate due to 1
st
plate
So, F
12
( 2 ) ( )dydz H a
z 0 12
0
2
0
1
m
#
= -
# #
( 2 , K a B H
z 2 12 0 12
m =- = )
( ) ( )dydz a a 2
z x 0
0
2
0
1
#
m = - -
# #
4 a
y 0
m =
As the force applied by first plate on the 2nd plate is in a
y
direction so it is a
repulsive force. Therefore the repulsive force between the plates is 4
0
m .
No, of turns, n 20, 000 / turns meter =
Relative permeability,
r
m 100 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
cross sectional area, S 0.04 m
2
=
Current in the solenoid, I 100 10 A
3
#
=
-
So, its self inductance will be,
Ll n S
r 0
2
m m = ( ) ( ) ( , ) ( . ) 4 10 100 20 000 0 04
7 2
# # # #
p =
-
. 2 011 10
3
#
=
Therefore the energy stored per unit length in the field is
W
m
l L I
2
1 2
= l .
2
1
2 011 10 10
3 2
# # #
=
-
10.05 / J m =
Consider the path followed by the two particles are the curvatures having radii r ,
and r
2
as shown in figure. So at balanced condition centrifugal force will be equal
to magnetic force.
Therefore for the first charged particles

r
mv
1
2
Bqv = & r
Bq
mv
1
=
and
r
m v 2
2
2
^ h
Bqv = & r
Bq
mv
2
=
So the distance between the two particles at releasing end is
d r r 2 2
2 1
= -
Bq
mv
Bq
mv
2
2
2 = -
b b l l

Bq
mv 2
=
The wire is oriented in east-west direction and magnetic field is directed northward
Since the direction of gravitational force will be into the paper(toward the earth)
so for counteracting the gravitational force, applied force must be outward.
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in a magnetic field B is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
F Idl B
L
#
= ^ h #
As the magnetic field B is directed toward north therefore, using right hand rule
for cross vector we conclude that for producing the outward force current must flow
from west to east as shown in the figure below.
Since
Consider the current flowing in the wire is I . So the magnetic force applied by the
field B
0
on the wire is
F
m
ILB
0
= where L is length of the wire
At balanced condition the magnetic force will be equal to the gravitational force :
F
m
mg =
where m is the mass of the wire and g is acceleration due to gravity.
So comparing the two results we get the current flowing in the wire as
I
LB
mg
0
=
Since B
0
0.6 10 / Wb m
4 2
#
=
-
, m 0.3 kg = and L 1 m =
Therefore I
.
. .
1 0 6 10
0 3 9 8
4
# #
#
=
-
^ ^
^
h h
h
49 kA = ( 9.8 / m s g = )
Consider the square loop has side a. Now, when the loop is situated in the field
1.96 / Wb m B
2
= . Suppose it swings with an angle a. So in the new position the
torque must be zero. Gravitational forces acting on all the sides of loop will be
down wards and the force due to magnetic field will be in horizontal direction as
shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, in balanced condition,from the shown figure we have
sin sin a mg a a mg
a
2
2
a a + ^
a
h
k
I a B =
tana
2
. .
.
mg
IB
2 0 2 9 8
2 1 96
= =
^ ^ ^
^ ^
h h h
h h
a / tan 1 4
1
p = =
-
^ h
As discussed in Que 51 the path of electron will be parallel to the input beam but
in opposite direction. So the ejected electrons will be flowing in the a
y
- direction.
At any point in between the two parallel shuts the net magnetic flux density
produced by the two sheets is given as
B B B
1 2
= +
where B
1
is the flux density produced by the lower sheet and B
2
is the flux density
produced by upper sheet.
Now the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to a plane sheet having
current density K is defined as
B K a
2
n
m
#
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the sheet and directed toward point P. So,
the flux density produced by lower sheet is
B
1
a a
2
4
x z
m
#
= ^ h ( 4 K a
x
= , a a
n z
= )
and the flux density produced by the lower sheet is
B
2
( ) a a
2
4
x z
m
#
= - - ^ h ( 4 K a
x
=- , a a
n z
=- )
So the net magnetic flux density produced in the region between the two sheets is
B 4 4 a a a a
2 2
x z x z # #
m m
= + - - ^ ^
^
h h
h
4 a
y
m =-
where m is the permeability of the medium.
Therefore the flux density in region 1 is
B
region 1
4 a
y 1
m =- 8 a
y 0
m =- ( 2
1 0
m m = )
and the flux density in region 2 is
B
region 2
4 a
y 2
m =- 16 a
y 0
m =- ( 4
2 0
m m = )
So the net flux per unit length in the region between the two sheets is

l
f
B
region 1
=^ h (width of region 1) + B
region 2 ^ h (width of region 2)
8 16 a a 1 2
y y 0 0
m m = - + - ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h
0 / Wb m a 5
y 0
m =-
As the permeability of the medium varies from
1
m to
2
m linearly. So at any distance
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
z from one of the plate near to which permiability is
1
m , the permeability is given as
m
d
z
1
2 1
m
m m
= +
-
^ h
(1)
The magnetic flux density between the two parallel sheets carrying equal and
opposite current densities is defined as
B K m =
where K is the magnitude of the current density of the sheets.
Therefore the flux per unit length between the two sheets is

l
f
Bdz
d
0
=
#
where d is the separation between the two sheets.
Kdz
d
0
m =
#
K
d
z dz
d
1
2 1
0
m
m m
= +
-
^ h
; E #
(from equation (1))
K z
d
z
2
d
1
2 1
2
0
m
m m
= +
-
b l ; E
K d
2
1 2
m m
=
+
b l
Given the field intensity inside the slab is
H 4 2 a a
x y
= +
So the magnetic flux density inside the slab is given as
B H m = where m is the permeability of the material.
4 2 a a 2
x y 0
m = + ^ h (m 2
0
m = )
Therefore the magnetization of the material is
M
B
H
0
m
= -
8 4 4 2 a a a a
x y x y
= + - + ^ h 4 2 a a
x y
= +
Now the magnetization surface current density at the surfaces of a magnetic
material is defined as
K
m
M a
n #
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the material
So, at z 0 = magnetization surface current density is
K
0 at
m
z =
6 @ M a
z #
= -
^ h
( ) a a
n z
=-
4 2 a a
y x
= -
and at z d = , the magnetization surface current density is
So, K
at
m
z d =
6 @ M a
z #
= ^ h (a a
n z
= )
4 2 a a a
x y z #
= + ^ ^ h h 4 2 a a
y x
=- +
As calculated in the previous question the magnetization vector of the material is
M 4 2 a a
x y
= +
The magnetization volume current density inside a magnetic material is equal to
the curl of magnetization.,
i.e. J
m
M
#
d =
Therefore the magnetization volume current density inside the slab is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
J
m

a a a
4 2 0
x
x
y
y
z
z
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 =
Given the B-H curve for the material,
B 2 HH
0
m =
The work done per unit volume in magnetizing a material from 0 to B
0
that has
non uniform permeability is defined as
w
m
d H B
B
0
0
: =
#
Now for determining dB. we can express
B 2 H a
H 0
2
m =
where a
H
is the unit vector in direction of H.
So,
dH
dB
4 Ha
H 0
m =
4 H
0
m =
and w
m
4 H H
H
0
0
0
: m = ^ h #
4
H
3
H
0
3
0
0
m = ; E
H
4
3
0 0
3
m
=
As 7 shows the direction into the paper while 9 shows the direction out of the
paper. So the wire of length l carries current I 2 that flows out of the paper.
The Magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite straight wire
H
I
2pr
=
So the magnetic field intensity produced at the top wire due to the infinite wire
carrying current inward is
H
1 f

l
I
2 2 p
=
^ h
( l 2 r = )
and the magnetic field intensity at top wire due to the infinite wire carrying current
outward is
H
2 f

l
I
2 2 p
=
^ h
( l 2 r = )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore the resultant field intensity at the wire of length l is
H
T
cos H H
1 2
q = +
f f ^ h

l
I
2 2
2
2
1
#
p
=
^ h

l
I
2p
=
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field H is defined as
dF ( )( ) H Idl m =
So the force experienced by the wire of length l is
F ( ) H I l 2
T
m = ^ h
l
I
I l
2
2 m
p
= b ^ l h
I
2
2
p
m
=
Consider the sheets as shown in figure that having the surface current densities
20 / mA ma
y
+ and 20 / mA ma
y
-
So the field intensity between the plates will be given as
H H H
1 2
= +
where H
1
is the field intensity produced by the sheet located at x 0 = and H
2
is
the field intensity produced by the sheet located at 5 cm x = .
Now the magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to a plane sheet having
current density K is defined as
H K a
2
1
n #
=
where a
n
is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward point P. So, the
magnetic field intensity in the region between the plates is
H K a K a
2
1
2
1
at at cm
n
x
n
x
1 1
0
2 2
5
# #
= +
= =
1 2 3 44 44 1 2 3 44 44
20 10 20 10 a a a a
2
1
2
1
y x y x
3 3
# # # #
= + - -
- -
^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h
20 10 a
z
3
#
=-
-
and magnetic flux density in the region between the sheets is
B H m = 40 10 a
z 0
3
m
#
=-
-
2
0
m m =
^ h
Therefore the stored magnetic energy per unit volume in the region is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
w
m
H B
2
1
: =
2
1
800 10
0
6
#
m =
-
^ h
400 4 10 10
7 6
# # #
p =
- -
160 / J m
3
p =
Since the separation between plates is 5 cm d = . So, stored energy per unit area
between the plates is
/ W A
m
w d
m #
= . 160 0 05 p
#
=^ ^ h h / J m 4
2
p =
Since the boundary surface of the two medium is z 0 = , so the normal component
B
n 1
and tangential component B
t 1
of magnetic flux density in medium 1 are
B
n 1
a
z
=
and B
t 1
0.4 0.8 a a
x y
= +
As the normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the boundary of
two medium So, the normal component of magnetic flux density in the medium 2 is
B
n 2
B a
n z 1
= = (1)
Now for determining tangential component of field in medium 2, we first calculate
tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 1 which is given as
H
1t

B
t
1
1
m
= where
1
m is the permeability of medium 1.
0.4 0.8 a a
4
1
x y
0
m
= + ^ h
0.1 0.2 a a
x y
0
m
=
+
( 4
1 0
m m = )
Again from the boundary condition the tangential component of magnetic field
intensity in the two mediums are related as
a H H
n t t 1 2 #
- ^ h K =
where H
t 2
and H
t 1
are the tangential components of magnetic field intensity in
medium 2 and medium 1 respectively, K is the surface current density at the
boundary interface of the two mediums and a
n
boundary interface. So we have

. .
H H a
a a
a a
0 1 0 2
z
x y
tx x ty y
0
2 2
m
#
+
- + ^ h < F 0.2 0.4 a a
1
x y
0
m
= - ^ h

. .
H H a a
0 1 0 2
tx y ty x
0
2
0
2
m m
- - -
b b l l
. . a a
1
0 2 0 4
x y
0
m
= - ^ h
Comparing the x and y-components we get
H
tx 2

. . . 0 1 0 4 0 5
0 0 0
m m m
= + =
and H
ty 2

. . . 0 2 0 2 0 4
0 0 0
m m m
= + =
Therefore the tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H
t 2

. .
a a
0 5 0 4
x y
0 0
m m
= +
and the tangential component of magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B
t 2
H
t 2 2
m = 0.8 a a
x y
= +
Thus the net magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B
2
B B
t n 2 2
= + 0.8 a a a
x y z
= + +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Consider the square loop is of side a 2 as shown in the figure
Since the sides BC and AD crosses the straight wire so no force will be experienced
by the sides, while the flux density produced by the straight wire at sides AB and
CD will be equal in magnitude.
Now the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
B
I
2
0
pr
m
=
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at the two sides of the
loop is
B
a 2
2
0
p
m
=
^
^
h
h

a
0
p
m
= 2 , A I a r = = ^ h
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field B is defined as
dF ( ) Idl B
#
=
Therefore the force experienced by side AB of length a 2 is
F
1
a
a
a a 4 2
z x
0
p
m
#
= ^ h 6
9
@
C
a
8
y
0
p
m
= - ^ h ( 4 A I = )
Similarly force experienced by side CD is
F
2
a
a
a a 4 2
z x
0
#
p
m
= - - ^ ^ ^ h h h 6
9
@
C
a
8
y
0
p
m
=
^ h
Thus the net force experienced by the loop is
F F F
1 2
= + a
16
y
0
p
m
=
^ h
16 4 10 a
y
7
# #
=
-
.4 N a 2
y
m =
According to Snells law the permeability of two mediums are related as
tan
0 1
m q tan
2
m q =

tan
tan
2
1
q
q

15
0
0
m
m
=
tan
1
q tan 15
2
q = ...(i)
Now, the given flux density in medium 2 is
B
2
1.2 0.8 a a
y z
= +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So the normal and tangential component of the magnetic flux density in medium
2 is
B
n 2
0.8a
z
=
and B
t 2
1.2a
y
=
tan
2
q
.
.
B
B
1 2
0 8
3
2
t
n
2
2
= = =
or
2
q / tan 2 3
1
=
-
^ h
from equation (1)
tan
1
q tan 15
2
q =
tan
1
q 10 =
q tan 10
1
=
-
^ h
Thus the angular deflection is

1 2
q q - / tan tan 10 2 3
1 1
= -
- -
^ ^ h h
5 .6 4 c =
For calculating total reluctance of the circuit, we have to draw the electrical analog
of the circuit. In the given magnetic circuit, there are total six section for which six
reluctance has been drawn below.
For a given cross sectional area S and length of the core l reluctance is defined as
R
S
l
m
=
Where m is permeability of the medium in core
So, we have R
1

1000 5 10
5 10
10
1
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ ^ h h
R
2

1000 10 10
5 10
20
1
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ ^ h h
R
3

1000 10 10
6 10
50
3
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ ^ h h
R
4

1000 10 10
14 10
50
7
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ ^ h h
R
5

50
3
R
3
0
m
= =
R
6

1000 10 10
4 10
25
1
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ ^ h h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since all the reluctance are connected in series so total reluctance of the magnetic
circuit is
R
T
R R R R R R
1 2 3 4 5 6
= + + + + +

10
1
20
1
50
3
50
7
50
3
25
1
0 0 0 0 0 0
m m m m m m
= + + + + +

20
9
0
m
=
For a given reluctance R of a magnetic circuit, the self, inductance is defined as
L
N
R
2
= Where N is no. of turns of coil
Then, L
/ 9 20
100
0
2
m
=
^
^
h
h

20
9
R
T
0
m
= c m
. 2 79 10
2
#
=
-
27.9 mH =
Give that
no. of turns of coil, N 50 =
length of the core, l 0.6 m =
relative permeability,
r
m 600 =
inductance of the coil, L 0.2 0.2 10 mH H
3
#
= =
-
So, the cross sectional area of core is
S
N
Ll
2
m
=
. .
600 50
0 2 10 0 6
0
2
3
#
m
=
-
^ ^
^ ^
h h
h h
6.366 10 m
5 2
#
=
-
.64 cm 1
2
=
Since the core is ideal so its reluctance will be zero and so the electrical analog for
the magnetic circuit will be as shown below
The reluctance R
1
, R
2
and R
3
is produced by the air gap.
R
1

S
l
100 10
4 10 4
0 1
1
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
m
= = =
-
-
^ h
R
2

100 10
2 10 2
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ h
R
3

100 10
2 10 2
0
4
2
0
#
#
m
m
= =
-
-
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the total reluctance seen by coil N
1
is
R
T
| | R R R
1 2 3
= +

4 1 5
0 0 0
m m m
= + =
and the self inductance of coil will be
L
1
62.8 mH
N
R
T
1
2
= =
The total reluctance of the magnetic circuit as seen from the coil N
2
is
R
T
| | R R R
1 2 3
= + ^ h
| |
4 2 2
0 0 0
m m m
= +
b l
(as calculated above)

3
4 2
0 0
m m
= +
3
10
0
m
=
Therefore the self inductance of the coil N
2
is
L
N
R
T
2
2
2
=
/ 10 3
250
0
2
m
=
^
^
h
h
2 .6 mH 8 =
Since the coil N
1
and N
2
are directly connected through ideal core so entire flux
produced by N
2
will link with N
1
.
The electrical analog of the magnetic circuit is shown below where the reluctance
R
1
and R
2
are the reluctance due to air gap.
So, the reluctance seen by coil N
2
is

S
l
R
1
0
m
=
2000 10
4 10
0
6
3
#
#
m
=
-
-
^
^
h
h

2
0
m
=
Consider the current flowing in coil N
2
is i
2
. So, the total flux produced by N i
2 2
is

2
f
/
N i i
i
2
500
250
R
1
2 2
0
2
0 2
m
m = = =
^ h
Since the entire flux will link with N
1
So mutual induction between N
1
and N
2
is
M L
12
=
i
N
i
i 250 250
2
1 2
2
0 2
f
m
= =
^
^
h
h
78.54 mH =
As the coil N
1
and N
2
are directly connected through an ideal core so entire flux
will produced by N
2
will link with N
1
and so flux linked with N
3
will be zero.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore the mutual inductance between N
3
and N
2
is zero.
Given, the expression for magnetization curve,
B / Wb m H H
3
1 2 2
m = +
The energy stored per unit volume in a magnetic material having linear magnetic
flux density is defined as
w
m
d H B
H
H
0
0
: =
=
#
Since, magnetic field intensity varied from 0 to 210 / A m So, we have
w
m
HdB
H 0
210
=
=
#
Since,
dH
dB
H
3
1
2 = +
So, putting it in equation we get,
w
m
H H dH
3
1
2
H 0
210
= +
=
b l #

H H
6 3
2
2 3
0
210
= +
: D
6.18 10 / J m
6 3
#
= 6.2 / MJ m
3
=
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 5.3
From boundary condition we have the following relation between the magnetic field
intensity in the two mediums :
H
n 1 1
m H
n 2 2
m = (1)
and ( ) H H a
n 1 2 12 #
- K = (2)
where H
1
and H
2
are the magnetic field intensity in the two mediums, a
n12
is the
unit vector normal to the interface of the mediums directed from medium 1 to
medium 2 and K is the surface current density at the interface of the two mediums.
Now, the magnetic field intensity in medium 1 is
H
1
3 30 / A m a a
x y
= +
As the interface lies in the plane x 0 = so, we have
H
n 1
3a
x
=
From equation (1), the normal component of the field intensity in medium 2 is
given as
H
n 2
1.5
H
a
2
n
x
1
= =
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 can be considered as
H
2
1.5 A B a a a
x y z
= + + (3)
where A and B are the constants. So, from equation (2) we have
(3 30 ) (1.5 ) A B a a a a a a
x y x y z x #
+ - + +
6 @
10a
y
=
1.5 (30 ) A B a a a a
x y z x #
+ - -
6 @
10a
y
=
0 (30 ) A B a a
z y
- - - 10a
y
=
Comparing the components in the two sides we get
A 30 - A 0 30 & = =
and B - B 10 10 & = =-
Putting these values in equation (3) we get the magnetic field intensity in medium
2 as
H
2
1.5 30 10 / A m a a a
x y z
= + -
Given,
the magnetic moment m 2.5 A m
2
-
=
Mass of magnet, mass 6.6 10 kg
3
#
=
-
density of steel, density 7.9 10 / kg m
3 3
#
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the net volume of the magnet bar is
v
.
.
density
mass
7 9 10
6 6 10
3
3
#
#
= =
-
0.835 10 m
6 3
#
=
-
Now, the magnetization of the magnet is defined as the magnetic moment per unit
volume so, we get magnetization of the magnet bar as
M
.
.
v
m
0 835 10
2 5
6
#
= =
-
3 10 / A m
6
#
=
Given,
Magnetic field intensity, H
5
/ A m
a
x
m
=
Current element, Idl 4 10 A m a
y
4
#
-
=
-
So, the magnetic flux density is given as
B H m = 5 / A m a
x
=
Since, the force exerted on a current element Idl placed in a magnetic field B is
defined as
F Idl B
#
=^ h
So, putting all the values we get,
F 4 10 5 a a
y x
4
# #
=
-
^ ^ h h
2 10 N a
z
3
#
=-
-
2 mN a
z
=-
The electrical analogy of the magnetic field are listed below :
Electrical field Magnetic field
EMF (electromotive force) " MMF (magneto motive force)
Electric current " Magnetic flux
Resistance " Reluctance
Conductivity " Permeability
So, for the given match list we get, A 3 " , B 2 " , C 4 " , D 1 " .
At the surface of discontinuity (interface between two medium) the normal
component of magnetic flux density are related as
B
n 1
B
n 2
=
i.e. normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the surface of
discontinuity.
Statement 1 is correct
At the boundary interface between two mediums, the normal component of the
electric flux density is related as
D D
n n 2 1
-
s
r = i.e. discontinuous
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where r
S
is surface charge density at the interface. If the interface is charge free (
0 r =
S
) then, the equation changes to
D
n 2
D
n 1
= i.e. continuous
So, the normal component of flux density at the surface of discontinuity may or
may not be continuos.
Magnetic current is composed of both displacement and conduction components.
Torque exerted on a loop with dipole moment M in a magnetic field B is defined
as
T M B
#
=
Biot savarts law gives the magnetic flux density as defined below
B
R
Idl R
4
2
0
p
m
#
=
#
3 b " ^ h
Displacement current is determined by using maxwells equation as
H
#
d J J
c d
= + where J
d
is displacement current density 1 c " ^ h
Time average power flow in a field wave is determined by poynting vector as
P
ave
E H
2
1
s s #
= 2 d " ^ h
Using Gausss law line charge distribution can be determined.
4 a " ^ h
Magnetic energy density in a magnetic field is defined as
w
m
J A
2
1
: =
Consider the two wires carrying current as shown below :
The force exerted due to the wire 2 at wire 1 is given as
F Idl B
#
=^ ^ h h
where Idl is the small current element of the wire 1 and B is magnetic flux density
produced by wire 2 at wire 1. As determined by right hand rule the magnetic flux
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
density produced due to wire 2 at wire 1 is out of the paper.
Which will be towards wire 2. In the similar way the force due to wire 1 at wire 2
will be toward wire 1 i.e. attractive and perpendicular to the wire.
From the boundary condition for magnetic field, we have the following derived
condition as
H
n 1 1
m H
n 2 2
m =
and H
t1
H
t2
=
The magnetic flux density B and magnetic field intensity H in a medium with
permeability m are related as
B H H
r 0
m m m = =
Now, for the different magnetic material relative permeability
r
m are listed below :
Free space (vacuum)
r
m 1 =
Diamagnetic
r
m 1 K
Paramagnetic
r
m 1 L
Ferromagnetic
r
m 1 >>
So, the B-H curve for the respective material has been shown below (depending
on their slopes m).
When a dielectric material is placed in an electric field then the electric dipoles
are created in it. This phenomenon is called polarization of the dielectric material.
So, we conclude that both the statement are correct and statement (II) is correct
explanation of (I).
For an inhomogenous magnetic material, magnetic permeability is a variable and
so, it has some finite gradient. Now, from maxwells equation we know
B : d 0 =
Since, B H m =
So, B : d H : d m = ^ h
0 H : : m d d = +
In the above equation : d m have some finite value therefore,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
H : d 0 ! (in inhomogenous medium)
Force on a current element Idl kept in a magnetic field B is defined as
F Idl B
L
#
=
#
0.05 a a 10 2
z x #
= ^ ^ h h 6 6 @ @ 1.0 N a
y
=
Magnetic energy density in a magnetic field is defined as
w
m
J A
2
1
: =
where J is the current density and A is the magnetic vector potential.
The force on a moving charge q with the velocity v in a region having magnetic
field B and electric field E is defined as
F q E v B
#
= + ^ h
The currents in the hairpin shaped wire flows as shown in the figure.
As the direction of current are opposite so the force acting between them is repulsive,
and So it tend to a straight line.
Given, the Lorentz force equation,
F e v B
#
= ^ h
If the particle is at rest then 0 v = and so there will be no any deflection in particle
due to the magnetic field.
Force acting on a small point charge q moving in an EM wave is defined as
F q q E v B = + + ^ h
So, for q 1 =
F E v B
#
= +
Given,
Current flowing in the conductor, I 5 A =
Magnetic flux density, B 3 4 a a
x y
= +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the force experienced by a current carrying element Idl placed in a magnetic
field B is defined as
dF Idl B
#
=^ h
As the current flowing in a
z
direction so, we have
dl dla
z
=
and the force experienced by the conductor is
dF dla a a 5 3 4
z x y #
= + ^ ^ h h
Therefore, the force per unit length experienced by the conductor is

dl
dF
15 20 a a
y x
= -
20 15 / N m a a
x y
=- +
From the boundary condition for magnetic field we have the following relation :
Normal component of magnetic flux density is continuous
i.e. B
n1
B
n2
=
Any field vector is the sum of its normal and tangential component to any surface
i.e. H
1
H H
n t 1 1
= +
When the interface between two medium carries a uniform current K then the
tangential component of magnetic field intensity is not uniform.
i.e. H H
t t 1 2
- K =
or, a H H
n21 1 2 #
- ^ h K =
But, B
2
B B
n t 2 2
! +
Given, the magnetic flux density in medium 1 is
B
1
1.2 0.8 0.4 a a a
x y z
= + +
and the interface lies in the plane z 0 = .
So, the tangential and normal components of magnetic flux density in the two
mediums are respectively :
B
t 1
1.2 0.8 a a
x y
= +
and B
n 1
0.4a
z
=
Now, from the boundary condition of current free interface, we have the following
relations between the components of field in two mediums.
B
n 1
B
n 2
=
and
B
t
1
1
m

B
t
2
2
m
=
Therefore, we get the field components in medium 2 as
B
n 2
B
n 1
= 0.4a
z
=
and B
t 2
B
t 1
1
2
m
m
=
b l
1.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 a a a a
2
1
x y x y
= + = + ^ ^ h h
Thus, the net magnetic flux density in region 2 is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
B
2
B B
n t 2 2
= +
0.6 0.4 0.4 a a a
x y z
= + +
So, the magnetic field intensity in region 2 is
H
2
0.6 0.4 0.4 / A m
B
a a a
1
x y z
2
2
0
m m
= = + + ^ h
Energy stored in a magnetic field is defined as
W
m
dv A J
2
1
: =
#
So, dv A J :
#
has the units of energy.
***********
CHAPTER 6
TI ME VARRYI NG FI ELD AND MAXWELL EQUATI ON
342 Time Varrying Field and Maxwell Equation Chap 6
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 6.1
(Notations have their usual meaning)
List-I List-II
a Amperes circuital law 1. D
v
: r d =
b Faradays law 2. 0 B : d =
c Gausss law 3.
t
E
B
2
2
#
d =-
d Non existence of isolated
magneticharge
4.
t
H J
D
2
2
#
d = +
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 2 3 1 4
(D) 4 3 1 2
MCQ 6.1.2 Magneto static fields is caused by
(A) stationary charges (B) steady currents
(C) time varying currents (D) none of these
MCQ 6.1.3 Let A be magnetic vector potential and E be electric field intensity at certain time
in a time varying EM field. The correct relation between E and A is
(A)
t
E
A
2
2
=- (B)
t
A
E
2
2
=-
(C)
t
E
A
2
2
= (D)
t
A
E
2
2
=
MCQ 6.1.4 A closed surface S defines the boundary line of magnetic medium such that the
field intensity inside it is B. Total outward magnetic flux through the closed
surface will be
(A) B S : (B) 0
(C) B S
#
(D) none of these
Chap 6 Time Varrying Field and Maxwell Equation 343
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.1.5 A perfect conducting sphere of radius r is such that its net charge resides on the
surface. At any time t , magnetic field ( , ) r t B inside the sphere will be
(A) 0
(B) uniform, independent of r
(C) uniform, independent of t
(D) uniform, independent of both r and t
MCQ 6.1.6 The total magnetic flux through a conducting loop having electric field E 0 =
inside it will be
(A) 0
(B) constant
(C) varying with time only
(D) varying with time and area of the surface both
MCQ 6.1.7 A cylindrical wire of a large cross section made of super conductor carries a current
I . The current in the superconductor will be confined.
(A) inside the wire (B) to the axis of cylindrical wire
(C) to the surface of the wire (D) none of these
MCQ 6.1.8 If B
i
denotes the magnetic flux density increasing with time and B
d
denotes the
magnetic flux density decreasing with time then which of the configuration is
correct for the induced current I in the stationary loop ?
MCQ 6.1.9 A circular loop is rotating about z -axis in a magnetic field cos B t B a
y 0
w = . The
total induced voltage in the loop is caused by
(A) Transformer emf (B) motion emf.
(C) Combination of (A) and (B) (D) none of these
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.1.10 A small conducting loop is released from rest with in a vertical evacuated cylinder
voltage induced in the falling loop is
(Assume earth magnetic field 10 T 2
6
#
=
-
at a constant angle of 10c below the
horizontal)
(A) zero (B) 1 mV
(C) 17.34 mV (D) 9.8 mV
MCQ 6.1.11 A square loop of side 2 m is located in the plane x 0 = as shown in figure. A non-
uniform magnetic flux density through it is given as
B 4z t a
x
3 2
= ,
The emf induced in the loop at time sec t 2 = will be
(A) 16 volt (B) 4 volt -
(C) 4 volt (D) 2 volt -
MCQ 6.1.12 A very long straight wire carrying a current A I 3 = is placed at a distance of 4 m
from a square loop as shown in figure. If the side of the square loop is 4 m then the
total flux passing through the square loop will be
(A) 0.81 10 wb
7
#
-
(B) 10 wb
6 -
(C) 4.05 10 wb
7
#
-
(D) 2.0 10 wb
7
#
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.1.13 A straight conductor ab of length l lying in the xy plane is rotating about the
centre a at an angular velocity w as shown in the figure.
If a magnetic field B is present in the space directed along a
z
then which of the
following statement is correct ?
(A) V
ab
is positive (B) V
ab
is negative
(C) V
ba
is positive (D) V
ba
is zero
MCQ 6.1.14 In a certain region magnetic flux density is given as 0. / Wb m t B a 2
z
2
= . An electric
loop with resistance 2 W and 4 W is lying in x -y plane as shown in the figure.
If the area of the loop is m 2
2
than, the voltage drop V
1
and V
2
across the two
resistances is respectively
(A) 66.7 mV and 33.3 mV (B) 33.3 mV and 66.7 mV
(C) 50 mV and 100 mV (D) 100 mV and 50 mV
MCQ 6.1.15 Assertion (A) : A small piece of bar magnet takes several seconds to emerge at
bottom when it is dropped down a vertical aluminum pipe where as an identical
unmagnetized piece takes a fraction of second to reach the bottom.
Reason (R) : When the bar magnet is dropped inside a conducting pipe, force
exerted on the magnet by induced eddy current is in upward direction.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.1.16 A magnetic core of uniform cross section having two coils (Primary and secondary)
wound on it as shown in figure. The no. of turns of primary coil is 5000 and no. of
turns of secondary coil is 3000. If a voltage source of 4 Volts is connected across the
primary coil then what will be the voltage across the secondary coil ?
(A) 72 volt (B) 7.2 volt
(C) 20 volt (D) 7.2 volt -
MCQ 6.1.17 Self inductance of a long solenoid having n turns per unit length will be proportional
to
(A) n (B) /n 1
(C) n
2
(D) /n 1
2
MCQ 6.1.18 A wire with resistance R is looped on a solenoid as shown in figure.
If a constant current is flowing in the solenoid then the induced current flowing in
the loop with resistance R will be
(A) non uniform (B) constant
(C) zero (D) none of these
MCQ 6.1.19 A long straight wire carries a current ( ) cos I I t
0
w = . If the current returns along
a coaxial conducting tube of radius r as shown in figure then magnetic field and
electric field inside the tube will be respectively.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) radial, longitudinal (B) circumferential, longitudinal
(C) circumferential, radial (D) longitudinal, circumferential
MCQ 6.1.20 Assertion (A) : Two coils are wound around a cylindrical core such that the primary
coil has N
1
turns and the secondary coils has N
2
turns as shown in figure. If the
same flux passes through every turn of both coils then the ratio of emf induced in
the two coils is

V
V
emf
emf
1
2

N
N
1
2
=
Reason (R) : In a primitive transformer, by choosing the appropriate no. of turns,
any desired secondary emf can be obtained.
MCQ 6.1.21 In a non magnetic medium electric field cos E E t
0
w = is applied. If the permittivity
of medium is e and the conductivity is s then the ratio of the amplitudes of the
conduction current density and displacement current density will be
(A) /
0
m we (B) / s we
(C) /
0
sm we (D) / we s
MCQ 6.1.22 In a medium where no D.C. field is present, the conduction current density at
any point is given as J
d
. / cos A m t a 5 1 5 10
y
8 2
#
=
^ h
. Electric flux density in the
medium will be
(A) 133.3 . / sin nC m t a 1 5 10
y
8 2
# ^ h
(B) 13.3 . / sin nC m t a 1 5 10
y
8 2
# ^ h
(C) 1.33 . / sin nC m t a 1 5 10
y
8 2
# ^ h
(D) 1.33 . / sin nC m t a 1 5 10
y
8 2
#
-
^ h
MCQ 6.1.23 In a medium, the permittivity is a function of position such that 0
d
.
e
e
. If the
volume charge density inside the medium is zero then E : d is roughly equal to
(A) E e (B) E e -
(C) 0 (D) E : e d -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.1.24 A conducting medium has permittivity, 4
0
e e = and conductivity, 1.14 10 / s m
8
s
#
=
. What will be the ratio of magnitude of displacement current and conduction
current in the medium at 50 GHz ?
(A) . 1 10 10
4
#
(B) . 1 025 10
7
#
(C) . 9 75 10
17
#
-
(D) . 9 75 10
8
#
-
MCQ 6.1.25 In free space, the electric field intensity at any point ( , , ) r q f in spherical coordinate
system is given by
E
sin cos
r
t kr
a
q w
=
-
q
^ h
The phasor form of magnetic field intensity in the free space will be
(A)
sin
r
k
e a
jkr
0
wm
q
f
-
(B)
sin
r
k
e a
jkr
0
wm
q
-
f
-
(C)
r
k
e a
jkr 0
wm
f
-
(D)
sin
r
k
e a
jkr q
f
-
MCQ 6.1.26 Magnetic field intensity in free space is given as
H 0. / cos sin A m y t bx a 2 15 6 10
z
9
#
p p = - ^ ^ h h
It satisfies Maxwells equation when b equals to
(A) 46.5 / rad m ! (B) 41.6 / rad m !
(C) 77.5 / rad m ! (D) 60.28 / rad m !
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 6.2
MCQ 6.2.1 Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 3 m as shown in
figure. One end of the rail is being connected through a resistor 10 R W = and the
other end is kept open. A metal bar slides frictionlessly on the rails at a speed of
5 / m s away from the resistor. If the magnetic flux density 0. / Wb m B 2
2
= pointing
out of the page fills entire region then the current I flowing in the resistor will be
(A) 0.01 A (B) 0.01 A -
(C) 1 A (D) 0.1 A -
A conducting wire is formed into a square loop of side 4 m. A very long straight
wire carrying a current 30 A I = is located at a distance 2 m from the square loop
as shown in figure.
MCQ 6.2.2 If the loop is pulled away from the straight wire at a velocity of 5 / m s then the
induced e.m.f. in the loop after . sec 0 6 will be
(A) 5 volt m (B) 2.5 volt m
(C) 25 volt m (D) 5 mvolt
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.3 If the loop is pulled downward in the parallel direction to the straight wire, such
that distance between the loop and wire is always 3 m then the induced e.m.f. in
the loop at any time t will be
(A) linearly increasing with t (B) always 0
(C) linearly decreasing with t (D) always constant but not zero.
MCQ 6.2.4 An infinitely long straight wire with a closed switch S carries a uniform current
4 A I = as shown in figure. A square loop of side 2 m a = and resistance 4 R W = is
located at a distance 4 m from the wire. Now at any time t t
0
= the switch is open
so the current I drops to zero. What will be the total charge that passes through
a corner of the square loop after t t
0
= ?
(A) 277 nC (B) 693 nC
(C) 237 nC - (D) 139 nC
MCQ 6.2.5 A circular loop of radius 5 m carries a current 2 A I = . If another small circular
loop of radius 1 mm lies a distance 8 m above the large circular loop such that the
planes of the two loops are parallel and perpendicular to the common axis as shown
in figure then total flux through the small loop will be
(A) 1.62 fWb (B) 25.3 nWb
(C) 44.9 fWb (D) 45.4 pWb
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.6 A non magnetic medium at frequency 1.6 10 Hz f
8
#
= has permittivity 54
0
e e =
and resistivity 0.77 m r W
-
= . What will be the ratio of amplitudes of conduction
current to the displacement current ?
(A) 0.43 (B) 0.37
(C) 1.16 (D) 2.70
MCQ 6.2.7 Two voltmeters A and B with internal resistances R
A
and R
B
respectively is
connected to the diametrically opposite points of a long solenoid as shown in
figure. Current in the solenoid is increasing linearly with time. The correct relation
between the voltmeters reading V
A
and V
B
will be
(A) V V
A B
= (B) V V
A B
=-
(C)
V
V
R
R
B
A
B
A
= (D)
V
V
R
R
B
A
B
A
=-
Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 6 m with a resistance
10 R W = connected across its one end. A conducting bar slides frictionlessly on
the rails with a velocity of 4 / m s away from the resistance as shown in the figure.
MCQ 6.2.8 If a uniform magnetic field Tesla B 4 = pointing out of the page fills entire region
then the current I flowing in the bar will be
(A) 0 A (B) 40 A -
(C) 4 A (D) 4 A -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.9 The force exerted by magnetic field on the sliding bar will be
(A) 4 N, opposes its motion
(B) 40 N, opposes its motion
(C) 40 N, in the direction of its motion
(D) 0
MCQ 6.2.10 Two small resistor of 225 W each is connected through a perfectly conducting
filament such that it forms a square loop lying in x -y plane as shown in the figure.
Magnetic flux density passing through the loop is given as
B 7.5 (120 30 ) cos t a
z
c p =- -
The induced current ( ) I t in the loop will be
(A) . ( ) sin t 0 02 120 30c p - (B) . ( ) sin t 2 8 10 120 30
3
#
c p -
(C) . ( ) sin t 5 7 120 30c p - - (D) . ( ) sin t 5 7 120 30c p -
In a non uniform magnetic field 8 Tesla x B a
z
2
= , two parallel rails with a separation
of 10 m and connected with a voltmeter at its one end is located in x -y plane as
shown in figure. The Position of the bar which is sliding on the rails is given as
x 1 0.4 t t
2
= + ^ h
MCQ 6.2.11 Voltmeter reading at . sec t 0 4 = will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 0.35 volt - (B) 0.35 volt
(C) 0.29 volt - (D) 1.6 volt -
MCQ 6.2.12 Voltmeter reading at 12 cm x = will be
(A) 12.27 mvolt (B) 14.64 mvolt -
(C) 23.4 mvolt (D) 23.4 mvolt -
MCQ 6.2.13 A rectangular loop of self inductance L is placed near a very long wire carrying
current i
1
as shown in figure (a). If i
1
be the rectangular pulse of current as shown
in figure (b) then the plot of the induced current i
2
in the loop versus time t will
be (assume the time constant of the loop, / L R & t )
MCQ 6.2.14 Two parallel conducting rails is placed in a varying magnetic field 0.2cos t B a
x
w =
. A conducting bar oscillates on the rails such that its position is given by
y 0. cos m t 25 1 w = - ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
If one end of the rails are terminated in a resistance 5 R W = , then the current i
flowing in the rails will be
(A) . sin cos t t 0 01 1 2 w w w + ^ h
(B) . sin cos t t 0 01 1 2 w w w - + ^ h
(C) . cos sin t t 0 01 1 2 w w w + ^ h
(D) . sin sin t t 0 05 1 2 w w w + ^ h
MCQ 6.2.15 Electric flux density in a medium ( 10
r
e = , 2
r
m = ) is given as
D .33 . / sin C m t x a 2 3 10 0 2
y
8 2
#
m = - ^ h
Magnetic field intensity in the medium will be
(A) 10 . / sin A m t x a 3 10 0 2
y
5 8
#
-
-
^ h

(B) 2 . / sin A m t x a 3 10 0 2
y
8
#
- ^ h
(C) 4 . / sin A m t x a 3 10 0 2
y
8
#
- - ^ h
(D) 4 . / sin A m t x a 3 10 0 2
y
8
#
- ^ h
MCQ 6.2.16 In a non conducting medium ( ) 0 s = magnetic field intensity at any point is given
by H / cos A m t bx a 10
z
10
= - ^ h . The permittivity of the medium is e 0.12 / nF m =
and permeability of the medium is m 3 10 / H m
5
#
=
-
. If no D.C. field is present in
medium, then value of b for which the field satisfies Maxwells equation is
(A) 600 / rad s -
(B) 600 / rad m
(C) 3.6 10 / rad m
5
#

(D) (A) and (B) both
MCQ 6.2.17 A current filament located on the x -axis in free space with in the interval
0.1 0.1 m x < < - carries current ( ) 8 A I t t = in a
x
direction. If the retarded vector
potential at point ( , , ) P 0 0 2 be ( ) t A then the plot of ( ) t A versus time will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.18 In a non-conducting medium ( 0 s = , 2
r r
m e = = ), the retarded potentials are given
as V volt y x ct = - ^ h and / Wb m y t A a
c
x
x
= -
^ h
where c is velocity of waves in
free space. The field (electric and magnetic) inside the medium satisfies Maxwells
equation if
(A) 0 J = only (B) 0
v
r = only
(C) 0 J
v
r = = (D) Cant be possible
MCQ 6.2.19 Electric field in free space in given as
E 5sin cos y bx a 10 6 10
z
9
#
p p = - ^ ^ h h
It satisfies Maxwells equation for ? b =
(A) 20 / rad m ! p (B) / rad m 300 ! p
(C) 10 / rad m p (D) 30 / rad m p
In a region of electric and magnetic fields E and B, respectively, the force
experienced by a test charge qC are given as follows for three different velocities.
Velocity m/sec Force, N
a
x
q a a 2
x y
+
^ h
a
y
qa
y
a
z
2 q a a
y z
+ ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.20 What will be the magnetic field B in the region ?
(A) a
x
(B) a a
x y
-
(C) a
z
(D) a a
y z
-
MCQ 6.2.21 What will be electric field E in the region ?
(A) a a
x z
- (B) a a
y z
-
(C) a a
y z
+ (D) a a a
y z x
+ -
MCQ 6.2.22 In Cartesian coordinates magnetic field is given by 2/x B a
z
=- . A square loop of
side 2 m is lying in xy plane and parallel to the y-axis. Now, the loop is moving in
that plane with a velocity v a 4
x
= as shown in the figure.
What will be the circulation of the induced electric field around the loop ?
(A)
x x 2
16
+ ^ h
(B)
x
8
(C)
x x 2
8
+ ^ h
(D)
x x
16
2 + ^ h
In a cylindrical coordinate system, magnetic field is given by
B
sin
for m
for m
for m
ta
0 5
2 5 6
0 6
<
< <
>
z
r
w r
r
=
Z
[
\
]
]
]]
MCQ 6.2.23 The induced electric field in the region 4 m < r will be
(A) 0 (B)
cos t
a
2
r
w w
f
(C) 2cos ta w -
f
(D)
sin t
a
2
1
w
f
MCQ 6.2.24 The induced electric field at 4.5 m r = is
(A) 0 (B)
17 cos t
18
w w
-
(C)
4 cos t
9
w w
(D)
17 cos t
4
w w
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.25 The induced electric field in the region 5 m > r is
(A) cos ta
18
r
w w -
f
(B)
cos t
a
9
r
w w -
f
(C) 9 cos ta r w -
f
(D)
cos t
a
9
r
w w
f
MCQ 6.2.26 In a certain region a test charge is moving with an angular velocity 2 /sec rad along
a circular path of radius 4 m centred at origin in the x -y plane. If the magnetic
flux density in the region is 2 / Wb m B a
z
2
= then the electric field viewed by an
observer moving with the test charge is
(A) 8 / V m a
r
(B) 4 / V m a
r
(C) 0 (D) 8 / V m a -
r
MCQ 6.2.27 A 8 A current is flowing along a straight wire from a point charge situated at the
origin to infinity and passing through the point (1, 1, 1). The circulation of the
magnetic field intensity around the closed path formed by the triangle having the
vertices , , 2 0 0 ^ h, , , 0 2 0 ^ h and , , 0 0 2 ^ h is equal to
(A) A
8
7
(B) 3 A
(C) 7 A (D) 1 A
MCQ 6.2.28 Magnetic flux density, 0.1t B a
z
= Tesla threads only the loop abcd lying in the
plane xy as shown in the figure.
Consider the three voltmeters V
1
, V
2
and V
3
, connected across the resistance in the
same xy plane. If the area of the loop abcd is 1 m
2
then the voltmeter readings are
V
1
V
2
V
3
(A) 66.7 mV 33.3 mV 66.7 mV
(B) 33.3 mV 66.7 mV 33.3 mV
(C) 66.7 mV 66.7 mV 33.3 mV
(D) 33.3 mV 66.7 mV 66.7 mV
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A square wire loop of resistance R rotated at an angular velocity w in the uniform
magnetic field / mWb m B a 2
y
2
= as shown in the figure.
MCQ 6.2.29 If the angular velocity, 2 /sec rad w = then the induced e.m.f. in the loop will be
(A) 2 / sin V m m q (B) 2 / cos V m m q
(C) 4 / cos V m m q (D) 4 / sin V m m q
MCQ 6.2.30 If resistance, 40 m R W = then the current flowing in the square loop will be
(A) 0.2 sin mA q (B) 0.1 sin mA q
(C) 0.1cos mA q (D) 0.5sin mA q
MCQ 6.2.31 In a certain region magnetic flux density is given as sin B t B a
y 0
w = . A rectangular
loop of wire is defined in the region with its one corner at origin and one side along
z -axis as shown in the figure.
If the loop rotates at an angular velocity w (same as the angular frequency of
magnetic field) then the maximum value of induced e.m.f in the loop will be
(A) B S
2
1
0
w (B) B S 2
0
w
(C) B S
0
w (D) B S 4
0
w
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.2.32 A 50 turn rectangular loop of area 64 cm
2
rotates at 60 revolution per seconds in
a magnetic field 0.25 377 / sin Wb m t B
2
= directed normal to the axis of rotation.
The rms value of the induced voltage is
(A) 2.13 volt (B) 21.33 volt
(C) 4.26 volt (D) 42.66 volt
Consider the figure shown below. Let 120 / cos Wb m B t 5
2
p = and assume that the
magnetic field produced by ( ) i t is negligible
MCQ 6.2.33 The value of v
ab
is
(A) 118.43 120 cos t p - V (B) 118.43 120 cos t p V
(C) 118.43 120 sin t p - V (D) 118.43 120 sin t p V
MCQ 6.2.34 The value of ( ) i t is
(A) 0.47 120 cos t p - A (B) 0.47 120 cos t p A
(C) 0.47 120 sin t p - A (D) 0.47 120 sin t p A
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 6.3
MCQ 6.3.1 A magnetic field in air is measured to be B
x y
x
x y
y
a a B
y x 0
2 2 2 2
=
+
-
+
c m
What
current distribution leads to this field ?
[Hint : The algebra is trivial in cylindrical coordinates.]
(A) , 0
B
x y
r J
z 1
0
0
2 2
!
m
=
+
c m
(B) , 0
B
x y
r J
z 2
0
0
2 2
!
m
=-
+
c m
(C) 0, 0 r J ! = (D) , 0
B
x y
r J
z 1
0
0
2 2
!
m
=
+
c m
MCQ 6.3.2 For static electric and magnetic fields in an inhomogeneous source-free medium,
which of the following represents the correct form of Maxwells equations ?
(A) 0 E : d = , 0 B d
#
= (B) 0 E : d = , 0 B : d =
(C) 0 E d
#
= , 0 B d
#
= (D) 0 E d
#
= , 0 B : d =
MCQ 6.3.3 If C is closed curve enclosing a surface S, then magnetic field intensity H, the
current density J and the electric flux density D are related by
(A) d
t
dl H S J
D
S C
$ :
2
2
= +
b l
## ## (B) d
t
d H l J
D
S
S S
: :
2
2
= +
b l
# ##
(C) d
t
dl H S J
D
S C
: :
2
2
= +
b l
# ## (D) d
t
d H l J
D
S
C S
: :
2
2
= +
b l
## #
MCQ 6.3.4 The unit of H
#
d is
(A) Ampere (B) Ampere/meter
(C) Ampere/meter
2
(D) Ampere-meter
MCQ 6.3.5 The Maxwell equation
t
H J
D
2
2
#
d = + is based on
(A) Amperes law (B) Gauss law
(C) Faradays law (D) Coulombs law
MCQ 6.3.6 A loop is rotating about they y-axis in a magnetic field ( ) cos B t B a
x 0
w f = + T.
The voltage in the loop is
(A) zero
(B) due to rotation only
(C) due to transformer action only
(D) due to both rotation and transformer action
GATE 2009
GATE 2008
GATE 2007
GATE 2003
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.7 The credit of defining the following current is due to Maxwell
(A) Conduction current (B) Drift current
(C) Displacement current (D) Diffusion current
MCQ 6.3.8 A varying magnetic flux linking a coil is given by /3 t 2
3
l F = . If at time 3 s t = , the
emf induced is 9 V, then the value of l is.
(A) zero (B) 1 / Wb s
2
(C) 1 / Wb s
2
- (D) 9 / Wb s
2
MCQ 6.3.9 Assuming that each loop is stationary and time varying magnetic field B, induces
current I , which of the configurations in the figures are correct ?
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (B) 1 and 3 only
(C) 2 and 4 only (D) 3 and 4 only
MCQ 6.3.10 Assertion (A) : For time varying field the relation V E d =- is inadequate.
Reason (R) : Faradays law states that for time varying field 0 E d
#
=
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.11 Who developed the concept of time varying electric field producing a magnetic field
?
(A) Gauss (B) Faraday
(C) Hertz (D) Maxwell
MCQ 6.3.12 A single turn loop is situated in air, with a uniform magnetic field normal to
its plane. The area of the loop is 5 m
2
and the rate of charge of flux density is
2 / / Wb m s
2
. What is the emf appearing at the terminals of the loop ?
(A) 5 V - (B) 2 V -
(C) 0.4 V - (D) 10 V -
MCQ 6.3.13 Which of the following equations results from the circuital form of Amperes law ?
(A)
t
E
B
2
2
#
d =- (B) 0 B : d =
(C) D : r d = (D)
t
H J
D
2
2
#
d = +
MCQ 6.3.14 Assertion (A) : Capacitance of a solid conducting spherical body of radius a is
given by 4 a
0
pe in free space.
Reason (R) : j H E J we
#
d = +
MCQ 6.3.15 Two conducting thin coils X and Y (identical except for a thin cut in coil Y
) are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing at a constant rate.
If the plane of the coils is perpendicular to the field lines, which of the following
statement is correct ? As a result, emf is induced in
(A) both the coils
(B) coil Y only
(C) coil X only
(D) none of the two coils
MCQ 6.3.16 Assertion (A) : Time varying electric field produces magnetic fields.
Reason (R) : Time varying magnetic field produces electric fields.
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.17 Match List I (Electromagnetic Law) with List II (Different Form) and select the
correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I List-II
a. Amperes law 1. D
v
4: r =
b. Faradays law 2.
J
t
h
4:
2
2
=-
c. Gauss law 3.
t
H J
D
4
2
2
#
= +
d. Current 4.
t
E
B
4
2
2
#
=-
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 3 4 1 2
(C) 1 4 3 2
(D) 3 2 1 4
MCQ 6.3.18 Two metal rings 1 and 2 are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing
with time with their planes perpendicular to the field. If the rings are identical
except that ring 2 has a thin air gap in it, which one of the following statements
is correct ?
(A) No e.m.f is induced in ring 1
(B) An e.m.f is induced in both the rings
(C) Equal Joule heating occurs in both the rings
(D) Joule heating does not occur in either ring.
MCQ 6.3.19 Which one of the following Maxwells equations gives the basic idea of radiation ?
(A)
/
/
t
t
H D
E B
2 2
2 2
#
#
d
d
=
=
4 (B)
/
/
t
t
E B
D B :
2 2
2 2
#
d
d
=-
=-
4
(C)
0
D
D
:
:
r d
d
=
=
3 (D)
/ t
B
H D
:
2 2
r
#
d
d
=
=^ h
4
MCQ 6.3.20 Which one of the following is NOT a correct Maxwell equation ?
(A)
t
H
D
J
2
2
#
d = + (B)
t
E
H
2
2
#
d =
(C) D : d r = (D) 0 B : d =
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.21 Match List I (Maxwell equation) with List II (Description) and select the correct
answer :
List I
a.
0 dS B: = #
b.
d dv S D
v
v
: r = # #
c.
d
t
d l
B
S E: $
2
2
=- # #
d. ( )
d
t
d l
D J
S H: :
2
2
=
+
# #
List II
1. The mmf around a closed path is equal to the conduction current plus the
time derivative of the electric displacement current through any surface
bounded by the path.
2. The emf around a closed path is equal to the time derivative is equal to the
time derivative of the magnetic displacement through any surface bounded
by the path.
3. The total electric displacement through the surface enclosing a volume is
equal to total charge within the volume
4. The net magnetic flux emerging through any closed surface is zero.
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 3 2 4
(B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 4 2 3 1
(D) 1 2 3 4
MCQ 6.3.22 The equation of continuity defines the relation between
(A) electric field and magnetic field
(B) electric field and charge density
(C) flux density and charge density
(D) current density and charge density
MCQ 6.3.23 What is the generalized Maxwells equation
t
H J
D
c
2
2
#
d = + for the free space ?
(A) 0 H
#
d = (B) H J
c #
d =
(C)
t
H
D
2
2
#
d = (D) H D
#
d =
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.24 Magnetic field intensity is H 2 y x a a a 3 6
x y z
= + + A/m. What is the current density
/ A m J
2
?
(A) 2a
y
- (B) 7a
z
-
(C) 3a
x
(D) 12a
y
MCQ 6.3.25 A circular loop placed perpendicular to a uniform sinusoidal magnetic field of
frequency
1
w is revolved about an axis through its diameter at an angular velocity
2
w rad/sec ( ) <
2 1
w w as shown in the figure below. What are the frequencies for the
e.m.f induced in the loop ?
(A) and
1 2
w w
(B) , and
1 2 2 2
w w w w +
(C) , and
2 1 2 2
w w w w -
(D) and
1 2 1 2
w w w w - +
MCQ 6.3.26 Which one of the following is not a Maxwells equation ?
(A) j H E s we
#
d = + ^ h
(B) Q F E v B
#
= + ^ h
(C) d d
t
d H l J S
D
S
c s s
: : :
2
2
= + # # #
(D) d B S 0
S
: = #
MCQ 6.3.27 Consider the following three equations :
1.
t
E
B
d
2
2
#
=-
2.
t
H J
D
2
2
#
d = +
3. 0 B : d =
Which of the above appear in Maxwells equations ?
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2008
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.28 A straight current carrying conductor and two conducting loops A and B are shown
in the figure given below. What are the induced current in the two loops ?
(A) Anticlockwise in A and clockwise in B
(B) Clockwise in A and anticlockwise in B
(C) Clockwise both in A and B
(D) Anticlockwise both in A and B
MCQ 6.3.29 Which one of the following equations is not Maxwells equation for a static
electromagnetic field in a linear homogeneous medium ?
(A) 0 B : d = (B) 0 D d
#
=
v
(C) d I B l
c
0
: m = # (D) A J
2
0
m d =
MCQ 6.3.30 In free space, if 0
v
r = , the Poissons equation becomes
(A) Maxwells divergence equation 0 B : d =
(B) Laplacian equation 0 V
2
d =
(C) Kirchhoffs voltage equation 0 V S =
MCQ 6.3.31 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below :
List I List II
a Continuity equation 1.
t
H J
D
2
2
#
d = +
b Amperes law 2.
t
J
D
2
2
=
c Displacement current 3.
t
E
B
2
2
#
d =-
d Faradays law 4.
t
J
v
2
2r
#
d =-
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) 4 1 2 3
(C) 2 3 4 1
(D) 2 1 4 3
MCQ 6.3.32 Match List I (Type of field denoted by A) with List II (Behaviour) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below :
List I List II
a A static electric field in a charge free region 1. 0 A : d =
0 A !
#
d
b A static electric field in a charged region 2. 0 A : ! d
0 A
#
d =
c A steady magnetic field in a current carrying
conductor
3. 0 A : ! d
0 A !
#
d
d A time-varying electric field in a charged medium
with time-varying magnetic field
4. 0 A : d =
0 A
#
d =
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 2 3 1
(B) 4 2 1 3
(C) 2 4 3 1
(D) 2 4 1 3
MCQ 6.3.33 Which one of the following pairs is not correctly matched ?
(A) Gauss Theorem : d dv D s D
s v
: : d = # #
(B) Gausss Law : d dv D s
v
: r = # #
(C) Coulombs Law : V
dt
d
m
f
=-
(D) Stokes Theorem : ( ) d d l s
l s
: : x x
#
d = # #
MCQ 6.3.34 Maxwell equation ( / ) t E B 2 2
#
d =- is represented in integral form as
(A) d
t
d E l B l : :
2
2
=- # # (B) d
t
d E l B s
s
: :
2
2
=- # #
(C) d
t
d E l B l :
2
2
#
=- # # (D) d
t
d E l B l
s
:
2
2
#
=- # #
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 6.3.35 The magnetic flux through each turn of a 100 turn coil is ( ) t t 4
3
- milli-Webers
where t is in seconds. The induced e.m.f at 2 t s = is
(A) 1 V (B) 1 V -
(C) 0.4 V (D) 0.4 V -
MCQ 6.3.36 Two conducting coils 1 and 2 (identical except that 2 is split) are placed in a
uniform magnetic field which decreases at a constant rate as in the figure. If the
planes of the coils are perpendicular to the field lines, the following statements are
made :
1. an e.m.f is induced in the split coil 2
2. e.m.fs are induced in both coils
3. equal Joule heating occurs in both coils
4. Joule heating does not occur in any coil
Which of the above statements is/are true ?
(A) 1 and 4 (B) 2 and 4
(C) 3 only (D) 2 only
MCQ 6.3.37 For linear isotropic materials, both E and H have the time dependence e
j t w
and
regions of interest are free of charge. The value of H d
#
is given by
(A) E s (B) j E we
(C) j E E s we + (D) j E E s we -
MCQ 6.3.38 Which of the following equations is/are not Maxwells equations(s) ?
(A)
t
J
v
:
2
2r
d =- (B) D
v
: r d =
(C)
t
E
B
:
2
2
d =- (D) d
t
d H l E
E
s
s
: :
2
2
s e = +
b l
# #
(A) 2 and 4 (B) 1 alone
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1 and 4
MCQ 6.3.39 Assertion (A) : The relationship between Magnetic Vector potential A and the
current density J in free space is
( ) A
# #
d d J
0
m =
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For a magnetic field in free space due to a dc or slowly varying current is A J
2
0
m d =-
Reason (R) : For magnetic field due to dc or slowly varying current 0 A : d = .
MCQ 6.3.40 Given that
t
H J
D
2
2
#
d = +
Assertion (A) : In the equation, the additional term
t
D
2
2
is necessary.
Reason (R) : The equation will be consistent with the principle of conservation of
charge.
MCQ 6.3.41 Consider coils , , C C C
1 2 3
and C
4
(shown in the given figures) which are placed in the
time-varying electric field ( ) t E and electric field produced by the coils , C C
2 3
l l and
C
4
l carrying time varying current ( ) I t respectively :
The electric field will induce an emf in the coils
(A) C
1
and C
2
(B) C
2
and C
3
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(C) C
1
and C
3
(D) C
2
and C
4
MCQ 6.3.42 A circular loop is rotating about the y-axis as a diameter in a magnetic field
sin B t B a Wb/m
x 0
2
w = . The induced emf in the loop is
(A) due to transformer emf only
(B) due to motional emf only
(C) due to a combination of transformer and motional emf
(D) zero
MCQ 6.3.43 Match List I (Law/quantity) with List II (Mathematical expression) and select the
correct answer :
List I List II
a. Gausss law 1. D : r d =
b. Amperes law 2.
t
E
B
2
2
#
d =-
c. Faradays law 3. E H P
#
=
d. Poynting vector 4. q F E v B
#
= + ^ h
5.
t
H J
D
c
2
2
#
d = +
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 3 5 2 1
(C) 1 5 2 3
(D) 3 2 4 1
***********
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 6.1
The line integral of magnetic field intensity along a closed loop is equal to the
current enclosed by it.
i.e. d H l :
#
I
enc
=
So, for the constant current, magnetic field intensity will be constant i.e.
magnetostatic field is caused by steady currents.
From Faradays law the electric field intensity in a time varying field is defined as
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=- where B is magnetic flux density in the EM field.
and since the magnetic flux density is equal to the curl of magnetic vector potential
i.e. B A
#
d =
So, putting it in equation (1), we get
E
#
d
t
A
2
2
#
d =- ^ h
or E
#
d
t
A
#
d
2
2
= -
b l
Therefore, E
t
A
2
2
=-
Since total magnetic flux through a surface S is defined as
F d B S
S
: =
#
From Maxwells equation it is known that curl of magnetic flux density is zero
B : d 0 =
d B S
S
:
#
( )dv B 0
v
: d = =
#
(Stokes Theorem)
Thus, net outwards flux will be zero for a closed surface.
From Faradays law, the relation between electric field and magnetic field is
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since the electric field inside a conducting sphere is zero.
i.e. E 0 =
So the rate of change in magnetic flux density will be

t
B
2
2
( ) E
#
d =- 0 =
Therefore ( , ) r t B will be uniform inside the sphere and independent of time.
From the integral form of Faradays law we have the relation between the electric
field intensity and net magnetic flux through a closed loop as
d E l :
#

dt
dF
=-
Since electric field intensity is zero (E 0 = ) inside the conducting loop. So, the rate
of change in net magnetic flux through the closed loop is

dt
dF
0 =
i.e. F is constant and doesnt vary with time.
A superconductor material carries zero magnetic field and zero electric field inside
it.
i.e. B 0 = and 0 E =
Now from Ampere-Maxwell equation we have the relation between the magnetic
flux density and electric field intensity as
B
#
d
t
J
E
0 0 0
2
2
m m e = +
So, J 0 = (B 0 = , 0 E = )
Since the net current density inside the superconductor is zero so all the current
must be confined at the surface of the wire.
According to Lenzs law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to produce
a magnetic field that opposes the change in ( ) t B .
Now the configuration shown in option (A) and (B) for increasing magnetic flux
B
i
, the change in flux is in same direction to B
i
as well as the current I flowing
in the loop produces magnetic field in the same direction so it does not follow the
Lenzs law.
For the configuration shown in option (D), as the flux B
d
is decreasing with time
so the change in flux is in opposite direction to B
d
as well as the current I flowing
in the loop produces the magnetic field in opposite direction so it also does not
follow the Lenzs law.
For the configuration shown in option (C), the flux density B
d
is decreasing with
time so the change in flux is in opposite direction to B
d
but the current I flowing
in the loop produces magnetic field in the same direction to B
d
(opposite to the
direction of change in flux density). Therefore this is the correct configuration.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Induced emf in a conducting loop is given by
V
emf

dt
dF
=- where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
Since, the magnetic field is non-uniform so the change in flux will be caused by it
and the induced emf due to it is called transformer emf.
Again the field is in a
y
direction and the loop is rotating about z -axis so flux
through the loop will also vary due to the motion of the loop. This causes the emf
which is called motion emf. Thus, total induced voltage in the rotating loop is
caused by the combination of both the transformer and motion emf.
As the conducting loop is falling freely So, the flux through loop will remain
constant. Therefore, the voltage induced in the loop will be zero.
The magnetic flux density passing through the loop is given as
B 4z t a
x
3 2
=
Since the flux density is directed normal to the plane x 0 = so the total magnetic
flux passing through the square loop located in the plane x 0 = is
F d B S : =
#
( ) z t dydz 4
z y
3 2
0
1
0
1
=
= =
# #
t
2
= ( ( ) d dydz S a
x
= )
Induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. So the induced emf
in the square loop is
V
emf

( )
dt
d t
t 2
2
=- =- ( t
2
F = )
Therefore at time t sec 2 = the induced emf is
V
emf
4 volt =-
Magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a long straight wire carrying
B
I
a
2
0
pr
m
=
f
where a
f
is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule. So the
flux density produced by straight wire at a distance r from it is
B
I
a
2
n
0
pr
m
= (a
n
is unit vector normal to the loop)
Therefore the total magnet flux passing through the loop is
F d B S : =
#

I
ad
2
d
d a
0
pr
m
r =
+
#
(d ad S a
n
r = )
where dr is width of the strip of loop at a distance r from the straight wire. Thus,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
F
I d
2
0
2
3
p
m
r
r
=
b l #
ln
I
2 2
3 0
p
m
=
b l

( )
( . ) ln
2
5
1 5
0
p
m
=
( )( ) ( . ) ln 2 10 5 1 5
7
#
=
-
4.05 10 Wb
7
#
=
-
Electric field intensity experienced by the moving conductor ab in the presence of
magnetic field B is given as
E v B
#
= where v is the velocity of the conductor.
So, electric field will be directed from b to a as determined by right hand rule for
the cross vector. Therefore, the voltage difference between the two ends of the
conductor is given as
V
ab
d E l
a
b
: =-
#
Thus, the positive terminal of voltage will be a and V
ab
will be positive.
Given magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B 0.1 / Wb m ta
z
2
=
So, total magnetic flux passing through the loop is
F d B S : = . 0.1 t t 0 1 1 = = ^ ^ h h
The induced emf (voltage) in the loop is given as
V
emf
0. Volt
dt
d
2
f
=- =-
As determined by Lenzs law the polarity of induced emf will be such that
V V
1 2
+ V
emf
=-
Therefore, the voltage drop in the two resistances are respectively,
V
1
( )
.
33.3 mV V
2 4
2
3
0 1
emf
=
+
- = =
b l
and V
2
( ) 66.7 mV V
2 4
4
emf
=
+
- =
b l
Consider a magnet bar being dropped inside a pipe as shown in figure.
Suppose the current I in the magnet flows counter clockwise (viewed from above)
as shown in figure. So near the ends of pipe, its field points upward. A ring
of pipe below the magnet experiences an increasing upward flux as the magnet
approaches and hence by Lenzs law a current will be induced in it such as to
produce downward flux.
Thus, I
ind
must flow clockwise which is opposite to the current in the magnet.
Since opposite currents repel each other so, the force exerted on the magnet due
to the induced current is directed upward. Meanwhile a ring above the magnet
experiences a decreasing upward flux; so its induced current parallel to I and it
attracts magnet upward. And flux through the rings next to the magnet bar is
constant. So no current is induced in them.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Thus, for all we can say that the force exerted by the eddy current (induced current
according to Lenzs law) on the magnet is in upward direction which causes the
delay to reach the bottom. Whereas in the cases of unmagnetized bar no induced
current is formed. So it reaches in fraction of time.
Thus, A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Voltage, V
1
N
dt
d
1
F
=-
where F is total magnetic flux passing through it.
Again V
2
N
dt
d
2
F
=-
Since both the coil are in same magnetic field so, change in flux will be same for
both the coil.
Comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get

V
V
2
1

N
N
2
1
=
V
2
(12) V
N 5000
3000
1
1
2
N
= = 7.2 volt =
The magnetic flux density inside a solenoid of n turns per unit length carrying
B nI
0
m =
Let the length of solenoid be l and its cross sectional radius be r . So, the total
magnetic flux through the solenoid is
F ( )( )( ) nI r nl
0
2
m p = (1)
Since the total magnetic flux through a coil having inductance L and carrying
current I is given as
F LI =
So comparing it with equation (1) we get,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
L n I l
0
2 2
m p =
and as for a given solenoid, radius r and length l is constant therefore
L n
2
\
The magnetic flux density inside the solenoid is defined as
B nI
0
m =
where n " no. of turns per unit length
I " current flowing in it.
So the total magnetic flux through the solenoid is
F d B S : =
#
( )( ) nI a
0
2
m p =
where a " radius of solenoid
Induced emf in a loop placed in a magnetic field is defined as
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Since the resistance R
is looped over the solenoid so total flux through the loop will be equal to the total
flux through the solenoid and therefore the induced emf in the loop of resistance
will be
V
emf
a n
dt
dI 2
0
p m =-
Since current I flowing in the solenoid is constant so, the induced emf is
V
emf
0 =
and therefore the induced current in the loop will be zero.
It will be similar to the current in a solenoid.
So, the magnetic field will be in circumferential while the electric field is longitudinal.
In Assertion (A) the magnetic flux through each turn of both coils are equal So,
the net magnetic flux through the two coils are respectively

1
F N
1
F =
and
2
F N
2
F =
where F is the magnetic flux through a single loop of either coil and N
1
, N
2
are the
total no. of turns of the two coils respectively.
Therefore the induced emf in the two coils are
V
emf 1

dt
d
1
F
=- N
dt
d
1
F
=-
V
emf 2

dt
d
2
F
=- N
dt
d
2
F
=-
Thus, the ratio of the induced emf in the two loops are

V
V
emf
emf
1
2

N
N
1
2
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now, in Reason (R) : a primitive transformer is similar to the cylinder core carrying
wound coils. It is the device in which by choosing the appropriate no. of turns, any
desired secondary emf can be obtained.
So, both the statements are correct but R is not the explanation of A.
Electric flux density in the medium is given as
D E e = cos E t
0
e w = ( cos E E t
0
w = )
Therefore the displacement current density in the medium is
J
d
sin
t
D
E t
0
2
2
we w = =-
and the conduction current density in the medium is
J
c
cos E E t
0
s s w = =
So, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current density and displacement current
density is

J
J
d
c

we
s
=
The displacement current density in a medium is equal to the rate of change in
electric flux density in the medium.
J
d

t
D
2
2
=
Since the displacement current density in the medium is given as
J
d
20 . / cos A m t a 1 5 10
y
8 2
#
=
^ h
So, the electric flux density in the medium is
D dt C J
d
= +
#
(C " constant)
20 . cos t dt C a 1 5 10
y
8
#
= +
^ h #
As there is no D.C. field present in the medium so, we get C 0 = and thus,
D
.
. sin t
a
1 5 10
20 1 5 10
y
8
8
#
#
=
^ h
1.33 10 . sin t a 1 5 10
y
7 8
# #
=
-
^ h
1 3.3 . / sin nC m t a 5 1 5 10
y
8 2
#
= ^ h
Given the volume charge density,
v
r 0 =
So, from Maxwells equation we have
D : d
v
r =
D : d 0 = (1)
Now, the electric flux density in a medium is defined as
D E e = (where e is the permittivity of the medium)
So, putting it in equation (1) we get,
( ) E : e d 0 =
or, ( ) ( ) E E : : e e d d + 0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and since
d
e
e
0 . 0 &4 . e (given)
Therefore, E : d 0 .
The ratio of magnitudes of displacement current to conduction current in any
medium having permittivity e and conductivity s is given as

Conduction current
Displacement current

s
we
=
where w is the angular frequency of the current in the medium.
Given frequency, f 50 GHz =
Permittivity, e . 4 4 8 85 10
0
12
# #
e = =
-
Conductivity, s 1.14 10 / s m
8
#
=
So, w f 2 2 50 10 100 10
9 9
# # #
p p p = = =
Therefore, the ratio of magnitudes of displacement current to the conduction
current is

I
I
c
d

.
.
1 14 10
100 10 4 8 85 10
8
9 12
#
# # # #
p
=
-
. 9 75 10
8
#
=
-
Given the electric field intensity in time domain as
E
sin cos
r
t kr
a
q w
=
-
q
^ h
So, the electric field intensity in phasor form is given as
E
s

sin
r
e a
jkr q
=
q
-
and E
s #
d
r kdr
rE a
1
s
2
=
q f ^ h

sin
jk
r
e a
jkr q
= -
f
-
^ h
Therefore, from Maxwells equation we get the magnetic field intensity as
H
s

j r
E
s
0
#
d
w
=-
sin
r
k
r
e a
jkr
0
w
q
=
f
-
In phasor form the magnetic field intensity can be written as
H
s
0.1 / cos A m y e a 15
jbx
z
p =
-
^ h
Similar as determined in MCQ 42 using Maxwells equation we get the relation
b 15
2 2
p + ^ h
2
0 0
w p e =
Here w 6 10
9
#
p =
So, b 15
2 2
p + ^ h
3 10
6 10
8
9 2
#
#
p
=
c m
b 15
2 2
p + ^ h 400
2
p =
b
2
175
2
p = & b .6 / rad m 23 ! =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 6.2
Induced emf. in the conducting loop formed by rail, bar and the resistor is given by
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
Consider the bar be located at a distance x from the resistor at time t . So the total
magnetic flux passing through the loop at time t is
F d B S : =
#
Blx = (area of the loop is S lx = )
Now the induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Therefore the induced
emf in the square loop is
V
emf
( )
dt
d
Blx =- Bl
dt
dx
=- ( Blx F = )
Since from the given figure, we have
l 2 m = and B 0.1 / Wb m
2
=
and / dx dt = velocity of bar 5 / m s =
So, induced emf is
V
emf
( . )( )( ) 0 1 2 5 =- 1 volt =-
According to Lenzs law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to produce
magnetic field that opposes the change in ( ) t B . As the bar moves away from the
resistor the change in magnetic field will be out of the page so the induced current
will be in the same direction of I shown in figure.
Thus, the current in the loop is
I
R
V
emf
=-
( )
10
1
=-
-
0. A 23 = (R 10W = )

B
I
a
2
0
pr
m
=
f
where a
f
is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule. So, the
magnetic flux density produced by the straight conducting wire linking through the
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
loop is normal to the surface of the loop.
Now consider a strip of width dr of the square loop at distance r from the wire for
which the total magnetic flux linking through the square loop is given as
F d B S
S
: =
#
( )
I
ad
2
1
a
0
p
m
r
r =
r
r+
#
(area of the square loop is dS adr = )
ln
Ia a
2
0
p
m
r
r
=
+
b l
The induced emf due to the change in flux (when pulled away) is given as
V
emf

dt
dF
=- ln
Ia
dt
d
a
2
0
p
m
r
r
=-
+
b l ; E
Therefore, V
emf

Ia
a dt
d
dt
d
2
1 1 0
p
m
r
r
r
r
=-
+
-
c m
Given
dt
dr
5 / velocity of loop m s = =
and since the loop is currently located at 3 m distance from the straight wire, so
after . sec 0 6 it will be at
r 3 (0.6) v
#
= + ( velocity of the loop v " )
. 3 0 6 5
#
= + 6 m =
So, V
emf

( )
( ) ( )
2
30 2
8
1
5
6
1
5
0 # #
p
m
=- -
: D
( 2 , 30 m A a I = = )
25 10 volt
7
#
=
-
2.5 volt m =
Since total magnetic flux through the loop depends on the distance from the
straight wire and the distance is constant. So the flux linking through the loop will
be constant, if it is pulled parallel to the straight wire. Therefore the induced emf
in the loop is
V
emf

dt
dF
=- 0 = (F is constant)
B
I
a
2
0
pr
m
=
f
where a
f
is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule.
Since the direction of magnetic flux density produced at the loop is normal to the
surface of the loop So, total flux passing through the loop is given by
F d B S
S
: =
#

I
ad
2
0
2
4
pr
m
r =
r =
c ^ m h #
(dS adr = )

Ia d
2
0
2
4
p
m
r
r
=
#
ln
I
2
2
2
0
p
m
= ( ) ln
I
2
0
p
m
=
The current flowing in the loop is I
loop
and induced e.m.f. is V
emf
.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, V
emf
I R
dt
d
loop
F
= =-
( )
dt
dQ
R ( ) ln
dt
dI
2
0
p
m
=-
where Q is the total charge passing through a corner of square loop.

dt
dQ
( ) ln
dt
dI
4
2
0
p
m
=- ( 4 R W = )
dQ ( ) ln dI
4
2
0
p
m
=-
Therefore the total charge passing through a corner of square loop is
Q (2) ln dI
4
0
4
0
p
m
=-
#
( )( ) ln
4
2 0 4
0
p
m
=- -
( ) ln
4
4 4 10
2
7
# #
p
p
=
-
2.77 10 C
7
#
=
-
277 nC =
Since the radius of small circular loop is negligible in comparison to the radius of
the large loop. So, the flux density through the small loop will be constant and
equal to the flux on the axis of the loops.
So, B
I
z R
R
a
2
2 2 /
z
0
3 2
2
m
=
+ ^ h
where R " radius of large loop 5 m =
z " distance between the loops 12 m =
B
( )
a
2
2
12 5
5
/
z
0
2 2 3 2
2
#
m
#
=
+ ^ ^ h h 6 @

13
a
25
z
3
0
m
=
^ h
Therefore, the total flux passing through the small loop is
F d B S : =
#
r
13
25
3
0 2
#
m
p =
^ h
wherer is radius of small circular loop.

13
25 4 10
10
3
7
3 2
# #
#
p
p =
-
-
^
^
h
h .9 fWb 65 =
Electric field in any medium is equal to the voltage drop per unit length.
i.e. E
d
V
=
where V " potential difference between two points.
d " distance between the two points.
The voltage difference between any two points in the medium is
V 2 cos V ft
0
p =
So the conduction current density in the medium is given as
J
c
E s = ( " s conductivity of the medium)

E
r
= ( " r resistivity of the medium)

2 cos
d
V
d
V ft
0
r r
p
= = ( ) cos V V ft 2
0
p =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
or, J
c

d
V
0
r
=
and displacement current density in the medium is given as
J
d

t
D
2
2
=
t
E
2
2
e =
( ) cos
t d
V ft 2
0
2
2
e
p
=
; E
( ) cos V V ft 2
0
p =
( ) sin
d
V
ft ft 2 2
0
e
p p = -
6 @
or, J
d

2
d
f V
0
p e
=
Therefore, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current and displacement current
in the medium is

I
I
d
c

J
J
d
C
=
( )/( )
( )/( )
d f V
V d
2
0
0
p e
r
=
f 2
1
p er
=

2 (1.6 10 ) (54 8.85 10 ) 0.77
1
8 12
p
# # # # # #
=
-
. 2 7 =
Total magnetic flux through the solenoid is given as
F nI
0
m =
where n is the no. of turns per unit length of solenoid and I is the current flowing
in the solenoid.
Since the solenoid carries current that is increasing linearly with time
i.e. I t \
So the net magnetic flux through the solenoid will be
F t \
or, F kt = where k is a constant.
Therefore the emf induced in the loop consisting resistances R
A
, R
B
is
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
V
emf
k =-
and the current through R
1
and R
2
will be
I
ind

R R
k
1 2
=-
+
Now according to Lenzs law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to
produce a magnetic field that opposes the change in ( ) t B .
i.e. the induced current in the loop will be opposite to the direction of current in
solenoid (in anticlockwise direction).
So, V
A
I R
R R
kR
ind A
A B
A
= =-
+
and V
B
I R
R R
kR
ind B
A B
B
=- =
+
b l
Thus, the ratio of voltmeter readings is

V
V
B
A

R
R
B
A
=-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Induced emf in the conducting loop formed by rail, bar and the resistor is given by
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
The bar is located at a distance x from the resistor at time t . So the total magnetic
flux passing through the loop at time t is
F d B S : =
#
Blx = where l is separation between the rails
Now the induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Therefore the induced
emf in the square loop is
V
emf
( )
dt
d
Blx =- Bl
dt
dx
=- ( Blx F = )
Since from the given figure, we have
l 5 m =
B 2 T =
and / dx dt " velocity of bar 4 / m s =
So, induced emf is
V
emf
( )( )( ) 2 5 4 =- volt 40 =-
Therefore the current in the bar loop will be
I
R
V
emf
=
10
40
=- A 5 =-
As obtained in the previous question the current flowing in the sliding bar is
I 4 A =-
Now we consider magnetic field acts in a
x
direction and current in the sliding bar
is flowing in a
z
+ direction as shown in the figure.
Therefore, the force exerted on the bar is
F Idl B
#
=
#
( 4 ) (2 ) dza a
z x
0
5
#
= -
#
z a 16
y
0
5
=-
6 @
40 N a
y
=-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. The force exerted on the sliding bar is in opposite direction to the motion of
the sliding bar.
Given the magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B 7.5 (120 30 ) cos t a
z
c p = -
So the total magnetic flux passing through the loop will be
F d B S
S
: =
#
7.5 (120 30 ) (1 1)( ) cos t a a
z z
c p
#
= - - - 6 @
. ( ) cos t 7 5 120 30c p = -
Now, the induced emf in the square loop is given by
V
emf

dt
dF
=- . ( ) sin t 7 5 120 120 30
#
c p p = -
The polarity of induced emf (according to Lenzs law) will be such that induced
current in the loop will be in opposite direction to the current ( ) I t shown in the
figure. So we have
( ) I t
R
V
emf
=-

.
(120 30 ) sin t
500
7 5 120
#
c
p
p =- - ( 250 250 ) R 500 W = + =
.7 (120 30 ) sin t 4 c p =- -
As shown in figure the bar is sliding away from origin.
Now when the bar is located at a distance dx from the voltmeter, then, the vector
area of the loop formed by rail and the bar is
dS (20 10 )( ) dx a
z
2
#
=
-
So, the total magnetic flux passing through the loop is
F d B S
S
: =
#
(8 )(20 10 ) x dx a a
z z
x
2 2
0
#
=
-
#

. . t t
3
1 6 1 0 4
2 3
=
+
^ h 8 B
Therefore, the induced e.m.f. in the loop is given as
V
emf

.
3 . (1 1.2 )
dt
d
t t t
3
1 6
0 4
3 2 2 F
# #
=- =- + +
^ h
V
emf
1.6 . . ( . )( . ) 0 4 0 4 1 1 2 0 4
4 2 2
#
=- + + ^ ^ h h 6 6 @ @
( . sec t 0 4 = )
0.35 volt =-
Since the voltmeter is connected in same manner as the direction of induced emf
(determined by Lenzs law).
So the voltmeter reading will be
V 0.35 volt V
emf
= =-
Since the position of bar is give as
x . t t 1 0 4
2
= + ^ h
So for the position 12 cm x = we have
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
. 0 12 . t t 1 0 4
2
= + ^ h
or, t . sec 0 1193 =
As calculated in previous question, the induced emf in the loop at a particular time
t is
V
emf
. . . t t t 1 6 0 4 1 1 2
3 2 2
=- + + ^ ^ h h 6 @
So, at t . sec 0 1193 = ,
V
emf
. ( . ) . . . . 1 6 0 1193 0 4 0 1193 1 1 2 0 1193
3
2
2
=- + + ^ ^ ^ h h h 7 6 A @
. 0 02344 =- 23.4 mV =-
Since the voltmeter is connected in same manner as the direction of induced emf
as determined by Lenzs law. Therefore, the voltmeter reading at 12 cm x = will be
V V
emf
= 23.4 mvolt =-
Consider the mutual inductance between the rectangular loop and straight wire be
M. So applying KVL in the rectangular loop we get,
M
dt
di
1
L
dt
di
Ri
2
2
= + ...(1)
Now from the shown figure (b), the current flowing in the straight wire is given as
i
1
( ) ( ) I u t I u t T
1 1
= - - (I
1
is amplitude of the current)
or,
dt
di
1
( ) ( ) I t I t T
1 1
d d = - - (2)
So, at t 0 =
dt
di
1
I
1
=
and MI
1
L
dt
di
Ri
2
2
= + (from equation (1))
Solving it we get
i
2

L
M
I e
/ R L t
1
=
-
^ h
for t T 0 < <
Again in equation (2) at t T = we have

dt
di
1
I
1
=-
and MI
1
- L
dt
di
Ri
2
2
= + (from equation (1))
Solving it we get
i
2

L
M
I e
/ ( ) R L t T
1
=-
- -
^ h
for t T >
Thus, the current in the rectangular loop is
i
2

L
M
I e t T
L
M
I e t T
0 < <
>
/
( / )( )
R L t
R L t T
1
1
=
-
-
- -
^ h
Z
[
\
]
]
]
]
Plotting i
2
versus t we get
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Total magnetic flux passing through the loop formed by the resistance, bar and the
rails is given as:
F d B S
S
: =
#
B S : = . 0.5(1 ) cos t y a a 0 2
x x
: w = - 6 6 @ @
0.1 . cos cos t t 1 0 5 1 w w = - - ^ h 6 @ (y 0.5 cos m t 1 w = - ^ h )
. cos cos t t 0 05 1 w w = + ^ h . cos cos t t 0 05
2
w w = + ^ h
So, the induced emf in the loop is
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
and as determined by Lenzs law, the induced current will be flowing in opposite
direction to the current i . So the current i in the loop will be
i
R
V
emf
=-
R dt
d 1 F
=- -
b l

.
sin cos sin t t t
5
0 05
2 w w w w w = - - 6 @
0. sin cos t t 23 1 2 w w w =- + ^ h
Given the electric flux density in the medium is
D 1.33 . / sin C m t x a 3 10 0 2
y
8 2
#
m = - ^ h
So, the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
E
D
e
= where e is the permittivity of the medium
or, E
D
r 0
e e
=
.
. . sin t x
a
10 8 85 10
1 33 10 3 10 0 2
y
12
6 8
# #
# #
=
-
-
-
^ h
( 10
r
e = )
1.5 10 . sin t x a 3 10 0 2
y
4 8
# #
= - ^ h
Now, from maxwells equation we have
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
or,
t
B
2
2
E
#
d =-

x
E
a
y
z
2
2
=-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
( 0.2) . . cos t x a 1 5 10 3 10 0 2
y
4 8
# # #
=- - -
^ ^ h h
3 10 . cos t x a 3 10 0 2
y
3 8
# #
= - ^ h
Integrating both sides, we get the magnetic flux density in the medium as
B 3 10 . cos t x a 3 10 0 2
y
3 8
# #
= - ^ h #
. sin t x a
3 10
3 10
3 10 0 2
y
8
3
8
#
#
#
= - ^ h
10 . sin t x a 3 10 0 2
y
5 8
#
= -
-
^ h
Tesla
Therefore the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H
B B
r 0
m m m
= =

. sin t x
2 4 10
10 3 10 0 2
7
5 8
# #
#
p
=
-
-
-
^ h
2
r
m =
Thus H . / sin A m t x a 2 3 10 0 2
y
8
#
= - ^ h
Given the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H / cos A m t bx a 10
z
10
= - ^ h
Now from the Maxwells equation, we have
H
#
d
t
D
2
2
=
or,
t
D
2
2

x
H
a
z
y
2
2
=- sin b t bx a 10
y
10
=- - ^ h
D sin b t bx dt C 10
10
= - - + ^ h #
where C is a constant.
Since no D.C. field is present in the medium so, we get C 0 = and therefore,
D / cos C m
b
t bx a
10
10
y
10
10 2
= - ^ h
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
E
D
e
=
.
cos
b
bx a
0 12 10 10
10
t
y
9 10
10
# #
= -
-
^ h (e 0.12 / nF m = )
Again From the Maxwells equation
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
or,
t
B
2
2

.
cos
b
bx a
1 2
10
t
y
10
#
d =- - ^ h
: D

.
sin
b
bx a
1 2
10
t
z
2
10
=- - ^ h
So, the magnetic flux density in the medium is
B
.
sin
b
bx dt a
1 2
10
t
z
2
10
=- - ^ h #

( . )
cos
b
t bx a
1 2 10
10
z
10
2
10
#
= - ^ h (1)
We can also determine the value of magnetic flux density as :
B H m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(3 10 )cos t bx a 10
z
5 10
#
= -
-
^ h (2)
Comparing the results of equation (1) and (2) we get,

( . )
b
1 2 10
10
2
#
3 10
5
#
=
-
b
2
.6 10 5
4
#
=
b / rad m 344 ! =
The magnetic vector potential for a direct current flowing in a filament is given as
A
R
I
dx a
4
x
0
p
m
=
#
Here current ( ) I t flowing in the filament shown in figure is varying with time as
( ) I t 8 A t =
So, the retarded vector potential at the point P will be given as
A
/
R
I t R c
dx a
4
x
0
p
m
=
- ^ h
#
where R is the distance of any point on the filamentary current from P as shown
in the figure and c is the velocity of waves in free space. So, we have
R x 4
2
= + and 3 10 / m s c
8
#
=
Therefore, A
/
R
t R c
dx a
4
8
.
.
x
x
0
0 1
0 1
p
m
=
-
=-
^ h
#

x
t
dx
c
dx
4
8
4
1
.
.
.
.
0
2
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
p
m
=
+
-
- -
< F # #
8 10 ln t x x x 4
3 10
8 10
.
.
.
. 7 2
0 1
0 1
8
7
0 1
0 1
#
#
#
= + + -
-
-
-
-
^ h 8 6 B @

. .
. .
. ln t 8 10
0 1 4 01
0 1 4 01
0 53 10
7 15
# #
=
- +
+
-
- -
e o
. t 8 10 0 53 10
8 15
# #
= -
- -
or, A . / nWb m t a 80 5 3 10
x
7
#
= -
-
^ h (1)
So, when A 0 = t 6.6 10 6.6 sec n
9
#
= =
-
and when t 0 = A 5.3 10 / nWb m
4
#
=-
-
From equation (1) it is clear that A will be linearly increasing with respect to time.
Therefore the plot of A versus t is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Note : Time varying potential is usually called the retarded potential.
Given
Retarded scalar potential, V volt y x ct = - ^ h
and retarded vector potential, A / Wb m y
c
x
t a
x
= -
a k
Now the magnetic flux density in the medium is given as
B A
#
d =

y
A
a
y
z
2
2
=- Tesla t
c
x
a
z
= -
a k
(1)
So, the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H
B
0
m
= (
0
m is the permittivity of the medium)
/ A m t
c
x
a
1
z
0
m
= -
a k
(2)
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
E V
t
A
2
2
d =- -
x ct y y a a a
y x x
=- - - +
^ h
ct x a
y
= - ^ h (3)
So, the electric flux density in the medium is
D E
0
e = (
0
e is the permittivity of the medium)
/ C m ct x a
y 0
2
e = - ^ h (4)
Now we determine the condition for the field to satisfy all the four Maxwells
equation.
(i) D : d
v
r =
or,
v
r ct x a
y 0
: e d = - ^ h 6 @ (from equation (4))
0 =
It means the field satisfies Maxwells equation if 0
v
r = .
(ii) B : d 0 =
Now, B : d t
c
x
a
z
: d = -
a k 9 C
0 = (from equation (1))
So, it already, satisfies Maxwells equation
(iii) H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now, H
#
d
x
H
a
z
y
2
2
=-
c
a a
1
y y
0 0
0
m m
e
= = (from equation (2))
and from equation (4) we have

t
D
2
2
ca a
y y 0
0
0
e
m
e
= = (Since in free space c
1
0 0
m e
= )
Putting the two results in Maxwells equation, we get the condition
J 0 =
(iv) E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
Now E
#
d
x
E
a a
y
z z
2
2
= =-

t
B
2
2
a
z
=
So, it already satisfies Maxwells equation. Thus, by combining all the results
we get the two required conditions as 0 J = and 0
v
r = for the field to satisfy
Maxwells equation.
Given the electric field in time domain as
E 5sin cos y bx a 10 6 10
z
9
#
p p = - ^ ^ h h
Comparing it with the general equation for electric field intensity given as
E cos E t x a
0 z
w b = - ^ h
We get, w 6 10
9
#
p =
Now in phasor form, the electric field intensity is
E
s
5sin y e a 10
jbx
z
p =
-
^ h (1)
From Maxwells equation we get the magnetic field intensity as
H
s

j
E
1
s
0
#
d
wm
=- ^ h
j
y
E
x
E
a a
sz
x
sz
y
0 2
2
2
2
wm
= - < F
cos sin
j
y e j b y e a a 50 10 5 10
jbx
x y
jbx
0
wm
p p p = +
- -
^ ^ h h 6 @
Again from Maxwells equation we have the electric field intensity as
E
s

j
H
1
s
0
#
d
we
= ^ h
j
x
H
y
H
a
1 sy
sx
z
0 2
2
2
2
we
= - < F
( )( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( ) sin sin j b jb y e y e a
1
5 10 50 10 10
jbx jbx
z
2
0 0
w m e
p p p p = - +
- -
6 @
10 sin b ye a
1
5 500
jbx
z
2
0 0
2 2
w m e
p p = +
-
6 @
Comparing this result with equation (1) we get
b
1
5 500
2
0 0
2 2
w m e
p + ^ h 5 =
or, b 100
2 2
p +
2
0 0
w m e =
b 100
2 2
p + 6 10
3 10
1 9 2
8 2
# #
#
p =^
^
h
h
,
c
6 10
1 9
0 0 #
w p m e = =
b l
b 100
2 2
p + 400
2
p =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
b
2
300
2
p =
b / rad m 300 ! p =
The force experienced by a test charge q in presence of both electric field E and
magnetic field B in the region will be evaluated by using Lorentz force equation as
F q v E B
#
= + ^ h
So, putting the given three forces and their corresponding velocities in above
equation we get the following relations
q a a
y z
+ ^ h q E a B
x #
= + ^ h (1)
qa
y
q E a B
y #
= + ^ h (2)
2 q a a
y z
+ ^ h q E a B
z #
= + ^ h (3)
Subtracting equation (2) from (1) we get
a
z
a a B
x y #
= -
^ h
(4)
and subtracting equation (1) from (3) we get
a
y
a a B
z x #
= -
^ h
(5)
Now we substitute B B B B a a a
x x y y z z
= + + in eq (4) to get
a
z
B B B B a a a a
y z z y x z z x
= - + -
So, comparing the , and x y z components of the two sides we get
B B
x y
+ 1 =
and B
z
0 =
Again by substituting B B B B a a a
x x y y z z
= + + in eq (5), we get
a
y
B B B B a a a a
x y y x y z z y
= - - +
So, comparing the , and x y z components of the two sides we get
B B
x z
+ 1 =
and B
y
0 =
as calculated above B 0
z
= , therefore B 1
x
=
Thus, the magnetic flux density in the region is
B / Wb m a
x
2
= (B 1
x
= , B B 0
y z
= = )
As calculated in previous question the magnetic flux density in the region is
B / Wb m a
x
2
=
So, putting it in Lorentz force equation we get
F q E V B
#
= + ^ h
or, q a a
y z
+ ^ h q E a a
x x #
= + ^ h
Therefore, the electric field intensity in the medium is
E / V m a a
y z
= +
Given the magnetic flux density through the loop is
B /x a 4
z
=-
So the total magnetic flux passing through the loop is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
F d B S : =
#

x
dxdy a a
2
z z
y
y
x
x 2 2
: = - -
+ +
b
^
l
h # #
ln
x
x
2
2
2 =
+
b
^
l
h ln
x
x
4
2
=
+
b l
Therefore, the circulation of induced electric field in the loop is
d E l
C
:
#

dt
dF
=- ln
dt
d
x
x
4
2
=-
+
b l ; E

x
x dt
d
x
x
2
4 2
=-
+
+
b
b
l
l

x
x
x
dt
dx
2
4 2
2
=-
+
-
b l

x x 2
8
2 =
+ ^
^
h
h
x x 4
8
=
+ ^ h

dt
dx
v a 2
x
= =
b l
As the magnetic flux density for 4 < r is 0 B = so, the total flux passing through
the closed loop defined by 4 m r = is
F 0 d B S : = =
#
So, the induced electric field circulation for the region 4 m < r is given as
d E l
C
:
#
0
dt
dF
=- =
or, E 0 = for 4 m < r
As the magnetic field for the region 4 m < r and 5 m > r is zero so we get the
distribution of magnetic flux density as shown in figure below.
At any distance r from origin in the region 4 5 m < < r , the circulation of induced
electric field is given as
d E l
C
:
#

dt
dF
=-
dt
d
d B S : =- b l #
sin
dt
d
t 2 4
2 2
w pr p =- -
^ h 8 B

w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
cos t 2 16
2
w w pr p =- -
^ h
or, E 2pr ^ h cos t 2 16
2
w w pr p =- -
^ h
E
cos t
2
2 16
2
r
r w w
=-
-
^ h
So, the induced electric field intensity at 4.5 m r = is
E
.
( . ) cos t
4 5
2
4 5 16
2
w w =- -
^ h

cos t
13
17
w w =-
For the region 5 m > r the magnetic flux density is 0 and so the total magnetic flux
passing through the closed loop defined by 5 m r = is
F d B S
0
5
: =
#
d d B S B S
4
5
0
4
: : = +
# #
sin t d a S 0 2
z
4
5
: w = + ^ h #
sin t 2 5 4
2 2
w p p = - ^ ^ ^ h h h 8 B
sin t 18p w =
So, the circulation of magnetic flux density for any loop in the region 5 m > r is
d E l :
#

dt
dy
=-
( ) E 2pr sin
dt
d
t 18p w =- ^ h
cos t 18pw w =-
So, the induced electric field intensity in the region 5 m > r is
E
cos t
a
2
18
pr
pw w
=
-
f

cos ta
18
r
w w =-
f
Let the test charge be q coulomb So the force presence of experienced by the test
charge in the presence of magnetic field is
F q v B
#
= ^ h ...(i)
and the force experienced can be written in terms of the electric field intensity as
F qE =
Where E is field viewed by observer moving with test charge.
Putting it in Eq. (i)
qE q v B
#
= ^ h
E 2 a a
z #
wr =
f ^ ^ h h
where w is angular velocity and r is radius of circular loop.
a 2 2 2 =
r ^ ^ ^ h h h 8 / V m a =
r
Let the point change located at origin be Q and the current I is flowing out of the
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
page through the closed triangular path as shown in the figure.
As the current I flows away from the point charge along the wire, the net charge
at origin will change with increasing time and given as

dt
dQ
I =-
So the electric field intensity will also vary through the surface and for the varying
field circulation of magnetic field intensity around the triangular loop is defined as
d H l :
#
I I
d
enc
c
enc
= + 6 6 @ @
where I
c
enc
6 @ is the actual flow of charge called enclosed conduction current and
I
d
enc
6 @ is the current due to the varying field called enclosed displacement current
which is given as
I
d
enc
6 @
dt
d
d E S
S
0
: e = ^ h #

dt
d
d D S
S
: =
#
(1)
From symmetry the total electric flux passing through the triangular surface is
d D S
S
:
#

Q
8
=
So, I
d
enc
6 @
dt
d Q
dt
dQ I
8 8
1
8
= = =-
b l
(from equation (1))
Where as I
c
enc
6 @ I =
So, the net circulation of the magnetic field intensity around the closed triangular
loop is
d H l
C
:
#
I I
d
enc
c
enc
= + 6 6 @ @

I
I
8
=- +
7
8
8 = ^ h A 14 = (I 8 A = )
The distribution of magnetic flux density and the resistance in the circuit are same
as given in section A (Q. 31) so, as calculated in the question, the two voltage drops
in the loop due to magnetic flux density 0.1t B a
z
= are
V
1
33.3 mV =
and V
2
66.67 66.7 mV mV = =
Now V
3
(voltmeter) which is directly connected to terminal cd is in parallel to
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
both V
2
and V
1
. It must be kept in mind that the loop formed by voltmeter V
3
and
resistance 2 W also carries the magnetic flux density crossing through it. So, in this
loop the induced emf will be produced which will be same as the field produced in
loop abcd at the enclosed fluxes will be same.
Therefore as calculated above induced emf in the loop of V
3
is
V
emf
100 mV =
According to lenzs law its polarity will be opposite to V
3
and so
V
emf
- V V
1 3
= +
or, V
3
. 100 33 3 = - 6.7 mV 2 =
The induced emf in a closed loop is defined as
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the square loop
At any time t , angle between B and dS is q since B is in a
y
direction so the total
magnetic flux passing through the square loop is
F d B S : =
#
cos B S q =^ ^ h h
cos 5 10 20 10 20 10
3 3 3
# # # #
q =
- - -
^ ^ h h
cos 2 10
6
#
q =
-
Therefore the induced emf in the loop is
V
emf

dt
dF
=- cos
dt
d
2 10
6
#
q =-
-
^ h sin
dt
d
2 10
6
#
q
q
=
-
and as
dt
dq
= angular velocity 2 /sec rad =
So, V
emf
sin 2 10 2
6
#
q =
-
^ ^ h h 4 10 / sin V m
6
q
#
=
-
4 / sin V m 2 m q =
As calculated in previous question the induced emf in the closed square loop is
V
emf
4 / sin V m m q =
So the induced current in the loop is
I
R
V
emf
= where R is the resistance in the loop.

sin
40 10
4 10
3
6
#
#
q
=
-
-
( 40 m R W = )
0.1sin mA q =
The total magnetic flux through the square loop is given as
F d B S : =
#
sin cos B t S
0
w q =^ ^ h h
So, the induced emf in the loop is
V
emf

dt
dF
=- ( )( ) sin cos
dt
d
B t S
0
w q =- 6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
sin cos B S
dt
d
t t
0
w w =- 6 @ ( t q w = )
2 cos B S t
0
w =-
Thus, the maximum value of induced emf is
V
emf
B S
0
w =
As calculated in previous question the maximum induced voltage in the rotating
loop is given as
V
emf
B S
0
w =
From the given data, we have
B
0
0.25 / Wb m
2
=
S 64 64 10 cm m
2 4 2
#
= =
-
and w 60 2 377 /sec rad p
#
= = (In one revolution 2p radian is covered)
So, the r.m.s. value of the induced voltage is
V
. .
emf
r m s
6 @
V B S
2
1
2
1
emf 0
w = = .
2
1
0 25 64 10 377
4
# # #
=
-
^ h
. 0 4265 =
Since the loop has 50 turns so net induced voltage will be 50 times the calculated
value.
i.e. V
. .
emf
r m s
6 @
. 50 0 4265
#
= ^ h 21.33 volt =
e.m.f. induced in the loop due to the magnetic flux density is given as
V
emf

t 2
2F
=- cos
t
t 10 120
2
2
2
p pr =- ^ ^ h h
sin t 10 10 120 10 120
2 2
# #
p p p =- -
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
sin t 12 120
2
p p =
As determined by Lenzs law the polarity of induced e.m.f will be such that b is at
positive terminal with respect to a.
i.e. V
ba
sin V t 12 120
emf
2
p p = =
or V
ab
sin t 12 120
2
p p =- 118.43 120 sin Volt t p =-
As calculated in previous question, the voltage induced in the loop is
V
ab
sin t 12 120
2
p p =-
Therefore, the current flowing in the loop is given as
I t ^ h
V
250
ab
=-
sin t
250
12 120
2
p p
=
.47 120 sin t 2 p =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 6.3
Given, the magnetic flux density in air as
B B
x y
x
a
x y
y
a
y x 0
2 2 2 2
=
+
-
+
c m
...(1)
Now, we transform the expression in cylindrical system, substituting
x cos r f = and y sin r f =
a
x
cos sin a a
r
f f = -
f
and a
y
sin cos a a
r
f f = +
f
So, we get B B a
0
=
f
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity in air is given as
H
a B
B
0 0
0
m m
= =
f
, which is constant
So, the current density of the field is
J 0 H
#
d = = (since H is constant)
Maxwell equations for an EM wave is given as
B : d 0 =
E : d
v
e
r
=
E d
#

t
B
2
2
=-
H d
#

t
D
J
2
2
= +
So, for static electric magnetic fields
B : d 0 =
E : d /
v
r e =
E d
#
0 = 0
t
B
2
2
=
b l
H d
#
J =
t
D
0
2
2
=
b l
H
#
d J
t
D
2
2
= + Maxwell Equations
d H S
S
#
: d
^ h
##
t
d J
D
S
S
:
2
2
= +
` j
##
Integral form
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
d H l : #
t
d J
D
S
S
:
2
2
= +
b l
## Stokes Theorem
From Maxwells equations we have
H d
#

t
J
D
2
2
= +
Thus, H d
#
has unit of current density J (i.e., / A m
2
)
This equation is based on Amperes law as from Amperes circuital law we have
d H l
l
$ # I
enclosed
=
or, d H l
l
$ # d J S
S
: = #
Applying Stokes theorem we get
d H S
S
$
#
d ^ h # d J S
S
: = #
H
#
d J =
Then, it is modified using continuity equation as
H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= +
When a moving circuit is put in a time varying magnetic field induced emf have
two components. One due to time variation of magnetic flux density B and other
due to the motion of circuit in the field.
From maxwell equation we have
H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= +
The term
t
D
2
2
defines displacement current.
Emf induced in a loop carrying a time varying magnetic flux F is defined as
V
emf

dt
dF
=-
9
dt
d
t
3
1 3
l =-
b l
9 t
2
l =-
at time, 3 s t = , we have
9 3
2
l =- ^ h
l / Wb s 2
2
=-
According to Lenzs law the induced emf (or induced current) in a loop flows such
as to produce a magnetic field that opposed the change in B. The direction of the
magnetic field produced by the current is determined by right hand rule.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now, in figure (1), B directed upwarded increases with time where as the field
produced by current I is downward so, it obeys the Lenzs law.
In figure (2), B directed upward is decreasing with time whereas the field produced
by current I is downwards (i.e. additive to the change in B) so, it doesnt obey
Lenzs law.
In figure (3), B directed upward is decreasing with time where as current I produces
the field directed upwards (i.e. opposite to the change in B) So, it also obeys Lenzs
law.
In figure (4), B directed upward is increasing with time whereas current I produces
field directed upward (i.e. additive to the change in B) So, it doesnt obey Lenzs
law.
Thus, the configuration 1 and 3 are correct.
Faradays law states that for time varying field,
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
Since, the curl of gradient of a scalar function is always zero
i.e. V
#
d d ^ h 0 =
So, the expression for the field, E V d =- must include some other terms is
E V
t
A
d
2
2
=- -
i.e. A is true but R is false.
Faraday develops the concept of time varying electric field producing a magnetic
field. The law he gave related to the theory is known as Faradays law.
Given, the area of loop
S 5 m
2
=
Rate of change of flux density,

t
B
2
2
2 / / Wb m S
2
=
So, the emf in the loop is
V
emf

t
d B S :
2
2
=-
#
5 2 = - ^ ^ h h 10 V =-
The modified Maxwells differential equation.
H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= +
This equation is derived from Amperes circuital law which is given as
d H l :
#
I
enc
=
d H S :
#
d ^ h #
d J S =
#
H
#
d J =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Electric potential of an isolated sphere is defined as
C a 4
0
pe = (free space)
The Maxwells equation in phasor form is written as
H
#
d j E E we s = + j E J we = + J E s = ^ h
So A and R both are true individually but R is not the correct explanation of A.
If a coil is placed in a time varying magnetic field then the e.m.f. will induce in coil.
So here in both the coil e.m.f. will be induced.
Both the statements are individually correct but R is not explanation of A.
Amperes law H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= + 3 a " ^ h
Faraday law E
#
d
t
B
2
2
= 4 b " ^ h
Gauss law D : d
v
r = 1 c " ^ h
Current continuity J : d
t 2
2r
=- 2 d " ^ h
Since, the magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the ring is decreasing with
time so, according to Faradays law emf induced in both the ring is
V
emf

t
d B S :
2
2
=-
#
Therefore, emf will be induced in both the rings.
The Basic idea of radiation is given by the two Maxwells equation
H
#
d
t
D
2
2
=
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
The correct maxwells equation are
H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= + D : r d =
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=- 0 B : d =
In List I
a. dS B:
#
0 =
The surface integral of magnetic flux density over the closed surface is zero or in
other words, net outward magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero. 4 a " ^ h
b. dS D:
#
dv
v
v
r =
#
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Total outward electric flux through any closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed
in the region. 3 b " ^ h
c. dl E:
#

t
dS
B
2
2
=-
#
i.e. The line integral of the electric field intensity around a closed path is equal to
the surface integral of the time derivative of magnetic flux density 2 c " ^ h
d. d H S :
#

t
d
D
J a
2
2
= + b l #
i.e. The line integral of magnetic field intensity around a closed path is equal to the
surface integral of sum of the current density and time derivative of electric flux
density. 1 d " ^ h
The continuity equation is given as
J : d
v
r =-
i.e. it relates current density J ^ h and charge density
v
r .
Given Maxwells equation is
H
#
d J
t
D
c
2
2
= +
For free space, conductivity, 0 s = and so,
J
c
0 E s = =
Therefore, we have the generalized equation
H
#
d
t
D
2
2
=
Given the magnetic field intensity,
H 3 7 2 y x a a a
x y z
= + +
J H
#
d =

y x
a a a
3 7 2
x
x
y
y
z
z
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
a a a 0 2 0 0
x y z
= - - + ^ ^ ^ h h h 2a
y
=-
The emf in the loop will be induced due to motion of the loop as well as the
variation in magnetic field given as
V
emf

t
d d S
B
v B l
#
2
2
=- + ^ h # #
So, the frequencies for the induced e.m.f. in the loop is
1
w and
2
w .
F Q E v B
#
= + ^ h is Lorentz force equation.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
All of the given expressions are Maxwells equation.
The direction of magnetic flux due to the current i in the conductor is determined
by right hand rule. So, we get the flux through A is pointing into the paper while
the flux through B is pointing out of the paper.
According to Lenzs law the induced e.m.f. opposes the flux that causes it. So again
by using right hand rule we get the direction of induced e.m.f. is anticlockwise in
A and clockwise in B.
A
2
d J
0
m =-
This is the wave equation for static electromagnetic field.
i.e. It is not Maxwells equation.
Poissions equation for an electric field is given as
V
2
d
v
e
r
=-
where, V is the electric potential at the point and
v
r is the volume charge density
in the region. So, for 0
v
r = we get,
V
2
d 0 =
Which is Laplacian equation.
Continuity equation J
#
d
t
v
2
2r
=- 4 a " ^ h
Amperes law H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= + 1 b " ^ h
Displacement current J
t
D
2
2
= 2 c " ^ h
Faraday law E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=- 3 d " ^ h
A static electric field in a charge free region is defined as
E : d 0 = 4 a " ^ h
and E
#
d 0 =
A static electric field in a charged region have
E : d 0
v
!
e
r
= 2 b " ^ h
and E
#
d 0 =
A steady magnetic field in a current carrying conductor have
B : d 0 = 1 c " ^ h
B
#
d 0 J
0
! m =
A time varying electric field in a charged medium with time varying magnetic field
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
have
E
#
d
t
B
0
2
2
! =- 3 d " ^ h
E : d 0
v
!
e
r
=
V
dt
d
m
F
=-
It is Faradays law that states that the change in flux through any loop induces
e.m.f. in the loop.
From stokes theorem, we have
d E S
#
: d ^ h #
d E l : =
#
(1)
Given, the Maxwells equation
E
#
d ( / ) t B 2 2 =-
Putting this expression in equation (1) we get,
d E l :
#

t
d B S
s
:
2
2
=-
#
Induced emf in a coil of N turns is defined as
V
emf
N
dt
dF
=-
where F is flux linking the coil. So, we get
V
emf

dt
d
t t 100 2
3
=- -
^ h
t 100 3 2
2
=- - ^ h 100 1000 mV 3 2 2
2
=- - =- ^ _ h i
(at 2 s t = )
V 2 =-
Since, the flux linking through both the coil is varying with time so, emf are
induced in both the coils.
Since, the loop 2 is split so, no current flows in it and so joule heating does not
occur in coil 2 while the joule heating occurs in closed loop 1 as current flows in it.
Therefore, only statement 2 is correct.
The electric field intensity is
E e E
j t
0
=
w
where E
0
is independent of time
So, from Maxwells equation we have
H
#
d
t
J
E
2
2 e
= +
j e E E
j t
0
s e w = +
w
^ h j E E s we = +
Equation (1) and (3) are not the Maxwells equation.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
From the Maxwells equation for a static field (DC) we have
B
#
d J
0
m =
A
#
d
#
d ^ h J
0
m =
A A
2
: d d d - ^ h J
0
m =
For static field (DC), A : d 0 =
therefore we have, A
2
d J
0
m =-
So, both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
For a static field, Maxwells equation is defined as
H
#
d J =
and since divergence of the curl is zero
i.e. H : d
#
d ^ h 0 =
J : d 0 =
but in the time varying field, from continuity equation (conservation of charges)
J : d
t
0
v
2
2
!
r
=-
So, an additional term is included in the Maxwells equation.
i.e. H
#
d
t
J
D
2
2
= +
where
t
D
2
2
is displacement current density which is a necessary term.
Therefore A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
For any loop to have an induced e.m.f., magnetic flux lines must link with the coil.
Observing all the given figures we conclude that loop C
1
and C
2
carries the flux
lines through it and so both the loop will have an induced e.m.f.
Since, the circular loop is rotating about the y-axis as a diameter and the flux
lines is directed in a
x
direction. So, due to rotation magnetic flux changes and as
the flux density is function of time so, the magnetic flux also varies w.r.t time and
therefore the induced e.m.f. in the loop is due to a combination of transformer and
motional e.m.f. both.
Gausss law D : d r = a 1 " ^ h
Amperes law H
#
d
t
J
D
c
2
2
= + b 5 " ^ h
Faradays law E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=- 2 c " ^ h
Poynting vector P E H
#
= 3 d " ^ h
***********
CHAPTER 7
ELECTRONAGNETI CS WAVES
406 Electronagnetics Waves Chap 7
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 7.1
MCQ 7.1.1 What will be the direction of wave propagation in a non magnetic medium in which
magnetic field intensity at any point is given by
H / cos A m t ky a 4
x
w = - ^ h
(A) a
z
+ direction (B) a
z
- direction
(C) a
x
+ direction (D) a
y
+ direction
MCQ 7.1.2 In a certain medium electric field intensity of a propagating wave is given by
, x t E^ h / sin V m E e t z a 2
x
y 0
w b = -
a -
^ h
The electric field phasor of the wave will be
(A) / V m E e a
j x
y 0
a b - +
^ h

(B) / V m jE e a
j x
y 0
a b - +
^ h
(C) / V m jE e a
j x
y 0
-
a b - +
^ h

(D) / V m jE e a
j x
y 0
-
a b -
^ h
MCQ 7.1.3 In air, magnetic field intensity is given by H 10 / cos A m t ky a 6 10
z
7
#
= - ^ h . Wave
number k for the EM wave will be
(A) 1.8 / rad m (B) 2 / rad m
(C) 0.2 / rad m (D) 5 / rad m
MCQ 7.1.4 An electromagnetic wave is propagating in certain non magnetic material such that
the magnetic field intensity at any point is given by
H / cos A m t z a 3 10 5
x
9
= - ^ h
The phase velocity of the wave in the medium will be
(A) 1.5 10 / m s
9
#
(B) 5 10 / m s
9
#
-
(C) 0.5 10 / m s
8
#
(D) 2 10 / m s
8
#
MCQ 7.1.5 Magnetic field intensity in a certain non-magnetic medium is given by
H / cos A m H t y a
x 0
w b = - ^ h
If the wavelength of the EM wave in the medium be 12.6 m then what will be the
phase constant b in that medium ?
(A) 0.25 / rad m (B) 0.5 / rad m
(C) 1.12 / rad m (D) 6.3 / rad m
Chap 7 Electronagnetics Waves 407
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.1.6 In a nonmagnetic material electric field intensity is given by
E / cos V m t x a 16 4 10 2
y
8
#
= - ^ h
The relative permittivity of the medium will be
(A) . 1 5 (B) . 2 25
(C) . 0 44 (D) 225
MCQ 7.1.7 Electric field intensity in free space is E / cos V m t z a 24 5 10
x
8
#
b = - ^ h . The time
period of the wave will be
(A) 7.96 ns (B) 1.26 ns
(C) sec 8 10
7
#
(D) 12.57 ns
MCQ 7.1.8 In air, a propagating wave has electric field intensity given by
E 9 / cos V m t x a 4 10
z
8
#
b = - ^ h
The time taken by the wave to travel one-fourth of its total wave length is
(A) 61.42 ns (B) 3.05 ns
(C) 7.23 ns (D) 3.93 ns
MCQ 7.1.9 What will be the intrinsic impedance of a lossless, nonmagnetic dielectric material
having relative permittivity . 2 25
r
e = ?
(A) . 2 235 6 W (B) 167.56 W
(C) 8.95 mW (D) 251.33 W
MCQ 7.1.10 A radio wave is propagating at a frequency of 0.5 MHz in a medium ( 3 10 / S m
7
s
#
=
, 1
r r
. m e = ).The wave length of the radio wave in that medium will be
(A) 0.8 mm (B) 0.26 mm
(C) 0.4 mm (D) 0.13 mm
MCQ 7.1.11 The skin depth in a poor conductor is independent of
(A) Permittivity (B) Permeability
(C) Frequency (D) None of these
MCQ 7.1.12 Assertion (A) : sin cos E z ct E a
x 0
=
^ ^ h h
represents the electric field of a plane wave
in free space.
Reason (R) : A plane wave f propagating with velocity v
p
in a
z
+ direction must
satisfy the equation

t
f
v
z
f
p
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
- 0 =
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.1.13 A propagating wave in free space has magnetic field intensity
H 0. / cos A m t y a 2 10
z
9
b = - ^ h
What will be the electric field intensity of the wave at 1 cm y = at time, 0.1 ns t = ?
(A) 37.7 / V m a
x
- (B) 37.6 / V m a
x
-
(C) 19.8 / V m a
x
- (D) 37.6 / V m a
x
MCQ 7.1.14 Phasor form of magnetic field intensity of a uniform plane wave in free space is
given as
H
s
/ A m j a ja e 2 5 4 2
y z
j x
= + +
b -
^ ^ h h
The maximum electric field of the plane wave equals to
(A) 24.1 / V m (B) 14.22 / kV m
(C) 9.08 / kV m (D) 0
MCQ 7.1.15 Electric field intensity of linearly polarized plane wave in free space is given by
E / cos V m t z a a 6 5 50
y x
w = - - ^ ^ h h
The phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave will be
(A) 5 6 / V m e a a
x y
j z
0
50
h - +
-
^ h (B) 5 6 / V m
e
a a
x z
j z
0
50
h
-
-
^ h
(C) 5 6 / V m
e
a a
x y
j z
0
50
h
-
-
^ h (D) 5 6 / V m
e
a a
x y
j z
0
50
h
- +
-
^ h
MCQ 7.1.16 In a perfect conductor , 0 resistivity . r ^ h magnetic field of any EM wave
(A) lags electric field by 90c (B) leads electric field by 45c
(C) lags electric field by 45c (D) will be in phase with electric field
An electromagnetic wave travels in free space with the electric field component
E
s
/ V m e a a 10 5
x z
j x z 4 2
= +
- -
^
^
h
h
MCQ 7.1.17 What will be the phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
(A) 29.66 / mA m e
j x z 4 2
-
- -
^ h

(B) 5 / mA m e 5
j x z 4 2
-
- -
^ h
(C) 29.66 / mA m e
j x z 4 2 - -
^ h

(D) 29.66 / A m e
j x z 4 2
-
- -
^ h
MCQ 7.1.18 What will be the time average power density of the electromagnetic wave ?
(A) . . / W m a a 665 9 331 6
x z
2
- ^ h
(B) . . / W m a a 148 9 74 15
x z
2
- ^ h
(C) . . / W m a a 331 6 665 9
x z
2
- + ^ h
(D) 74.15 148.9 / W m a a
x z
2
- + ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.1.19 A propagating wave has the phasor form of its electric field intensity defined as
E
s
2 / V m e a a a 3 3
.
x y z
j x y z 0 1 3 3 2
= - + -
p - - + -
^
`
h
j
The wave is linearly polarized along the direction of
(A) 3 2 a a a 3
x y z
- + - (B) 2 a a a 3 3
x y z
- + -
(C) 3 2 a a a 3
x y z
- + (D) 2 a a a 3 3
x y z
- +
In free space an electric field intensity vector is given by
E 00cos t z a 2
x
w b = - ^ h
where w and b are constants.
MCQ 7.1.20 If
0 0
b
m e
w
= . what will be the magnetic flux density vector B ?
3 10 / m s
1
0 0
8
m e
#
=
-
c m
(A) 3 10 cos t z a
y
10
w b
#
- ^ h
(B) 3.33 10 cos t z a
y
7
w b
#
-
-
^ h
(C) 3 10 cos t z a
y
8
w b
#
- ^ h
(D) 3.33 10 cos t z a
y
6
w b
#
-
-
^ h
MCQ 7.1.21 The poynting vector of the E-M field will be
(A) 10 cos t z a
z
4
0
0 2
m
e
w b - ^ h (B) 10 cos t z a
z
4
0
0 2
e
m
w b - ^ h
(C) 10 cos t z a
z
4
0
2
m w b - ^ h (D) cos t z a
10
z
0
4
2
m
w b - ^ h
MCQ 7.1.22 The electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field
is given by
E / sin sin V m x z a 15 2 10 3
y
8
#
p p p = -
^ h
The time average stored energy density in the electric field is
(A) sin x
25
4
0
2
e p (B) sin x
4
25
0 2 e
p
(C) sin x
4
5
2
0
e
p (D) sin x
4
25
2
0
e
p
MCQ 7.1.23 Electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field is
given by
E ( ) / sin sin V m y t x a 20 6 10 3
z
8
#
p p p = - ^ h
What will be the time average stored energy density in the magnetic field ?
(A) sin x
10
25 50
9
2
p
p +
-
^ h (B) sin x
144
10
25 50
9
2
p
p +
-
^ h
(C) sin x
144 10
25 50
9
2 #
p
p + ^ h (D) sin x
144
25 50
2 p
p + ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.1.24 An electromagnetic wave is propagating from free space to a certain medium having
relative permittivity 5
r
e = . If wavelength of the wave in the medium be 20 cm then
what would be its wavelength in free space ?
(A) 6.67 cm
(B) 60 cm
(C) 180 cm
(D) 18 cm
MCQ 7.1.25 If some free charge is being imbedded in a piece of glass, then the charge will flow
out to the surface nearly after
(relative permittivity of glass, .25 4
r
e = conductivity of glass, 10 / S m
12
s =
-
)
(A) sec 2
(B) sec 4
(C) 35 sec
(D) sec 20
MCQ 7.1.26 An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident on the surface of a
dielectric medium (
0
m , 4
0
e ). If the magnitude of the electric field of incident wave
is E
0
then what will be the magnitude of the electric field of the reflected wave ?
(A) / E 2 3
0
-
(B) / E 3
0
-
(C) / E 2
0

(D) E
0
-
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 7.2
MCQ 7.2.1 Magnetic field intensity of a propagating wave in free space is given by
H 0.3 / cos A m t y a
x
w b = - ^ h
If the total time period of the wave be T then the plot of H versus y at time, t
T
8
=
will be
MCQ 7.2.2 A uniform plane wave is propagating with a velocity of 7.5 10 / m s
7
#
in a lossless
medium having relative permeability .8 2
r
m = . The electric field phasor of the wave
is given by
E
s
5 / V m e a
. j x
z
0 3
=
What will be the magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
(A) 11.05 . . / cos mA m t x a 9 54 10 0 3
y
6
#
+
^ h
(B) 22.13 . . / cos mA m t x a 9 54 10 0 3
y
6
#
+ ^ h
(C) 22.13 . . / cos mA m t z a 9 54 10 0 3
y
6
#
+
^ h
(D) 11.05 . . / cos mA m t x a 2 25 10 0 3
y
7
#
+
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.2.3 In a certain medium ( 4
r
e = , 4
r
m = ). A plane wave is propagating such that the
electric field intensity of the wave is E / sin V m E e t x a 10
/ x
y 0
2 8
b = -
-
^ h . The loss
tangent of the medium will be
(A) . 1 94 (B) . 0 27
(C) . 0 35 (D) . 0 52
In a lossy medium ( 8
r
e = , . 0 5
r
m = , 0.01 / S m s = a plane wave is travelling in a
z
+
direction that has the electric field intensity E 0.5 / cos t a 10 3
x
9
p p = + ^ h at z 0 = .
MCQ 7.2.4 What will be the distance travelled by the wave to have a phase shift of 10c ?
(A) 20.95 mm (B) 477.3 mm
(C) 8.33 V (D) 3.65 m
MCQ 7.2.5 After traveling a distance z , the amplitude of the wave is reduced by % 40 . So, the
value of z equals to
(A) 481.5 mm (B) 542 mm
(C) 1.06 m (D) 2.08 m
MCQ 7.2.6 A uniform plane wave is propagating at a velocity of 7 10 / m s
7
#
in a perfect
dielectric such that the electric and magnetic fields of the wave are given by
, x t E^ h 00 / cos V m t x a 3 5 10
y
6
#
p b = - ^ h
, x t H^ h 1.9 / cos V m t x a 5 10
z
6
#
p b = - ^ h
The relative permittivity and relative permeability of the medium will be respectively
(A) . 1 70, . 2 69 (B) . 3 4, . 5 37
(C) . 1 70, . 1 58 (D) . 2 37, . 2 69
MCQ 7.2.7 An electromagnetic wave is propagating in free space in a
x
- direction with a
frequency w and phase angle zero. The EM wave is polarized in a
z
+ direction. If
the amplitude of electric field of the wave is E
0
then the magnetic field of the wave
will be
(A) cos
E
t
c
x a
y
0
0
h
w
w
+
a k
(B) cos E t cx a
y 0 0
h w w + ^ h
(C) cos
E
t
c
x a
y
0
0
h
w
w
- +
a k
(D) cos
E
t
c
x a
y
0
0
h
w
w
-
a k
MCQ 7.2.8 What will be the electric field of a plane wave polarized parallel to the x -z plane
and propagating in free space in the direction from origin to the point , , 1 1 1 ^ h, that
has the amplitude E
0
and frequency w with zero phase angle ?
(A) cos E t
c
x y z
a a
3 2
x z
0
w
w
- + +
-
^
b
h
l : D
(B) cos E t
c
x y z
a a
3 2
x z
0
w
w
+ + +
-
^
b
h
l : D
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(C) cos E t
c
x y z
a a
2
x z
0
w
w
- + +
+
^
c
h
m
9 C
(D) cos E t
c
x y z
a a
2
x z
0
w
w
+ + +
+
^
c
h
m
9 C
MCQ 7.2.9 A plane wave is propagating with frequency 50 kHz f = in a medium ( 2 / S m s = ,
80
r
e = , 4
r
m = ). What will be the skin depth of the medium ?
(A) 1.7 m (B) 0.4 m
(C) 0.8 m (D) 1.3 m
MCQ 7.2.10 With a thickness t , silver coating is done for a microwave experiment to operate at
a frequency of 10 GHz. For the successful experiment t should be
(for silver, 1
r r
. m e = , 6.25 10 / S m
7
s
#
= )
(A) greater than 0.64 m m (B) less than 0.64 m m
(C) exactly equal to 0.64 m m (D) none of these
MCQ 7.2.11 In a nonmagnetic material of conductivity 2 10 / S m
7
s
#
= , electric field of a
propagating plane wave is given by
E . 2 . / cos sin V m t y t y a a 5 10 0 2 10 0 2
x z
7 7
= - + - ^ ^ h h
What will be the value of complex permittivity of the medium ?
(A) / F m j 2 36
0
e - ^ h (B) / F m j 36 2
0
e - ^ h
(C) / F m j 36 2 - ^ h (D) / F m j 36 2
0
e + ^ h
MCQ 7.2.12 Assertion (A) : All the metals are opaque.
Reason (R) : Skin depth of metals are in the range of nanometers.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
MCQ 7.2.13 In the plane z 0 = , electric field of a wave propagating in a
z
+ direction in free
space is E
0
which is varying with time t as shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
If the magnetic field intensity of the wave at 1 sec t m = be H
1
then the plot of H
1

versus z will be
MCQ 7.2.14 Three different dielectrics of permittivities 4
0
e , 9
0
e and 3
0
e are defined in the space
as shown in figure. If the leading edge of a uniform plane wave propagating in a
x

direction is incident on the plane m x 3 =- then how much time it will take to
strike the interface defined by the dielectric 2 and dielectric 3 ?
(A) 6 sec n
(B) 0.02 sec m
(C) 3 sec n
(D) 0.06 sec m
MCQ 7.2.15 An electromagnetic wave propagating in medium 1 (
0
m ,
1
e ) is incident on medium 2
(
0
m ,
2
e ) as shown in figure such that the electric field of reflected wave is / 1 5 times
of the electric field of incident wave. The value of /
1 2
e e equals to
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) / 2 3 (B) / 3 2
(C) / 4 9 (D) / 9 4
An electromagnetic wave of 50 MHz frequency is incident on a dielectric medium
such that its skin depth is 0.32 mm. (permittivity of dielectric . 6 28 10
7
#
=
-
)
MCQ 7.2.16 What will be the conductivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 0.32 10 / S m
2
#
(B) 1.01 10 / S m
5
#
-
(C) 320 / S m (D) 0.99 10 / S m
5
#
MCQ 7.2.17 If an electromagnetic wave of 8 GHz frequency travels a distance of 0. 75 mm 2 in
the dielectric medium then its field intensity will be reduced by
(A) 20 dB (B) 60 dB
(C) 0 dB (D) 30 dB
MCQ 7.2.18 Electric field of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a medium in a
x
+ direction
is given by
E
s
E j e a a
y z
j x
0
= -
b -
^ h
The wave is
(A) left hand circularly polarized
(B) Right hand circularly polarized
(C) elliptically polarized
(D) linearly polarized
MCQ 7.2.19 An electromagnetic wave has the electric field intensity in the phasor form given by
E
s
j e a a 2
z x
j y
= -
b -
^ h
The EM wave is incident on a perfect conductor located at y 0 = . What will be the
polarization of the reflected wave ?
(A) left hand circular (B) Right hand circular
(C) elliptical (D) linear
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.2.20 An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident on a perfectly
conducting slab placed at x 0 $ . The electric field of the incident wave in the
phasor form is given by
E
is
/ V m e a 5
z
j y x 6 8
=
- +
^ h
The net electric field of the total wave (incident and reflected both) in free space
after reflection will be
(A) 10 / V m e a
z
j y x 6 8 - -
^ h
(B) 10 / V m e a
z
j y x 6 8
-
- -
^ h
(C) 20 8 / sin V m j e x a
z
j y 6
-
-
(D) 20 8 / sin V m j e x a
z
j y 6 -
MCQ 7.2.21 Electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in free space is given by
E
is
25 / V m e a
x
j z y 6 8
=
- +
^ h
If the wave is incident on a perfectly conducting plane at y 0 = then the magnetic
field intensity of the reflected wave will be
(A) / A m e
a
a
8 6
y
z j z y 6 8
p p
- +
- -
a
^
k
h
(B) / A m e
a
a
8 6
y
z j z y 6 8
p p
+
- -
a
^
k
h
(C) e
a
a
8 6
y
z j z y 6 8
p p
+
-
a
^
k
h
(D) / A m e
a
a
8 6
y
z j z y 6 8
p p
- +
-
a
^
k
h
MCQ 7.2.22 An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space has magnetic field intensity
H 0. / cos A m t y a 4
x
w b = - ^ h
What will be the total power passing through a square plate of side 20 cm located
in the plane x y 2 + = ?
(A) 0.53 Watt (B) 1.88 Watt
(C) 18.8 mW (D) 53.31 mW
MCQ 7.2.23 An electromagnetic wave propagating in a lossless medium ( 4
1 0
m m = ,
1 0
e e = ,
0
1
s = ) defined in the region 0 y > is incident on a lossy medium (
2 0
m m = , 4
2 0
e e =
, 0.1 / S m
2
s = ) defined in the region y 0 # . The electric field intensity of the
incident wave in lossless medium is given by
E
is
/ V m e a 6
j y
z
5
=
-
What will be the standing wave ratio ?
(A) . 1 22 (B) . 0 8186
(C) . 0 0997 (D) . 10 025
MCQ 7.2.24 The complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave propagating in free space
is given by
E
s
2 / V m e a a a 3 3
.
x y z
j x y z 0 01 3 3 2
= - -
p - - + -
^
`
h
j
The unit vector in the direction of propagation of the wave will be
(A)
3 2 a a a
16
3
x y z
- + -
(B)
3 2 a a a
4
3
x y z
- + -
(C) 3 2 a a a 4 3
x y z
- - + ^ h (D)
3 2 a a a
4
3
x y z
-
+ - ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.2.25 Phasor form of electric field intensity of a uniform plane wave is given by
E
s
/ V m e a a 2
3
2 .
x y
j x y z 0 04 2 3 3
= -
p - - - +
d
`
n
j
The wavelength along the direction of propagation is
(A) 3.16 m (B) 0.08 m
(C) 12.5 m (D) 15.7 m
MCQ 7.2.26 In free space the complex magnetic field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
H
s
/ A m e a a 3
.
x z
j x y z 0 04 3 2 3
=- +
p - - -
^
`
h
j
.
Frequency of the plane wave will be
(A) 3.75 MHz (B) 2.4 10 Hz
6
#
(C) 24 MHz (D) 2.4 MHz
In free space complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
E
s
/ V m e a a 2
x z
j x y z
25
2 5 3
= +
p
- - -
^
`
h
j
MCQ 7.2.27 The apparent wavelengths along the x , y and z axes are

x
l
y
l
z
l
(A) 16.7 m 25 m 28.87 m
(B) 28.87 m 16.7 m 25 m
(C) 16.7 m 28.87 m 25 m
(D) 28.87 m 25 m 16.7 m
MCQ 7.2.28 The apparent phase velocities along the x , y and z axes are
v
Px
v
Py
v
Pz
(A) 1.73 10 / m s
10
#
1.5 10 / m s
10
#
1 10 / m s
10
#
(B) 6.93 10 / m s
8
#
6 10 / m s
8
#
4 10 / m s
8
#
(C) 2.77 10 / m s
7
#
2.4 10 / m s
7
#
1.6 10 / m s
7
#
(D) 1.2 10 / m s
9
#
1.2 10 / m s
9
#
1.2 10 / m s
9
#
MCQ 7.2.29 Which of the following complex vector field represents the electric field of a uniform
plane wave ?
(A) 2 j j e a a a 3
.
x y z
j y z 0 6 3
- - -
p - +
_
`
i
j
(B) j e a a a 2 3
.
x y z
j x z 0 05 3
- -
p - +
_
^
i
h
(C) j
j
j e a a a 3
2
1
1
2
3
3
.
x y z
j x y z 0 02 3 3 2
+ + + -
p - + +
b
c
`
l
m
j
= G
(D) j j j e a a a 3
2
1
1
2
3
3
.
x y z
j x y z 0 02 3 3 2
- - + - +
p - + +
b c
`
l m
j
= G
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.2.30 Which of the following pairs of vector E
s
and H
s
field represents the complex
electric and magnetic field vectors of a uniform plane wave ?
E
s
H
s
(A) 2 / V m j j e a a a 3
x y z
j x z 3
+ +
p - +
_
^
i
h
2 / A m j e a a a 3
x y z
j x z 3
- -
p - +
_
^
i
h
(B) / V m j j e a a 3
x z
j x z 3
+
p - +
_
^
i
h
/ A m j j e a a 3
x z
j x z 3
- +
p - +
_
^
i
h
(C) / V m j j e a a 3
x z
j x z 3
-
p - +
_
^
i
h
/ A m j j e a a 3
x z
j x z 3
- -
p - +
_
^
i
h
(D) 2 / V m j j e a a a 3
.
x y z
j x z 0 1 3
- - +
p - +
_
^
i
h
2 / A m j e a a a 3
.
x y z
j x z 0 1 3
- -
p - +
_
^
i
h
MCQ 7.2.31 The following fields exist in charge free regions
6 ( 10 ) sin t y P a 5
z
w = +
( 2 ) cos t Q a
10
r
w r = -
f
3 cot cos R a a
1 2
r f
r
f = +
r f
( 6 ) sin sin
r
t r S a
6
q w = -
q
The possible electromagnetic fields are
(A) , P Q (B) , R S
(C) , P R (D) , Q S
MCQ 7.2.32 A uniform plane wave in region 1 is normally incident on the planner boundary
separating regions 1 and 2. Both region are lossless and
r r 1 1
3
e m = ,
r r 2 2
3
e m = . If the
20% of the energy in the incident wave is reflected at the boundary, the ratio /
r r 2 1
e e
is
(A) 1.48
(B) 17.9
(C) 25.6
(D) 58.3
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 7.3
MCQ 7.3.1 A plane wave propagating in air with ( 6 5 ) / V m e E a a a 4
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
= + +
w + -
is
incident on a perfectly conducting slab positioned at x 0 # . The E field of the
reflected wave is
(A) ( 8 6 5 ) / V m e a a a
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
- - -
w + +

(B) ( 8 6 5 ) / V m e a a a
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
- + -
w + +
-
(C) ( 8 6 5 ) / V m e a a a
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
- - -
w - -

(D) ( 8 6 5 ) / V m e a a a
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
- + -
w - -
MCQ 7.3.2 The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic wave in free space, along
the positive x direction is given by 10( ) j e E a a
y z
j x 25
= +
-
. The frequency and
polarization of the wave, respectively, are
(A) 1.2 GHz and left circular (B) 4 Hz and left circular
(C) 1.2 GHz and right circular (D) 4 Hz and right circular
MCQ 7.3.3 Consider the following statements regarding the complex Poynting vector P for the
power radiated by a point source in an infinite homogeneous and lossless medium.
Re(P) denotes the real part of , S P denotes a spherical surface whose centre is
at the point source, and a
n
denotes the unit surface normal on S. Which of the
following statements is TRUE?
(A) Re(P) remains constant at any radial distance from the source
(B) Re(P) increases with increasing radial distance from the source
(C) ( ) Re dSa P
n
s
: ^ h ## remains constant at any radial distance from the source
(D) ( ) Re dSa P
n
s
: ^ h ## decreases with increasing radial distance from the source
MCQ 7.3.4 The electric field component of a time harmonic plane EM wave traveling in a
nonmagnetic lossless dielectric medium has an amplitude of 1 V/m. If the relative
permittivity of the medium is 4, the magnitude of the time-average power density
vector (in / W m
2
) is
(A)
30
1
p
(B)
60
1
p
(C)
120
1
p
(D)
240
1
p
GATE 2012
GATE 2012
GATE 2011
GATE 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.5 A plane wave having the electric field components cos y E a 6 3 10
i x
8
#
b = -
^ h

V/m and traveling in free space is incident normally on a lossless medium with
0
m m = and 9
0
e e = which occupies the region y 0 $ . The reflected magnetic field
component is given by
(A)
10
1
(3 10 ) / cos A m t y a
8
x
p
#
+ (B)
20
(3 10 ) / cos A m t y a
1
x
8
p
#
+
(C)
20
(3 10 ) / cos A m t y a
1
x
8
p
#
- + (D)
10
(3 10 ) / cos A m t y a
1
x
8
p
#
- +
MCQ 7.3.6 A uniform plane wave in the free space is normally incident on an infinitely
thick dielectric slab (dielectric constant 9
r
e = ). The magnitude of the reflection
coefficient is
(A) 0 (B) 0.3
(C) 0.5 (D) 0.8
MCQ 7.3.7 A plane wave of wavelength l is traveling in a direction making an angle 30c with
positive x -axis and 90c with positive y-axis. The E field of the plane wave can be
represented as (E
0
is constant)
(A) E e a E
y
j t x z
0
3
=
w
l
p
l
p
- -
c m
(B) E e a E
y
j t x z
0
3
=
w
l
p
l
p
- -
c m
(C) E e a E
y
j t x z
0
3
=
w
l
p
l
p
+ +
c m
(D) E e a E
y
j t x z
0
3
=
w
l
p
l
p
- +
c m
MCQ 7.3.8 The H field (in A/m) of a plane wave propagating in free space is given by
( ) cos t z t z a a H
5 5
2
x y
0
h
w b w b
p
= - + - +
a k
.
The time average power flow density in Watts is
(A)
100
0
h
(B)
100
0
h
(C) 50
0
2
h (D)
50
0
h
MCQ 7.3.9 A right circularly polarized (RCP) plane wave is incident at an angle 60c to the
normal, on an air-dielectric interface. If the reflected wave is linearly polarized, the
relative dielectric constant
r2
e is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 3
GATE 2010
GATE 2008
GATE 2007
GATE 2007
GATE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.10 The electric field of an electromagnetic wave propagation in the positive direction
is given by ( ) ( /2) sin sin E t z t z a a 2
x y
w b w b p = - + - + . The wave is
(A) Linearly polarized in the z -direction
(B) Elliptically polarized
(C) Left-hand circularly polarized
(D) Right-hand circularly polarized
MCQ 7.3.11 When a plane wave traveling in free-space is incident normally on a medium having
. 4 0
r
e = then the fraction of power transmitted into the medium is given by
(A)
9
8
(B)
2
1
(C)
3
1
(D)
6
5
MCQ 7.3.12 A medium of relative permittivity 2
r2
e = forms an interface with free - space. A
point source of electromagnetic energy is located in the medium at a depth of 1
meter from the interface. Due to the total internal reflection, the transmitted beam
has a circular cross-section over the interface. The area of the beam cross-section
at the interface is given by
(A) 2p m
2
(B)
2
p m
2
(C)
2
p
m
2
(D) p m
2
MCQ 7.3.13 A medium is divided into regions I and II about x 0 = plane, as shown in the figure
below.
An electromagnetic wave with electric field 4 5 E a a a 5
x y z 1
= + + is incident normally
on the interface from region I . The electric file E
2
in region II at the interface is
(A) E E
2 1
= (B) 4 0.75 1.25 a a a
x y z
+ -
(C) 3 3 5 a a a
x y z
+ + (D) 3 3 5 a a a
x y z
- + +
MCQ 7.3.14 The magnetic field intensity vector of a plane wave is given by
( , , , ) x y z t H 10 (50000 0.004 30) sin t x a
y
= + +
where a
y
, denotes the unit vector in y direction. The wave is propagating with a
phase velocity.
(A) 5 10
4
#
m/s (B) 3 10
8
#
- m/s
(C) 1.25 10
7
#
- m/s (D) 3 10
8
#
m/s
GATE 2006
GATE 2006
GATE 2006
GATE 2006
GATE 2005
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.15 Refractive index of glass is 1.5. Find the wavelength of a beam of light with frequency
of 10 Hz
14
in glass. Assume velocity of light is 3 10
8
#
m/s in vacuum
(A) 3 mm (B) 3 mm
(C) 2 mm (D) 1 mm
MCQ 7.3.16 If ( ) j e E a a
x y
jkz k t
= +
w -
and ( / )( ) k j e H a a
y x
jkz j t
wm = +
w -
, the time-averaged
Poynting vector is
(A) null vector (B) ( / ) k a
z
wm
(C) (2 / ) k a
z
wm (D) ( /2 ) k a
z
wm
MCQ 7.3.17 A plane electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident normally on a
large slab of loss-less, non-magnetic, dielectric material with >
0
e e . Maxima and
minima are observed when the electric field is measured in front of the slab. The
maximum electric field is found to be 5 times the minimum field. The intrinsic
impedance of the medium should be
(A) 120p W (B) 60p W
(C) 600p W (D) 24p W
MCQ 7.3.18 The depth of penetration of electromagnetic wave in a medium having conductivity
s at a frequency of 1 MHz is 25 cm. The depth of penetration at a frequency of 4
MHz will be
(A) 6.25 dm (B) 12.50 cm
(C) 50.00 cm (D) 100.00 cm
MCQ 7.3.19 A uniform plane wave traveling in air is incident on the plane boundary between
air and another dielectric medium with 5
r
e = . The reflection coefficient for the
normal incidence, is
(A) zero (B) 0.5 180c
(B) 0.333 0c (D) 0.333 180c
MCQ 7.3.20 If the electric field intensity associated with a uniform plane electromagnetic wave
traveling in a perfect dielectric medium is given by ( , ) E z t 10 (2 10 0.1 ) cos t z
7
p p = -
V/m, then the velocity of the traveling wave is
(A) 3.00 10
8
#
m/sec (B) 2.00 10
8
#
m/sec
(C) 6.28 10
7
#
m/sec (D) 2.00 10
7
#
m/sec
MCQ 7.3.21 A plane wave is characterized by (0.5 ) e e a a E
/
x y
j j t jkz 2
= +
p w -
. This wave is
(A) linearly polarized (B) circularly polarized
(C) elliptically polarized (D) unpolarized
MCQ 7.3.22 Distilled water at 25 C c is characterized by 1.7 10
4
s
#
=
-
mho/m and 78
o
e e = at
a frequency of 3 GHz. Its loss tangent tand is (
36
10
9
e =
p
-
F/m)
GATE 2005
GATE 2004
GATE 2004
GATE 2003
GATE 2003
GATE 2003
GATE 2002
GATE 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 1.3 10
5
#
-
(B) 1.3 10
3
#
-
(C) 1.3 10 /78
4
#
-
(D) 1.3 10 /78
5
0
e
#
-
MCQ 7.3.23 If a plane electromagnetic wave satisfies the equation
z
E
c
t
E
x x
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
= , the wave
propagates in the
(A) x -direction
(B) z -direction
(C) y-direction
(D) x -y plane at an angle of 45c between the x and z direction
MCQ 7.3.24 A material has conductivity of 10
2 -
mho/m and a relative permittivity of 4.
The frequency at which the conduction current in the medium is equal to the
displacement current is
(A) 45 MHz (B) 90 MHz
(C) 450 MHz (D) 900 MHz
MCQ 7.3.25 A uniform plane electromagnetic wave incident on a plane surface of a dielectric
material is reflected with a VSWR of 3. What is the percentage of incident power
that is reflected ?
(A) 10% (B) 25%
(C) 50% (D) 75%
MCQ 7.3.26 A uniform plane wave in air impinges at 45c angle on a lossless dielectric material
with dielectric constant
r
e . The transmitted wave propagates is a 30c direction
with respect to the normal. The value of
r
e is
(A) 1.5 (B) . 1 5
(C) 2 (D) 2
MCQ 7.3.27 Two coaxial cable 1 and 2 are filled with different dielectric constants
r1
e and
r2
e
respectively. The ratio of the wavelength in the cables ( / )
1 2
l l is
(A) /
r r 1 2
e e (B) /
r r 2 1
e e
(C) /
r r 1 2
e e (D) /
r r 2 1
e e
MCQ 7.3.28 Identify which one of the following will NOT satisfy the wave equation.
(A) 50e
( ) j t z 3 w -
(B) [ (10 5 )] sin z t w +
(C) ( 5 ) cos y t
2
+ (D) ( ) ( ) sin cos x t
MCQ 7.3.29 A plane wave propagating through a medium [ 8, 2, 0] and v
r r
e s = = = has its
electric field given by 0.5 (10 ) / sin V m e t z E X
( / ) z 3 8
b = -
-
. The wave impedance, in
ohms is
(A) 377 (B) 198.5 180c
(C) 182.9 14c (D) 133.3
GATE 2001
GATE 2001
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.30 The intrinsic impedance of copper at high frequencies is
(A) purely resistive
(B) purely inductive
(C) complex with a capacitive component
(D) complex with an inductive component
MCQ 7.3.31 The time average poynting vector, in / W m
2
, for a wave with / V m e E a 12
( ) j t z
y
=
w b +

in free space is
(A)
.
a
2 4
z
p
- (B)
.
a
2 4
z
p
(C)
.
a
4 8
z
p
(D)
.
a
4 8
z
p
-
MCQ 7.3.32 The wavelength of a wave with propagation constant (0.1 0.2 ) m j
1
p p +
-
is
(A)
.
m
0 05
2
(B) 10 m
(C) 20 m (D) 30 m
MCQ 7.3.33 The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing
(A) conductivity (B) permeability
(C) wavelength (D) permittivity
MCQ 7.3.34 The polarization of wave with electric field vector E e E a a
j t z
x y 0
= +
w b +
^
^
h
h
is
(A) linear (B) elliptical
(C) left hand circular (D) right hand circular
MCQ 7.3.35 The skin depth at 10 MHz for a conductor is 1 cm. The phase velocity of an
electromagnetic wave in the conductor at 1, 000 MHz is about
(A) 6 10 /sec m
6
#
(B) 6 10 /sec m
7
#
(C) 3 10 /sec m
8
#
(D) 6 10 /sec m
8
#
MCQ 7.3.36 A uniform plane wave in air is normally incident on infinitely thick slab. If the
refractive index of the glass slab is 1.5, then the percentage of incident power that
is reflected from the air-glass interface is
(A) 0% (B) 4%
(C) 20% (D) 100%
MCQ 7.3.37 Some unknown material has a conductivity of 10 / mho m
6
and a permeability of
4 10 / H m
7
p
#
-
. The skin depth for the material at 1GHz is
(A) 15.9 m m (B) 20.9 m m
(C) 25.9 m m (D) 30.9 m m
MCQ 7.3.38 The plane wave travelling in a medium of 1
r
e = , 1
r
m = (free space) has an electric
field intensity of 100 / V m p . Determine the total energy density of this field.
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
GATE 1997
GATE 1996
GATE 1996
I ES EC 2012
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 13.9 / nJ m
3
(B) 27.8 / nJ m
3
(C) 139 / nJ m
3
(D) 278 / nJ m
3
MCQ 7.3.39 For a plane wave propagating in an unbounded medium (say, free space), the
minimum angle between electric field and magnetic field vectors is
(A) 0c (B) 60c
(C) 90c (D) 180c
MCQ 7.3.40 For no reflection condition, a vertically polarized wave should be incident at the
interface between two dielectrics having 4 and 7
1 2
e e = = , with an incident angle of
(A) tan
4
9 1 -
b l
(B) tan
2
3 1 -
b l
(C) tan
3
2 1 -
b l
(D) tan
9
4 1 -
b l
MCQ 7.3.41 The electric field component of a wave in free space is given by
E 10 (10 ) / cos V m t kZ a
y
7
= +
Following is a list of possible inferences :
1. Wave propagates along a
y
2. Wavelength 188.5 m l =
3. Wave amplitude is 10 / V m
4. Wave number 0.33 / rad m =
5. Wave attenuates as it travels
Which of these inferences can be drawn from E ?
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (B) 2 and 3 only
MCQ 7.3.42 A plane wave is generated under water ( 81 ) and
0 0
e e m m = = . The wave is parallel
polarized. At the interface between water and air, the angle a for which there is
no reflection is
(A) 83.88c (B) . 83 66c
(C) . 84 86c (D) . 84 08c
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.43 An elliptically polarized wave travelling in the positive z -direction in air has and x y
components
E
x
3 ( ) / sin V m t z w b = -
E
y
( 75 ) / sin V m t z 3 c w b = - +
If the characteristic impedance of air is 360 W, the average power per unit area
conveyed by the wave is
(A) 8 / W m
2
(B) 4 / W m
2
(C) 62.5 / mW m
2
(D) 125 / mW m
2
MCQ 7.3.44 The intrinsic impedance of copper at 3 GHz (with parameters : 4 10 / ; H m
7
m p
#
=
-
10 /36 ;
79
e p =
-
and 5.8 10 / mho m
7
s
#
= ) will be
(A) 0.02 ohm e
/ j 4 p
(B) 0.02 ohm e
/ j 2 p
(C) 0.2 ohm e
/ j 2 p
(D) 0.2 ohm e
/ j 4 p
MCQ 7.3.45 Consider the following statements regarding depth of penetration or skin depth in
a conductor :
1. It increases as frequency increases.
2. It is inversely proportional to square root of m and s.
3. It is inversely proportional to square root of f
4. It is directly proportional to square root of m and s.
Which of the above statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 3 and 4 only
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
1. (Electric or magnetic) field must have two orthogonal linear components.
2. The two components must have the same magnitude.
3. The two components must have a time-phase difference of odd multiple of 90c
.
Which of these are the necessary and sufficient conditions for a time-harmonic
wave to be circularly polarized at a given point in space ?
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3 only
MCQ 7.3.47 Assertion (A) :The velocity of light in any medium is slower than that of vacuum.
Reason (R) : The dielectric constant of the vacuum is unity and is lesser than that
of any other medium.
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.48 In which direction is the plane wave / sin V m t z E a 35 10 2
y
8
= + ^ h , (where a
y
is the
unit vector in y-direction), travelling ?
(A) along y direction (B) along y direction
(C) along z direction (D) along z direction
MCQ 7.3.49 According to Poynting theorem, the vector product E H
#
is a measure of which
one of the following?
(A) Stored energy density of the electric field
(B) Stored energy density of the magnetic
(D) Power dissipated per unit volume
(E) Rate of energy flow per unit area
MCQ 7.3.50 If ( ) j e a a E
x y
j z
= +
b -
, then the wave is said to be which one of the following ?
(A) Right circularly polarized (B) Right elliptically polarized
(C) Left circularly polarized (D) Left elliptically polarized
MCQ 7.3.51
What must be angle q of a corner reflector, such that an incident wave is reflected
in the same direction ?
(A) 30c (B) 45c
(C) 60c (D) 90c
MCQ 7.3.52 Poynting vector is a measure of which one of the following ?
(A) Maximum power flow through a surface surrounding the source
(B) Average power flow through the surface
(C) Instantaneous power flow through the surface
(D) Power dissipated by the surface
MCQ 7.3.53 The electric field component of a wave in free space is given by
E (10 ) / sin V m t kz a 25
y
7
= +
Which one of the following is the correct inference that can be drawn from this
expression ?
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) The wave propagates along y-axis
(B) The wavelength is 188.5 m
(C) The wave number . k 0 33 = rad/m
(D) The wave attenuates as it travels
MCQ 7.3.54 For an electromagnetic wave incident on a conducting medium, the depth of
penetration
(A) is directly proportional to the attenuation constant
(B) is inversely proportional to the attenuation constant
(C) has a logarithmic relationship with the attenuation constant
(D) is independent of the attenuation constant
MCQ 7.3.55 Which one of the following statements is correct ?
A right circularly polarised wave is incident from air onto a polystyrene 2.7
r
e = ^ h
. The reflected wave is
(A) right circularly polarised (B) left circularly polarised
(C) right elliptically polarised (D) left elliptically polarised
MCQ 7.3.56 The electric field of a wave propagating through a lossless medium ( , 81 )
0 0
m e is
(6 10 ) cos t bx a E 50 y
8
p
#
= -
What is the phase constant b of the wave ?
(A) 2 / rad m p (B) 9 / rad m p
(C) 18 / rad m p (D) 81 / rad m
MCQ 7.3.57 If the phase velocity of a plane wave in a perfect dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
free space, then what is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 6.25 (B) 4.25
(C) 2.5 (D) 1.25
MCQ 7.3.58 In free space ( , ) 60( 2 ) / V m x t t x E a
y
w = - . What is the average power crossing a
circular area of radius 4 m in the plane tan cons t x = ?
(A) 480 W (B) 340 W
(C) 120 W (D) 60 W
MCQ 7.3.59 What is the effect of the earths magnetic field in the reflected wave at frequencies
in the vicinity of gyro-frequency ?
(A) No attenuation in the reflected wave
(B) Decreased attenuation in the reflected wave
(C) Increased attenuation in the reflected wave
(D) Nominal attenuation in the reflected wave
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.60 A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of intrinsic
impedance
1
h is incident normally on its boundary with another perfect dielectric
medium of characteristic impedance
2
h . The electric and magnetic field strengths of
the incident wave are denoted by E
1
and H
1
respectively whereas E
r
and H
r
denote
these quantities for the reflected wave, and E
t
and H
t
for the transmitted wave.
Which of the following relations are correct ?
1. E H
i i 1
h =
2. E H
r r 1
h =
3. E H
t t 2
h =
Select the correct answer using the codes given below
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 3
MCQ 7.3.61 A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of dielectric
constant
1
e is incident on its boundary with another perfect dielectric medium of
dielectric constant
2
e . The incident ray makes an angle of
1
q with the normal to the
boundary surface. The ray transmitted into the other medium makes an angle of
2
q with the normal.
If 2
1 2
e e = and 60
1
c q = , which one of the following is correct ?
(A) 45
2
c q =
(B) 0.433 sin
2
1
q =
-
(C) 0.612 sin q
2
1
=
-
(D) There will be no transmitted wave
MCQ 7.3.62 Match List I (Nature of Polarization) with List II (Relationship Between X and
Y Components) for a propagating wave having cross-section in the XY plane and
propagating along z -direction and select the correct answer :
List-I List-II
a. Linear 1. X and Y components are in same phase
b. Left circular 2. X and Y components have arbitrary phase
difference
c. Right circular 3. X component leads Y by 90c
d. Elliptical 4. X component lags behind Y by 90c
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 4 2 3
(B) 4 1 2 3
(C) 1 4 3 2
(D) 4 1 3 2
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.63 Assertion (A) : For an EM wave normally incident on a conductor surface the
magnetic field H undergoes a 180c phase reversal and the phase of electric field E
remains same.
Reason (R) : The direction of propagation of incident wave will reverse after striking
a conductor surface.
MCQ 7.3.64 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
List-I List-II
a. Propagation constant 1.
/2 wms
b. Radiation intensity 2. ( ) E
r
2
2
2
h
c. Wave impedance 3. / E H
t t
4. E H
#
Codes :
a b c
(A) 1 2 3
(B) 4 3 2
(C) 1 3 2
(D) 4 2 3
MCQ 7.3.65 If the E field of a plane polarized EM wave travelling in the z -direction is :
E E E a a
x x y y
= + then its H field is :
(A)
Z
E
Z
E
a a
y
x
x
y
0 0
- (B)
Z
E
Z
E
a a
y
x
x
y
0 0
+
(C)
Z
E
Z
E
a a
x
y
y
x
0 0
- (D)
Z
E
Z
E
a a
x
y
y
x
0 0
- -
For electromagnetic waves propagating in free space :
1. electrical field is perpendicular to direction of propagation
2. electrical field is along the direction of propagation
3. magnetic field is perpendicular to direction of propagation
4. magnetic field is along the direction of propagation
Which of these statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 1 and 4
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.67 In a uniform plane wave, the value of / E H is
(A) / m e (B) / e m
(C) 1 (D) me
MCQ 7.3.68 The phenomenon of microwave signals following the curvature of earth is known as
(A) Faraday effect (B) ducting
(C) wave tilt (D) troposcatter
MCQ 7.3.69 Which one of the following statements is NOT correct for a plane wave with
0.5 (10 2 ) / cos A m e t x H a
. x
z
0 1 6
= -
-
(A) The wave frequency is 10
6
r.p.s
(B) The wavelength is 3.14 m
(C) The wave travels along + x -direction
(D) The wave is polarized in the z -direction
MCQ 7.3.70 Skin depth is the distance from the conductor surface where the field strength has
fallen to
(A) p of its strength at the surface (B) e of its strength at the surface
(C) /e 1 ^ h of its strength at the surface (D) / e 1 p ^ h of its strength at the surface
MCQ 7.3.71 The vector magnetic potential of a particular wave traveling in free space is given
by sin A t z A a
x x
w b = - ^ h where A
x
is a constant. The expression for the electric
field will be
(A) sin A t z a
x x
b w b - - ^ h (B) sin A t z a
y x
b w b - - ^ h
(C) cos A t z a
y x
w w b - - ^ h (D) cos A t z a
x x
w w b - - ^ h
MCQ 7.3.72 The depth of penetration of a wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing
(A) conductivity (B) permeability
(C) wavelength (D) permittivity
MCQ 7.3.73 When a plane wave propagates in a dielectric medium
(A) the average electric energy and the average magnetic energy densities are not
equal.
(B) the average electric energy and the average magnetic energy densities are equal
(C) the net average energy density is finite
(D) the average electric energy density is not dependent on the average magnetic
energy density
MCQ 7.3.74 In free space H field is given as , cos z t t z H a
6
1
y
p
w b =- + ^
^
h
h
, z t E^ h is
(A) 20cos t z a
x
w b + ^ h (B) 20cos t z a
z
w b + ^ h
(C) 20sin t z a
y
w b + ^ h (D) 20sin t z a
x
w b + ^ h
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.75 If electric field intensity phasor of an EM wave in free space is / V m e E a 6
j y
x
4
=
-
.The angular frequency w, in rad/s, is
(A) 4 3 10
8
# #
(B) y 4 3 10
8
# #
(C) t 3 10
8
# #
(D) 10 3 10
8
# #
MCQ 7.3.76 Assertion (A) : Electromagnetic waves propagate being guided by parallel plate
perfect conductor surface.
Reason (R) : Tangential component of electric field intensity and normal component
of magnetic field intensity are zero on a perfect conductor surface.
MCQ 7.3.77 A uniform plane wave is propagating in a material for which 4
0
e e = , 7
0
m m = and
0 s = . The skin depth for the material is
(A) zero (B) infinity
(C) 28 m (D) 14 m
1. In conducting medium the field attenuates exponentially with increasing depth.
2. Conducting medium behaves like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
3. In lossless dielectric relaxation time is infinite.
4. In charge-free region, the Poissons equation becomes Laplaces equation.
(A) 1, 2 and 3 only (B) 1, 3 and 4 only
(C) 2, 3 and 4 only (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
MCQ 7.3.79 In free space
( , ) Z t E 60 / cos V m t z a
x
p w b = - ^ h .
The average power crossing a circular area of p square metres in the plane z =
constant is
(A) 16 / watt m
2
p (B) 15 / watt m
2
p
(C) 14 / watt m
2
p (D) 13 / watt m
2
p
MCQ 7.3.80 In free space
( , ) Z t E 120 cos m t Z V a
x
1
p w b = -
-
^ h
What is the average power in Wm
2 -
?
(A) 30 a
z
p (B) 60 a
z
p
(C) 90 a
z
p (D) 120 a
z
p
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2010
I ES EE 2010
I ES EE 2010
I ES EE 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.81 The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by :
E sin cos Vm t Z t Z a a 35 3 10 45 3 10
x y
8 8 1
# #
p p p p = - + -
-
^ ^ h h
What is the corresponding magnetic field H
(A) ( ) sin cos Am t Z t Z a a
377
10
3 10
377
10
3 10
y x
8 8 1
# #
p p p p - + - -
-
^ ^ h h
(B) 3 10 ( ) 3 10 ( ) sin cos Am t Z t Z a a
377
10
377
10 8 8
y x
1
p p p p
# #
- - + - -
-
^ ^ h h
(C) 3 10 3 10 ( ) sin cos Am t Z t Z a a
377
10
377
10 8 8
y x
1
p p p p
# #
- + -
-
^ ^ h h
(D) 3 10 ( ) 3 10 ( ) sin sin Am t Z t Z a a
377
10
377
10 8 8
y x
1
p p p p
# #
- - + - -
-
^ ^ h h
MCQ 7.3.82 Consider the following statements in connection with electromagnetic waves :
1. Conducting medium behaves like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
2. At radio and microwave frequencies the relaxation time is much less than the
period
3. In loss-less dielectric the relaxation time is finite.
4. Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric medium is a pure resistance.
Which is these statements is/are correct ?
(A) 1 only (B) 1 and 2 only
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 2, 3 and 4
MCQ 7.3.83 What causes electromagnetic wave polarization ?
(A) Refraction
(B) Reflection
(C) Longitudinal nature of electromagnetic wave
(D) Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave
MCQ 7.3.84 Assertion (A) : The velocity of electromagnetic waves is same is same as velocity
of light.
Reason (R) : Electrons also travel with the same velocity as photons.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
MCQ 7.3.85 Fields are said to be circularly polarized if their magnitudes are
(A) Equal and they are in phase
(B) Equal and they differ in phase by 90 ! c
(C) Unequal and they differ in phase by 90 ! c
(D) Unequal and they are in phase
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.86 Which of the following is zero as applied to electromagnetic field ?
(A) grad div A (B) div grad V
(C) div curl A (D) curl curl A
MCQ 7.3.87 What is the Poyntings vector on the surface of a long straight conductor of radius
b and conductivity s which carries current I in the z -direction ?
(A)
b
I
i
2
r
2 3
2
sp
- (B)
b
I
i
2
r
2 2
2
sp
(C)
b
I
i
z
2
2
sp
(D)
b
I
i
2p
f
MCQ 7.3.88 Consider the following statements regarding EM wave
1. An EM wave incident on a perfect dielectric is partially transmitted and
partially reflected
2. An EM wave incident on a perfect conductor is fully reflected
3. When an EM wave is incident from a more dense medium to less dense medium
at an angle equal to or exceeding the critical angle, the wave suffers total
internal reflection
(A) Only 1 and 2 (B) Only 2 and 3
(C) Only 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 7.3.89 A uniform plane wave has a wavelength of 2 cm in free space and 1 cm in a perfect
dielectric. What is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 2.0 (B) 0.5
(C) 4.0 (D) 0.25
MCQ 7.3.90 With the increase in frequency of an electromagnetic wave in free space, how do the
velocity v
c
and characteristic impedance Z
c
change ?
(A) v
c
increase and Z
c
decreases
(B) v
c
decreases and Z
c
increases
(C) Both v
c
and Z
c
increase
(D) Both v
c
and Z
c
remain unchanged
MCQ 7.3.91 The E field of a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a non-magnetic non-
conducting medium is given by 5 10 30 cos t Z E a
9
x
= + ^ h. What is the dielectric
constant of the medium ?
(A) 30 (B) 10
(C) 9 (D) 81
MCQ 7.3.92 In the wave equation
t t
E
E E 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
me ms d = + which term is responsible for
attenuation of the wave ?
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) E
2
d (B)
t
E
2
2
2
2
me
(C)
t
E
2
2
ms (D) All of the above three
1. Poissons equation finds application in vaccum tube and gaseous discharge
problems
2. Gausss law is useful for determining field and potential distribution about
bodies having unsymmetrical geometry.
3. For the propagation of electro-magnetic waves, the time varying electric fields
must support time varying magnetic fields.
4. The unit of Poyntings vector is W/m
2
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1, 3 and 4
(C) 2, 3 and 4 (D) 1, 2 and 4
MCQ 7.3.94 What is the phase velocity of plane wave in a good conductor ?
(A) f p ms (B)
( )
f
ms
p s
(C)
( )
f
ms
p
(D) 2
( )
f
ms
p
MCQ 7.3.95 The instantaneous electric field of a plane wave propagating in z -direction is
( ) t E cos sin E t E t e a a
x y
jkz
1 2
w w = -
-
6 @
This wave is
(A) Linearly polarised (B) Elliptically polarised
(C) Right hand circularly polarised (D) Left hand circularly polarised
MCQ 7.3.96 Assertion (A) : Skin depth is the depth by which electromagnetic wave has been
increased to 37% of its original value.
Reason (R) : The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with
increasing wavelength.
MCQ 7.3.97 Which one of the following is the correct electromagnetic wave equation in terms
of vector potential A ?
(A)
t
A
A
J
2
2
2
2
2
d - =- (B)
t
A
A
J
2
2
2
2
2
e
m
m d - =-
(C)
t
A
A
J
2
2
2
2
2
m d - =- (D)
t
A
A
J
2
2
2
2
2
me m d - =-
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.98 Which one of the following statements is correct ? The wavelength of a wave
propagating in a wave guide is
(A) smaller than the free space wavelength
(B) greater than the free space wavelength
(C) directly proportional to the group velocity
(D) inversely proportional to the phase velocity
MCQ 7.3.99 Which one of the following statements is correct ? For a lossless dielectric medium,
the phase constant for a travelling wave, b is proportional to
(A)
r
e (B)
r
e
(C) 1/
r
e (D) 1/
r
e
MCQ 7.3.100 In a lossless medium the intrinsic impedance 60 h p = and 1
r
m = . What is the value
of the dielectric constant
r
e ?
(A) 2 (B) 1
(C) 4 (D) 8
MCQ 7.3.101 An electromagnetic field is said to be conservative when
(A) ( / ) E E t
2 2 2
d 2 2 me =
(B) ( / ) H H t
2 2 2
d 2 2 me =
(C) Curl on the field is zero
(D) Divergence of the field is zero
MCQ 7.3.102 Given that 0.5 . (10 2 ) ( ) exp sin x t x H a 0 1 A/m
z
6
= - - 6 @ , which one of the following
statements is not correct ?
(A) Wave is linearly polarized along a
z
(B) The velocity of the wave is 5 10 m/s
5
#
(C) The complex propagation constant is (0.1 2) j +
(D) The wave is travelling along a
x
MCQ 7.3.103 For a conducting medium with conductivity s, permeability m, and permittivity
e, the skin depth for an electromagnetic signal at an angular frequency w is
proportional to
(A) s (B) 1/w
(C) 1/ s (D) 1/m
MCQ 7.3.104 The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by 10 (10 ) sin E t z w p = -
10 ( ) ( ) cos t z a a V/m
x y
w p + -
The polarization of the wave is
(A) Circular (B) Elliptical
(C) Linear (D) Undefined
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.105 In free space ( , ) 0. 0 (4 10 ) cos z t t z a H 2 A/m
x
7
b
#
= - . The expression for ( , ) z t E is
(A) ( , ) 37.7 (4 10 ) cos z t t z a E
y
7
b
#
= -
(B) ( , ) 2.65 10 (4 10 ) cos z t t z a E
z
7
b
# #
= -
(C) ( , ) 37.7 (4 10 ) cos z t t z a E
x
7
b
#
= -
(D) ( , ) 37.7 (4 10 ) cos z t t z a E
y
7
b
#
=- -
MCQ 7.3.106 A plane wave whose electric field is given by 100 ( 6 ) cos t x a E
z
w p = - passes
normally from a material A having 4,
r
e = 1
r
m = and 0 s = to a material B
having 9,
r
e = 4
r
m = and 0 s = . Match items in List I with List II and select the
correct answer :
List I List II
a Intrinsic impedance of medium B 1. 6p
b Reflection coefficient 2. 80p
c Transmission coefficient 3. / 1 7
d Phase shift constant of medium A 4. / 8 7
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 1 2 3
(B) 2 3 4 1
(C) 4 3 2 1
(D) 2 1 4 3
MCQ 7.3.107 In free space ( , ) 50 ( ) cos z t t z E a
x
w b = - V/m and
( , ) 5/12 ( ) cos z t t z H a A/m
y
p w b = - . The average power crossing a circular area of
radius 24 m in plane z = constant is
(A) 200 W (B) 250 W
(C) 300 W (D) 350 W
MCQ 7.3.108 Consider a plane electromagnetic wave incident normally on the surface of a good
conductor. The wave has an electric field of amplitude 1 V/m and the skin depth
for the conductor is 10 cm.
Assertion (A) : The amplitude of electric field is (1/ ) e (V/m)
2
after the wave has
travelled a distance of 20 cm in the conductor.
Reason (R) : Skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude decays to
(1/e) of its value at the surface.
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 7.3.109 Three media are characterised by
1. 8, 2, 0
r r
e m s = = =
2. 1, 9, 0
r r
e m s = = =
3. 4, 4, 0
r r
e m s = = =
r
e is relative permittivity,
r
m is relative permeability and s is conductivity.
The value of the intrinsic impedances of the media 1, 2 and 3 respectively are
(A) 188 W, 377 W and 1131 W
(B) 377 W, 1131 W and 188 W
(C) 188 W, 1131 W, and 377 W
(D) 1131 W, 188 W, and 377 W
MCQ 7.3.110 A plane EM wave ( , ) E H
i i
travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of surge
impedance Z strikes normally on an infinite perfect dielectric medium of surge
impedance Z 2 . If the refracted EM wave is ( , ) E H
r r
, the ratios of / E E
i r
and / H H
i r

are respectively
(A) 3 and 3 - (B) / 3 2 and 1/3
(C) 3/4 and 3/2 (D) 3/4 and 2/3
MCQ 7.3.111 For a perfect conductor, the field strength at a distance equal to the skin depth is
% X of the field strength at its surface. The value % X is
(A) Zero (B) 50%
(C) 36% (D) 26%
***********
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 7.1
Given magnetic field intensity in the non magnetic medium is
H 3 / cos A m t kz a
x
w = - ^ h
The negative coefficient of z in t kz w - ^ h shows that the wave is propagating in
a
z
+ direction.
From the property of phasor, we know that the instantaneous electric field is the
real part of e E
s
j t w
" ,.
i.e. , x t E^ h Re e E
s
j t
=
w
" , (1)
where E
s
is the phasor form of electric field.
Given the electric field intensity in time domain,
, x t E^ h sin E e t x a
x
y 0
w b = -
a -
^ h
E e
j
e e
a
2
x
j t x j t x
y 0
=
- a
w b w b
-
- - -
^ ^ h h
; E

.
jE
e e C C a
2
x j t x
y
0
=- +
a w b - -
^ h
.
where . . C C is complex conjugate of the 1
st
part.
So, using the property of complex conjugates we get
, x t E^ h Re
jE
e e a 2
2
0 ( ) x j t x
y
= -
a w b - -
& 0
Re jE e e e a
x j x j t
y 0
= -
a b w - -
" ,
Comparing it with equation (1), we get
E
s
/ V m jE e a 2
j x
y 0
=-
a b - +
^ h
Given the magnetic field intensity,
H 10 / cos A m t ky a 6 10
z
7
#
= - ^ h
Comparing it with the general equation of magnetic field.
H / cos A m H t ky a
z 0
w = - ^ h
We get, w 6 10
7
#
=
So, the wave no is,
k 0.2
c
3 10
6 10
8
7
#
#
w
= = = (c is the velocity of wave in free space)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given magnetic field intensity in the non magnetic medium is
H 1.5 / cos A m t z a 10 5
x
9
= - ^ h
Comparing it with the general equation of magnetic field intensity
H / cos A m H t z a
x 0
w b = - ^ h
We get, w 10 /sec rad
9
=
and b 5 = .
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given as
v
P
10 / m s
5
10
4
9
8
b
w
#
= = =
Wavelength of an electromagnetic wave with phase constant b in a medium is
defined as
l
2
b
p
=
So, the phase constant of the wave in terms of wavelength can be given as
b
.
2
12 6
2
l
p p
= = 0.5 / rad m = ( 12.6 m l = )
Given the electric field intensity in the nonmagnetic material as
E 8 / cos V m t x a 4 10 2
y
8
#
= - ^ h
Comparing it with the general equation of electric field
E / cos A m E t x a
y 0
w b = - ^ h
We get, w 4 10 / rad s
8
#
=
and b 2 / rad m =
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given by
v
p
10 / m s 3
8
b
w
#
= =
Since the medium is non magnetic so,
0
m m = and the relative permittivity of the
medium is given as

r
e
v
c
p
2
=
b l

2 10
3 10
8
8 2
#
#
=
c m
. 2 25 =
The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in a
z

direction in a medium is given as
E / cos A m E t x a
y 0
w b = - ^ h
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w 5 10 / rad s
8
#
=
So, the time period of the EM wave is
, T
2
5 10
2
8
#
w
p p
= = 12.57 ns =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in a
x

direction in a medium is given as
E / cos A m E t x a
y 0
w b = - ^ h
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w 10 / rad s 4
8
#
=
So, the time period of the wave in air is given as
T
2
4 10
2
8
#
w
p p
= =
. ns 15 71 =
Since in one time period the wave travels its one wavelength (l) so, time taken by
the wave to travel /4 l distance is
t .93 ns
4
4
T
= =
Intrinsic impedance of any material is given as
h
j
j
s we
wm
=
+
where m is permeability, s is conductivity and e is permittivity of the medium.
Since the given material is lossless, nonmagnetic and dielectric so, we have
s 0 = (lossless)
m
0
m = (non magnetic)
and e . 2 25
r 0 0
e e e = =^ h ( . 2 25
r
e = )
Therefore the intrinsic impedance of the material is
h
. j
j
0 2 25
0
0
w e
wm
=
+ ^ h

. . 1 5 1 5
377 0
h
= = 3 . 23 3 W = 377
0
0
0
h
e
m
W = =
b l
Given,
Frequency of the wave propagation, f 0.5 0.5 10 MHz Hz
6
#
= =
Conductivity of medium, s 3 10 / S m
7
#
=
Relative permeability of medium,
r
m 1
r
. e =
So, the angular frequency of the wave propagation is
w f 2p = . 2 0 5 10
6
# #
p = 10
6
#
p =
and we get

we
s

. 10 8 85 10
3 10
6 12
7
# # #
#
p
=
-
. 0 1 10 1 >>
13
#
=
Therefore, the phase constant of the propagating wave is given as
b
2
wms
= ( / 1 >> s we )

2
10 4 10 3 10
6 7 7
# # # # #
p p
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
7695.29 / rad m =
So, the wavelength of the radio wave in the medium is
l .8 mm
2
2
b
p
= =
Attenuation constant for a plane wave with angular frequency w in a certain
medium is given as
a
2
1 1
2
w
me
we
s
= + -
a k : D
(1)
Since for a poor conductor, conductivity is very low
i.e. s << we
or,
we
s
1 <<
So, in equation (1) using binomial expansion we get,
a
2
1
2
1
1
2
w
me
we
s
= + -
a k : D
( / 1 << s we )

2
2
1
w
me
we
s
=
2
s
e
m
=
Therefore, the skin depth of the poor conductor is
d
1 2
a s m
e
= =
which is independent of frequency (w).
Wave equation for a plane wave propagating in a
z
+ direction is given as

t
f
v
z
f
p
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
- 0 = where v
p
is the velocity of wave propagation
Now from Assertion (A) the electric field is
E sin cos E z ct a
x 0
=
^
^
h
h
It represents the electric field of a plane wave if it satisfies the wave equation
i.e.
t
c
z
E E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
- 0 = where c is velocity of wave in free space
From the given expression of field intensity we have

t
E
2
2
sin sin c z ct
0
E =- ^ ^ h h
or,
t
E
2
2
2
2
sin cos c E z ct
2
0
=- ^ ^ h h
and
z
E
2
2
cos cos E z ct
0
= ^ ^ h h
or,
z
E
2
2
2
2
sin cos E z ct
0
=- ^ ^ h h
Thus, we get
,
t
c
z
E E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
- 0 =
Since, the electric field E satisfies the wave equation so it represents the field of a
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
plane wave.
Therefore, A and R both are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Given the magnetic field intensity in free space is
H 0.1 / cos A m t y a 10
z
9
b = - ^ h (1)
The general equation of magnetic field intensity of the EM wave propagating in a
y

direction is given as
H / cos A m H t y a
z 0
w b = - ^ h (2)
Comparing equations (1) and (2) we get,
direction of wave propagation, a
k
a
y
=
and angular frequency, w 10 /sec rad
9
=
So, the phase constant of the wave is
b
c
3 10
10
8
9
#
w
= = (c is velocity of wave in free space)
3.33 / rad m =
Now, electric field intensity in free space is defined as
E a H
k 0
h
#
=-
where
0
h is intrinsic impedance in free space and a
k
is direction of wave propagation.
So, E 377 0.1cos t y a a 10
y z
9
b
#
=- -
^
^
h
h ( 377
0
h W = )
37.7 . cos t y a 10 3 33
x
9
=- - ^ h
Therefore, electric field intensity of the wave at 1 cm y = at 0.1 ns t = is
E 37.7 . cos a 10 10 3 33 10
x
9 10 2
=- -
- -
^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h 6 @
.6 / V m a 46
x
=-
Given the magnetic field intensity of the plane wave in free space is
H
s
/ A m j j e a a 2 5 4 2
y z
j x
= + +
b -
^ ^ h h
From the Maxwells equation, the maximum electric field intensity of the plane
wave is given as
E
max
H
max
0
h =
where
0
h is intrinsic impedance in air and H
max
is the maximum magnetic field
intensity of the plane wave.
Now, the maximum magnetic field intensity of the plane wave is given as
H
max
H H
s s
: =
)
where H
s
)
is the complex conjugate of the magnetic field phasor.
So, H
max
4 2 4 2 j j j j a a a a 2 5 2 5
y z y z
: = + + - - ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h 6 6 @ @
j j j j 2 5 2 5 4 4 2 2 = + - - ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h h h 6 @
29 20
#
= 24.1 / A m =
Therefore, the maximum electric field intensity of the plane wave is
E
max
H
max
0
h = . 377 24 1
#
= 9.08 / kV m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given the instantaneous electric field in the free space is
E 5 6 / cos V m t z a a 50
y x
w = - - ^ ^ h h
So, the phasor form of electric field intensity is
E
s
5 6 / V m e a a
y x
j z 50
= -
-
^ h
The phasor form of magnetic field is given in the terms of electric field intensity as
H
s
a E
1
k
0
#
h
= ^ ^ h h
where a
k
is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and
0
h is the
intrinsic impedance in free space.
So, H
s
5 6 / V m e a a a
1
z y x
j z
0
50
h
#
= -
-
^ ^ h h
(a
k
a
z
= )
5 6 / V m e a a
1
x y
j z
0
50
h
= - -
-
^ h
/ V m e a a
1
15 36
x y
j z
0
50
h
=- +
-
^ h
For any electromagnetic wave propagating in a medium electric field leads magnetic
field by an angle
n
q , where
n
q is the phase angle of intrinsic impedance given as
tan2
n
q
we
s
=
Now, for a perfect conductor
s
1
3 .
r
=
i.e. tan2
n
q 3 .
2
n
q 90c =

n
q 45c =
So, electric field leads magnetic field by 45c
or in other words magnetic field lags electric field by 45c.
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave in phasor form
E
s
5 10 / V m e a a
x z
j x z 4 2
= +
- -
^
^
h
h
So we get the direction of wave propagation as
a
k

4 2
4 2 4 2
a a
a a a a
20
x z
x z x z
=
-
-
=
-

2a a
5
x z
=
-
Therefore, the phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the plane wave is given as
H
s
a E
1
k s
0
h
#
= where
0
h is intrinsic impedance in free space

2
5 10 / V m e
a a
a a
120
1
5
x z
x z
j x z 4 2
p
#
=
-
+
- -
c
^
^
m
h
h
29.66 / mA m e
j x z 4 2
=-
- -
^ h
The time average power density of the EM wave is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
P
ave

E
a
2
k
0
2
h
=
where E is the magnitude of the electric field intensity of the wave, a
k
is the unit
vector in the direction of wave propagation and
0
h is the intrinsic impedance in the
free space. So, we get
P
ave

20
4 2 a a
2 120
5 10
x z
2 2
p
=
+ -
^
c
h
m
18.9 4.15 / Watt m a a 3
x z
2
= -
As the given electric field vector has the amplitude
E
0
2 a a a 3 3
x y z
= - + -
_ i
So in the same direction the wave will be polarized.
From Maxwells equation we have
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
Given E 100cos t z a
x
w b = - ^ h
or, E
#
d 100 sin t z a
y
b w b = - ^ h
So,
t
B
2
2
=- E
#
d = 100 sin t z a
y
b w b = - ^ h
Therefore the magnetic flux density vector is
B 100 sin t z a dt
y
b w b = - ^ h #
cos t z a
100
y
w
b
w b = - ^ h
cos t z a
100
y
0 0
m e
w b = - ^ h
0 0
b
m e
w
=
d n
3 10 cos t z a
y
10
w b
#
= - ^ h
Poynting vector in an EM field is defined as
P E H
#
=
where E is electric field intensity and H is the magnetic field intensity in the
region.
Now, the electric field intensity in the region is given as
E 100cos t z a
x
w b = - ^ h
and as calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity in the region is
B 3 10 cos t z a
y
10
w b
#
= - ^ h
So, the poynting vector in the field is
P E
B
0
m
#
= (H
B
0
m
= )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
100
3 10
cos
cos
t z
t z
a
a
x
y
0
10
#
w b
m
w b
#
= -
-
^
^
h
h
6
8
@
B
cos t z a
3 10
z
0
12
2 #
m
w b = - ^ h 10 cos t z a
z
4
0
0 2
m
e
w b = - ^ h
Time average stored energy density in electric field is defined as
w
e
E E
4
1 *
s s 0
: e =
where E
s
is the electric field intensity in phasor form and E
*
s
is its conjugate.
Therefore, the average stored energy density in the region is
w
e
5 5 sin sin xe e xe e a a
4
/ / j j z
y
j j z
y
0 2 3 2 3
:
e
p p =
p p p p - - +
_ _ i i
sin x
4
25
0 2 e
p =
Given the electric field
E 10 / sin sin V m y t x a 6 10 3
z
8
#
p p p = -
^ h
In phasor form, E
s
10sin ye e a
/ j j x
z
2
p =
p b p - -
So, from Maxwells equation, the magnetic flux density in the phasor form is given
as
B
s

j
E
1
s
w
#
d = ^ h
where 6 10
8
#
w p = as determined from the given expression of E.
So, B
s
sin cos y e e j y e e a a
6 10
10 3
6 10
10 j j x
y
j j x
y
8
2
3
8
2
3
# #
p
p
p
p
p
p =- +
p
p
p
p - - - -
^
^
h
h
Therefore, the time average energy density stored in the magnetic field will be
w
m
B B
4
1 *
s s
0
:
m
= ^ h where B
*
s
is the conjugate of B
s
or, w
m
sin x
144
10
25 50
9
2
p
p = +
-
^ h
For an EM wave propagating in two mediums, the wavelengths of the wave in two
mediums are related as

1
2
l
l

1
2
e
e
=
where
1
l and
2
l are the wavelengths of EM wave in two mediums with permittivity
1
e and
2
e respectively. So, the wavelength of plane wave in free space is given as

0
l
l

1
r
e
=

0
l
r
l e =
where l is the wavelength of the wave in the medium with relative permittivity
r
e .
So,
0
l 20 9 = 60 cm = (l 20 cm = ,
r
e 9 = )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given,
Conductivity of the glass, s 10 / S m
12
=
-
and relative permittivity of the glass,
r
e . 2 25 =
So, the permittivity of glass is
e
r 0
e e = . 2 25
0
e =
Therefore, the time taken by the charge to flow out to the surface is
t .
s
e

. .
10
2 25 8 85 10
12
12
# #
=
-
-
^ ^ h h
. sec 19 9 20 . =
The reflection coefficient of the wave propagating from medium 1 to medium 2 is
defined as
G
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-
where
1
h and
2
h are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums respectively. So,
the reflection coefficient for the wave propagating from free space to a dielectric
medium is given as
G
0
0
h h
h h
=
+
-
where h is intrinsic impedance of the dielectric medium and
0
h is intrinsic impedance
in free space. Since the intrinsic impedance of the dielectric medium is given as
h
4 2
0
0 0
e
m
e
m h
= = =
So, we have G
/2
/2
0 0
0 0
h h
h h
=
+
-

/
/
1 2 1
1 2 1
3
1
=
+
-
=-
Therefore, the magnitude of electric field of reflected wave is
E
r
E
0
G =
E
3
0
=- (E
0
is the magnitude of incident field)
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 7.2
Time period of wave propagating in a medium is given as :
T
2
w
p
= where w is the angular frequency of the wave.
Given the magnetic field intensity in the free space is
H 0.3 / cos A m t y a
x
w b = - ^ h
So, at /8 t T = the magnetic field intensity is
H 0.3cos
T
y a
8
x
w b = -
b l
0.3cos y a
4
x
p
b = -
a k
(T 2 / p w = )
or, H 0. / cos y 5 4 b p = - ^ h
Therefore we get the plot of H versus y as shown below
Phase velocity of the medium, v
p
7.5 10 / m s
7
#
=
r
m . 4 8 =
Conductivity s 0 = (lossless medium)
Since phase velocity of an EM wave in a medium is defined as
v
p

c
r r
m e
=
where c is the velocity of wave in air,
r
m is the relative permeability of the medium
and
r
e is the relative permittivity of the medium. So, we have
. 7 5 10
7
#

. 4 8
3 10
r
8
#
e
=
^ h
( 3 10 / m s c
8
#
= )
or,
r
e . 3 33 =
Now the intrinsic impedance of the medium is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
h
j
j
s we
wm
=
+

r
r
0
0
e e
m m
= ( 0 s = )
377
.
4.
452.4
3 33
8
W = = 377
0
0
0
h
e
m
W = =
b l
Given the electric field intensity in the phasor form is
E
s
5 / V m e a
. j x
z
0 3
= (1)
and the general equation of electric field phasor of an EM wave propagating in a
x

direction is
E
s
/ V m E e a
j x
z 0
=
b -
(2)
So, comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get
direction of wave propagation, a
k
a
x
=-
and phase constant, b 0.3 / rad m =
and from the Maxwells equation, the magnetic field phasor of the wave is given as
H
s
a E
1
k s
h
#
=
^ h
where h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium and a
k
is the unit vector in the
direction of wave propagation.
So, H
s

.
5e a a
45 24
1 .
x
j x
z
0 3
#
= -
^ ^ h h
(a
k
a
x
=- )

.
e a
452 4
5 . j x
y
0 3
= 11.05 / mA m e a
. j x
y
0 3
=
and the angular frequency of the wave is given as
w v
p
b = . . 0 3 7 5 10
7
#
=^ ^ h h . 2 25 10
7
#
=
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave in time domain is
, x t H^ h Re e H
s
j t
=
w
" , 11.05 . cos t x a 0 3
y
w = + ^ h
11.05 . . / cos mA m t x a 2 25 10 0 3
y
7
#
= + ^ h
Given the electric field intensity of the propagating wave,
E / sin V m E e t x a 10
/ x
y 0
3 8
b = -
-
^ h (1)
The general equation of electric field intensity of plane wave propagating in a
x

direction is given by
E / sin V m E e t x a
0
x
y
w b = -
a -
^ h (2)
Comparing equation (1) and (2) we get,
a / NP m
3
1
= and 10 /sec rad
8
w =
So, the attenuation constant of a propagating wave is given as
a 1
2
1
2
w
me
we
s
= + +
a k : D
Let x
0
1
2
we
s
= +
a k
Therefore, a x
2
1
r r
0 0
0
w
m e
m e = - ^ h
or, x 1
0
- ^ h
2
r r
2
0 0
2
w m e m e
a
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now, we put / 1 3 a = , 4
r r
m e = = , 10
8
w = so, we get
x 1
0
-
/ c
10 4
2 1 3
8 2 2
2
0
2
#
#
=
^ ^
^
h h
h
/ m s c
1
3 10
0
0 0
8
#
m e
= =
c m
x 1
0
-
/
2
10 4
1 3 3 10
8
8 2
#
# #
=
e o
x
0

8
1
1 = +
x
0

8
9
=
1
2
we
s
+
a k

8
9
=

we
s

64
81
1 = -
Thus, loss tangent . 0 52
we
s
= =
From the field intensity we get,
w 10
9
p =
and it is given that, . 0 5
r
m = , 0.01 / S m s = , 8
r
e = .
So, the phase constant,
b
t 2
1 1
2
w
me
w
s
= + +
a k : D

.
.
10
2
8 0 5
1
10 8
0 01
1
9
0 0
9
0
2
p
m e
p e
= + +
^ ^
c
h h
m = G
. 20 95 =
Let the distance travelled by the wave be z to have a phase shift of 10c.
So, z b 10 rad
180
10
c
p
= =
z
.
. mm
9 20 95
16 66
#
p
= =
^ h
The attenuation constant of a propagating wave in a medium is defined as
a
2
1 1
2
w
me
we
s
= + -
a k : D
Now, from the given data we have
. 0 5
r
m = , 0.01 / S m s = , 8
r
e = .
So, a
.
1
10 8
0.01
10
2
8 0 5
1
9
0
2
9
0 0
p
m e
p e
= + -
^ ^
c
h h
m = G
. 0 9425 =
Initially the amplitude of the electric field . 0 5 =
So, after travelling distance z amplitude of wave . e 0 5
z
=
a -
.
Therefore, the distance travelled by the wave for which the amplitude of the wave
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
reduced by % 40 is evaluated as
. e 0 5
z a -
. 0 5
100
60
#
= (amplitude reduces to % 60 )
e
. z 0 9425 -
^ h
. 0 6 =
or, z
. .
ln
0 9425
1
0 6
1
=
b l
542 mm =
Given the field intensities of the plane wave as
, x t E^ h 900 / cos V m t x a 5 10
y
6
#
p b = - ^ h
, x t H^ h 1.9 / cos V m t x a 5 10
z
6
#
p b = - ^ h
So, we get E 900 = , . H 1 9 = , 5 10
6
#
w p =
Now, the intrinsic impedance in the medium is
h
.
.
H
E
1 9
900
473 7 = = =
and phase constant of the wave in the medium is
b
v
7 10
5 10
p
7
6
#
#
w p
= = 0.224 m
1
=
-
Since, for a perfect dielectric 0 s =
Therefore, h
r
r
0
e
m
h
e
m
= = (1)
and b
v c
p
r r
w w
m e = = (2)
Comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get,

r
m
c
0
wh
bh
=
c m

. .
5 10 377
0 224 473 7 3 10
6
8
#
#
p
=
^ ^
^ ^ ^
h h
h h h
> H
. 5 37 =
Again from equation (1)

r
e
r
0
2
h
h
m =
b l

.
.37 .4
473 7
377
8 4
2
#
= =
b l
General equation of electric field intensity of a plane wave propagating in free space
in a
x
- direction having amplitude E
0
and frequency w is given as :
E cos E t x a
n 0
w b = + ^ h
where b is phase constant of the wave and a
n
is the unit vector in the direction of
polarization of wave and since the EM wave is polarized in a
z
+ direction. So,
a
n
a
z
=
and we get, E cos E t
c
x a
z 0
w
w
= +
a k
(in free space
c
b
w
= )
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity of the wave is given as
H a E
1
k
0
#
h
= ^ ^ h h
where a
k
is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and
0
h is the
intrinsic impedance of the wave in the medium.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, H cos E t
c
x a a
1
x z
0
0
h
w
w
#
= - +
^ a h k 9 C
(a
k
a
x
=- )
cos
E
t
c
x a
y
0
0
h
w
w
= +
a k
General equation of electric field intensity of a plane wave propagating in free space
is given as :
E cos E t k r a
n 0
: w = -
^ h
(1)
where a
n
is unit vector in direction of polarization, k is the wave number in the
direction of wave propagation with amplitude k
c
b
w
= = , and x y z r a a a
x y z
= + +
is the position vector.
Since, the wave is propagating in the direction from origin to point , , 1 1 1 ^ h.
So, k
c
a a a
1 1 1
0
x y z
2 2 2
w
=
+ +
+ + -
a
^
k
h

c
a a a
3
x y z w
=
+ +
c m
and since the field is polarized parallel to x -z plane
So, a
n

m n
m n a a
x z
2 2
=
+
+
where m and n are constants.
Now, the electric field of wave is always perpendicular to the direction of propagation
of EM wave. So, we have
k a
n
: 0 =

c
m n
m n
a a a
a a
3
x y z
x z
2 2
:
w
+ +
+
+
c m =
;
G
E
0 =
m n + 0 =
m n =-
Therefore, the unit vector in the direction of polarization of the wave is
a
n

m m
m m a a
x z
2
2
=
+ -
+ -
^
^
h
h

a a
2
x z
=
-
(m n =- )
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get the electric field of the wave as
E cos E t
c
x y z
a a a
a a a
a a
3 2
x y z
x y z
x z
0
: w
w
= -
+ +
+ +
-
c ^
b m h
l = G
cos E t
c
x y z
a a
3 3
x z
0
w
w
= - + +
-
^
b
h
l : D
Skin depth ( ) d of any medium is defined as the reciprocal of attenuation constant
( ) a of a plane wave in the medium
i.e. d
1
a
=
The attenuation constant of the plane wave in the medium is given as
a
2
1 1
2
w
me
we
s
= + -
a k : D
Now,
we
s

.
f 2
2
2 50 10 80 8 85 10
2
r 0
3 12
# # # # #
p e e
p
= =
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
. 8991 8 1 >> =
i.e.
we
s
1 >>
So, a
2
wms
= ( / s we 1 >> )

2
2 50 10 4 4 10 2
3 7
# # # # # #
p p
=
-
. 0 4p =
Therefore, d
.
0.796 m
1
0 4
1
a p
= = =
For the microwave experiment the angular frequency is
w f 2p = 2 10 10
9
# #
p = ( 10 GHz f = )
2 10
10
#
p =
So,
we
s

.
.
2 10 1 8 85 10
6 25 10
10 12
7
# # # #
#
p
=
-
. 1 12 10 1 >>
8
#
=
Therefore, the skin depth of the material is
d
1
a
=
2
wms
= ( / 1 >> s we )

. 2 10 1 4 10 6 25 10
2
10 7 7
# # # # # #
p p
=
-
6.36 10 m
7
#
=
-
0.636 m m =
Thus, for the successful experiment, width of coating must be greater than skin
depth
i.e. t . 0 636 >
t 0.64 m > m
Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave
E 3 . 2 . / cos sin V m t y t y a a 10 0 2 10 0 2
x z
7 7
= - + - ^ ^ h h
Comparing it with the general equation of electric field of a plane wave, we get
Angular frequency, w 10
7
=
Phase constant, b . 0 2 =
So, the phase velocity of the propagating wave is
v
p

.
5 10 / m s
0 2
10
7
7
b
w
#
= = =
or,
c
r
e
5 10
7
#
=
where c is velocity of wave in air and
r
e is the relative permittivity of the medium.
So,
r
e
5 10
3 10
7
8 2
#
#
=
c m
36 =
Therefore, permittivity of the medium is
e
r 0
e e = 36
0
e =
Now, the complex permittivity of the medium is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

c
e j e e = - l m
where el 36
0
e e = =
and em
10
2 10
2
7
7
#
w
s
= = =
Thus,
c
e / F m j 24 5
0
e = - ^ h
Conductivity of all the metals are in the range of mega siemens per meter and
frequency of the visible waves are in the range of 10 Hz
15
. So, we can assume
Conductivity of a metal 10 / S m
6
.
Frequency of a visible wave 10 Hz
15
.
Now, the attenuation constant of a wave in a certain medium is given as :
a
2
1 1
2
w
me
we
s
= + -
a k : D
Since for a metal, >> s we
So, a
2
w
me
we
s
=
2
wms
=
Therefore, the skin depth of a metal is
d
1 2
10 4 10 10
2
15 7 6
# # #
a wms
p
= = =
-

2
4 10
14
#
p
= 10 1 nm
2
1 7
.
p
#
=
-
Thus, the skin depth is in the range of nanometers for a metal and thats why the
wave (visible wave) cant penetrate inside the metal and the metals are opaque.
i.e. (A) and (R) both are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
Since, the wave is propagating in free space so, the velocity of the wave is 3 10 / m s
8
#

and the amplitude of magnetic field intensity in z 0 = plane is given as
H
0

E
0
0
h
=
Therefore, the plot of magnetic field intensity H
0
versus time t in z 0 = plane is as
shown in the figure below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the wave is propagating in a
z
+ direction so, an amplitude which exists in
the plane z 0 = at any time t must exist in the plane
z 3 10 m t 1 10
6 8
# # #
= -
-
^ h at sec t 1 m = .
So, the amplitude of H
0
will be equal to the H
1
at sec t 1 m = for the plane
z 3 10 m t 10
6 8
# #
= - ^ h
Thus, the plot of H
1
versus z will be as shown in figure below
Velocity of the wave in free space is
c 3 10 / m s
0
0 8
e
m
#
= =
So, the velocity of the wave in dielectric 1 is
v
P1

c
4 2
0
0
e
m
= =
The velocity of wave in dielectric 2 is
v
P2

c
9 3
0
0
e
m
= =
The velocity of wave in dielectric 3 is
v
P3

c
3
3
0
0
e
m
= =
Therefore, the time t taken by the wave to strike the interface at 5 m x = is
t t t t
1 2 3
= + +

/ / c c 3 10
6
2
3
3
2
8
#
= + +
. . . 10 0 04 0 06 0 08
6
#
= + +
-
^ h 0.06 sec m =
Intrinsic impedance of 1
st
medium is

1
h
1
0
e
m
=
and the intrinsic impedance of 2
nd
medium is

2
h
2
0
e
m
=
So, the reflection coefficient at the interface of the two medium is given as
G
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
G
2
0
1
0
2
0
1
0
e
m
e
m
e
m
e
m
=
+
-
or,
5
1

1 1
1 1
2 1
2 1
e e
e e
=
+
-
(given
5
1
G = )

5
1

1
1
1
2
1
2
e
e
e
e
=
+
-

5 1
5 1
-
+

2
2
1
2
e
e
= (by rationalisation)

4
6

2
1
e
e
=

2
1
e
e

4
9
=
Given
Frequency of the propagating wave, , f 50 50 10 MHz Hz
6
#
= =
Skin depth of the dielectric medium, d 0.32 0.32 10 mm m
3
#
= =
-
Permittivity of dielectric, m . 6 28 10
7
#
=
-
So, the conductivity of the dielectric medium is given as
s
f
1
2
p md
=
. ( ) ( . ) . 3 14 50 10 6 28 10 0 32 10
1
6 7 3 2
# # # # # #
=
- -
^ ^ h h
0.99 10 / S m
5
#
=
Frequency of the wave, f 10 GHz Hz 8 8
9
#
= =
Distance travelled by the wave, z 0.175 0.175 10 mm m
3
#
= =
-
Permittivity of dielectric, m . 6 28 10
7
#
=
-
and as calculated in previous question the conductivity of the dielectric medium is
s 0.99 10 / S m
5
#
=
So, the attenuation constant of the wave in the dielectric medium is
a f p ms = . ( ) ( . ) ( . ) 3 14 8 10 6 28 10 0 99 10
9 7 5
# # # # # #
=
-
^ h
3.95 10 / NP m
4
#
=
Therefore, the reducing factor of the field intensity in dB after travelling distance
z is
20log e
z
10
a -
log e 20
. .
10
3 95 10 0 175 10
4 3
=
# # # -
-
^ ^ h h
0 dB 4 =-
Given the electric field intensity in phasor form
E
s
E j e a a
y z
j x
0
= -
b -
^ h
So, the instantaneous expression of electric field intensity will be,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E Re E j e a a
y z
j t x
0
= -
w b -
^
^
h
h
$ .
Re cos sin E a ja t j t e
y z
j x
0
w w = - +
b -
^
^ ^
h
h h 6 @ " ,
cos sin E a t a t e
y z
j x
0
w w = +
b -
^ ^ ^ h hh
Therefore, the magnitude of the field is
E cos sin E t E t
0
2
0
2
w w = + ^ ^ h h
or, E E
1
2
2
2
+ E
0
=
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that the field E makes with y-axis is given as
tanq
cos
sin
E t
E t
0
0
w
w
=
or, q t w =
Therefore as the time increases, E rotates from y to z as shown in figure below :
and since the direction of wave propagation is in a
x
+ direction so, the rotation
from y to z obeys the right hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the field is Right
hand circularly polarized.
Given the phasor form of electric field intensity,
E
s
j e a a 4
z x
j y
= -
b -
^ h
So, the electric field intensity of the reflected wave will be
E
rs
4( ) a ja e
z x
j y
G = -
b
6 @
where G is the reflection coefficient at the interface. Therefore,
E
rs
j e a a 4
z x
j y
= - +
b
^ h
(for perfect conductor 1 G =- )
and the instantaneous expression of the electric field of reflected wave will be
E Re cos sin j t j t e a a 4
z x
j y
w w = - + +
b
^ ^ h h " ,
cos sin t t e a a 4
z x
j y
w w = - -
b
^ ^ ^ h h h
Therefore, the magnitude of the reflected field is
E cos sin t t 4 4
2 2
w w = + ^ ^ h h
or, E E
1
2
2
2
+ 4 =
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that E makes with z -axis is given as
tanq
cos
sin
t
t
4
4
w
w
=
-
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
q t w =
So, as time increases, electric field E rotates from z to x as shown in the figure
below :
Since the direction of wave propagation is along a
y
- , so, the rotation from z to
x follows left hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the EM wave is LHC (left hand
circularly) polarized.
Given the electric field intensity of incident wave,
E
is
10 e a
z
j y x 6 8
=
- +
^ h
So, the direction of wave propagation is
K 6 8 a a
y x
= +
Since the wave is incident on the perfect conductor so, the magnitude of the reflected
wave is given as,
E
r 0
E
i 0
=- 10a
z
=- ( 1 G =- for perfect conductor)
The direction of wave propagation of reflected wave will be along 6 8 a a
y x
- ^ h as
shown in figure below :
Therefore, the field intensity of the reflected wave is
E
rs
10 e a
z
j y x 6 8
=-
- -
^ h
Thus, the net electric field intensity of the total wave in free space after reflection
will be
E
s
E E
is rs
= + 10 10 e e a a
z
j y x
z
j y x 6 8 6 8
= + -
- + - -
^ ^ h h
6 @
10 e e e a
z
j y j x x 6 8 8
= -
- - -
^ h
/ sin V m j e x a 10 4
z
j y 4
=-
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the electric field intensity of the incident wave,
E
is
25 / V m e a
x
j z y 6 8
=
- +
^ h
So, the direction of the wave propagation is
k 6 8 a a
z y
= +
Since the wave is incident on a perfect conductor so, the magnitude of the electric
field of the reflected wave is
E
r 0
E
i 0
=- (reflection coefficient, 1 G =- )
25a
x
=-
The reflected wave will propagate in 6 8 a a
z y
- direction as shown in figure below:
So, we get the electric field intensity of reflected wave as
E
rs
25 / V m e a
x
j z y 6 8
=-
- -
^ h
Since, the magnetic field intensity of a plane wave in terms of electric field intensity
is defined as
H a E
1
k
0
#
h
= ^ h
where a
k
is unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and
0
h is the intrinsic
impedance of free space. So, the magnetic field intensity of the reflected wave is
given as
H
rs
a E
1
k rs
0
#
h
= ^ h
where, a
k

6 8
6 8
. .
k a a
a a
a a
k
0 6 0 8
z y
z y
z y
= =
-
-
= - ^ h
So, we get H
rs
0.6 0.8 25 e a a a
120
1
z y x
j z y 6 8
#
p
= - -
- -
^ ^
^
h h
h
6 @
15 20 e a a
120
1
y z
j z y 6 8
p
= - -
- -
^
^
h
h
6 @
/ A m e
a
a
4 3
y
z j z y 2 3
p p
=- +
- -
a
^
k
h
Given, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave propagating in free space,
H 0. / cos A m t y a 2
x
w b = - ^ h
So, the time average power density of the EM wave is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
P
ave
H a
2
1
x 0
2
h =
where
0
h is the intrinsic impedance in free space and H is the magnitude of magnetic
field intensity in free space.
So, P
ave
. a
2
1
120 0 1
x
2
p = ^ ^ h h ( , . H 120 0 1
0
h p = = )
0.6 a
x
p =
Therefore, the total power passing through the square plate of side 20 cm is given
as
P
total
dS P
ave
: =
#
Sa P
ave n
: =
where S is the area of the square plate given as
S . 0.04 m 0 2
2 2
= = ^ h (Side of square 0.2 m = )
and a
n
is the unit vector normal to the plate given as
i.e. a
n

a a
2
x y
=
+
So, P
total
0.6 . a
a a
0 04
2
x
x y
: p =
+
^
c
h
m = G
0.0 331 Watt 9 = 53.31 mW =
Given, the electric field intensity of the incident wave,
E
is
5 / V m e a
j y
z
5
=
-
So, we get the phase constant of the wave as

1
b 5 =
or,
c
r r 1 1
w
m e 5 = (
v
p
b
w
= )

c
4 1
w
^ ^ h h 5 =
w
c
2
5
=
Now, the intrinsic impedance of the lossless medium is given as

1
h 2 2 754
1
1
0
0
0
e
m
e
m
h = = = =
and the intrinsic impedance of lossy medium is

2
h
2
h q =
h
2
where, the magnitude of the intrinsic impedance is given as

2
h
/
.
/
c
1
1
2
5
4
0 1
4
/ /
2
2
2
1 4
2 2
0
1 4
0 0
we
s
m e
e
m e
=
+
=
+ a
b ^
f
k
l h
p
:
>
D
H

. 15 18
60
/ 1 4
p
=
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
. 95 48 =
and the phase angle of the intrinsic impedance is
tan2
2
q
h
. 3 77
2
2
we
s
= =
or
2
q
h
. 37 57c =
So, the reflection coefficient of the wave is given as
G
. .
. .
95 48 37 57 754
95 48 37 57 754
2 1
2 1
c
c
h h
h h
=
+
-
=
+
-
. . 0 1886 171 08c =
Therefore, the standing wave ratio is
S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+

.
.
1 0 8186
1 0 8186
=
-
+
1 .025 2 =
The general expression for phasor form of electric field vector is
E
s
E e
j x y z
0
x y z
=
b b b - + +
^ h
Comparing the given field with this expression we get,
x y z
x y z
b b b + + . 3x y z 0 01 3 2 p = - + - ^ h
So, the propagation vector is
k . 3 3 x y z a a a 0 01 3
x y z x y z
d b b b p = + + = - + -
^
^
h
h
Therefore, the direction of the propagation of the wave is
a
k

k
k
=
3 2 a a a
9 3 4
3
x y z
=
+ +
- + -
a a a
4
1
5 2 2
x y z
= - + - ^ h
As calculated in previous question we have the propagation vector from the given
data as
k . 2 3 a a a 0 04 3
x y z
p = - - + ^ h
and the direction of wave propagation is
a
k

k
k
=
0.04 2 3 3
0.04
a a a
a a a 2 3 3
x y z
x y z
p
p
=
- - +
- - +
^
^
h
h

( ) ( ) ( )
a a a
2 3 3
2 3 3
x y z
2 2 2
=
- + - +
- - + ^ h

2 3 a a a
4
3
x y z
=
- - +
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of propagation is
b k a
k
: =
0.04 2 3 3
4
2 3 3
a a a
a a a
x y z
x y z
: p = - - +
- - +
_ c i m 9 C
. 0 16p =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the wavelength along the direction of wave propagation is
l .5 m
2
25
b
p
= =
SOL 7.2.26 Option (C) is correct
From the given expression of magnetic field vector we get,
x y z
x y z
b b b + + . x y z 0 04 3 2 3 p = - - ^ h
So, the propagation vector of the plane wave is
k x y z
x y z
d b b b = + + ^ h
. 2 3 a a a 0 04 3
x y z
p = - - ^ h
and the direction of wave propagation is
a
k

k
k
=
0.04 3 2 3
0.04 3 2 3
a a a
a a a
x y z
x y z
p
p
=
- -
- -
^
^
h
h

a a a
4
3 2 3
x y z
=
- - ^ h
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
b 0.16 k a
k
: p = =
Since the wave is propagating in free space so its phase velocity will be
v
p
3 10 / m s
8
#
=
or,
b
w
3 10
8
#
=
So, the frequency of the plane wave is
f
.
2.4 10 Hz
2
3 10 0 16
8
7
#
p
p
#
= =
^ ^ h h
( f 2 w p = )
MHz 12 =
From the given expression of the field vector, we have the propagation vector,
k 2 3 a a a
25
3
x y z
p
= - - ^ h
So the phase constants along x , y and z -axes are

x
b
25
3 p
= ;
25
2
y
b
p
=- ;
25
3
z
b
p
=-
Therefore, the apparent wave lengths along the three axes are

x
l 28.87 m
2
25
3
2
3
50
x
b
p
p
p
= = = =
c m

y
l 25 m
2
25
2
2
y
b
p
p
p
= =
-
=+
b l

z
l 6.7 m
2
25
3
2
3
50
2
z
b
p
p
p
= =
-
=+ =
b l
As determined in previous question, the propagation vector of the plane wave is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
k 2 3 a a a
25
3
x y z
p
= - - ^ h
Therefore, the direction of wave propagation is
a
k

k
k
=
2 3 a a a
4
3
x y z
=
- -
So the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
b 0.16 k a
k
: p = =
Therefore, the angular frequency of the propagating wave is
w v
p
b = . 3 10 0 16
8
# #
p =^ ^ h h (In free space 3 10 / m s v
p
8
#
= )
1.51 10 /sec rad
8
#
=
So, for the determined values of apparent phase constants in previous question, the
apparent phase velocities are given as
v
px
x
b
w
=
.
6.93 10 / m s
25
3
1 51 10
8
8 #
p
#
= =
c m
v
py
y
b
w
=
.
6 10 / m s
25
2
1 51 10
8
8 #
p
#
=
-
=
and v
pz
z
b
w
=
.
4 10 / m s
25
3
1 51 10
8
8 #
p
#
=
-
=
The necessary condition for the vector field e E E
j
0
=
b -
to represent the electric
field intensity of a uniform plane wave is
k E
0
: 0 =
where k is the propagation vector of the wave and E
0
is the amplitude of the
electric field intensity of the plane wave. Now, we check all the given options for
this condition.
(A) From given data we have
k a a 3
y z
= +
E
0
2 j j a a a 3
x y z
=- - +
So, k E
0
: j 2 3 3 0 ! =- +
(B) From given data we have
E
0
2 j a a a 3
x y z
= - -
k a a 3
x z
= +
So, k E
0
: 1 3 0 ! = -
(C) From given data we have
E
0
j
j
j a a a 3
2
1
1
2
3
3
x y z
= + + + -
b
c
l
m
k 3 2 a a a 3
x y z
= + +
So, k E
0
:
j j
j 3
2
3
3
2
3 3
2 3 0 ! = + + + -
(D) From given data we have
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
0
j j j a a a 3
2
1
1
2
3
3
x y z
= - - + - +
b c l m
k 3 2 a a a 3
x y z
= + +
So, k E
0
:
3
j j j 3
2
3
2
3 3
2 3 0 =- - + - + =
So the vector represents electric field vector of a uniform plane wave.
For the field vectors E
s
and H
s
defined as
E
s
e E
j
0
=
b -
and H
s
e H
j
0
=
b -
The condition that it represents the field vectors of a uniform plane wave is
0 E H
0 0
: = , 0 k E
0
: = and 0 k H
0
: =
where k is the propagation vector of the plane wave.
Now, we check the all given pairs for this condition
In Option (D) E
0
2 j j a a a 3
x y z
=- - +
H
0
2 j a a a 3
x y z
= - -
and k a a 3
x z
= +
So E H
0 0
: j j j 4 3 0 =- + - =
k E
0
: j j 3 3 0 =- + =
k H
0
: 3 3 0 = - =
Therefore, it represents the field vectors of a uniform plane wave.
For a propagating electromagnetic wave, the field satisfies the following Maxweells
equation.
E : d 0 =
E
#
d
t
B
0
2
2
! =-
Now, we check the condition for the given fields as below.
P 60sin t x a 10
z
w = + ^ h
So, P : d 0 =
and P
#
d 600 0 cos t x a 10
y
! w =- + ^ h
i.e. P is a possible EM field.
again, Q cos t a
10
2
r
w r = -
f ^ h
So, Q : d 0 =
and Q
#
d 0 cos t a
1
10 2
z
2
2
!
r
r
w r = - ^ h 6 @
i.e. Q is a possible EM field
R 3 cot cos a a
1 2
r f
r
f = +
r f
So, R : d cot
sin
1
3 0
2
2
2
!
r
r
r f
r
f
=
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. R is not a possible EM field.
S sin sin
r
t r a
1
6 q w = -
f ^ h
So, S : d
sin
sin
sin
r
t r
r
1
6 0
2
2
2
2
!
q
w
f
= - ^
^
h
h
i.e. S is not an EM field.
Thus, the possible EM fields are P and Q.
Since, % 20 of the energy in the incident wave is reflected at the boundary. So, we
have,

2
G
100
20
=
or, G . . 0 2 0 447 ! = =
Where G is the reflection coefficient at the medium interface. Therefore, we have

2 1
2 1
h h
h h
+
-
. 0 447 ! =

r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
0
2
2
0
1
1
0
2
2
0
1
1
h
e
m
h
e
m
h
e
m
h
e
m
+
-
0.447 ! =

r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
2
3
2
1
3
1
2
3
2
1
3
1
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
+
-
. 0 447 ! = ,
r r r r 1 1
3
2 2
3
e m e m = =
^ h

r r
r r
1 2
1 2
m m
m m
+
-
. 0 447 ! =

r
r
2
1
m
m

.
.
1 0 447
1 0 447
"
!
=

r
r
2
1
m
m
. 2 62 = or 0.38
So,
r
r
1
2
e
e
. 0 056
r
r
1
2
3
m
m
= =
b l
or . 17 9
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 7.3
Electric field of the propagating wave in free space is given as
E
i
(8 6 5 ) / V m e a a a
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
= + +
w + -
So, it is clear that wave is propagating in the direction ( 3 4 ) a a
x y
- + .
Since, the wave is incident on a perfectly conducting slab at x 0 = . So, the reflection
coefficient will be equal to 1 - .
i.e. E
r0
( 1)E
i0
= - 8 6 5 a a a
x y z
=- - -
Again, the reflected wave will be as shown in figure below :
i.e. the reflected wave will be along the direction a a 3 4
x y
+ . Thus, the electric field
of the reflected wave will be
E
r
( 8 6 5 ) / V m e a a a
( )
x y z
j t x y 3 4
= - - -
w - -
Given, the electric field intensity of the EM wave as
E 10( ) j e a a
y z
j x 25
= +
-
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating in a
x
direction and the y and z
-components of the field are same. Therefore, the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the angle formed by the electric field with the z -axis is given as
q t w =
So, with increase in time the tip of the field magnitude rotates from z to y-axis
and as the wave is propagating in a
x
direction so, we conclude that the wave is left
circular (i.e., left circular polarization).
The phase constant of the field is given as
b
c
w
=
25
c
f 2p
= ( 25 b = )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
f
.
c
2
25
2 3 14
25 3 10
8
#
#
# #
p
= = 1.2 GHz =
Power radiated from any source is constant.
Intrinsic impedance of EM wave
h
4
0
0
e
m
e
m
= = 0
2
120
3
p
p = =
Time average power density of the EM wave is given as
P
ave
EH
E
2
1
2
1
2
h
= =
2 60
1
120
1
#
p p
= = ( 1 / V m E = )
In the given problem
Reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
G
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-

40 120
400 120
2
1
p p
p p
=
+
-
=-
As, given the electric field component of the incident wave is
E
i
24cos y a 3 10
x
8
#
b = -
^ h
So, we conclude that the incident wave is propagating along a
y
direction and the
angular frequency of the wave is
w 3 10 / rad s
8
#
=
So, the phase constant of the wave is given as
b
c
3 10
3 10
1
8
8
#
#
w
= = =
Therefore, the reflected wave will be propagating in a
y
- direction and its electric
field component is given as
E
r
(3 10 ) cos y E
i0
8
G
#
= + ( 1 / rad m b = )
where E
i0
is the maximum value of the field component of incident wave.
i.e. E
i0
24a
x
=
So, we have
E
i0
cos y a
2
1
24 3 10
x
8
#
=- +
^ h 8 B
12cos y a 3 10
x
8
#
=- +
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the magnetic field component of the reflected wave is given as
H
r
( ) a E
1
k r
h
#
=
where
1
h is the intrinsic impedance of medium 1, and a
k
is the unit vector in the
direction of wave propagation. So, we get
H
r
cos y a a
120
1
12 3 10
y x
8
# #
p
= - +
^ _ h i 8 B
cos y a
5
1
3 10
z
8
#
p
= +
^ h
The intrinsic impedance of the wave is defined as
h
e
m
=
where m is permeability and e is permittivity of the medium.
Now, the reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
G
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-
Substituting values for
1
h and
2
h we have
t
o r
o
o
o
o r
o
o
o
=
+
-
e e
m
e
m
e e
m
e
m

1
1
1 9
1 9
r
r
e
e
=
+
-
=
+
-
( 9
r
e = )
. 0 5 =-
or, G . 0 5 =
Since, the wave is propagating in a direction making an angle 90c with positive y
-axis. So, the y-component of propagation constant will be zero. As the direction of
propagation makes an angle 30c with positive x -axis so, we have the propagation
constant of the wave as
g 30 30 cos sin x y ! c c b b =
where b is the phase constant of the wave. So, we get
g x y
2
2
3 2
2
1
!
l
p
l
p
= x y
3
!
l
p
l
p
=
Now, in all the given options the direction of electric field of the wave is given along
a
y
. So, considering that direction we get the field intensity of the wave as
E E e a
( )
y
j t
0
=
w g -
E e a
x
j t x y
0
2
=
! w
l
p
l
p
-
c m = G
Since, the given field intensity have components in a
x
and a
y
direction so, the
magnitude of the field intensity of the plane wave is
H
2
H H
x y
2 2
= +
5 3 5 10
0
2
0
2
0
2
h h h
= + =
c b b m l l
So, the time average power density of the EM wave is given as
P
ave

H
2
0
2
h
=
2
10 50 0
0
2
0
h
h h
= =
b l
watts
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The Brewster angle is given as
tan
n
q
r
r
1
2
e
e
=
60 tan c
1
r2
e
=
or
r2
e 3 =
Given, the electric field intensity of the propagating wave
E ( ) ( /2) sin sin t z t z a a
x y
w b w b p = - + - +
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating along a
z
direction and the field
components along a
x
and a
y
are equal.
i.e. E
x
E
y
=
Therefore, the wave is circularly polarized. Now we will determine the field is either
right circular or left circular. The angle between the electric field E and x -axis is
given as
q tan
sin
cos
t
t 1
w
w
=
-
a k
t
2
p
w = -
So, with increase in time the tip of the field intensity moves from y to x -axis and
as the wave is propagating in a
z
direction therefore, the wave is left hand circularly
polarized.
The reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
G
2 1
2 1
o r
o
o
o
o r
o
o
o
h h
h h
=
+
-
=
+
-
e e
m
e
m
e e
m
e
m

1
1
1 4
1 4
3
1
r
r
e
e
=
+
+
=
+
-
=-
So, the transmitted power is
P
t
(1 )P
i
2
G = -
P
t
1
9
1
P P
9
8
i i
= - =
` j
or,
P
P
i
t

9
8
=
sinq
1
2
1
r
e
= =
or q 45
4
c
p
= =
The configuration is shown below. Here A is point source.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now AO 1 = m
From geometry BO 1 = m
Thus, area r OB
2
p p p
#
= = = m
2
Given, the electric field of the EM wave in medium 1 as
E
1
4 3 5 a a a
x y z
= + +
As the medium interface lies in the plane x 0 = so, the tangential and normal
components of the electric field are
E
t 1
3 5 a a
y z
= +
and E
n 1
4a
x
=
Now, from the boundary condition we know that the tangential component of
electric field is uniform. So, we get
E
t 2
3 5 E a a
t y z 1
= = +
Again from the boundary condition the normal component of displacement vector
are equal.
i.e. D
n 2
D
n 1
=
or E
n 2 2
e E
n 1 1
e =
or 4 E
o n 2
e 3 4a
o z
e =
or E
n 2
3a
x
=
Thus, the net electric field intensity in medium 2 is
E
2
E E
t n 2 2
= + 3 3 5 a a a
x y z
= + +
From the expression of the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave, we have
Angular frequency, w , 50 000 =
Phase constant, b 0.004 =
So, the phase constant of the wave is given as
v
p

4 10
5 10
3
4
#
#
b
w
= =
-
1.25 10 / m s
7
#
=
Refractive index of glass 1.5 n
g r r
m e = =
Frequency f 10 Hz
14
=
c 3 10
8
# = m/sec
The wavelength of the 10 Hz
14
beam of light is
l
f
c
10
3 10
14
8
#
= = 3 10
6
#
=
-
So, wavelength of the light beam in glass is given as

g
l
. n 1 5
3 10
g
6
#
l
= =
-
2 10 m
6
#
=
-
The time average poynting vector of the EM wave is defined as
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= 6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where, E
s
is the phasor form of the electric field intensity and H
s
)
is the complex
conjugate of the phsor form of magnetic field intensity. So, we have
E H
*
s s #
( ) ( ) j e
k
j e a a a a
x y
jkz j t
x y
jkz j t
wm
#
= + - +
w w - - +
( )( ) 0
k
j j
k
a
z
wm wm
= - - =
; E
Thus, P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= 6 @ 0 =
We have VSWR 5
E
E
1
1
min
max
G
G
= = =
+
-
or G
3
2
=
As the wave is normally incident on the interface so, the reflection coefficient will
be real (either positive or negative). Now, for a wave propagating from medium 1
to medium 2 having permittivities
1
e and
2
e respectively.
(i) If >
2 1
e e , the reflection coefficient is negative
(ii) If <
2 1
e e then, the reflection coefficient is positive.
Since, the given EM wave is propagating from free space to the dielectric material
with >
0
e e , therefore
G
3
2
=-
or,
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
+
-

3
2
=-
or,
120
120
2
2
h p
h p
+
-

3
2
=-
So,
2
h 24p =
The skin depth ( ) d of a material is related to the operating frequency ( ) f as
d
f
1
\
Therefore,
1
2
d
d

f
f
2
1
=

25
2
d

4
1
=
or
2
d 25
4
1
25
#
= = cm
The intrinsic impedance of a medium with permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
h
e
m
=
So, the reflection coefficient at the boundary interface of the two mediums is given
as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
G
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-

o r
o
o
o
o r
o
o
0
=
+
-
e e
m
e
m
e e
m
e
m

1
1
1 4
1 4
r
r
e
e
=
+
-
=
+
-
since 4
r
e =
.333
3
1
2 180c =
-
=
We have ( , ) E z t 10 (2 10 0.1 ) cos t z
7
p p
#
= -
So, we get w 2 10 t
7
p
#
=
b . 0 1p =
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as
v
p

.
2 10
0 1
2 10
7
8 #
b
w
p
p
#
= = = m/s
We have E (0.5 ) e e a a
( )
x y
j j t kz
2
= +
w -
p
So, its components along x and y-axis are
E
x
0.5e
( ) j t kz
=
w -
and E
y
e e
( ) j j t kz
2
=
p
w -
i.e. E
x
E
y
!
Since, the components are not equal and have the phase difference of /2 p so, we
conclude that the EM wave is elliptically polarized.
Loss tangent of a medium is defined as
tand
we
s
=
where s is the conductivity e is permittivity of the medium and w is operating
angular frequency. So, we get
tand
.
2 3 10 78
1 7 10
o
9
4
# # #
#
p e
=
-
( f 2 w p = )

.
3 10 39
1 7 10 9 10
9
4 9
# #
# # #
=
-
.3 10 2
5
#
=
-
We have
Z
E
x
2
2
2
2
c
t
E
x 2
2
2
2
2
=
As the field component E
x
changes with z so, we conclude that the EM wave is
propagating in z - direction.
The required condition is
I
c
I
d
=
i.e. the conduction current equals to the displacement current. So, we get
J
c
J
d
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E s j E we =
or, s f 2
o r
p e e = ( 2 f w p = ,
r 0
e e e = )
or, f
2 4
2
o r o r #
p e e
s
pe e
s
= =

4
9 10 2 10
9 2
# # #
=
-
45 10 90
6
#
= = MHz
VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of the transmission line is defined as
S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line. So, we get
3
1
1
G
G
=
-
+
(VSWR 3 = )
or G . 0 5 =
Therefore, the ratio of the reflected power strength to the incident power is given as

P
P
i
r
0.25
2
G = =
Thus, 25% of incident power is reflected.
The fig is as shown below :
As per snell law

sin
sin
i
t
q
q

1
r
e
=
or
sin
sin
45
30
c
c

1
r
e
=

2
1
2
1

1
r
e
=
or
r
e 2 =
Since, the phase constant is defined as
b
2
l
p
w me = =
So, the wavelength in terms of permittivity of the medium can be given as
l
2
w me
p
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
or, l
1
\
e
So, we get
2
1
l
l

2
1
e
e
=
A scalar wave equation must satisfy following relation

t
E
v
z
E
p
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
- 0 = ...(1)
where v
p

b
w
= (Phase velocity of the wave)
Basically w is the multiply factor of frequency, f and b is multiply factor of
or or z x y.
So, we can conclude that expression given in option (C) does not satisfy equation
(1) (i.e. the wave equation).
In a lossless dielectric ( ) 0 s = medium, impedance is given by
h
e
m
=
where m is permeability and e is permittivity of the medium. So, we get
h
r
r
0
0
e e
m m
= 120
r
r
p
e
m
#
=
120
8
2
#
p = 88.4 2 W =
Intrinsic impedance of a medium is given as
h
j
j
s we
wm
=
+
Since, copper is good conductor i.e. >> s we so, we get
h
j
45c
s
wm
s
wm
= =
Thus, the impedance will be complex with an inductive component.
Given, the electric field intensity of the EM wave as
E 24 / V m e a
( ) j t z
y
=
w b +
Now, the time average poynting vector for the EM wave is defined as
P E H
2
1
s s #
=
)
^ h

E
a
2
s
k
2
h
= H
E
s
s
h
=
c m
where h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium and a
k
is the direction of wave
propagation. Since, from the given expression of the field intensity we conclude that
the wave is propagating along a
z
- So, we have
P
( )
( )
.
a a
2 120
24
2 4
z z
2
#
p p
= - =- (a a
k z
=- , 24 / V m E = )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given the propagation constant of the wave
g 0.1 0.2 j j a b p p = + = +
So, we get b 0.2p =
or,
2
l
p
0.2p =
Therefore, wavelength of the propagating wave is
l
.
m
0 2
2
5 = =
The depth of penetration or skin depth is defined as
d
f
1
p ms
=
i.e. d
f
1
\
or, d \ l ( / c f l = )
So, the depth of penetration (skin depth) increases with increase in wavelength.
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave
( , ) z t E E e e a a
( ) ( )
o
j t z
x
j t z
y 0
e = +
w b w b + +
...(1)
Generalizing
( ) z E ( ) ( ) E z E z a a
x y 1 2
= + ...(2)
Comparing (1) and (2) we can see that ( ) ( ) and E z E z
1 2
are in space quadrature but
in time phase so, their sum E will be linearly polarized along a line that makes an
angle f with x -axis as shown below.
Skin depth of the conducting medium at frequency, 10 MHz f
1
= is given as
d
f
1
1
p ms
=
or 10
2 -

10 10
1
6
p ms
# # #
( 10 MHz f
1
= )
or, ms
10
3
p
=
-
Now, phase velocity at another frequency (f
2
1000 MHz = ) is
v
p

f 4
2
ms
p
=
Putting ms 10 /
3
p =
-
in the above expression, we get
v
p
10 /sec m
10
4 1000 10
3
3
6
6 # # # #
-
p p
#
=
-
Reflected power P
r
of a plane wave in terms of incident power P
i
is defined as
P
r
P
i
2
G = (1)
where, G is the reflection coefficient at the medium interface given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
G
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-
(2)
where
1
h and
2
h are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums (air and glass)
respectively. Since, the refractive index of the glass is . 1 5
i.e. n
2
1.5 c
2 2
m e = = (3)
where
2
m
0
m = (Permeability of glass)

2
e
r 0
e e = (Permittivity of glass)
So, putting these values in equation (3) we get

r
e . 1 5 =
and
2
h
. 1 5
2
2 0
r
0
e
m
e
h h
= = =
Therefore, from equation (2) we have
G
.
.
1 5
0
1 5
0
0
0
h
h
=
+
-
h
h

1 1.5
1 1.5
5
1
=
+
-
=- (for free space
1 0
h h = )
Thus, from equation (1) the reflected power is given as
P
r

5
1
P
i
2
#
=
b l
or,
P
P
i
r
% 4 =
Skin depth of a material is defined as
d
f
1
p ms
=
Putting the given values in the expression, we get
d
. 3 14 1 10 4 10 10
1
9 7 6
# # # # #
p
=
-
15.9 m m =
The energy density in a medium having electric field intensity E is defined as
w
E
E
2
1 2
e = where e is permittivity of the medium.
So, due to the field 100 / V m E p = in free space, the energy density is
w
E
.
2
1
8 85 10 100
12
2
#
p =
-
^ ^ h h
1.39 10 / J m
7 3
#
=
-
1 9 / nJ m 8
3
=
For a uniform plane wave propagating in free space, the fields E and H are every
where normal to the direction of wave propagation a
k
and their direction are
related as
a a
k E #
a
H
=
i.e. the angel between electric field a
E ^ h
and magnetic field vector a
H ^ h
is always
90c.
The incidence angle of an EM wave for which there is no reflection is called
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Brewsters angle. For the vertically polarized wave (parallel polarized wave) the
Brewster angle is defined as
tan
|| B
q
1
2
e
e
=
So, for the given dielectric medium we get
tan
|| B
q
4
9
=
or,
|| B
q tan
2
3 1
=
-
b l
Given, the electric field component of the EM wave propagating in free space,
E 10 / cos V m t kz a 10
y
7
= + ^ h
The general equation of electric field component of an EM wave propagating in a
z

direction is given as
E / cos V m E t kz a
y 0
w = + ^ h
So, we conclude that the EM wave is propagating in a
z
direction.
w 10 / rad s
7
=
or f 2p 10
7
=
f
2
10
7
p
=
So, l
f
c
10
3 10
2
7
8
#
#
p = = 188.5 m =
i.e. wavelength of the wave is
wave amplitude, E
0
10 / V m =
wave number, k
2
60
2
30
1
l
p
p
p
= = =
0. 33 / rad m 2 =
The wave doesnt attenuate as it travels. So, statement (2) and (3) are correct.
The incidence angle of a plane wave for which there is no reflection is called
Brewsters angle. For the parallel polarized wave, Brewsters angle is given as
tan
|| B
q
1
2
e
e
=
where
1
e and
2
e are the permittivity of two mediums respectively.
So, for the given parallel polarized plane wave the incidence angle
i
q ^ h for no
reflection is given as
tan
i
q
81
0
0
e
e
=
or,
i
q tan
9
1 1
=
-
b l
Therefore, the angle a for no reflection is
a 90
i
c q = - . 83 66c =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the characteristic impedance of air,
h 360 W =
E
x
3 / sin V m t z w b = - ^ h
E
y
6 / sin V m t z 75c w b = - + ^ h
So, the time average power per unit area is
P
ave

E
2
1
2
h
=
E E
2
1
360
x y
2 2
#
=
+ _ i

2
1
360
3 6
2 2
#
=
+ ^ h
6.25 10 / W m
2 2
#
=
-
2.5 / mW m 8
2
=
Operating frequency f 3 3 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= =
Medium parameters, m 4 10 / H m
7
p
#
=
-
e / 10 36
9
p =
-
s 5.8 10 / S m
7
#
=
So, we have intrinsic impedance defined as
h
/
1
/
2
1 4
we
s
m e
=
+
a k : D

10
.
/
1
2 3 10
36
5 8 10
10 36
4 10
9
/
9
7 2 1 4
9
7
# # #
#
#
p
p
p
p
=
+
-
-
-
f
^
p
h
> H
2.02 10
2
W
#
=
-
The phase angle of intrinsic impedance is given as
q
h
tan
2
1 1
we
s
=
-
a k

.
tan
2
1
2 3 10
36
10
5 8 10 1
9
9
7
#
# # #
#
p
p
=
-
-
f p

2
1
2 4
#
p p
= =
So, h e
j n
h =
q
0. 2e 2
/ j 4
W =
p
The Skin depth of a conductor is defined as
d
f
1
p ms
=
So, statement 2 and 3 are correct while are incorrect.
For circular polarization the two orthogonal field components must have the same
magnitude and has a phase difference of 90c.
So, all the three statements are necessary conditions.
Velocity of light in any dielectric medium is defined as
v
1
me
=
1
r 0 0
m e e
=
c
r
e
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where c is velocity of light in vacuum and
r
e is dielectric constant of the medium.
Since
r
e 1 >
So, v c <
Therefore, both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Given, the electric field of a plane wave,
E 50 / sin V m t z a 10 2
y
8
= + ^ h
Comparing it with the general expression electric field of a plane wave travelling in
a
z
direction givenas
E sin E t z a
y 0
w b = - ^ h
We get the direction of propagation of the given plane wave is a
z
- .
The poynting vector is the instantaneous power flow per unit area in an EM wave
and defined as
P E H
#
=
So, E H
#
is rate of energy flow (power flow) per unit area.
Given the electric field,
E j e a a
x y
j z
= +
b -
^ h
So, it is clear that y-component of field leads the x -component by 90c and the
wave propagates in z -direction. The components are same. So, the tip of electric
field traverse in circular path in the clockwise direction and wave propagates in z
-direction as shown in figure.
Therefore, it is negative circularly polarized wave or (left hand polarized wave).
Consider the reflector is of angle 90c q = for which the incident and reflected wave
is shown in figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, it is clear that the incident and reflected wave both makes same angle a with
the x -axis i.e. reflected wave in same direction.
Poynting vector represents the instantaneous power density vector associated with
the EM field at a given point.
i.e. P E H
#
=
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave in free space,
E 50 / sin V m t kz a 10
y
7
= + ^ h
Comparing it with the general expression of electric field defined as
E / sin V m E t z a
y 0
w b = - ^ h
We get,
(1) The wave propagates in a
z
- direction along z -axis.
(2) The wavelength is given as
l 188.5 m
f
c
10
3 10 2
7
8
# #
p
= = =
^ h
(3) Wave number, k
.
0. 33
2
188 5
2
2
l
p p
= = =
(4) The wave doesnt attenuate as it travels.
An electromagnetic wave incident on a conducting medium has the depth of
penetration (skin depth) defined as
d
1
a
=
i.e. inversely proportion to attenuation constant.
Since, after reflection the phase of both x and y components will be reversed so the
reflected wave will be also right circularly polarised.
Given,
Electric field intensity of the wave E 10cos t bx a 6 10
y
8
#
p = - ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Permeability of medium, m
0
m =
Permittivity of medium, e 81
0
e =
From the expression of the electric field, we get the angular frequency as
w 6 10
8
#
p =
The phase velocity of the wave is given as
v
p

1
me
=
81
1
0 0 #
m e
=
9
3 10
3
10
8 8
#
= = ( 3 10 / m s c
1
0 0
8
m e
#
= = )
So, the phase constant of the EM wave is
b
/
v
10 3
6 10
p
8
8
#
w p
= =
18 / rad m p =
Given, the phase velocity of the plane wave in dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
free space
i.e. v
p
0.4c = (1)
Since, the phase velocity of a medium having permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
v
p

1
me
=
So, putting it in equation (1) we get

1
r 0 0
m e e
0.4c = ( ,
r 0 0
m m m e e = = )

r
e
.
.
0 4
1
6 25
2
= =
b l
(c
1
0 0
m e
= )
Given, the electric field in free space,
, x t E^ h 60 / cos V m t x a 2
y
w = - ^ h
So, we get the magnitude of the electric field as
E
0
60 =
The time average power density in the electric field is given as
P
ave

2
1
0
0
2
h
E
=
2
1
120
60
2
#
p
=
^ h
Therefore, the average power through the circular area of radius 4 m is
P
ave
r P
ave
2
#
p =
^
^
h
h

2
1
120
60
4
2
2
# #
p
p =
^
^
h
h 0 W 12 =
The gyro frequency is the frequency whose period is equal to the period of revolution
of an electron in its circular orbit under the influence of earths magnetic field. So,
the radio wave at frequency near f
g
is attenuated by the earths magnetic field.
(Since, there is a resonance phenomena and oscillating electron receive more and
more energy from incident wave.)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The relation between electric and magnetic field of the reflected, transmitted and
incident wave is given below.
E
i
H
i 1
h =
E
r
H
r 1
h =-
E
t
H
t 2
h =
So, (1) and (3) are correct while (2) is incorrect.
From snells law,
sin n
1 1
q sin n
2 2
q =
sin
0 1 1
m e q sin
0 0 2
m e q =
sin 2 60
0 2
c m e ^ h sin
0 2 2
m e q =
sin
2
q . 1 4
2
3
2 5 >
#
= =
c m
which is not possible so there will be no transmitted wave.
(1) Consider E
1
is x -component and E
2
is y-component so, when E
1
and E
2
will
be in same phase. The wave will be linearly polarized. 1 a " ^ h
(2) When E
1
and E
2
will have any arbitrary phase difference then it will be
elliptically polarized. 2 d " ^ h
(3) When E
1
leads E
2
by 90c then t w increases counter clockwise and so the wave
is right circularly polarized. 3 c " ^ h
(4) When E
1
lags E
2
by 90c then the tip of field vector E will traverse circularly
in clockwise direction and left circularly polarized. 4 b " ^ h
An incident wave normal to a perfect conductor is completely reflected in the reverse
direction. The magnetic field intensity of reflected wave is same as the incident wave
whereas the electric field intensity of reflected wave has the 180c phase difference in
comparison to the incident field. ( 1 G =- for conducting surface).
(a) Propagation constant for a perfect conductor is
g j a b = +
where
2
a b
wms
= = 1 a "
(b) Radiation intensity of an antenna is defined as
, U q f ^ h r P
ave
2
=
r
E
r
E
2 2
2
2
2
2
h h
= =
c m
2 b "
(c) Wave impedance of an EM wave is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
q
H h =
f
h
H
E
=
f
q
3 c "
Given,
Electric field intensity, E E E a a
x x y y
= +
The direction of wave propagation, a
k
a
z
=
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave is given as
H
a
E
k
h
#
=
where, h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium. Putting the expression for
electric field in equation, we get
H E E
a
a a
z
x x y y #
h
= + ^ h E E a a
1
x y y x
h
= - ^ h
An EM wave propagating in free space consists of electric and magnetic field
intensity both perpendicular to direction of propagation.
In a uniform plane wave the field intensities are related as
E H h =
where h is intrinsic impedance given as
h
j
j
s we
wm
=
+
Assume the medium is perfectly dielectric 0 s = ^ h. So, we get
h
e
m
=
or,
H
E

e
m
=
The higher frequency (microwave) signal is continuously refracted on the ground
as shown in figure.
This phenomenon is called ducting.
Given, the magnetic field intensity of a plane wave,
H 0.5 cos e t x a 10 2
. x
z
0 1 6
= -
-
^ h (1)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The general expression for magnetic field intensity of a plane wave travelling in
positive x -direction is
H cos H e t x a
x
z 0
w b = -
a -
^ h (2)
Comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get,
Wave frequency, w 10 /sec rad
6
=
Wavelength, l 3.14 m
2
2
2
b
p p
= = =
and the wave travels in x + -direction.
Since, the magnetic field intensity points toward a
z
direction and the wave
propagates in a
x
+ direction. So, direction of electric field intensity will be
a
E
a a a a a
k H x z y # #
=- =- =
^ h
Therefore, the wave is polarized in a
y
direction (direction of electric field intensity).
Skin depth d ^ h is the distance through which the wave amplitude decreases to a
factor e
1 -
or /e 1 .
From Maxwells equation, For a varying magnetic field B, the electric field intensity
E is defined as
E
#
d
t
B
2
2
=-
Since, the magnetic flux density B in terms of magnetic vector potential is given as
B A
#
d =
So, from the two equations we have
E
t
A
2
2
=- (For V 0 d = )
Given, A sin A t z a
x x
w b = - ^ h
So, E sin
t
A t z a
x x
2
2
w b =- - ^ h 6 @ cos A t z a
x x
w w b =- - ^ h
The depth of penetration of wave (skin depth) in a lossy dielectric (conductor) is
given as
d
f
1 1
a
p ms
= =
So, the skin depth increases when
(1) permeability decreases
(2) conductivity decreases
(3) frequency decreases
Since, the wavelength of the wave is given as
l
f
v
p
= i.e. l
f
1
\
So, as l increases, f decreases and therefore, skin depth increases.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For a good conductor,
a f b p ms = =
Since, the skin depth is defined as
d
1
a
=
or, d
1
b
= a b = ^ h
Now, the phase constant of the wave is given as
b
2
l
p
=
So, we have d
1
2 b p
l
= = It is defined for a good conductor.
Given, the magnetic field intensity of the wave propagating in free space,
, z t H^ h cos t z a
6
1
y
p
w b =- + ^ h
So, we conclude.
direction of propagation, a
k
a
z
=-
direction of magnetic field, a
H
a
y
=
So, the direction of electric field intensity is given as
a
E
a a
H k #
= a a
y z #
= - ^ h a
x
=-
and the electric field amplitude is given as,
E H
0
h =
cos t z 120
6
1
p
p
w b = - + ^
^ b
h
hl
cos t z 20 w b =- + ^ h
So, the electric field vector of EM wave is
, z t E^ h 0cos t z a 1
x
w b = + ^ h
Given, the electric field intensity of EM wave in phase form as
E
s
10e a
j y
x
4
=
-
So, we get
the phase constant, b 4 / rad m =
Since, the wave is propagating in free space, therefore, the angular frequency w of
the wave is given as
w cb = 3 10 4
8
#
=^ ^ h h 4 3 10 / rad s
8
# #
=
A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Skin depth of a material is defined as
d
f
1
p ms
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, conductivity of the material is 0 s = .
So, we get d " infinity
(1) In a conducting medium as the wave travels its amplitude is attenuated by the
factor e
z a -
(i.e. attenuated exponentially).
(2) Conducting medium doesnt behave as on open circuit to the EM field.
(3) In lossless dielectric 0 s = ^ h relaxation time is defined as
T
r
"3
s
e
=
(4) In charge free region 0
v
r = ^ h. Poissions equation is generalised as
V
2
d
v
e
r
=-
V
2
d 0 =
which is Laplace equation. Therefore only statement 2 is incorrect.
For a given electric field in free space the average power density is defined as
P
ave

E
2
1
0
2
h
=
2
1
120
60
2
p
p
=
^ h
15 / Watt m
2
p =
Given, E 120 cos t z a
x
p w b = - ^ h
Since, the wave is propagating in a
z
directions so, the magnetic flux density of the
propagating wave is
H
120 cos t z
a E
a a
k
z x
0 0
#
h h
p w b
#
= =
- ^ h 6 @
cos t z a
y
w b = - ^ h (a a
k z
= )
Therefore, the average power density of an EM wave is defined as
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
#
= " , 120 cos cos t z t z a a
2
1
x y #
p w b w b = - - ^
^
^
^
h
h
h
h 8 B
60 a
z
p =
Given, the electric field intensity is
E 10 10 sin cos t z t z a a 3 10 3 10
x y
8 8
# #
p p p p = - + - ^ ^ h h
So, the magnetic field intensity is given as
H
a E
k
0
h
#
= (Direction of propagation is a a
k z
= )
sin cos t z t z a a 5 3 10
377
10
3 10
y x
8 8
# #
p p p p = - + - - ^ ^ ^ h h h
(1) For a perfect conducting medium the transmission coefficient is zero but a
medium having finite conductivity transmission coefficient has some finite
value. So it doesnt behave like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
(2) Relaxation time in a medium is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
T
r

s
e
=
Which in turn given the values in the range of sec 10
20 -
. While the radio frequency
wave has the time period T in the range of nsec to psec. (10
9 -
to 10
12 -
) So the
relation time at radio frequency/microwave frequency is much less than the period.
(3) For a lossless dielectric 0 s = ^ h and so,
T
r
"3
s
e
=
(4) Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric 0 s = ^ h is
h
e
m
= which is a pure resistance.
So, the statement (2), (3) and (4) are correct.
The polarization of a uniform plane wave described the time varying behaviour
of the electric field intensity vector so for polarization the field vector must be
transverse to the propagation of wave.
i.e. Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave causes polarization.
In free space electrons and photon both have the same velocity 3 10 / m s
8
#
. So,
the velocity of electromagnetic waves is same as velocity of light.
So A and R both are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Fields are said to be circularly polarized if their components have same magnitudes
but they differ in phase by 90 ! c.
From Maxwells equation for an EM field, the divergence of the magnetic flux
density is zero.
i.e. B : d 0 =
A : d
#
d ^ h 0 =
div curl A 0 =
Electric field intensity due to the current element is defined as
E
J
s
=
b
I
a
z
2
p s
=
The magnetic flux density due to the current element is given as
H
b
I
a
2p
=
f
So, the poynting vector of the field is
P E H
#
=

b
I
a
2
2 3
2
p s
=-
r

b
I
i
2
r
2 3
2
sp
=-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
All the three statements are correct.
Wavelength of a plane wave in any medium is defined as
l
f
v
p
=
where v
p
= phase velocity
f = frequency of the wave
Since, v
p

c
r
e
=
So, l
1
r
\
e

dielectric
air
l
l

,
,
r air
r dielectric
e
e
=

1
2

1
r
e
=

r
e 4 =
The velocity of an EM wave in free space is given as
v
c
3 10 / m s C
8
#
= =
and the characteristic impedance (intrinsic impedance) is given as
Z
c
120
0
0
e
m
p = =
So both the terms are independent of frequency of the wave i.e. remain unchanged.
Given, electric field intensity
E 5cos t z a 10 30
x
9
= + ^ h
So, we conclude that,
10
9
w = , and 30 b =
and since b
v
p
w
=
b
/ c
r
e
w
=
_ i
(For non magnetic medium v
c
p
r
e
= )

r
e
c
2
w
b
=
b l

10
30 3 10
9
8 2
# #
=
c m
81 =
For attenuation of the wave the medium must have some finite conductivity s. In
the given wave equation the term
t
E
2
2
ms involves s so this term is responsible for
the attenuation of the wave.
The statement 1, 3 and 4 are correct while statement 2 is incorrect as Gausss law
is applicable only for symmetrical geometry.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
In a Good conductor b f p ms =
So, phase velocity v
p

f
2
b
w
ms
p
= =
Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave is
t E^ h cos sin E t E t e a a
x y
jkz
1 2
w w = -
-
6 @
Since the components of the field are
E
x
E
1
=
and E
y
E
2
=
i.e. E
x
E
y
! So, the wave is elliptically polarized.
For a lossy dielectric, skin depth is defined as
d
2p
l
=
So, as the wavelength increases the depth of penetration of wave also increases.
i.e. Reason (R) is correct.
The Skin depth is the depth by which electric field strength reduces to %
e
1
37 = of
its original value.
i.e. Assertion (A) is false.
The electromagnetic equation in terms of vector potential A is given as

t
A
A 2
2
2
2
2
me d - J m =-
The wavelength of an EM wave propagating in a waveguide is defined as
l
f
f
1
c
2
l
=
-
l
c m
where ll is the wavelength of the wave in unbounded medium(free space), f
c
is the
cutoff frequency of the waveguide and f is the operating frequency.
Now, for a propagating wave in the waveguide, the operating frequency is higher
than the cutoff frequency.
i.e. f / f f f 1 <
c c
&
Putting it in equation (1) we get
l < ll
i.e. Wavelength of a propagating wave in a wave guide is smaller than the free space
wavelength.
For a lossless dielectric medium
s 0 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and propagation constant,
g j j j a b wm s we = + = + ^ h
j a b + jw me =
b w me = i.e. b
r
\ e
For a lossless medium 0 s = ^ h intrinsic impedance is defined as
h
r
r
0
0
e
m
e
m
e
m
= =
60p 120
1
r
p
e
=

r
e 4 =
A field is said to be conservative if the curl of the field is zero.
Given, the magnetic field intensity,
H 0.5 / sin A m e t x a 10 2
. x
z
0 1 6
= -
-
^ h
Comparing it with general expression of magnetic field intensity of wave propagating
in a
x
direction given as
H sin H e t x a
x
z 0
w b = -
a -
^ h
We get
(i) the direction of wave propagation is a
x
(ii) . 0 1 a = , 2 b =
So, propagation constant . j j 0 1 2 g a b = + = +
(iii) phase velocity, v
p
5 10 / m s
2
10
6
5
b
w
#
= = =
(iv) a a
H z
= , a a
k x
=
So, direction of polarization,
a
E
a a
k H #
=-
^ h
a a a
x z y #
=-
^ h
i.e. wave is polarized along a
y
.
Skin depth of any conducting medium is defined as
d
f
1
p ms
=
So, at a given frequency f 2 w p =

1
\ d
m
and
1
\ d
s
Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave,
E 10 10 10 sin cos t z t z a a
x y
w p w p = - + - ^ ^ h h
So, the field components are
E
x
sin t z 10 10w p = - ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
E
y
cos t z 10 w p = - ^ h
and since, E
x
E
y
= So the polarization is circular.
In free space electric field intensity is defined as
E a H
k 0
h
#
=- ^ h
where a
k
is unit vector in the direction of propagation.
Given, H 0.10 / cos A m t z a 4 10
x
7
#
b = - ^ h
So, the direction of propagation, a a
k z
=
and we have, E 0.10cos t z a a 377 4 10
z x
7
#
b
#
=- - ^ ^ h h 6 @ ( 377
0
h W = )
37.7cos t z a 4 10
y
7
#
b =- - ^ h
Given the electric field in medium A is
E 100cos t x z 6 w p = - ^ h
In medium A, 4
r
e = , 1
r
m = , 0 s =
In medium B, 9
r
e = , 4
r
m = , 0 s =
So,
(a) intrinsic impedance of medium B is

B
h
9
4
3
2
120 80
0
0
#
e
m
e
m
p p = = = = 2 a " ^ h
(b) Intrinsic impedance of medium A is

A
h
4 2
1
120 60
0
0
#
e
m
e
m
p p = = = =
So, reflection coefficient,
G
B A
B A
h h
h h
=
+
-

80 60
80 60
5
1
p p
p p
=
+
-
= 3 b " ^ h
(c) Transmission coefficient,
t
2
B A
B
h h
h
=
+

80 60
2 80
7
8
#
p p
p
=
+
= 4 c " ^ h
(d) Phase shift constant of medium A is given from the field equation as
b 12p = 1 d " ^ h
Average power density in an EM wave is defined as
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= ^ h
2
1
50
12
5
# #
p
= . 3 316 =
So, the average power crossing a circular area of radius m 24 is
P
ave
r P
ave
2
p = ^ h . 3 316 24
2
p =^ ^ _ h h i 250 Watt =
Electric field amplitude, E
0
1 / V m =
Skin depth, d 10 0.1 cm m = =
So, the attenuation constant of the wave in the conductor is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
a
1
10
d
= =
Now, the electric field intensity after travelling a distance z inside a conductor is
E E e
z
0
=
a -
where, E
0
is the field intensity at the surface of the conductor. So, the distance
travelled by the wave for which amplitude of electric field changes to (1/ ) e (V/m)
2

is given as
E
e
E
2
0
=
E e
z
0
10 -

e
E
2
0
=
z 10 2 =
z 20 cm =
Alternatively, since the skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude
decays to /e 1 ^ h of its value at surface. So, for the amplitude to be /e 1
2
of the field
at its surface the wave penetrates a length of 2 20 cm d = .
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
For any media having conductivity, 0 s = . the intrinsic impedance is given as
h
r
r
0
e
m
e
m
h = =
For media 1,
1
h
2
188
8
377 W = = ^ h
For media 2,
2
h 1131
1
9
377 W = = ^ h
for media 3,
3
h 377
4
4
377 W = = ^ h
For an EM wave a medium incident on another medium, reflection coefficient is
defined as
G
E
E
H
H
i
r
i
r
= =-
and G
Z Z
Z Z
2
2
3
1
2 1
2 1
h h
h h
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
So,
E
E
i
r

H
H
3
1
i
r
=- =

E
E
r
i
3 = and
H
H
3
r
i
=-
For a perfect conductor conductivity , s 3 =
So, the skin depth of the perfect conductor is
d
f
1
0
p ms
= =
***********
CHAPTER 8
TRANSMI SSI ON LI NES
494 Transmission Lines Chap 8
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 8.1
MCQ 8.1.1 Assertion (A) : A sinusoidal voltage cos v V t 2 10
i 0
4
#
p = ^ h is applied to the input
terminal of a transmission line of length 20 cm such that the wave propagates with
the velocity 3 10 / m s c
8
#
= on the line. Its output voltage will be in the same
phase to the input voltage.
Reason (R) : Transmission line effects can be ignored if .
l
0 01 #
l
.
where l is the length of transmission line and l is the wavelength of the wave.
(B) A and R both are true but R is not correct explanation of A.
MCQ 8.1.2 A transmission line is formed of coaxial line with an inner conductor diameter of
1 cm and an outer conductor diameter of 4 cm. If the conductor has permeability
2
c a
m m = and conductivity 11.6 10 / S m
c
7
s
#
= then its resistance per unit length
for the operating frequency of 4 GHz will be
(A) 4.95 /m W (B) 78.8 /m W
(C) 0.788 /m W (D) 0.495 /m W
MCQ 8.1.3 A transmission line formed of co-axial line with inner and outer diameters 1.5 cm
and 3 cm respectively is filled with a dielectric of permeability 2
0
m m = . Its line
parameter Ll will be equal to
(A) 277 / nH m (B) 2.77 / nH m
(C) 872 / nH m (D) 8.7 / nH m
MCQ 8.1.4 A co-axial transmission line is filled with a dielectric having conductivity,
2 10 / S m
3
s
#
=
-
. If the inner and outer radius of the co-axial line are 1/4 cm and
1/2 cm respectively then the conductance per unit length of the transmission line
will be
(A) 9.1 / mS m (B) 1.45 / mS m
(C) 911 / S m (D) 145 / S m
MCQ 8.1.5 If Permittivity of the dielectric filled inside the coaxial transmission line having
inner and outer diameter 2 cm and 5 cm respectively is 9
0
e e = then the capacitance
Chap 8 Transmission Lines 495
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
per unit length of the line will be
(A) 361 / pF m (B) 3.61 / nF m
(C) 5.74 / nF m (D) 57.4 / pF m
MCQ 8.1.6 A parallel plate transmission line consists of 1.2 cm wide conducting strips having
conductivity, 1.16 10 / S m
8
s
#
= and permeability
0
m m = is operating at 4 GHz
frequency. What will be the line parameter Rl ?
(A) 1.38 /m W (B) 0.69 /m W
(C) 0.97 /m W (D) 1.97 /m W
MCQ 8.1.7 A parallel plate transmission line is formed by copper strips of width . cm w 1 2 =
separated by a distance 0.3 cm d = . If the dielectric filled between the plates has
permeability, 2
0
m m = then what will be the inductance per unit length of the
transmission line ?
(A) 157 / nH m (B) 1.57 / H m m
(C) 0.78 / nH m (D) 78.1 / H m m
MCQ 8.1.8 The space between the strips of a parallel plate transmission line is filled of a
dielectric of permittivity, . 1 3
r
e = and conductivity, 0 . s . If the width of the
strips is 9.6 cm and the separation between them is 0.6 cm then the line parameters
Gl and Cl will be respectively
(A) 0, 0.02 / nF m (B) 0.02 / , . / mS m nF m 0 14
(C) 0, 0.18 / nF m (D) 1.8 / , mS m 0
MCQ 8.1.9 Which one of the following statement is not correct for a transmission line ?
(A) Attenuation constant of a lossless line is always zero.
(B) Characteristic impedance of both lossless and distortionless line is real
(C) Attenuation constant of a distortionless line is always zero.
(D) Both (A) and (C).
MCQ 8.1.10 Inductance and capacitance per unit length of a lossless transmission line are
250 / nH m and 0. / nF m 2 respectively. The velocity of the wave propagation and
characteristic impedance of the transmission line are respectively.
(A) 2 10 / m s
8
#
, 100 W (B) 3 10 / m s
8
#
, 50 W
(C) 2 10 / m s
8
#
, 50 W (D) 3 10 / m s
8
#
, 100 W
MCQ 8.1.11 A 1GHz parallel plate transmission line consists of brass strips of conductivity
6.4 10 / S m
7
s
#
= separated by a dielectric of permittivity 6
0
e e = . If the axial
component and transverse component of the electric field in the transmission line
is E
z
and E
y
respectively then / E E
z y
equals to
(A) . 2 16 10
4
#
-
(B) . 4 167 10
5
#
-
(C) . 1 25 10
4
#
-
(D) . 7 22 10
5
#
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.1.12 A transmission line operating at a frequency 6 10 / rad s
8
#
has the parameters
0.2 / k m R W = l , 4 / H m L m = l , 8 / S m G m = l , / pF m C 6 = l . The propagation
constant, g will be
(A) . . m j 0 5 1 2
1
+
-
^ h (B) . . m j 0 10 2 4
1
+
-
^ h
(C) . . m j 1 2 0 5
1
+
-
^ h (D) . . m j 2 4 0 10
1
+
-
^ h
MCQ 8.1.13 The parameters of a transmission line are given as 10 /m R W = l , 0.1 / H m L m = l ,
10 / pF m C = l , 40 / S m G m = l . If the transmission line is operating at a frequency,
1.2 10 / rad s
9
w
#
= then the characteristic impedance of the line will be
(A) 50 2 j W - (B) 4 100 j W -
(C) 100 4 j W - (D) 100 4 j W +
MCQ 8.1.14 After travelling a distance of 20 m along a transmission line, the voltage wave
remains % 13 of its source amplitude. What is the attenuation constant of the
transmission line ?
(A) 0.13 / NP m (B) 0.10 / NP m
(C) 0.20 / NP m (D) 0.06 / NP m
MCQ 8.1.15 Amplitude of a voltage wave after travelling a certain distance down a transmission
line is reduced by % 87 . If the propagation constant of the transmission line is
. . j 0 3 2 9 + ^ h then the phase shift in the voltage wave is
(A) 61c (B) 561c
(C) 73c (D) 273c
MCQ 8.1.16 A parallel plate lossless transmission line consists of brass strips of width w and
separated by a distance d. If both w and d are doubled then its characteristic
impedance will
(A) halved (B) doubled
(C) not change (D) none of these
MCQ 8.1.17 Phase velocity of voltage wave in a distortion less line having characteristic impedance,
0. k Z 2
0
W = and attenuation constant, 10 / mNP m a = is 0.5 10 / m s v
p
8
#
= . The
line parameters Rl and Ll will be respectively
(A) 1 /m W , 0.5 / nH m (B) 10 / k m W , 2 / H m m
(C) 2 /m W , 1 / H m m (D) 1 /m W , 2 / H m m
MCQ 8.1.18 A distortionless line has parameters 4 /m R W = l and 4 10 / S m G
4
#
=
-
l . The
attenuation constant and characteristic impedance of the transmission line will be
respectively
(A) 25 / NP m, 0.01 W (B) 100 / NP m, 4 10
2
W
#
-
(C) 4 10 / NP m
2
#
-
, 100 W (D) 0.01 / NP m, 25 W
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.1.19 A transmission line operating at 5 GHz frequency has characteristic impedance
80 Z
0
W = and the phase constant 1.5 / rad m b = . The inductance per unit length
of the transmission line will be
(A) 3.81 / nH m (B) 38.1 / nH m
(C) 2.61 / nH m (D) 26.1 / nH m
MCQ 8.1.20 A 150 W transmission line is connected to a 3 0 3 W resistance and to a 0 V 5 DC
source with zero internal resistance. The voltage reflection coefficients at the load
end and at the source and of the transmission line are respectively
(A) 1 - , / 1 3 (B) 1 - , 1 -
(C) / 1 3, / 1 3 (D) / 1 3, 1 -
MCQ 8.1.21 The voltage wave in a lossless transmission line has the maximum magnitude
of 6 volt and minimum magnitude of 2.4 volt. The reflection coefficient of the
transmission line is
(A) . 0 43 (B) . 2 33
(C) . 1 40 (D) . 0 71
MCQ 8.1.22 An insulating material of permittivity 9
0
e e = is used in a 25 W lossless co-axial
line . If the inner radius of the coaxial line is 0.6 mm then what will be its outer
radius ?
(A) 6.004 mm (B) 2.1 mm
(C) 3.002 mm (D) 4.2 mm
MCQ 8.1.23 A lossless transmission line of characteristic impedance 5 Z 3
0
W = is connected to
a load impedance Z j 15 25
L
W = - ^ h . What will be the standing wave ratio an the
line ?
(A) . 0 57 (B) . 3 65
(C) . 0 27 (D) . 1 22
MCQ 8.1.24 A purely resistance load Z
L
is connected to a 150 W lossless transmission line. Such
that it has a voltage standing wave ratio of 3. The possible value of Z
L
will be
(A) 50 W (B) 450 W
(C) (A) and (B) both (D) none of these
MCQ 8.1.25 A voltage generator with 3cos volt v t t 10
g
9
#
p = ^ ^ h h is applied to a 0 5 W lossless
air spaced transmission line. If the line length is 10 cm and it is terminated in a
load impedance Z j 200 200
L
W = - ^ h then the input impedance of the transmission
line will be
(A) . j 50 50 8 W - ^ h (B) . . j 12 5 12 7 W - ^ h
(C) . j 25 4 25 W - ^ h (D) . j 25 25 4 W - ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.1.26 The wavelength on a lossless transmission line terminated in a short circuit is l.
What is the minimum possible length of the transmission line for which it appears
as an open circuit at its input terminals ?
(A) l
(B) /2 l
(C) 4l
(D) /4 l
MCQ 8.1.27 A lossless transmission line is operating at a frequency of 4 MHz. When the line
is short circuited at its output end, the input impedance appears to be equivalent
to an inductor with inductance of 32 nH but when the line is open circuited at
its output end, the input impedance appears to be equivalent to a capacitor with
capacitance of 20 pF. What is the characteristic impedance of the transmission line
?
(A) 10 W
(B) 1.6 kW
(C) 40 W -
(D) 40 W
MCQ 8.1.28 A /4 l section of a 0 5 W lossless transmission line terminated in a 150 W resistive
load is preceded by another /4 l section of a 200 W lossless line as shown in figure.
What is the input impedance, Z
in
?
(A) 600 W (B) 400 W
(C) 267 W (D) 300 W
MCQ 8.1.29 A transmission line of length l is short circuited at one end and open circuited at
the other end. The voltage standing wave pattern in the transmission line will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.1.30 Phase velocity of a voltage wave in a transmission line of length l is v
p
. If the
transmission line is open circuited at one end and short circuited at the other end
then the natural frequency of the oscillation of the wave will be
(A)
l
nv
2
p
; , ....... n 0 1 3 = (B)
l
n v
4
2 1
p
+ ^ h
; , , ....... n 0 1 3 =
(C)
l
n v
4
2 1
p
+ ^ h
; , , , .... n 1 2 3 3 = (D)
l
nv
2
p
; , , ..... n 1 2 3 3 =
MCQ 8.1.31 At an operating frequency of 500 Hz, length of a transmission line is given by
/ l 4 l = . For the same transmission line the length at 1 kHz will be given by
(A) l
8
l
= (B) l
4
l
=
(C) l
2
l
= (D) none of these
MCQ 8.1.32 A lossless transmission line is terminated in a short circuit. The minimum possible
length of the line for which it appears as a short circuit at its input terminals is
(A) /2 l
(B) /4 l
(C) l
(D) 0
MCQ 8.1.33 A transmission line is operating at wavelength l. If the distance between successive
voltage minima is 10 cm and distance between load and first voltage minimum is
7.5 cm then the distance between load and first voltage maxima is
(A) /8 l (B) / 3 8 l
(C) / 5 8 l (D) /4 l
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 8.2
MCQ 8.2.1 A z -polarized transverse electromagnetic wave (TEM) propagating along a parallel
plate transmission line filled of perfect dielectric in a
x
+ direction. Let the electric
and magnetic field of the wave be E and H respectively. Which of the following is
correct relation for the fields.
(A)
y
E
0
z
2
2
= (B)
z
H
0
y
2
2
=
(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) none of these
A load impedance . . k Z j 0 3 0 5
L
W = - ^ h is being connected to a lossless transmission
line of characteristic impedance 0.5 k Z
0
W = operating at wavelength cm 2 l = .
MCQ 8.2.2 The distance of the first voltage maximum from the load will be
(A) 0.44 cm
(B) 2.44 cm
(C) 1.56 cm
(D) 0.44 cm -
MCQ 8.2.3 The distance of the first current maximum from the load will be
(A) 3.56 cm (B) 0.56 cm
(C) 1.44 cm (D) 2.56 cm
MCQ 8.2.4 Distance of the first voltage maximum and first current maximum from the load on
a 50 W lossless transmission line are respectively 4.5 cm and 1.5 cm. If the standing
wave ratio on the transmission line is S 3 = then the load impedance connected to
the transmission line will be
(A) j 90 120 W - ^ h (B) 10 W
(C) j 30 40 W - ^ h (D) j 40 30 W - ^ h
MCQ 8.2.5 Total length of 50 W lossless transmission line terminated in a load impedance
Z j 30 15
L
W = + ^ h is / l 7 20 l = as shown in figure. The total input impedance across
the terminal AB will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) . . j 38 3 64 8 W - ^ h (B) . . j 19 2 32 4 W - ^ h
(C) . . j 64 8 38 3 W - ^ h (D) . . j 32 4 19 2 W - ^ h
MCQ 8.2.6 Assertion (A) : The input impedance of a quarter wavelength long lossless line
terminated in a short-circuit is infinity.
Reason (R) : The input impedance at the position where the magnitude of the
voltage on a distortionless line is maximum is purely real.
A voltage generator with 5cos v t t 2 4 10 30
g
7
#
p = - ^ ^ h h and an internal impedance
30 Z
g
W = is applied to a 30 W lossless transmission line that has a relative
permittivity . 2 25
r
e = and length, 6 m l = .
MCQ 8.2.7 If the line is terminated in a load impedance, Z j 30 10
L
W = - ^ h , then what will be
the input impedance of the transmission line ?
(A) . . j 0 05 0 01 W - ^ h (B) . . j 50 62 23 48 W + ^ h
(C) . . j 92 06 21 80 W - ^ h (D) . . j 23 14 5 48 W + ^ h
MCQ 8.2.8 The input voltage of the transmission line will be
(A) . . cos t 4 4 8 10 22 56
7
#
c p + ^ h
(B) 4.4 . cos V t 8 10 37 44
7
#
c p - ^ h
(C) 4.4 . cos V t 8 10 22 56
7
#
c p - ^ h
(D) 4.4cos V t 8 10 30
7
#
c p - ^ h
Statements for Linked Question 9 - 10 :
Two equal load impedances of 150 W are connected in parallel through a pair of
transmission line, and the combination is connected to a feed transmission lien
as shown in figure. All the lines are lossless and have characteristic impedance
100 Z
0
W = .
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.2.9 The effective load impedance of feedline (Z
L
l) equals to
(A) . . j 7 04 17 24 W - ^ h
(B) . . j 35 20 8 62 W + ^ h
(C) . . j 35 20 8 62 W - ^ h
(D) . . j 8 62 35 20 W + ^ h
MCQ 8.2.10 The total input impedance of the feedline (line 3) will be
(A) . . j 2 15 1 13 W - ^ h (B) . . j 215 14 113 4 W - ^ h
(C) . . j 215 14 113 4 W + ^ h (D) . . j 107 57 56 7 W - ^ h
MCQ 8.2.11 A 0.3 GHz voltage generator with 150 volt V
sg
= and an internal resistance
100 Z
g
W = is connected to a 100 W lossless transmission line of length . l 0 375 l = .
If the line is terminated in a load impedance Z j 100 100
L
W = - ^ h then what will be
the current flowing in the load ?
(A) . . cos t 0 67 3 10 108 4
8
#
c - ^ h
(B) . . cos t 0 67 6 10 108 4
8
#
c p - ^ h
(C) . cos t 75 3 10 108 4
8
#
c - ^ h
(D) . cos t 0 67 6 10 135
8
#
c p - ^ h
MCQ 8.2.12 A voltage generator 150 V V
sg
= with an internal resistance 100 Z
g
W = is connected
to a load 150 Z
L
W = through a . 0 15l section of a 100 W lossless transmission line.
What is the average power delivered to the transmission line ?
(A) Watt 54
(B) Watt 30
(C) 27 Watt
(D) 60 Watt
MCQ 8.2.13 A voltage generator 500 volt V
sg
g
W = is applied
to a configuration of lossless transmission lines as shown in figure. The power
delivered to the loads Z
L1
and Z
L2
will be respectively
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 612.23 Watt (B) 105.33 Watt
(C) 153.10 Watt (D) 306.11 Watt
MCQ 8.2.14 The input impedance of an infinitely long transmission line is equal to its
characteristic impedance. The transmission line will be
(A) slightly lossy
(B) lossless
(C) Distortion less
(D) (B) and (C) both
MCQ 8.2.15 An infinitely long lossy transmission line with characteristic impedance 200 Z
01
W =
is feeded by a /2 l section of 80 W lossless transmission line as shown in figure. If a
voltage generator 4 V V
sg
g
W = is applied to the
whole configuration then the average power transmitted to the infinite transmission
line will be
(A) 2.2 mWatt (B) 22.2 mWatt
(C) 17.8 mWatt (D) 2.2 mWatt -
A unit step voltage generator is applied to a 90 W airspaced lossless transmission
line at time, t 0 = . At any time, t 0 $ the voltage waveform at the sending end of
the transmission line is shown in the figure below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.2.16 The length of the transmission line will be
(A) 1200 m (B) 600 m
(C) 150 m (D) 300 m
MCQ 8.2.17 The unit step generator voltage connected to the line has an internal resistance
100 R
g
W = . What will be the load impedance connected to the transmission line ?
(A) 21.43 W (B) 93.16 W
(C) 42.86 W (D) 233 W
MCQ 8.2.18 At time t 0 = unit step voltage generator V
g
with an internal resistance R
g
is
applied to a 100 W shorted transmission line filled with dielectric of permittivity
4
0
e e = as shown in figure
The voltage waveform for any time t 0 $ at the sending end is sown in figure below
V
g
and R
g
will be respectively equal to
(A) 30 volt, 19.2 W (B) 38.4 volt, 60 W
(C) 60 volt, 38.4 W (D) 19.2 volt, 30 W
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A 2.5 m section o an airspacd lossless transmission line is fed by a unit step voltage
generator 30 volt V
g
= with internal resistance 200 R
g
W = . The transmission line is
terminated in a resistive load 50 Z
L
W = and characterized by 100 Z
0
W = .
MCQ 8.2.19 The bounce diagram of the transmission line will be
MCQ 8.2.20 The instantaneous voltage waveform v t ^ h at the sending end of the transmission
line will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.2.21 The SWR circle L L
1 2
is shown on the smith chart for a lossless transmission line.
If line is terminated in a load 50 Z
L
W = then the possible value of the characteristic
impedance of the line will be
(A) 125 W (B) 250 W
(C) 20 W (D) (A) and (C) Both
A lossless transmission line characterized by 0 Z 5
0
W = is terminated in a load
Z j 50 75
L
W = + ^ h
MCQ 8.2.22 The reflection coefficient of the line will be
(A) . e 4 4
. j7 6c -
(B) . e 0 24
j76c
(C) . e 4 4
j76c
(D) . e 0 24
j76c
MCQ 8.2.23 The input impedance at a distance of . 0 35l from the load will be
(A) . . j 0 61 0 22 W - ^ h (B) . j 61 2 2 W + ^ h
(C) . j 61 2 2 W - ^ h (D) . . j 0 61 0 022 W + ^ h
MCQ 8.2.24 The shortest length of the transmission line for which the input impedance appears
to be purely resistive will be
(A) . 0 25l (B) . 0 456l
(C) . 0 106l (D) . 0 544l
MCQ 8.2.25 The first voltage maximum will occur at a distance of
(A) . 0 106l from load (B) . 0 144l from load
(C) . 0 106l from Generator (D) . 0 144l from generator
MCQ 8.2.26 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated by an inductor
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A positive wave with constant voltage 1 volt V
0
= is incident on the load terminal
at t 0 = . At any time t the resulting negative wave voltage at the load terminal
will be
(A) Volt e 1 2
t 25
-
-
^ h (B) Volt e 2 1
t 25
-
-
^ h
(C) 2 Volt e
t 25 -
(D) Volt e 1
t 25
-
-
^ h
MCQ 8.2.27 A transmission line has the characteristic impedance Z
0
and the voltage standing
wave ratio is S. The line impedance on the transmission line at voltage maximum
and minimum are respectively.
(A) Z S
0
,
S
Z
0
(B)
S
Z
0
, Z S
0
(C) Z S
0
, Z S
0
(D)
S
Z
0
,
S
Z
0
MCQ 8.2.28 Consider the three mediums of intrinsic impedances
1
h ,
2
h and
3
h respectively as
shown in the figure. What will be the thickness t and intrinsic impedance
2
h of
the medium 2 for which the reflected wave having wavelength l is eliminated in
medium 1 are
thickness t intrinsic impedance
2
h
(A) /4 l
1 3
h h
(B) /2 l /
1 3
h h
(C) /4 l /
1 3
h h
(D) /2 l
1 3
h h
A quarter wave dielectric of thickness t and permittivity e eliminates reflections
of uniform plane waves of frequency .5 GHz 2 incident normally from free space onto
a dielectric of permittivity 16
0
e . (Assume all media to have
0
m m = )
MCQ 8.2.29 The permittivity of the dielectric coating equals to
(A) /2
0
e (B) /4
0
e
(C) 4
0
e (D) 2
0
e
MCQ 8.2.30 What is the thickness t of the dielectric coating ?
(A) 25 cm (B) 2.5 cm
(C) 1 cm (D) 10 cm
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.2.31 A transmission line has characteristics impedance 100 W and standing wave ratio
3. The distance between the first voltage maximum and load is . 0 125l. Load
impedance of the transmission line is
(A) j 30 40 W + ^ h (B) j 60 80 W + ^ h
(C) j 30 40 W - ^ h (D) j 60 80 W - ^ h
MCQ 8.2.32 A 100 W lossless transmission line with its parameter 0.25 / H m L m = l and
100 / PF m C = l is terminated by its characteristic impedance. A 15 V voltage
source with internal resistance 50 W is connected to the transmission line at t 0 = .
Plot of the voltage on the line at a distance 5 m from the source against time will
be
MCQ 8.2.33 A lossless transmission line terminated by a load impedance Z Z
L 0
! is connected
to a D.C. voltage source. The height of the first forward voltage pulse is V
1
+
. If the
voltage reflection coefficients at the load and source are respectively
L
G and
g
G then
the steady state voltage across the load is
(A) V
1
1
L
L
1
G
G
-
+ +
; E (B) V
1
1
L
g L
1
G
G G
+
-
+
c m
(C) V
1
1
L
L
1
G
G
+
- +
b l
(D) V
1
1
g L
L
1
G G
G
-
+ +
c m
MCQ 8.2.34 A 60 W transmission line, terminated by a load of 180 W is connected to a 100 V
DC source at t 0 = . The internal resistance of the source is 120 W. The steady state
voltage across the load will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 50 V (B) 100 V
(C) 120 V (D) 60 V
MCQ 8.2.35 At t 0 = a 50 Volt D.C. source with an internal resistance 30 W is connected to
a transmission line of 15 W characteristic impedance having a load of 45 W. The
steady state load current for the transmission line is
(A) 0.67 A (B) 1.5 A
(C) 0.33 A (D) 1.3 A
A transmission line of an unknown length terminated in a resistance is connected
to a 5 V battery with zero internal resistance. The plot of input current to the line
is shown in the figure below
MCQ 8.2.36 The characteristic impedance of the transmission line will be
(A) 1.2 kW (B) 80 W
(C) 8 W (D) 12.5 W
MCQ 8.2.37 The load resistance terminated to the transmission line will be
(A) 263 W (B) 80 W
(C) 150 W (D) 43 W
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 8.3
MCQ 8.3.1 A coaxial-cable with an inner diameter of 2 mm and outer diameter of 2.4 mm is
filled with a dielectric of relative permittivity 10.89. Given 4 10 / , H m
0
7
m p
#
=
-

/ F m
36
10
0
9
e
p
=
-
, the characteristic impedance of the cable is
(A) 330 W (B) 100 W
(C) 143.3 W (D) 43.4 W
MCQ 8.3.2 A transmission line with a characteristic impedance of 100 W is used to match a
50 W section to a 200 W section. If the matching is to be done both at 429 MHz and
1GHz, the length of the transmission line can be approximately
(A) 82.5 cm (b) 1.05 m
(C) 1.58 cm (D) 1.75 m
MCQ 8.3.3 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated by a 50 W
load. When excited by a sinusoidal voltage source at 20 GHz, the phase difference
between two points spaced 2 mm apart on the line is found to be /4 p radians. The
phase velocity of the wave along the line is
(A) 0.8 10 / m s
8
#
(B) 1.2 10 / m s
8
#
(C) 1.6 10 / m s
8
#
(D) 3 10 / m s
8
#
MCQ 8.3.4 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated in a load
impedance Z
L
. The VSWR of the line is measured as 5 and the first of the voltage
maxima in the line is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load. The value of Z
L

is
(A) 10 W (B) 250 W
(C) (19.23 46.15) j W + (D) (19.23 46.15) j W -
MCQ 8.3.5 If the scattering matrix [ ] S of a two port network is [ ] S
. 0
. 90
. 90
. 90
0 2
0 9
0 9
0 1
c
c
c
c
=> H, then
the network is
(A) lossless and reciprocal
(B) lossless but not reciprocal
(C) not lossless but reciprocal
(D) neither lossless nor reciprocal
GATE 2012
GATE 2012
GATE 2011
GATE 2011
GATE 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.6 A transmission line has a characteristic impedance of 50 W and a resistance of
0.1 /m W . If the line is distortion less, the attenuation constant(in Np/m) is
(A) 500 (B) 5
(C) 0.014 (D) 0.002
MCQ 8.3.7 In the circuit shown, all the transmission line sections are lossless. The Voltage
Standing Wave Ration(VSWR) on the 60 W line is
(A) 1.00 (B) 1.64
(C) 2.50 (D) 3.00
MCQ 8.3.8 A transmission line terminates in two branches, each of length /2 l , as shown.
The branches are terminated by 50 W loads. The lines are lossless and have the
characteristic impedances shown. Determine the impedance Z
i
as seen by the source.
(A) 200 W (B) 100 W
(C) 50 W (D) 25 W
MCQ 8.3.9 One end of a loss-less transmission line having the characteristic impedance of 75 W
and length of 2 cm is short-circuited. At 5 GHz, the input impedance at the other
end of transmission line is
(A) 0 (B) Resistive
(C) Capacitive (D) Inductive
MCQ 8.3.10 A load of 50 W is connected in shunt in a 2-wire transmission line of Z 50
0
W = as
shown in the figure. The 2-port scattering parameter matrix (S-matrix) of the
shunt element is
GATE 2010
GATE 2010
GATE 2009
GATE 2008
GATE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A)
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
-
-
> H (B)
0
1
1
0
= G
(C)
3
1
3
2
3
2
3
1
-
-
> H (D)
4
1
4
3
4
3
4
1
-
-
> H
MCQ 8.3.11 The parallel branches of a 2-wire transmission line are terminated in 0 5 W and
200 W resistors as shown in the figure. The characteristic impedance of the line is
50 Z
0
W = and each section has a length of
4
l
. The voltage reflection coefficient G
at the input is
(A) j
5
7
- (B)
7
5 -
(C) j
7
5
(D)
7
5
MCQ 8.3.12 A transmission line is feeding 1 watt of power to a horn antenna having a gain of
10 dB. The antenna is matched to the transmission line. The total power radiated
by the horn antenna into the free space is
(A) 10 Watts (B) 1 Watts
(C) 0.1 Watts (D) 0.01 Watt
MCQ 8.3.13 Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is 50 W. Input impedance of the
open circuited line is 100 150 Z j
oc
W = + . When the transmission line is short
circuited, then value of the input impedance will be
(A) 50 W (B) 100 150 j W +
(C) 7.69 11.54 j W + (D) 7.69 11.54 j W -
GATE 2007
GATE 2006
GATE 2005
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Statement of Linked Questions 14 - 15 :
Voltage standing wave pattern in a lossless transmission line with characteristic
impedance 50 and a resistive load is shown in the figure.
MCQ 8.3.14 The value of the load resistance is
(A) 50 W (B) 200 W
(C) 12.5 W (D) 0
MCQ 8.3.15 The reflection coefficient is given by
(A) 0.6 - (B) 1 -
(C) 0.6 (D) 0
MCQ 8.3.16 Many circles are drawn in a Smith Chart used for transmission line calculations.
The circles shown in the figure represent
(A) Unit circles (B) Constant resistance circles
(C) Constant reactance circles (D) Constant reflection coefficient circles.
MCQ 8.3.17 Consider a 200 W, quarter - wave long (at 1 GHz) transmission line as shown in
Fig. It is connected to a 20 V, 50 W source at one end and is left open circuited at
the other end. The magnitude of the voltage at the open circuit end of the line is
(A) 10 V (B) 5 V
(C) 60 V (D) 60/7 V
GATE 2005
GATE 2005
GATE 2005
GATE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.18 Consider an impedance Z R jX = + marked with point P in an impedance Smith
chart as shown in Fig. The movement from point P along a constant resistance
circle in the clockwise direction by an angle 45c is equivalent to
(A) adding an inductance in series with Z
(B) adding a capacitance in series with Z
(C) adding an inductance in shunt across Z
(D) adding a capacitance in shunt across Z
MCQ 8.3.19 A lossless transmission line is terminated in a load which reflects a part of the
incident power. The measured VSWR is 2. The percentage of the power that is
reflected back is
(A) 57.73 (B) 33.33
(C) 0.11 (D) 11.11
MCQ 8.3.20 A short - circuited stub is shunt connected to a transmission line as shown in fig. If
50 Z
0
W = , the admittance Y seen at the junction of the stub and the transmission
line is
(A) (0.01 0.02) j - mho (B) ( . . ) j 0 02 0 01 - mho
(C) ( . . ) j 0 04 0 02 - mho (D) ( . ) j 0 02 0 + mho
GATE 2004
GATE 2004
GATE 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.21 The VSWR can have any value between
(A) 0 and 1 (B) 1 - and 1 +
(C) 0 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
MCQ 8.3.22 In an impedance Smith chart, a clockwise movement along a constant resistance
circle gives rise to
(A) a decrease in the value of reactance
(B) an increase in the value of reactance
(C) no change in the reactance value
(D) no change in the impedance
MCQ 8.3.23 A transmission line is distortionless if
(A) RL
GC
1
= (B) RL GC =
(C) LG RC = (D) RG LC =
MCQ 8.3.24 The magnitudes of the open-circuit and short-circuit input impedances of a
transmission line are 100 W and 25 W respectively. The characteristic impedance of
the line is,
(A) 25 W (B) 50 W
(C) 75 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.25 In a twin-wire transmission line in air, the adjacent voltage maxima are at 25 m
and 12.4 m. The operating frequency is
(A) MHz 300 (B) GHz 1
(C) GHz 2 (D) . GHz 6 28
MCQ 8.3.26 In air, a lossless transmission line of length cm 50 with / H m L 10 m = , 40 pF C /m =
is operated at MHz 25 . Its electrical path length is
(A) 0.5 meters (B) meters l
(C) /2 radians p (D) 180 degrees
MCQ 8.3.27 A transmission line of 50 W characteristic impedance is terminated with a 100 W
resistance. The minimum impedance measured on the line is equal to
(A) 0 W (B) 25 W
(C) 50 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.28 A very lossy, /4 l long, 50 W transmission line is open circuited at the load end. The
input impedance measured at the other end of the line is approximately
(A) 0 (B) 50 W
(C) 3 (D) None of the above
GATE 2002
GATE 2002
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
GATE 1997
GATE 1997
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.29 A lossless transmission line having 50 W characteristic impedance and length /4 l
is short circuited at one end and connected to an ideal voltage source of 1 V at the
other end. The current drawn from the voltage source is
(A) 0 (B) 0.02 A
(C) 3 (D) none of these
MCQ 8.3.30 The capacitance per unit length and the characteristic impedance of a lossless
transmission line are C and Z
0
respectively. The velocity of a travelling wave on
the transmission line is
(A) Z C
0
(B)
Z C
1
0
(C)
C
Z
0
(D)
Z
C
0
MCQ 8.3.31 A /4 l line, shorted at one end, presents impedance at the other end equal to
(A) Z
0
(B) Z 2
0
(C) 3 (D) 0
where Z
0
is characteristic impedance of the line.
MCQ 8.3.32 A 100 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are
noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load R
L
, the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of R
L
is
(A) 25 W (B) 50 W
(C) 225 W (D) 250 W
MCQ 8.3.33 If maximum and minimum voltage on a transmission line are 2 V and 5 Vrespectively,
VSWR is
(A) 0.5 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 8
MCQ 8.3.34 An ideal lossless transmission line of 60 Z
0
W = is connected to unknown Z
L
. If
SWR 4 = , find Z
L
.
(A) 240 W (B) 480 W
(C) 120 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.35 Loading of a cable is done to
1. Increase its inductance
2. Increase its leakage resistance
3. Decrease its leakage resistance
4. Achieve distortionless condition
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (B) 1 and 3 only
GATE 1996
GATE 1996
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC & EE
2012
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.36 Given a range of frequencies, which of the following systems is best for transmission
line load matching ?
(A) Single stub (B) Double stub
(C) Single stub with adjustable position (D) Quarter wave transformer
MCQ 8.3.37 A line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated at one end by 50 j W + . The
VSWR on the line is
(A) 1 (B) 3
(C) 0 (D) j
MCQ 8.3.38 At UHF short-circuited lossless transmission lines can be used to provide appropriate
values of impedance. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using
the code given below the lists :
List I List II
a. / l 4 < l 1. Capacitive
b. /4 /2 l < < l l 2. Inductive
c. / l 4 l = 3. 0
d. / l 2 l = 4. 3
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 1 4 3
(B) 3 1 4 2
(C) 2 4 1 3
(D) 3 4 1 2
MCQ 8.3.39 Consider the following statements regarding a transmission line :
1. Its attenuation is constant and is independent of frequency
2. Its attenuation varies linearly with frequency
3. Its phase shift varies linearly with frequency
4. Its phase shift is constant and is independent of frequency
Which of the above statements are correct for distortion less line ?
(A) 1, 2, 3, and 4 (B) 2 and 3 only
MCQ 8.3.40 The reflection coefficient on a 200 m long transmission line has a phase angle of
150c - . If the operating wavelength is 250 m, what will be the number of voltage
maxima on the line ?
(A) 0 (B) 3
(C) 6 (D) 7
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.41 With regard to a transmission line, which of the following statements is correct ?
(A) Any impedance repeats itself every /4 l on the Smith chart.
(B) The SWR 2 = circle and the magnitude of reflection coefficient . 0 5 = circle
coincide on the Smith chart.
(C) At any point on a transmission line, the current reflection coefficient is the
reciprocal of the voltage reflection coefficient.
(D) Matching eliminates the reflected wave between the source and the matching
device location.
MCQ 8.3.42 It is required to match a 200 W load to a 450 W transmission line. To reduce the
SWR along the line to 1, what must be the characteristic impedance of the quarter-
wave transformer used for this purpose, if it is connected directly to the load ?
(A) 90 kW (B) 300 W
(C)
4
9
W (D)
2
3
W
MCQ 8.3.43 The load end of a quarter wave transformer gets disconnected thereby causing an
open-circuited load. What will be the input impedance of the transformer ?
(A) Zero (B) Infinite
(C) Finite and positive (D) Finite and negative
MCQ 8.3.44 A lossless transmission line of characteristic impedance Z
0
and length /4 l < l is
terminated at the load end by an open circuit. What is its input impedance Z
in
?
(A) tan Z jZ l
in 0
b = (B) cot Z jZ l
in 0
b =
(C) tan Z jZ l
in 0
b =- (D) tan Z jZ l
in 0
b =-
MCQ 8.3.45 Which one of the following statements for a short circuited loss free line is not
correct ?
(A) The line appears as a pure reactance when viewed from the sending end
(B) It can be either inductive or capacitive
(C) There are no reflections in the line
(D) Standing waves of voltage and current are set up along length of the lines
MCQ 8.3.46 Match List I (Load impedance) with List II (Value of Reflection Coefficient) and
select the correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I List-II
a. Short Circuit 1. 0
b. Open Circuit 2. 1 -
c. Line characteristics impedance 3. +1
d. 2
#
line characteristic impedance 4. +1/3
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 1 3 4
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 2 3 1 4
(D) 4 1 3 2
MCQ 8.3.47 When the reflection coefficient equals 1 0c what is the VSWR?
(A) Zero (B) 1
(C) 3 (D) Infinite
MCQ 8.3.48 If the reflection coefficient is 1/5, what is the corresponding VSWR ?
(A) 3/2 (B) 2/3
(C) 5/2 (D) 2/5
MCQ 8.3.49 Which one of the following is the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission
line ?
(A) / R G (B) / L G
(C) / L C (D) / R C
MCQ 8.3.50 Match List I (Quantity) with List II (Range of Values) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I List-II
a. Input Impedance 1. 1 1 to - +
b Reflection coefficient 2. 1 to 3
c. VSWR 3. 0 to 3
Codes :
a b c
(A) 2 3 1
(B) 3 2 1
(C) 3 1 2
(D) 2 1 3
MCQ 8.3.51 A quarter wave impedance transformer is terminated by a short circuit. What
would its input impedance be equal to ?
(A) The line characteristic impedance
(B) Zero
(C) Infinity
(D) Square root of the line characteristic impedance
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.52 Scattering parameters are more suited than impedance parameters to describe a
waveguide junction because
(A) the scattering parameters are frequency invariant whereas the impedance
parameters are not so
(B) scattering matrix is always unitary
(C) impedance parameters vary over unacceptably wide ranges
(D) scattering parameters are directly measurable but impedance parameters are
not so
MCQ 8.3.53 In a transmission line the reflection coefficient at the load end is given by 0.3e
j30c -
.
What is the reflection coefficient at a distance of 0.1 wavelength towards source ?
(A) 0.3e
j30c +
(B) . e 0 3
j102c +
(C) . e 0 3
j258c +
(D) . e 0 3
66c +
MCQ 8.3.54 To couple a coaxial line to a parallel wire, it is best to use a :
(A) Balun
(B) Slotted line
(C) Directional coupler
(D) Quarter wave transformer
MCQ 8.3.55 A plane wave having x -directed electric field propagating in free space along the z
-direction is incident on an infinite electrically conducting (perfect conductor) sheet
at z 0 = plane. Which one of the following is correct ?
(A) The sheet will absorb the wave
(B) There will be x -directed surface electric current on the sheet
(C) There will be y-directed surface electric current on the sheet
(D) There will be magnetic current in the sheet.
MCQ 8.3.56 For sea water with 5 / mho m s = and 80
r
e = , what is the distance for which radio
signal can be transmitted with 90% attenuation at 25 kHz ?
(A) 0.322 m (B) 3.22 m
(C) 32.2 m (D) 322 m
MCQ 8.3.57 Consider the following statements regarding Smith charts :
1. A normalized Smith chart applies to a line of any characteristic resistance and
serves as well for normalized admittance
2. A polar coordinate Smith chart contains circles of constant z and circles of
constant z
3. In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in clockwise
direction.
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1 and 2
MCQ 8.3.58 A j 100 75 W - ^ h load is connected to a co-axial cable of characteristic impedance 75
ohms at 12 GHz. In order to obtain the best matching, which one of the following
will have to be connected ?
(A) A short-circuited sub at load
(B) Inductance at load
(C) A capacitance at a specific distance at load
(D) A short-circuited stub at some specific distance from load
MCQ 8.3.59 In a line VSWR of a load is 6 dB. The reflection coefficient will be
(A) 0.033 (B) 0.33
(C) 0.66 (D) 3.3
MCQ 8.3.60 Z 200
L
W = and it is desired that 50 Z
in
W = . The quarter wave transformer should
have a characteristic impedance of
(A) 100 W (B) 40 W
(C) 10,000 W (D) 4 W
For a lossless transmission line we can write :
1. Z jZ
in 0
=- for a shorted line with /8 l l =
2. Z j
in
! a = for a shorted line with /4 l l =
3. Z Z
in 0
= for a matched line of any length
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
MCQ 8.3.62 The input impedance of a short circuited quarter wave long transmission line is
(A) purely reactive
(B) purely resistive
(C) dependent on the characteristic impedance of the line
(D) none of the above
MCQ 8.3.63 A transmission line of output impedance 400 W is to be matched to a load of 25 W
through a quarter wavelength line. The quarter wave line characteristic impedance
must be
(A) 40 W (B) 100 W
(C) 400 W (D) 425 W
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.64 The input impedance of /8 l long short-circuited section of a lossless transmission
line is
(A) zero (B) inductive
(C) capacitive (D) infinite
MCQ 8.3.65 Match List I (Parameters) with List II (Values) for a transmission line with a series
impedance /m Z R j L w W = + l l and a shunt admittance / mho m Y G j C w = + l l ,
and select the correct answer :
List-I List-II
a. Characteristic impedance Z
0
1.
ZY
b. Propagation constant g 2.
/ Z Y
c. The sending-end input
impedance Z
in
when the line is
terminated in its characteristic
impedance Z
0
3.
/ Y Z
Codes :
a b c
(A) 3 1 1
(B) 2 3 3
(C) 2 1 2
(D) 1 2 2
MCQ 8.3.66 Which of the following conditions will not guarantee a distortionless transmission
line ?
(A) 0 R G = =
(B) RC GL =
(C) Very low frequency range ( , ) R L G C >> >> w w
(D) Very high frequency range ( , ) R L G C << << w w
MCQ 8.3.67 In an air line, adjacent maxima are found at 12.5 cm and 37.5 cm. The operating
frequency is
(A) 1.5 GHz
(B) 600 MHz
(C) 300 MHz
(D) 1.2 GHz
MCQ 8.3.68 Fig. I shows an open circuited transmission line. The switch is closed at time 0 t =
and after a time t the voltage distribution on the line reaches that shown in Fig.
II. If c is the velocity in the line, then
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) / t l c < (B) / t l c =
(C) / / l c l c 1 > (D) / t l c 2 <
MCQ 8.3.69 A 75 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are
noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load R
L
, the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of R
L
is
(A) 25 W (B) 50 W
(C) 225 W (D) 250 W
MCQ 8.3.70 For a lossy transmission line, the characteristic impedance does not depend on
(A) the operating frequency of the line
(B) theconductivity of the conductors
(C) conductivity of the dielectric separating the conductors
(D) length of the line
MCQ 8.3.71 If the maximum and minimum voltages on a transmission line are 4 V and 2 V,
respectively for a typical load, VSWR is
(A) 1.0 (B) 0.5
(C) 2.0 (D) 8.0
MCQ 8.3.72 A transmission line is distortionless if
(A) RG LC = (B) RC GL =
(C)
C
R
L
G
= (D) R G =
MCQ 8.3.73 If reflection coefficient for voltage be 0.6, the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR)
is
(A) 0.66 (B) 4
(C) 1.5 (D) 2
MCQ 8.3.74 A signal of V 10 is applied to a 80 ohm coaxial transmission line, terminated in a
100 ohm load. The voltage reflected coefficient is
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/3
(C) 1/2 (D) 1
I ES EE 2012
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2010
I ES EE 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.75 A transmission line of characteristic impedance of 50 ohm is terminated by a load
impedance of (15 20) j - ohm. What is the normalized load impedance ?
(A) . . j 0 6 0 8 - (B) . . j 0 3 0 6 -
(C) . . j 0 3 0 4 - (D) . . j 0 3 0 4 +
MCQ 8.3.76 Two lossless resistive transmission lines each of characteristic impedance Z are
connected as shown in the circuit below. If the maximum voltage on the two lines
is the same and the power transmitted by line A is W
1
, then what is the power
transmitted by the line B ?
(A) W 4
1
(B) W 3
1
(C) W 2
1
(D) W 1
1
MCQ 8.3.77 A transmission line section shows an input impedance of 36 W and 64 W respectively,
when short circuited and open circuited. What is the characteristic impedance of
the transmission line ?
(A) 100 W (B) 50 W
(C) 45 W (D) 48 W
MCQ 8.3.78 Consider the following statements for transmission lines :
1. When a transmission line is terminated by its characteristic impedance the line
will not have any reflected wave.
2. For a finite line terminated by its characteristic impedance the velocity and
current at all points on the line are exactly same.
3. For a lossless half wave transmission line the input impedance is not equal to
load impedance.
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 8.3.79 What does the standing wave ratio (SWR) of unity imply ?
(A) Transmission line is open circuited
(B) Transmission line is short circuited
(C) Transmission lines characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance
(D) Transmission lines characteristic impedance is not equal to load impedance
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2007
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.80 h = half centre to centre spacing, r = conductor radius and e = permittivity of the
medium. Which one of the following is equal to the capacitance per unit length of
a two-wire transmission line ?
(A)
log
r
h
r
h
1
e
2
2
pe
+ -
b c l m ) 3
(B)
log
r
h
r
h
1
2
e
2
2
pe
+ -
b c l m ) 3
(C)
log
r
h
r
h
1
3
e
2
2
pe
+ -
b c l m ) 3
(D)
log
r
h
r
h
1
4
e
2
2
pe
+ -
b c l m ) 3
MCQ 8.3.81 For a line of characteristic impedance Z
0
terminated in a load of Z
R
such that
/ Z Z 3
R 0
= , what is the reflection coefficient
L
G ?
(A) 1/3 (B) 2/3
(C) / 1 3 - (D) / 1 2 -
MCQ 8.3.82 A transmission line has , , , R L G C distributed parameters per unit length of line.
If g is the propagation constant of the line, which one of the following expressions
represents the characteristics impedance of the line ?
(A)
R j L w
g
+
(B)
R j L
g
w +
(C)
G j C
g
w +
(D)
R j L
G j C
w
w
+
+
MCQ 8.3.83 What is the value of standing wave ratio (SWR) in free space for reflection for
reflection coefficient 1/3 G =-
(A) 2/3 (B) 0.5
(C) 4.0 (D) 2.0
MCQ 8.3.84 What is the attenuation constant a for distortionless transmission line ?
(A) 0 a = (B) R
L
C
a =
(C) R
C
L
a = (D)
C
RL
a =
MCQ 8.3.85 A 75 W distortionless transmission line has a capacitance of 10
10 -
f/m. What is the
inductance per meter ?
(A) 0.25 H m (B) 500 H m
(C) 5000 H m (D) 50 H m
MCQ 8.3.86 The open circuit and short circuit impedances of a line are 50 W each. What is the
characteristic impedance of the line ?
(A) 100 2 W (B) 100W
(C) / 100 2 W (D) 50 W
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2006
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.87 A load impedance of (75 50) j - is connected to a transmission line of characteristic
impedance Z 75
0
W = . The best method of matching comprises
(A) A short circuit stub at load
(B) A short circuit stub at some specific distance from load
(C) An open stub at load
(D) Two short circuited stubs at specific distances from load
MCQ 8.3.88 When a lossless transmission line is terminated by a resistance equal to surge
impedance, then what is value of the reflection coefficient ?
(A) 1 (B) 1 -
(C) 0 (D) 0.5
MCQ 8.3.89 A lossless transmission line of length 50 cm with 10 L H/m m = , 40 C pF/m = is
operated at 30 MHz. What is its electric length ( ) l b ?
(A) 20l (B) 0.2l
(C) 108c (D) 40p
MCQ 8.3.90 Which one of the following is the correct expression for the propagation constant
in a transmission line ?
(A)
G j C
R j L
w
w
+
+
^
^
h
h
(B)
G j C
R j L
w
w
-
-
^
^
h
h
(C) R j L G j C w w - - ^ ^ h h (D) R j L G j C w w + + ^ ^ h h
MCQ 8.3.91 Assertion (A) : In a lossless transmission line the voltage and current distributions
along the line are always constant.
Reason (R) : The voltage and current distributions in an open line are such that
at a distance /4 l from the load end, the line looks like a series resonant circuit.
Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is given by
1.
G j C
R j L
w
w
+
+
, (R, L, G and C are line constants)
2. Z Z
oc sc
, (Z Z and
oc sc
are the open and short circuit impedances of the line)
3. / V I l l, ( V I and l l are the voltage and current of the wave travelling in the
positive y direction)
Which of these are correct ?
(A) 1,2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2005
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2004
I ES EE 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 8.3.93 A loss-less transmission line of characteristic impedance Z
0
and /4 l < l is terminated
at the load end by a short circuit. Its input impedance Z
s
is
(A) tan Z jZ l
s 0
b =- (B) cot Z jZ l
s 0
b =
(C) tan Z jZ l
s 0
b = (D) cot Z jZ l
s 0
b =-
MCQ 8.3.94 A loss-less transmission line with characteristic impedance of 600 ohms is terminated
in a purely resistive load of 900 ohms. The reflection coefficient is
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.5
(C) 0.667 (D) 1.5
MCQ 8.3.95 A transmission line has R, L, G and C distributed parameters per unit length of
the line, g is the propagation constant of the lines. Which expression gives the
characteristic impedance of the line ?
(A)
R j L w
g
+
(B)
R j L
g
w +
(C)
G j C
g
w +
(D)
R j L
G j C
w
w
+
+
MCQ 8.3.96 The open circuit impedance of a certain length of a loss-less line is 100 W. The short
circuit impedance of the same line is also 100 W. The characteristic impedance of
the line is
(A) 100 2 W (B) 0 5 W
(C) / 100 2 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.97 In the relations S
1
1
=
G
G
-
+
; the values of S and G (where S stands for wave ratio
and G is reflection coefficient), respectively, vary as
(A) 0 to 1 and 1 - to 0 (B) 1 to 3 and 1 - to 1 +
(C) 1 - to 1 + and 1 to 3 (D) 1 - to 0 and 0 to 1
The characteristic impedance of a transmission line can increase with the increase
in
1. resistance per unit length
2. conductance per unit length
3. capacitance per unit length
4. inductance per unit length
Which of these statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 4 (D) 3 and 4
***********
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2003
I ES EE 2002
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
I ES EE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 8.1
Given
the input voltage, v
i
cos V t 4 10
0
4
#
p = ^ h
and length of transmission line, l 20 20 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
So, the angular frequency of the applied voltage is
w 4 10
4
#
p =
and the wavelength of the voltage wave is
l
f
v v 2
p p
w
p
= =
2
f
p
w
=
a k
Therefore,
l
l

v 2
20 10
p
2
#
p
w
=
-
^ h

( )
( ) ( )
2 3 10
4 10 20 10
8
4 2
# #
# # #
p
p
=
-
(in free space 3 10 / m s v
p
8
#
= )
. 1 33 10
5
#
=
-
Since,
l
l
. 0 01 #
So the effect of transmission line on the voltage wave is negligible i.e. the output
voltage will be in the same phase to the input voltage.
Thus, A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Given,
Inner diameter of coaxial line, a 2 1 cm = a & 0.5 10 m
2
#
=
-
and outer diameter of coaxial line, b 2 2 cm = b & 10 m
2
=
-
Permeability of conductor,
c
m 2
0
m =
Conductivity of conductor,
c
s 11.6 10 / S m
7
#
=
Operating frequency, f 4 GHz = 4 10 Hz
9
#
=
So, the resistance per unit length of transmission line is given as :
Rl
f
a b 2
1 1 1
c
c
p s
p m
= +
b l

.
( ) ( )
.
2
1
11 6 10
4 10 2 4 10
0 5 10
1
10
1
7
9 7
2 2
#
# # # # #
#
p
p p
= +
-
- - b l
0.788 /m W =
Inner diameter of coaxial line, a 2 1.5 cm = &a 0.75 10 m
2
#
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Outer diameter of coaxial line, b 2 3 cm = b & 1.5 10 m
2
#
=
-
Permeability of the filled dielectric, m 2
0
m =
So, its inductance per unit length is given as
Ll ln
a
b
2p
m
=
b l

( )
.
.
ln
2
2 4 10
0 75 10
1 5 10
7
2
2
# #
#
#
p
p
=
-
-
-
c m
2.77 10 / H m
7
#
=
-
277 / nH m =
Given,
Inner radius of the coaxial line, a 1/ cm 8 = 1.25 10 m
3
#
=
-
Outer radius of the coaxial line, b 1/ cm 2 = 5 10 m
3
#
=
-
Conductivity of dielectric, s 2 10 / S m
3
#
=
-
So, the conductance per unit length of the transmission line is given as
Gl
/
.
( )
ln
ln
b a
2
1 25 10
5 10
2 2 10
3
3
3
#
#
# # ps
p
= =
-
-
-
^
c
h
m
.1 / mS m 3 =
Given,
Inner diameter of coaxial line, a 2 1 cm = &a 0.5 10 m
2
#
=
-
Outer diameter of coaxial line, b 2 4 cm = &b 2 10 m
2
#
=
-
Permittivity of the dielectric, 9
0
e e =
So, the capacitance per unit length of the line is given as
Cl
/
.
.
ln
ln
b a
2
0 5 10
2 10
2 9 8 85 10
2
2
12
#
#
# # #
pe p
= =
-
-
-
^
c
h
m
3.61 10 / F m
10
#
=
-
/ pF m 323 =
Given,
Width of strips, w 2.4 10 m
2
#
=
-
Conductivity of strips, s 1.16 10 / S m
8
#
=
Permeability of strips, m
0
m =
Operating frequency, f 4 GHz = 4 10 Hz
9
#
=
So, the parameter Rl is given as
Rl
w
f
2
s
p m
=
. . 2 4 10
2
1 16 10
4 10 4 10
2 8
9 7
# #
# # # #
p p
=
-
-
0.9722 /m W =
Strips width, w 4.8 4.8 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
Separation between the plates, d 0.3 0.3 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
Permittivity of dielectric, m 2
0
m =
So, the inductance per unit length is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Ll
w
d m
=
.
.
4 8 10
2 4 10 0 3 10
2
7 2
#
# # # #
p
=
-
- -
.57 10 / H m 2
5
#
=
The width of strips, w 9.6 9.6 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
Separation between the strips, d 0.6 0.6 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
Relative permittivity of dielectric,
r
e . 1 3 =
Conductivity of dielectric, s 0 .
So, the conductance per unit length of line is given as
Gl 0
d
w s
= = 0 . s
and the capacitance per unit length of the line is given as
Cl . 1.3
.
.
d
w
d
w
8 85 10
0 6 10
9 6 10
r 0
12
2
2
#
#
#
e
e e
# #
= = =
-
-
-
^ h
1.84 10 / F m
10
#
=
-
0. 8 / nF m 2 =
Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z
0

G j C
R j L
w
w
=
+
+
l l
l l
and the propagation constant of the transmission line is defined as
g j a b = + R j C G j C w w = + + l l l l ^ ^ h h
where, a is attenuation constant
b is phase constant
Rl is resistance per unit length of the line
Gl is conductance per unit length of the line
Ll is inductance per unit length of the line
Cl is capacitance per unit length of the line
Now, for lossless line, Rl G 0 = = l
So, the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission line is
Z
0

C
L
=
l
l
and the propagation constant of lossless transmission line is
g j a b = + j L C w = l l
or a 0 =
Therefore, the attenuation constant of lossless line is always zero (real).
i.e. statement (A) is correct.
Again for distortionless line,

L
R
l
l

C
G
=
l
l
So, the characteristic impedance of distortionless line is
Z
0

C
L
G
R
= =
l
l
l
l
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and the propagation constant of the distortionless line is
g j a b = + R G j L C w = + l l l l
or, a R G = l l 0 !
Therefore, the attenuation constant of distortion less line is not zero but it is real.
Thus, (A) and (B) is correct statement while (C) is not a correct statement.
Inductance per unit length, Ll 250 / 250 10 / nH m H m
9
#
= =
-
Capacitance per unit length Cl 0.1 / 0.1 10 / nF m F m
9
#
= =
-
So, the velocity of wave propagation along the lossless transmission line is given as
v
p

. L C
1
250 10 0 1 10
1
9 9
# #
= =
- -
l l
^ ^ h h
10 / m s 4
8
#
=
The characteristic impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z
0

. C
L
0 1 10
250 10
9
9
#
#
= =
-
-
l
l
(for lossless line, R G 0 = = l l )
50 W =
Operating frequency, f 1 10 GHz Hz
9
= =
Conductivity,s 6.4 10 / S m
7
#
=
Permittivity,e 6
0
e =
Axial component of electric field E
z
=
Transverse component of electric field E
y
=
So, the ratio of the two components for the transmission line is

E
E
y
z

. 6 4 10
2 10 6
7
9
0
#
# #
s
we p e
= = ( f 2 w p = )
.2 10 9 3
4
#
=
-
Given the operating angular frequency of the transmission line is
w 6 10 / rad s
8
#
=
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl 0.2 / 200 / k m m W W = =
Ll 4 / 4 10 / H m H m
6
m
#
= =
-
Gl 8 / 8 10 / S m S m
6
m
#
= =
-
Cl 4 / 4 10 / pF m F m
12
#
= =
-
So, the propagation constant of the transmission line is given as
g R j L G j C w w = + + l l l l ^ ^ h h
j j 200 6 10 4 10 8 10 6 10 4 10
8 6 6 8 12
# # # # #
= + +
- - -
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h h 6 6 @ @
j j 200 24 10 8 10 24 10
2 6 4
# # #
= + +
- -
^ ^ ^ h h h 6 6 @ @
. . j 2 10 1 7 = + ^ h per meter
Given the Operating angular frequency of the transmission line,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
w 1.2 10 / rad s
9
#
=
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl 10 /m W =
Ll 0.4 / 0.1 10 / H m H m
6
m
#
= =
-
Cl 10 / 10 10 / pF m F m
12
#
= =
-
Gl 40 / 40 10 / S m S m
6
m
#
= =
-
So, the characteristic impedance of the line is given as
Z
0

G j C
R j L
w
w
=
+
+
l l
l l

.
. .
j
j
40 10 1 2 10 10 10
10 1 2 10 0 1 10
6 9 12
9 6
# # #
# #
=
+
+
- -
-
^ ^
^ ^
h h
h h
j 75 5 W = -
The amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
line is given as
V
1
V e
l
0
=
a -
where V
0
is the amplitude of the source voltage wave
Now, in the given problem, after travelling 20 m distance along the transmission
line the voltage wave remains % 13 of its source amplitude. So, we get
V
1
% V e 13
l
0
= =
a -
of V
0
e
20 a -
^ h
0.13 = ( 20 m l = )
a 0.10 / NP m =
Given the propagation constant of the voltage wave
g j a b = + . . j 0 5 2 4 = +
So, we get the attenuation constant of the wave
a 0.5 =
and phase constant of the wave along the transmission line is
b 2.4 =
Since, the amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
line is given as
V
1
V e
l
0
=
a -
where V
0
is the amplitude of the source voltage wave. Since the amplitude of a
voltage wave after travelling a certain distance down a transmission line is reduced
by % 87 so, for the given transmission line we have
V
1
V e
l
0
=
a -
V 1
100
87
0
= -
b l
e
l a -
0.13 =
l
.
ln
1
0 13
1
a
=
b l
4.08 m =
Therefore, the shift in phase angle for the travelled distance is given as
f l
2
360c
b
p
=
b l
. . 2 4 4 08
2
360c
p
=
^ ^ b h h l
561c =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The width of strips w =
Separation between strips d =
So, the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission line is given as
Z
0

w
d
e
m
=
When d and W is doubled, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line
will be given as
Z
0
l
W
d
2
2
e
m
= Z
0
=
Therefore, the characteristic impedance will remain same.
Attenuation constant, a 10 / 10 / mNP m NP m
2
= =
-
Characteristic impedance, Z
0
0.1 100 kW W = =
Phase velocity, v
p
0.5 10 / m s
8
#
=
Since the transmission line is distortion less so, the resistance per unit length of the
transmission line is given as
Rl Z
0
a = 1 /m 10 100
2
W = =
-
^ ^ h h
and the inductance per unit length of the lossless transmission line is given as
Ll
.
/ H m
v
Z
0 25 10
100
4
p
0
8
#
m = = =
Given the parameters of distortionless transmission line are
Rl 4 /m W =
and Gl 4 10 / S m
4
#
=
-
So, the attenuation constant of the distortion less transmission line is given as
a R G = l l 4 4 10
4
# #
=
-
4 10 / NP m
2
#
=
-
and the characteristic impedance of the distortionless transmission line is given as
Z
0

G
R
=
l
l

1
5
6 10
4
0
4
#
W = =
-
distortionless line
Operating frequency, f 5 5 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= =
0
80 W =
Phase constant, b 1.5 / rad m =
So, the inductance per unit length of the transmission line is given as
Ll
Z
0
w
b
=
.
2 5 10
1 5 80
9
# #
#
p
= ( f 2 w p = )
.8 / nH m 4 8 =
Load impedance, Z
L
300 W =
0
150 W =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

300 150
300 150
3
1
=
+
-
=
and the reflection coefficient at generator end is given as

g
G
Z Z
Z Z
g
g
0
0
=
+
-
where Z
g
is internal impedance of the generator. Since, it is given that the internal
resistance of the generator is zero (i.e., Z
g
0 = ) so, we get

g
G
0 150
0 150
1 =
+
-
=-
The maximum magnitude of voltage wave, V
max
6 volt =
The minimum magnitude of voltage wave, V
min
2.4 volt =
So, the standing wave ratio on the transmission line is given as
S
.
.
V
V
2 4
6
2 5
min
max
= = =
Therefore, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is evaluated as
G
.
.
.
S
S
1
1
2 5 1
2 5 1
0 43 =
+
-
=
+
-
=
0
25 W =
Inner radius of the coaxial line, a 0.6 0.6 10 mm
3
#
= =
-
Permittivity of insulated material, e 9
0
e = & 9
r
e =
Now, the characteristic impedance of a lossless coaxial line is given as
Z
0
ln
a
b 60
r
e
=
b l
where b is the outer radius of the coaxial line. So, we get
25
.
ln
b
9
60
0 6 10
3
#
=
- b l
or, b . e 0 6 10
/ 3 25 9 60
#
=
-
^ h 0.0021 .1 m mm 3 = =
Load impedance, Z
L
j 15 25 W = - ^ h
Characteristic impedance Z
0
25 W =
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

j
j
15 25 25
15 25 25
=
- +
- -
^
^
h
h
. e 0 57
. j79 8
=
c -
Therefore, the standing wave ratio of the transmission line is determined as
S
.
.
.
1
1
1 0 57
1 0 57
3 65
G
G
=
-
+
=
-
+
=
0
50 W =
Voltage standing wave ratio, S 3 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the load connected to the lossless transmission line is purely resistive so,
phase angle of the reflection coefficient of the line will be
q
G
0 = or p
Now, the magnitude of the reflection coefficient is given as
G .
S
S
1
1
3 1
3 1
0 5 =
+
-
=
+
-
=
So, reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G e
j
G =
qG
. e 0 5
j0
= or . e 0 5
jp
. 0 5 = or . 0 5 -
For G 0.5 = the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
L
150
.
.
450 Z
1
1
1 0 5
1 0 5
0
W
G
G
=
-
+
=
-
+
= ; ; E E
and for G . 0 5 =- the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
L
150
.
.
Z
1
1
1 0 5
1 0 5
75
0
W
G
G
=
-
+
=
+
-
= ; ; E E
Therefore, the possible values of load impedance connected to the transmission line
are
Z
L
50 W = or 450 W
Load impedance, Z
L
j 200 200 W = - ^ h
0
100 W =
Length of transmission line, l 10 10 10 0.1 cm m
2
#
= = =
-
Generator voltage, v t
g ^ h 3cos volt t 10
9
#
p = ^ h
So, we get the angular frequency
w 10
9
#
p =
and the phase constant of the wave on the transmission line is
b
v
3 10
10
3
10
p
8
9
#
#
w p p
= = = (in air 3 10 / m s v
p
8
#
= )
or l b .
3
10
0 1
3
#
p p
= =
Therefore, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

/
/
tan
tan
j j
j j
100
100 200 200 3
200 200 100 3
p
p
=
+ -
- +
^ ^
^
f
h h
h
p
. j 35 35 4 W = - ^ h
Load impedance, Z
L
0 = (Short circuit)
Input impedance, Z
in
3 = (Open circuit)
and, wave length l =
Now, the input impedance of lossless transmission line is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
where, l is the length of the transmission line and b is the phase constant of the
voltage wave along the transmission line. So, we get
3
tan
tan
Z j l
Z jZ l
0
0
0
0 0
b
b
=
+
+
^
^
h
h
or, 3 tan jZ l
0
b =
Since, for a practical transmission line, Z
0
3 ! so, we have
tan l b 3 =
or, l b /2 p = (for minimum length)
Therefore, the minimum required length of the transmission line is
l
2
1
#
p
b
=
2 2
#
p
p
l
=
2
b
l
p
=
b l
/2 l =
Given,
Operating frequency, f 2 MHz = 2 10 Hz
6
#
=
So, the angular frequency of voltage wave is
w 2 f p = 4 10 /sec rad
6
p
#
=
When the line is short circuited, input impedance is
Z
in
sc
j L w = (equivalent to 32 nH inductance)
j 4 10 32 10
6 9
# #
p =
-
^ ^ h h 0.4 j W =
When the line is open circuited, input impedance is
Z
in
oc

j C
1
w
= (equivalent to 20 pF capacitance)

j 4 10 20 10
1
6 12
# #
p
=
-
^ ^ h h
3979.9 j W =-
Therefore, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
0
Z Z
in
oc
in
sc
=
. . j j 0 4 3978 9 = - ^ ^ h h
0 2 W =
Given, the length of the transmission lines 1 and 2
l
1
/ l 4
2
l = =
So, the input impedance for line 1 is given as :
Z
in1

Z
Z
150
100
L
01
2
2
= =
^ h

3
200
W =
From the shown arrangement of the transmission line it is clear that the effective
load for line 2 will be equal to the input impedance of line 1.
i.e. Z
L
l Z
3
200
in1
W = =
Therefore, the input impedance for the whole combination is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Z
in

/ Z
Z
200 3
200
L
02
2
2
= =
l
^
^
h
h
00 3 W =
Since the transmission line has one short circuited and one open circuited end so at
the short circuit end voltage must be zero while at open circuit end voltage must
be maximum. So the voltage standing wave pattern will be half sinusoids with zeros
at short circuited end and maxima at the open circuited end.
The natural frequency of oscillation of a wave in a transmission line of length l
which is open circuited at one end and short circuited at other end is given as
f
n

l
n v
4
2 1
p
=
+ ^ h
, , , , .... n 1 2 3 3 =
where v
p
is phase velocity of the wave.
The dimension of the transmission line will remain same at all frequencies i.e. l
will be constant but as it is defined in terms of wavelength which changes with the
frequency so , the expression for length will vary in terms of wavelength l. The
wavelength of a wave is defined in terms of frequency f as
l
f
c
=
where, c is the velocity of wave in free space so, at 500 Hz f = we have
l
c
500
=
Therefore, the length of transmission line is
l
4
l
=
c
2000
= (1)
Now, the wavelength at frequency, 1 1000 kHz Hz f = = is given as
l
c
1000
= (2)
Since, the length of the transmission line will be same as determined in equation
(1). So, we get
l
c
2000
=
/ c
2
1000
=
^ h

2
l
= (from eq. (2))

w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the transmission line is terminated in short circuit i.e., Z
L
0 =
and line should be short circuited at its input terminal i.e. Z
in
0 = .
The input impedance of a lossless transmission line is defined as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
So, 0
tan
Z
Z
jZ l
0
0
0
0
0
b
=
+
+
c m
, Z Z 0 0
L in
= = ^ h
tan j l b 0 =
l b 0 = , p, 2p,..........
Since, length of transmission line cant be zero i.e., l 0 ! so, we get
l
/
l l
2
2
& &
b
p
p l
p l
= = =
^ h
Given, the distance between successive maxima and minima is 10 cm.
i.e. /2 l 10 cm =
l 20 cm =
Now, the distance between first minima and load is
l
min
7.5 cm =
l
min

4
>
l
So, the distance between first maxima and load will be
l
max
l
4
min
l
= -
7.5
.
4 20
7 5
4
l
l
l
#
= - = -
2
l
=
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 8.2
Since, the TEM wave is z -polarized i.e. the electric field of the wave is directed
along a
z
+ .
i.e. a
E
a
z
=
and the direction of wave propagation is along a
x
i.e. a
k
a
x
=
So, the direction of magnetic field intensity will be
a
H
a a
k E #
= a a
x z #
= a
y
=-
As E is in a
z
+ direction and H is in a
y
- direction so, we can consider the two
vectors as
E E a
z z
= (1)
and H H a
y y
=- (2)
Now, from the maxwells equation in phasor form we have
H
#
d j E we = (for perfect dielectric 0 s = )

H
a a a
0 0
x
x
y
y
y
z
z
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
j E a
z z
we = using equation (1) and (2)

z
H
x
H
a a
y
x
y
z
2
2
2
2
- j E a
z z
we =
It gives the result as

z
H
y
2
2
0 =
Again from Maxwells equation we have
E
#
d j H wm =-

E
a a a
0 0
x
x
y
y
z
z
z
2
2
2
2
2
2
j H a
y y
wm =+ using equation (1) and (2)

y
E
x
E
a a
z
x
z
y
2
2
2
2
- j H a
y y
wm =
So, it gives the result as

y
E
z
2
2
0 =
Thus, Both (A) and (B) are correct.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The voltage maximum exists at the point where the incident and the reflected
voltage wave both are in same phase and the distance of voltage maximum from
the load is given as
l
max

n
4 2 p
q l l
= +
G
(1)
where q
G
is phase angle of reflection coefficient, l is the wavelength of the voltage
wave and , , , .... n 0 1 2 =
Now, the reflection coefficient of a transmission line is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

. . .
. . .
j
j
0 3 0 5 0 5
0 3 0 5 0 5
=
- +
- -
^
^
h
h

. .
. .
.
j
j
e
0 8 0 5
0 2 0 5
0 57
. 79 8
=
-
- -
=
c -
i.e. q
G
. 79 8c =-
So, from equation (1) for n 0 = we have
l
max

.
4 4
79 8 4 10
180
2
# #
#
c
c p
q l
p
p
= =
-
G
-
0.44 10 m
2
#
=-
-
which is negative (i.e. the point doesnt exist). Therefore, the 1
st
maximum voltage
will exist for n 1 = and the distance of the 1
st
maximum from the load is
i.e. l
max

4 2 p
q l l
= +
G
(n 1 = )
. 0 44 10 2 10
2 2
# #
=- +
- -
1.56 10 m
2
#
=
-
.56 cm 2 =
In a lossless transmission line, the current maximum lies at the same point where
the voltage minima lies and similarly, the current minima lies at the same point
where the voltage maxima lies as shown in the figure below :
Now, it is clear from the figure that the distance between two adjacent maxima
and minima is /4 l
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. l l
max min
-
4
l
=
Since the maximum voltage wave lies at a distance
l
max
1.56 cm =
So, the distance of 1
st
voltage minimum (the distance of 1
st
current maxima) from
the load will be
l
min
l
4
max
l
= - 1.56 0. cm
4
4
24 = - =
Thus, the distance of 1
st
current maximum from the load is 0.56 cm.
Given,
The position of first voltage maximum, l
max
4.5 cm =
Position of first current maximum(voltage minima), l
min
1.5 cm =
Standing wave ratio, S 3 =
0
50 W =
Since, the distance between a maximum and an adjacent minimum is /4 l as
discussed in previous question.
i.e. l l
max min
- /4 l =
4.5 1.5 - /4 l =
So, l 12 cm =
Again the distance of first voltage maximum from the load is given as
l
max

n
4 2 p
q l l
= +
G
4.5
4
12
0
p
q
= +
G ^ h
(For n 0 = )
q
G

2
3p
=
Now, the magnitude of reflection coefficient is given as
G .
S
S
1
1
3 1
3 1
4
2
0 5 =
+
-
=
+
-
= =
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G q G =
G
0.5 3 /2 . e 0 5 <
/ j3 2
p = =
p
. j0 5 =-
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
L

.
.
Z
j
j
1
1
50
1 0 5
1 0 5
0
G
G
=
-
+
=
+
-
: ; D E
j 30 40 W = - ^ h
0
50 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
j 30 15 W = + ^ h
Length of transmission line, l 7 /20 l =
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the attenuation constant is zero
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. a 0 =
or, g j j a b b = + =
Z
in

tanh
tanh
Z
Z Z l
Z Z l
L
L
0
0
0
g
g
=
+
+
c m

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
< F ( j g b = )
50
( )
tan
tan
j j
j j
50 30 15
2
20
7
30 15 50
2
20
7
l
p l
l
p l
=
+ +
+ +
J
L
K
K
K
K
^
b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O
h
l
l

2
b
l
p
=
b l
50
( )
tan
tan
j j
j j
50 30 15
10
7
30 15 50
10
7
p
p
=
+ +
+ +
J
L
K
K
K
K
^
b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O
h
l
l
. . j 18 4 19 2 W = -
^ h
In the assertion (A) given,
Length of the transmission line, l /4 l =
Load impedance, Z
L
0 =
So, we get l b
2
4 2 l
p l p
= =
b b l l
( / 2 b p l = )
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
0
L
L
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

tan
Z
Z
jZ
j
2
0
0
0
3
p
= =
f p
Now, we consider the reason part,
Distance of the maxima from load is given as
l
max
/2 n 2 q p b = +
G ^ h
where, q
G
is the phase angle of reflection coefficient
b is the phase constant of the voltage wave
and n , , , .... 0 1 2 =
Therefore, the input impedance at the point of maxima is given as
Z
in
Z
e
e
1
1
j l
j l
0
2
2
max
max
G
G
=
-
+
b
b
-
-
c m
Z
e e
e e
1
1
0
j j n
j j n
2
2
G
G
=
-
+
q q p
q q p
- +
- +
G G
G G
f
^
^
p
h
h
(G e
j
G =
qG
)
Z
1
1
0
G
G
=
-
+
f p
So, Z
in
is real if Z
0
is real and since, Z
0
is always real for a distortionless line. Thus,
Z
in
will be purely real at the position of voltage maxima in a distortionless line.
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the explanation of A.
Length of transmission line, l 6 m =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
0
30 W =
r
e . 2 25 =
Load impedance, Z
L
j 30 10 W = - ^ h
So, we get the angular frequency,
w 8 10
7
#
p =
and the phase constant of the volatge wave along the transmission line is
b
/
v
c
8 10
p
r
7
#
w
e
p
= =
1
v
c
p
r
me e
= =
c m

.
3 10
8 10 2 25
8
7
#
# #
p
=
.
3 10
8 10 1 5
8
7
#
# #
p
=

5
2p
=
or, l b 6 2.4 rad
5
2p
p
#
= =
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

.
.
tan
tan
j j
j j
30
30 30 10 2 4
30 10 30 2 4
p
p
=
+ -
- +
^ ^
^
f
h h
h
p
. . j 12 14 5 48 W = + ^ h
Given the generator voltage to the transmission line,
( ) V t
g
cos t 10 8 10 30
7
#
c p = - ^ h
So, in phasor form the generator voltage is
V
sg
e 10
j30
=
c -
and as determined in previous question, the input impedance of transmission line is
Z
in
. . j 23 14 5 48 W = + ^ h
So, for determining the input voltage, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in figure below :
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage to the transmission line as
, V
in
V
Z Z
Z
g
in g
in
#
=
+
c m
or, V
, s in

Z Z
Z
V
sg
in g
in
=
+
c m
(in phasor form)

. .
. .
e
j
j
10
30 23 14 5 48
23 14 5 48
j30
=
+ +
+
-
c m
. e e 15 0 44
. j35 9 44
=
c -
^ ^ h h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
. e 4 4
. j22 56
=
c -
Thus, the instantaneous input voltage of the transmission line is
v t
in ^ h Re e V
, s in
j t
=
w
6 @
4.4 . cos volt t 8 10 22 56
7
#
c p = - ^ h
Given,
Load impedances to the line 1 and 2, Z
L1
150 Z
L2
W = =
Length of the transmission lines 1 and 2, l
1
/5 l
2
l = =
Now, we consider the input impedance of line 1 and line 2 be Z
in1
and Z
in2

respectively. Since, the transmission line are identical so, the input impedances of
the transmission lines 1 and 2 will be equal and given as
Z
in1

tan
tan
Z Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
in
L
L
2 0
0 1
1 0 1
b
b
= =
+
+
c m
(lossless transmission line)

tan
tan
j
j
100
100 150
2
5
150 100
2
5
l
p l
l
p l
=
+
+
J
L
K
K
K
K b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O l
l
( / 2 b p l = )

2
tan
tan
j
j
100
100 150
5
2
150 100
5
p
p
=
+
+
J
L
K
K
KK
b
b
N
P
O
O
OO
l
l
. . j 70 4 17 24 W = - ^ h
Therefore, the effective load impedance of the feedline will be equal to the equivalent
input impedance of the parallel combination of the line 1 and 2.
i.e. Z
L
l | | Z Z
in in 1 2
=

. .
Z
j
2 2
70 4 17 24
in1
= =
- ^ h
Z Z
in in 1 2
=
. . j 35 20 8 62 W = - ^ h
Given the length of the feed line,
l . 0 3l =
and as calculated in above question, the effective load impedance of the feedline is
Z
L
l . . j 35 20 8 62 W = - ^ h
So, l b . .
2
0 3 0 6
l
p
l l = = b ^ l h
Therefore, input impedance of the feedline (lossless transmission line) is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
l
l
c m

. . .
. . 0.
tan
tan
j j
j j
100
100 35 20 8 62 0 6
35 20 8 62 100 6
p
p
=
+ -
- +
^ ^
^
f
h h
h
p
. . j 215 14 113 4 W = - ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Operating frequency f 0.3 0.3 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= =
Load impedance, Z
L
j 100 100 W = - ^ h
0
100 W =
Generator voltage in phasor form, V
sg
150 volt =
Internal resistance of generator Z
g
100 W =
Length of the transmission line, l . 0 375l =
So, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

.
.
tan
tan
j j
j j
100
100 100 100
2
0 375
100 100 100
2
0 375
l
p
l
l
p
l
=
+ -
- +
J
L
K
K
K
K
^
b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O
h
l
l
j 200 100 W = + ^ h
Now, for determining the load current, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in the figure below :
Therefore, the voltage across the input terminal of the transmission line is given as
V
, s in

Z Z
Z
V
sg
g in
in
=
+
c m
.
j
j
e 150
100 200 100
200 100
106 1
. j8 13
=
+ +
+
=
c
c m
Since, at any point, on the transmission line voltage is given as
z V
s ^ h V e e
j z j z
0
G = +
b b + -
^ h
where V
0
+
is the voltage due to incident wave, G is the reflection coefficient of the
transmission line at load terminal and z is the distance of the point from load as
shown in figure. So, for z l =-
V
, s in
V e e
j l j l
0
G = +
b b + -
^ h (1)
Now, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line at load terminal is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

j
j
100 100 100
100 100 100
=
- +
- -
. e 0 45
. j63 43
=
c -
Putting the value of G and V
, s in
in equation (1), we get
. e 106 1
. j8 13c
. V e e e 0 45
. . j j j
0
2
0 375 6343
2
0 375
= +
c
l
p
l
l
p
l + - -
_
b ^ b ^
i
l h l h
V
0
+

.
.
e e e
e
0 45
106 1
.
.
j j j
j
135 63 43 135
8 13
=
+
c c c
c
- -
e 75
j135
=
c -
The current at any point on the transmission line is given as
z I
s ^ h
Z
V
e e
j z j z
0
0
G = -
b b
+
-
^ h
So, the current flowing in the load (at 0 z = ) is
I
sL

Z
V
1
0
0
G = -
+
^ h .
e
e
100
75
1 0 45
.
j
j
135
63 43
= -
c
c
-
-
^ h
. e 0 67
. j108 4
=
c -
Therefore, the instantaneous current at the load terminal will be
i t
L ^ h Re e I
sL
j t
=
w
" , . . . cos t 0 67 2 0 3 10 108 4
9
# #
c p = - ^ h
0. . cos t 75 3 10 108 4
8
#
c p = - ^ h
Generator voltage in phasor form, V
sg
150 V =
Internal impedance of generator, Z
g
100 W =
Load impedance Z
L
150 W =
Length of transmission line, l 0.15l =
0
100 W =
So, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

. tan
tan
j
j
100
100 150
2
0 15
150 100
2
15
l
p
l
l
p
l
=
+
+
J
L
K
K
K
K b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O l
l

tan
tan
j
j
100
100 50 54
150 100 54
c
c
=
+
+
c m
80.5 32. j 7 W = - ^ h
Now, for determining the power delivered, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in figure below :
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V
, s in
V
Z Z
Z
g
in g
in
=
+
c m

. .
. .
j
j
150
82 5 32 7 100
82 5 32 7
=
- +
-
c m
. e 71 8
. j11 46
=
c -
So, the current at the input current is
I
, s in

Z
V
,
in
s in
=
. .
.
j
e
82 5 32 7
71 8
. j11 46
=
-
c -
. e 0 81
. j10 16
=
c
Therefore, the average input power delivered to the transmission line is given as
P
in
Re V I
2
1
, , s in s in
=
)
6 @ . . Re e e
2
1
71 8 0 81
. . j j 11 46 10 16
=
c c - -
^ ^ h h 6 @
27 Watt =
Since, the lengths of line 1 and line 2 are
l
1
/ l 2
2
l = =
So, the input impedance of the line 1 is given as
Z
in1

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0 1
1 0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ
Z jZ
2
2
2
2
L
L
0
0 1
1 0
l
p l
l
p l
=
+
+
J
L
K
K
K
K b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O l
l
( / 2 b p l = )
Z
Z
Z
Z
0
0
L
L 0
0
1
1
=
+
+
=
b l
50 W =
Similarly, the input impedance of line 2 is given as
Z
in2
Z
L2
= 150 W =
The effective load for line 3 will be equal to the equivalent impedance of the parallel
combination of input impedances of line 1 and line 2.
i.e. Z
L
l | | Z Z
in in 1 2
=

2
150
= 75 W =
So, the input impedance for line 3 is given as
Z
in
Z
L
= l 75 W = (length of line 3, / l 2 l = )
Therefore, the input voltage of line 3 is
V
, s in

Z Z
Z
V
sg
in g
in
=
+
c m
500
75 100
75
=
+
b l
214.28 volt =
and so the current at the input terminal of line 3 is
I
, s in
2.86 A
Z
V
,
in
s in
= =
Thus, the average power delivered to the lossless transmission line 3 is given as
P
in

)
Re V I
, , s in s in
= 6 @
. .
2
1
214 28 2 86
# #
= ^ ^ h h 306.11 Watt =
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the power delivered to each load will be
same and given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
P
1
P
2
=
P
2
in
= 306.11 153.1 Watt
2
1
#
= =
Given, transmission line is of infinite length i.e. l 3 = .
and input impedance of the transmission line is equal to its characteristic impedance
i.e. Z
in
Z
0
=
Since, the input impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z
in

tanh
tanh
Z
Z Z l
Z Z l
L
L
0
0
0
g
g
=
+
+
c m
So, Z
0

tanh
tanh
Z
Z Z l
Z Z l
L
L
0
0
0
g
g
=
+
+
c m
Solving the equation, we get
tanh l g 1 =

e e
e e
l l
l l
+
-
g g
g g
-
-
1 =
e
l g -
0 =
Since, l 3 = . So for satisfying the above condition propagation constant g must
have a real part.
i.e. real part of g 0 !
or, a 0 ! ( j g a b = + )
As the attenuation constant of the voltage wave along the transmission line is not
equal to zero therefore, it is a lossy transmission line.
As discussed in previous question the input impedance of infinitely long lossy
transmission line is equal to its characteristic impedance. So, the input impedance
to line 1 will be
Z
in1
200 Z
01
W = =
From the shown arrangement of the transmission line it is clear that the effective
load impedance for line 2 will be equal to the input impedance of line 1.
i.e. Z
L2
200 Z
in1
W = =
Since the length of the line 2 is /2 l so, the input impedance of line 2 will be equal
to its load
i.e. Z
in2
Z
L2
= 200 W = ( / l 2 l = )
Therefore, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal of line 2 is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
200 100
200 100
L
L
2 02
2 02
=
+
-
=
+
-

3
1
=
Now, the input voltage of line 2 is determined by using voltage division rule as
V
, s in

Z Z
Z
V
, s g
in g
in
2
2
=
+
c m
4
200 100
200
=
+
b l
volt
3
8
=
Again, the voltage at any point on line 2 is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
z V
s ^ h V e e
j z j z
0
G = +
b b + -
^ h (lossless line)
where V
0
+
is voltage of incident wave b is phase constant of the voltage wave and
z is distance from load. So, for z /2 l =-
z V
s ^ h V e e
j j
0
2
2
2
2
G = + l
p l
l
p l
+ - - -
_
b b
i
l l

3
8
V e e
j j
0
G = +
p p + -
^ h ( z V V
, s s in
= ^ h at z /2 l =- )
V
0
+

3
8
1
3
1
1
#
=
- -
b l

3
1
G =
b l
2 volt =-
Therefore, the incident average power to the line 2 is given as
P
av
i
20 mWatt
Z
V
2 2 100
4
0
02
2
#
= = =
+
So, the reflected average power at the input terminal of line 1 (load terminal of
line 2) is
P
av
r
20 2.2 mWatt P
3
1
av
i 2
2
G
#
= = =
b l
Thus, we get the transmitted power to the line 1 as
P
av
t
20 2.2 17.8 mWatt P P
av
i
av
r
= - = - =
Consider the length of the transmission line is l as shown in figure below
The generator voltage is applied to the transmission line at time t 0 = for which
the voltage at the sending end is
v 0 ^ h 10 volt = (at t 0 = )
After time 4 s t m D = the voltage v t ^ h at the sending end changes to 6 V. This
change in the voltage will be caused only if the reflected voltage wave from the
load comes to the sending end. So, the time duration for the change in voltage at
sending end can be given as
t T =(time taken by incident wave to reach the load)
+ (time taken by reflected wave to reach sending end from the load)
or, t T
v
l
v
l
p p
= +
v
l 2
p
= (1)
where l is the length of the transmission line (distance between load and sending
terminal) and v
p
is phase velocity of the wave along the transmission line. Since,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the line is air spaced so,
v
p
3 10 / m s c
8
#
= =
Putting it in equation (1) we get
4 s m
l
3 10
2
8
#
= ( 4 s t m D = )
Thus, length of the transmission line is
l 0 m
2
3 10 4 10
24
8 6
# # #
= =
-
Let the load impedance connected to the transmission line is Z
L
so the equivalent
circuit for the transmission line will be as shown in figure below :
Since, the internal resistance of the generator is equal to the characteristic impedance
of the line
i.e. R
g
Z 100
0
W = =
So, the reflection coefficient due to source resistance will be zero and therefore, the
change in voltage at sending will be caused only due to the reflection coefficient at
load terminal given as
( ) v t D V
0
G =
+
where, V
0
+
is amplitude of the incident voltage wave and G is the reflection coefficient
at the load terminal. Since, the change in voltage at 4 s t m = is
( ) v t D 6 10 4 = - =-
So, we get
4 - 10G = ( 10 V V
0
=
+
)
G .
10
4
0 4 =- =-

Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
+
-
b l
. 0 4 =-

Z
Z
100
100
L
L
+
-
b l
. 0 4 =- ( 100 Z
0
W = )
10 Z 0
L
- . Z 0 4 40
L
=- -
Z
L
.86 29 W =
Observing the waveform we conclude that at the sending end voltage changes at
t t
1
= . The changed voltage at the sending is given as
v t
1 ^ h V V V
L g L 0 0 0
G G G = + +
+ + +
(1)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where V
0
+
is voltage at sending end at t 0 = ,
L
G and
g
G are the reflection coefficients
at the load terminal and the source terminal respectively. So, we get

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
1 =- (Z 0
L
= )
and
g
G
R Z
R Z
g
g
0
0
=
+
-
(Z R
g g
= )
Putting these values in equation (1), we get
v t
1 ^ h V V V
g 1 1 1
G = - -
+ + +
v t
1 ^ h V
g 1
G =-
+
(2)
From the shown wave form of the voltage at sending end, we have
v t
1 ^ h 6 volt =
V
0
+
24 volt =
Putting these values in equation (2), we get
6 24
g
G =- ^ h
or,
g
G 4 =-

R Z
R Z
g
g
0
0
+
-
4 =-
R
g
60 W = 100 Z
0
W = ^ h
At t 0 = as the voltage just applied to transmission line, the input impedance is
independent of Z
L
and equals to Z
0
(i.e. Z Z
in 0
= at t 0 = ). Therefore, using voltage
division the voltage at the sending end is given as
V
0
+
V
R Z
Z
g
g 0
0
=
+
c m
24 V
60 100
100
g
=
+
b l
(V
0
+
24 volt = )
V
g

100
24 160
#
= 38.4 volt =
Length of the transmission line, l 1.5 m =
Internal resistance of generator, R
g
200 W =
0
100 W =
Generator voltage, V
g
30 volt =
Load impedance, Z
L
50 W =
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
50 100
50 100
3
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=-
and the reflection coefficient at the source terminal is

g
G
R Z
R Z
200 100
200 100
3
1
g
g
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
Again as discussed in previous question at time, t 0 = as the voltage is just applied
to the transmission line, the input impedance is independent of Z
L
and equals to
Z
0
(i.e. Z Z
in 0
= at t 0 = ). Therefore, using voltage division the input voltage at the
sending end is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
V
0
+
V
R Z
Z
g
g 0
0
=
+
c m
30
200 100
100
10 volt
#
=
+
=
b l
Now, the time taken by the wave to travel from source terminal to the load terminal
(or load terminal to source terminal) is given as
T
c
l
=
where, l is length of transmission line and c is the velocity of the voltage wave
along the transmission line. So, we get
T
.
ns
3 10
1 5
5
8
#
= =
Therefore, for the interval 0 5 ns t < # , the incident wave will be travelling from
source to load and will have the voltage
V
1
+
10 volt =
For the interval 5 10 ns ns t < # an additional reflected wave will be travelling
from load to source and will have the voltage
V
1
-
3.33 volt V
3
10
L 1
G = =- =-
+
For 10 15 ns ns t # # the wave reflected by source resistance travelling from source
to load will be added to that has the voltage
V
2
+

.
1.11 volt V
3
3 33
g 1
G = =- =-
-
For 15 20 ns ns t # # again the wave reflected by load travelling from load to
source will be added that has the voltage
V
2
-

.
0.37 volt V
3
1 11
L 2
G = = =
+
This will be continuous and the bounce diagram obtained between source at z 0 = ^ h
and load (at 1.5 m z = ) will be as shown in figure below :
From the bounce diagram that obtained between source terminal ( 0 z = ) and load
terminal ( 1. m z 5 = ) in previous question, we can determine the voltage v t ^ h at any
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
instant by just summing all the voltage waves existing at any time t .
Since, for interval 0 10 ns t # # only a single voltage wave with 10 volt V
1
=
+

exists at sending end so, the voltage at the sending end (z 0 = ) for the interval is
v t ^ h 10 volt V
1
= =
+
for 0 10 ns t < #
again for the interval 10 20 ns ns t < # , three voltage waves with 10 volt V
1
=
+
,
3.33 volt V
1
=-
-
and 1.11 volt V
2
=-
+
exists at the sending end so, the voltage at
the sending end for the interval is
v t ^ h V V V
1 1 2
= + +
+ - +
. . 10 3 33 1 11 = - - 5.6 volt = for 10 20 ns ns t < #
Thus, the obtained voltage wave form is plotted in the figure below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
As shown in the smith chart, SWR circle meets the
r
G axis (real part of reflection
coefficient) at L
1
and L
2
respectively. So, We have the two possible values of
normalised impedance (real values of z
L
).
z
L1
. 2 5 = at L
1
z
L2
. 0 4 = at L
2
Since, the normalised impedance is defined as
z
L

Characteristic impedance
Load impedance
=
So, we have z
L1
.
Z
Z
2 5
L
01
= =
or, Z
01

. .
20
Z
2 5 2 5
50
L
W = = =
Similarly, z
L2
.
Z
Z
0 4
L
02
= =
or, Z
02

. .
125
Z
0 4 0 4
50
L
W = = =
Therefore, the two possible values of the characteristic impedance of the lossless
transmission line are 20 W and 125 W.
We can determine the reflection coefficient of the transmission line using smith
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
chart as explained below :
(1) First we determine the normalized load impedance of the transmission line as
z
L
.
Z
Z j
j
100
100 50
1 0 5
L
0
= =
+
= +
(2) Comparing the normalized impedance to its general form
z
L
r jx = +
where r is the normalized resistance (real component) and x is the normalized
reactance (imaginary component). we get
r 1 = and . x 0 5 =
(3) Now, we determine the intersection point of r 1 = circle and . x 0 5 = circle on
the smith charge and denote it by point P as shown in the smith chart. It gives
the position of normalized load impedance.
(4) We join the point P and the centre O to form the line OP
(5) Extend the line OP to meet the r 0 = circle at Q. The magnitude of the
reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
G
9.4
2.1
.
cm
cm
OQ
OP
0 22 = = =
(6) Angle of the reflection coefficient in degrees is read out from the scale at point
Q as
q
G
76.0c =
(7) Thus, we get the reflection coefficient of the transmission line as
G 0.22e
j76
q G = =
c
G
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Alternate Method :
Reflection coefficient of the transmission line is defined as
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

j
j
100 50 100
100 50 100
=
+ +
+ -
. . e 0 24 76 0 24
j76
c = =
c
which is same as calculated from smith chart.
As shown in the smith chart in previous question normalized load impedance is
located at point P. So, for determining the input impedance at a distance of . 0 35l
from the load we follow the steps as explained below :
(1) First we draw a SWR circle (circle centered at origin with radius OP)
(2) For finding input impedance at a distance of . 0 35l from load we move a
distance of . 0 35l on WTG scale (wave length toward generator) along the
SWR circle.
(3) Since, the line OP corresponds to the reading of . 0 144l on WTG scale so, after
moving a distance of . 0 35l on WTG scale we reach at . . 0 144 0 35 l l + . 0 494l =
on WTG scale. The reading corresponds to the point A on the SWR circle.
(4) Taking the values of r and x -circle at point A we find out normalized input
impedance as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
z
in
r jx = + . . j 0 61 0 022 = + - ^ h . . j 0 61 0 022 = -
(5) Therefore, the input impedance at a distance of . 0 35l from load is given as
Z
in
z Z
in 0
= . . j 100 0 61 0 022 = - ^ h . j 61 2 2 W = - ^ h
Alternate Method :
We can conclude the input impedance at . l 0 35l = directly by using formula
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
lossless transmission line

.
0.
tan
tan
j j
j j
100
100 100 50
2
0 35
100 50 100
2
35
l
p
l
l
p
l
=
+ +
+ +
J
L
K
K
K
K
^
b
b
N
P
O
O
O
O
h
l
l
. j 87 2 2 W = - ^ h
as calculated above using with chart.
For determining the shortest length of the transmission line for which the input
impedance appears to be purely resistive, we follow the steps as explained below :
(1) First we determine the WTG reading of the point denoting the normalized
load impedance on the smith chart. From the above question, we have the
reading of point P as . 0 144l on WTG circle.
(2) Since, the resistive load lies on the real axis of reflection coefficient (
r
G -axis).
So, we move along the SWR circle to reach the
r
G -axis and denote the points
as A and B.
(4) Since, point B is nearer to the point P so, it will give the shortest length of the
transmission line for which the input impedance appears to be purely resistive.
(5) Now, we have the reading of point B on WTG scale as . 0 25l. So, the shortest
length for the input impedance to be purely resistive is given as the difference
between the readings at point B and P. i.e.,
l . . 0 25 0 144 l l = -
. 0 106l =
SOL 8.2.25 Option (A) correct.
The voltage maximum occurs at the point where the SWR circle intersects the
positive
r
G axis on smith chart. The SWR circle of the load impedance intersects
the positive
r
G axis at point B as shown in the Smith chart. So, the point B gives
the position of first voltage maxima.
As calculated in previous question the distance between point B and point A on
the WTG scale is . 0 106l. Therefore, the 1
st
voltage maximum occurs at a distance
of . 0 106l from load.
At any time t , the currents of positive and negative waves are respectively I
+
and
I
-
and the voltages of positive and negative waves are respectively V
+
and V
-
as
shown in the figure.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
I
+

Z
V
Z
1
0 0
= =
+
1 Volt V =
+
^ h
and I
-

Z
V
0
=-
-
Now, the voltage and current across an inductor are related as
v L
dt
di
=
V V +
+ -

dt
d
I I 2 = +
+ -
^ h
V 1 +
-

dt
d V
2
50
1
=
-
-
: D
, V Z 1 50
0
= =
+
^ h
V 1 +
-

dt
dV
25
1
=-
-
dt 25 -
V
dV
1
=
+
-
-
Taking integration both sides we get
ln V 1 +
-
^ h t C 25
1
=- + where C
1
is a constant
V 1 +
-
^ h Ae
t 25
=
-
(1)
Since, the voltage V
+
^ h wave is incident at t 0 = so, at t 0 =
+
the current through
inductor is zero and therefore, from the property of an inductor at t 0 =
+
the
current through inductor will be also zero.
i.e. I I
0 at t
+
+ -
=
+ ^ h 0 =

Z
V
Z
V
0 at t
0 0
-
+ -
=
+
; E
0 =

Z Z
V 1
0 at t
0 0
0
-
-
=
+
: D
0 = 1 Volt V =
+
^ h
So at t 0 =
+
, V
0
-
1 volt =
Putting it in equation (1), we get
1 1 + ^ h A =
A 2 =
Thus, the voltage of the reflected wave is
V
-
Volt e 2 1
t 25
= -
-
^ h
The voltage of positive wave in transmission line is V
0
+
. So, at the voltage maxima,
magnitude of the voltage is given as
V
max
s
V 1
0
G = +
+
6 @
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and at the point of voltage maxima the current will be minimum and given as
I
min
s

Z
V
1
0
0
G = -
+
6 @
So, the line impedance at the point of voltage maxima will be
Z
max

I
V
Z
1
1
min
max
s
s
0
G
G
= =
-
+
b l
Z S
0
= S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+
b l
Now, at the voltage minimum the voltage magnitude is
V
min
s
V 1
0
G = -
+
6 @
and at the point of voltage minimum current will be maximum and given as,
I
max
s

Z
V
1
0
0
G = +
+
6 @
and the line impedance at the point will be
Z
min

I
V
Z
1
1
max
min
s
s
0
G
G
= =
+
-
b l

S
Z
0
= S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+
b l
SOL 8.2.28 Option (A) is correct
To determine the required quantity, we note that for a particular line of characteristic
impedance Z
0
, the product of the line impedances at two positions (two values of
d) separated by an odd multiple of /4 l is given by
Z d Z d n 2 1
4
l
+ -
^ h
6 : @ D " ' , 1
/
Z
d
d
Z
d n
d n
1
1
1 2 1 4
1 2 1
4
0 0
l
l
G
G
G
G
=
-
+
- + -
+ + -
^
^
f
^
^
^
b
h
h
p
h
h
h
l
*
*
4
4
Z
d
d
d e
d e
1
1
1
1
j n
j n
0
2
2 2 1
4
2 2 1
4
G
G
G
G
=
-
+
-
+
b
l
b
l
- -
- -
^
^
^
^
^
^
h
h
h
h
h
h
>
>
H
H
Z
d
d
d e
d e
1
1
1
1
j n
j n
0
2
2 1
2 1
G
G
G
G
=
-
+
-
+
p
p
- -
- -
^
^
^
^
^
^
h
h
h
h
h
h
> > H H
Z
d
d
d
d
1
1
1
1
0
2
G
G
G
G
=
-
+
+
-
^
^
^
^
h
h
h
h
> > H H
Z
0
2
=
As the intrinsic impedance of medium 1 is
1
h and that of medium 3 is
3
h so, for
required match, thickness t is /4 l and the intrinsic impedance (
2
h ) of the medium
2 is given as

1 3
h h
2
2
h = or
2
h
1 3
h h =
As determined in previous question, for a wave travelling through the three mediums
of intrinsic impedances
1
h ,
2
h and
3
h , the condition for matching dielectric (the
intrinsic impedance of medium 2 that eliminates the reflected wave in medium 1) is

2
h
1 3
h h =
Since, all the media have
0
m m = so, for the dielectrics 0 s = ^ h the above equation
can be rewritten as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

2
0
e
m

16
0
0
0
0
e
m
e
m
=
b b l l
h
e
m
=
b l
where
2
e is the permittivity of the medium 2.
e 4
0
e =
The thickness t of the dielectric coating for the perfect matching (the condition
for eliminating reflection) is given as
t
4
l
= (quarter wave)
where l is the wavelength of plane wave. The wavelength in terms of frequency is
l
f
v
p
=
where v
p
is the phase velocity of the wave in the propagation medium which is
given as
v
p
.
1
4
1
2
3 10
1 5 10
0 0
8
8 #
#
me m e
= = = =
So, at frequency f 1.5 GHz = the thickness of the dielectric coating is given as
So, t
f
v
4
p
=
.
.
0.25 2.5 m cm
4 1 5 10
1 5 10
9
8
#
#
= = =
^ h
Distance between load and first voltage maxima, l
max
. 0 125l =
Characteristics impedance, Z
0
100 W =
Standing wave ratio, S 3 =
Position of voltage maxima (l
max
) in terms of reflection coefficient q G
G
is
l
max

n
4 2 p
q l l
= +
G
where n 0 = , 1, 2,.......
So, for 1
st
voltage maxima we have n 0 = and so, we get the position of first voltage
maxima as
l
max

4p
q l
=
G
. 0 125l
4p
q l
=
G
& q
G

2
p
=
The magnitude of reflection coefficient is defined in terms of SWR as
G
S
S
1
1
3 1
3 1
2
1
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G e
j
2
1
2
/ j 2
q G = = =
p
G
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
L
Z
1
1
0
G
G
=
-
+
b l

j
j
100
1
2
1
2
=
-
+
J
L
K
K
K
N
P
O
O
O
j 60 80 W = + ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the transmission line is terminated by its characteristic impedance i.e.,
Z
L
Z
0
=
So, there will be no reflected wave and therefore, the height of the voltage pulse
will be given as
V
1
+

Z Z
Z V
g
g
0
0
=
+
(Z
g
" internal resistance of generator)

100 50
100 15
#
=
+
10 Volt =
As the wave travels in the Z + direction along transmission line at velocity
v
p

. L C
1
0 25 10 100 10
1
6 12
# # #
= =
- -
l l
^ ^ h h
2 10 / m s
8
#
=
So, the voltage pulse will reach at 5 m l = at time,
t
0
25 ns
2 10
5
8
#
= =
So, at 5 m l = for 0 25 ns t < < ,
V 0 =
and for 25 ns t $
V 10 Volt V
1
= =
+
Therefore the plot of voltage against time at a distance 5 m from the source is as
shown in graph below.
As the first forward voltage pulse is V
1
+
so, the first reflected pulse voltage is
V
1
-
V
L 1
G =
+
The 2
nd
forward pulse voltage is given as
V
2
+
V V
g g L 1 1
G G G = =
- +
The 2
nd
reflected pulse voltage is given as
V
2
-
V V
L g L 2
2
1
G G G = =
+ +
So, summing up all the pulses at load end for steady state (t "3) we get the load
voltage as
V
L
... V V V V
1 1 2 2
= + + + +
+ - + -
.... V 1
L g L g L 1
2
G G G G G = + + + +
+
6 @
.... ....
V 1 1
g L g L L
g L
1
2 2
G G G G G
G G
= + + + +
+ +
+
^ ^ h h 7 A
V
1
1
1
g L g L
L
1
G G G G
G
=
-
+
-
+
c c m m < F V
1
1
g L
L
1
G G
G
=
-
+ +
c m
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
0
60 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
180 W =
Voltage generator, V
g
100 V =
Internal resistance, Z
g
120 W =
So, the first forward voltage pulse will be
V
1
+
100 Volt
Z Z
Z
V
60 120
60
3
100
g
g
0
0
=
+
=
+
=
c b m l
The reflection coefficient at load terminal is given as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
180 60
180 60
2
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
The reflection coefficient at source terminal is given as

g
G
Z Z
Z Z
120 60
120 60
3
1
g
g
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
Therefore, the voltage across the load at steady state is given by the expression as
determined in previous question
i.e. V
L
V
1
1
g L
L
1
G G
G
=
-
+ +
c m

/
3
100
1
3
1
2
1
1 1 2
=
-
+
b b
f
l l
p
7 Volt
3
100
2
3
5
6
5
# #
= =
Voltage generator, V
g
50 Volt =
Internal impedance, Z
g
30 W =
0
15 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
45 W =
So, first forward voltage pulse is
V
1
+

Z Z
Z
V
g
g
0
0
=
+
c m

15 30
15
50 =
+
b l

3
50
=
Now, the reflection coefficient at source terminal is

g
G
Z Z
Z Z
30 15
30 15
3
1
g
g
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
and the reflection coefficient at load terminal is

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
45 15
45 15
2
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
So, at steady state t 3 = ^ h voltage across load is given as
V
L
V
1
1
g L
L
1
G G
G
=
-
+ +
c m

3
50
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
=
-
-
J
L
K
K
K
b b
N
P
O
O
O
l l

3
50
5
6
2
3
# #
= 30 Volt =
Therefore, the current through load at steady state is given as
I
L
A
Z
V
45
30
3
2
L
L
= = =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the internal resistance of the battery is zero so, the 1
st
forward voltage pulse
is
V
1
+
6 Volt V
g
= =
and from the plot we get the first forward pulse current as
I
1
+
75 mA =
Therefore, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
0
80
I
V
75 10
6
1
1
3
#
W = = =
+
+
-
Reflection coefficient at source and load end are given as

g
G
Z Z
Z Z
1
g
g
0
0
=
+
-
=-
and
L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
Now, from the plot of input current (current at generator end) we get,
V
1
+
75 mA = (1)
and V V V
1 1 2
- +
+ - +
5 mA =- (2)
where, V
1
+
is the first forward voltage pulse, V
1
-
is the first reflected voltage pulse
and V
2
+
is the second forward voltage pulse. So, putting the values of these voltages
in terms of reflection coefficients we get
V V V
L L g 1 1 1
G G G - +
+ + +
5 mA =-
V 1
L L 1
G G - -
+
^ h 5 mA =- 1
g
G =- ^ h
1 2
L
G -
75
5
=- 75 mA V
1
=
+
^ h
or,
L
G
15
8
=
For determining load resistance of the line the reflection coefficient is written in the
terms of impedances as

Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
+
-

15
8
=

Z
Z
80
80
L
L
+
-

15
8
= ( 80 Z
0
W = as calculated in previous question)
Z 15 8
L
- ^ h 80 8 15 80
# #
= +
Thus, Z
L
262.85 W =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 8.3
Characteristic impedance of a coaxial cable is defined as
Z
0
ln
a
b
e
m
=
b l
where, b " outer cross sectional diameter
a " inner cross sectional diameter
So, Z
0
ln
a
b
r 0
0
e e
m
=
b l

.
.
ln
10 10 89
4 10 36
1
2 4
9
7
#
# #
p p
=
-
-
b l
0 5 W =
Since, Z
0
Z Z
1 2
=
100 50 340
#
=
As this is quarter wave matching so, the length of the transmission line would be
odd multiple of /4 l .
Now, l ( ) m 2 1
4
l
= +
For 429 , MHz f
1
= l
1
0.174 m
f
c
4
429 10 4
3 10
1
6
8
#
# #
#
= = =
For 1GHz f
2
= , l
2
0.075 m
f
c
4
1 10 4
3 10
2
9
8
#
# #
#
= = =
Now, only the length of the line given in option (C) is the odd multiple of both
and l l
1 2
as :
( ) m 2 1 +
.
l
1 58
9
1
= =
( ) m 2 1 +
.
l
1 58
34
2
- =
Therefore, the length of the line can be approximately 1.58 cm.
Length on the transmission line, d 2 mm =
Operating frequency, f 10 = GHz
Phase difference, q /4 p =
Since the phase difference between the two points on the line is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
q d
2
l
p
=
where l is operating wavelength and d is the distance between the two points. So,
we get

4
p
d
2
l
p
=
or l 8 8 2 16 mm d
#
= = = mm
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as
v
p
10 10 16 10 f
9 3
l
# # #
= =
-
.6 10 /sec m 2
8
#
=
Since, voltage maxima is observed at a distance of /4 l from the load and we know
that the separation between one maxima and minima equals to /4 l so voltage
minima will be observed at the load.
Now, the input impedance at the point of voltage minima on the line is defined as
Z
min
in 6 @

S
Z
0
=
where, Z
0
is characteristic impedance and S is the standing wave ratio on the
line. Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line (equal to the input
impedance at load) is given as
Z
L
Z
min
in
=
6 @

S
Z
0
=
5
50
10 W = = ( 50 Z
0
W = , S 5 = )
For a lossless network,
S S
11
2
21
2
+ 1 =
Since, from the given scattering matrix we have
0.2 S 0
11
c = , . S 0 9 90
12
c =
. S 0 9 90
21
c = , . S 0 1 90
22
c =
So, we get ( . ) ( . ) 0 2 0 9
2 2
+ 1 !
Therefore, the two port is not lossless.
Now, for a reciprocal network, S
12
S
21
=
As for the given scattering matrix we have
S
12
. S 0 9 90
21
c = =
Therefore , the two port is reciprocal.
For a distortion less transmission line characteristics impedance
Z
0

G
R
= (1)
Attenuation constant for distortionless line is
a RG = (2)
So, using equation (1) and (2) we get
a
Z
R
0
=
.
.
50
0 1
0 002 = =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For a lossless transmission line, the input impedance is defined as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
o
o L
L o
b
b
=
+
+
< F
Now, for the quarter wave ( /4 l ) line we have
Load impedance, Z
L
30 W =
o
30 W =
Length of the line, l
4
l
=
So, tan l b tan
2
4
3
l
p l
= =
b l

2
b
l
p
=
b l
Therefore, the input impedance of the quarter wave line is
Z
in1

tan
tan
Z
l
Z
jZ
l
Z
jZ
o
o
L
L
o
b
b
=
+
+
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W
60
Z
Z
L
0
2
W = =
Now, for /8 l transmission line we have
Load impedance, Z
L
0 W = (short circuit)
o
30 W =
Length of the line, l
8
l
=
So, we get
tan l b 1 tan
2
8 l
p l
= =
b l
Therefore, the input impedance of the /8 l transmission line is given as
Z
in2
30 tan jZ l j
o
b = =
The equivalent circuit is shown below :
The effective load impedance of the 60 W transmission line is
Z
L
j 60 30 = +
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is
G
Z Z
Z Z
L o
L o
=
+
-

j
j
60 3 60
60 3 60
17
1
=
+ +
+ -
=
Therefore, the voltage standing wave ratio of the line is given as
S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+
.
1 17
1 17
1 64 =
-
+
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The transmission line are as shown below. Length of all line is
4
l
The input impedance of a quarter wave ( /4 l ) lossless transmission line is defined
as
Z
in

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
where, Z
0
is the characteristic impedance of the line and Z
L
is the load impedance
of the line. So, for line 1 we have the input impedance as
Z
i1
200
Z
Z
50
100
L1
01
2 2
W = = =
Similarly, for line 2, the input impedance is
Z
i2
200
Z
Z
50
100
L2
02
2 2
W = = =
So, the effective load impedance of line 3 is given as
Z
L3
| | 200 | | 200 100 Z Z
i i 1 2
W W W = = =
Therefore, the input impedance of line 3 is
Z
i
5
Z
Z
100
60
4
L3
0
2 2
W = = =
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is defined as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
o
o L
L o
b
b
=
+
+
^
^
f
h
h
p
Since, the given transmission line of characteristic impedance 75 Z
0
W = is short
circuited (Z 0
L
= ) at its one end. Therefore, the input impedance of the line is
Z
in
tan jZ l
o
b = ^ h
Now, the operating wavelength of the line is
l 0.1
f
c
3 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
= = = m or 10 cm ( 3 GHz f = )
So, l b 1 l
2
10
2
5 l
p p p
#
= = = ( 1 cm l = )
Therefore, Z
in
tan jZ
5
o
p
=
Since, ( /5) tan Z
o
p is positive so, Z
in
is inductive.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The 2-port scattering parameter matrix is
S
S
S
S
S
11
21
12
22
=> H
S
11

| |
| |
Z Z Z
Z Z Z
L o
L o
0
0
=
+
-
^
^
h
h

| | 50
| |
50 50
50 50 50
3
1
=
+
-
=-
^
^
h
h
S
12
S
21
=
| |
| |
Z Z Z
Z Z 2
L o o
L o
=
+ ^
^
h
h

| |
| |
50 50 50
2 50 50
3
2
=
+
=
^
^
h
h
S
22

| |
| |
Z Z Z
Z Z Z
L o o
L o o
=
+
-
^
^
h
h

| |
| |
50 50 50
50 50 50
3
2
=
+
-
=-
^
^
h
h
The input impedance of a quarter wave ( / l 4 l = )lossless transmission line is defined
as
Z
in

Z
Z
L
o
2
=
where, Z
0
is characteristic impedance and Z
L
is the load impedance of the line. So,
we have the input impedance of line 1 as
Z
in1
25
Z
Z
100
50
L
o
1
1
2 2
= = =
Similarly, the input impedance of line 2 is
Z
in2
12.5
Z
Z
200
50
L
o
2
2
2 2
= = =
The effective load impedance of the line 3 is given as
Z
L
| | Z Z
in in 1 2
=
25 | | 12.5 =
3
25
=
So, the input impedance of the 50 W transmission line is
Z
S

/
( )
300
25 3
50
2
= =
Therefore, the reflection coefficient at the input terminal is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
300 50
300 50
7
2
S
S
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
We have 10logG
p
10 = dB
or G
p
10 =
The power gain of the antenna is defined as
G
p

P
P
in
rad
=
where P
rad
is the radiated power of the antenna and P
in
is the input power feed to
the antenna. So, putting all the values we get
10
1W
P
rad
=
or P
rad
10 = Watts
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z
0
2
Z Z
oc sc
=
where Z
oc
and Z
sc
are input impedance of the open circuited and is short circuited
line. So, we get
Z
sc

Z
Z
oc
0
2
=
j j 100 150
50 50
2 3
50
#
=
+
=
+

( ) j
13
50 2 3
=
-
.69 .54j 8 15 = -
From the diagram, VSWR is given as
S 4
V
V
1
4
min
max
= = =
Since, voltage minima is located at the load terminal so, the load impedance of the
transmission line is given as
Z
L
12.5 Z
S
Z
4
50
min
in
o
W = = = =
6 @
( 50 , Z S 4
0
W = = )
The reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
G
.
.
0.6
Z Z
Z Z
125 50
12 5 50
L O
L O
=
+
-
=
+
-
=-
The given circles represent constant reactance circle.
The ratio of the load impedance to the input impedance of the transmission line
is given as

V
V
in
L

Z
Z
in
0
=
or V
L

Z
Z
V
in
in
0
= 60 V
50
10 300
#
= =
Suppose at point P impedance is
Z ( 1) r j = + -
If we move in constant resistance circle from point P in clockwise direction by an
angle 45c, the reactance magnitude increase. Let us consider a point Q at 45c from
point P in clockwise direction. Its impedance is
Z
1
0.5 r j = -
or Z
1
0.5 Z j = +
Thus movement on constant r - circle by an 45c in CW direction is the addition
of inductance in series with Z.
The VSWR of a transmission line is defined as
S
1
1
G
G
=
+
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line. So, we get
2
1
1
G
G
=
+
-
(S 2 = )
or G
3
1
=
Thus, the ratio of the reflected and incident wave is given as

P
P
i
r

9
1 2
G = =
or P
r

P
9
i
=
i.e. 11.11% of incident power is reflected.
The input impedance of a lossless transmission line is defined as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
o
o L
L o
b
b
=
+
+
6
6
@
@

Now, for /2 l transmission line we have
l /2 l =
and Z
L1
100 W =
So, the input impedance of the /2 l transmission line is
Z
in1
100
tan
tan
Z
Z jZ
Z jZ
Z
o
o L
L o
L
1
1
1
p
p
W =
+
+
= =
6
6
@
@

2
b
l
p
=
b l
For /8 l transmission line, we have
l /8 l =
and Z
L2
0 = (short circuit)
So, the input impedance of /8 l line is
Z
in2

0
[ ]
50
tan
Z
Z
jZ
jZ j
0
o
o
o
o
4
W =
+
+
= =
p
6 @

2
b
l
p
=
b l
Thus, the net admittance at the junction of the stub is given as
Y
Z Z
1 1
in in 1 2
= + 0.01 0. 2
j
j
100
2
50
1
4 = + = -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of a transmission line is defined as
S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+

where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line that varies from 0 to
1. Therefore, S varies from 1 to 3.
Reactance increases, if we move along clockwise direction in the constant resistance
circle.
A transmission line is distortion less if LG RC =
Z
o
Z Z 100 25
OC SC #
= = 10 5 50 W
#
= =
We know that distance between two adjacent voltage maxima is equal to /2 l ,
where l is wavelength. So, we get

2
l
. . 27 5 12 5 = -
or, l 2 15 30 cm
#
= =
Therefore, the operating frequency of the transmission line is
f 1GHz
c
30
3 10
10
#
l
= = = ( 3 10 / cm s c
10
#
= )
Electrical path length l b =
where b , 50 cm l
2
l
p
= =
Now, the operating wavelength l of the transmission line is given as
l
f
u
=
f
LC
1 1
#
=
LC
1
au =

25 10
1
10 10 40 10
1
6
6 12
#
# # #
#
=
- -
2 m
25 10
5 10
6
7
#
#
= =
So, the electric path length is
l b 50 10
2
2 2 p
# #
=
-
radian
2
p
=
The input impedance at the voltage minima on the transmission line is defined as
Z
min
in 6 @

S
Z
0
=
where S is standing wave ratio along the transmission line. Since, the reflection
coefficient
L
G of the transmission line is given as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
100 50
100 50
150
50
3
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-
= =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the standing wave ratio of the line is
S
1
1
L
L
G
G
=
-
+
2
1
3
1
1
3
1
=
-
+
=
Therefore, the minimum input impedance measured on the line is equal to
Z
min
in
25
2
50
W = =
For a lossy transmission line the input impedance is given as
Z
in

tanh
tanh
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
g
g
=
+
+
< F
Load impedance, Z
L
3 = (open circuited at load end)
Length of line, l /4 l =
So, Z
in
lim
tanh
tanh
Z
Z
Z
j l
Z
jZ l
1
Z
L
L
0
0
0
L
g
g
=
+
+
"3
R
T
S
S
S
S
V
X
W
W
W
W

tanh j l
Z
0
g
= 0 = tanh
4
"3
gp
a k
Input impedance of a lossless transmission line is given by
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
< F
where Z
0
Charateristic impedance of line "
Z
L
Load impedance "
l Length of transmission line "
and b 2 / p l =
So, we have l b
2
4 l
p l
=
2
p
=
Z
L
0 = (Short circuited at load)
and Z
0
50 W =
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
Z
in
50
/
/
tan
tan
j
j
50 0 2
0 50 2
p
p
=
+
+
= G 3 =
i.e. infinite input impedance and thus, the current drawn from the voltage source
will be zero.
For lossless transmission line, the phase velocity is defined as
v
p

LC
1
b
w
= = ...(1)
Characteristics impedance for a lossless transmission line is given as
Z
0

C
L
= ...(2)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, from equation (1) and (2) we get
v
p

( ) C Z C
Z C
1 1
0
0
= =
Input impedance of a /4 l ^ h transmission line is defined as
Z
in

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
where Z
0
is characteristic impedance of the line and Z
L
is load impedance of the
line. Since, the /4 l line is shorted at one end (i.e. Z 0
L
= ) So, we get,
Z
in
lim
Z
Z
Z
L
0
0
2
L
3 = =
"
Voltage minima of a short circuited transmission line is located at its load. As the
location of minima is same for the load R
L
(i.e. the minima located at R
L
) so, the
first voltage maxima will be located at /4 l distance from load.
Now, l
max

4p
q l
=
G
...(1)
where l
max
is the distance of point of maxima from the load,
T
q is phase angle of
reflection coefficient and l is operating wavelength of line. So, putting the value of
l
max
is equation (1), we get

4
l

4p
q l
=
G

T
q p =
Now, the standing wave ratio of the line is given as
S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+
or, 3
1
1
L
L
G
G
=
-
+
S 3 = ] g

L
G / 1 2 =
i.e.
L
G
2
1
2
1
L
q p G = = =-
G
The reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

2
1
-
R
R
75
75
L
L
=
+
-
Z R
L L
= ^ h, 75 Z
0
W = ^ h
R 75
L
- - R 2 150
L
= -
R 3
L
75 = & R
L
25 W =
The VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) in terms of maxima and minima voltage
is defined as
S
V
V
min
max
=
2
4
2 = =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
0
60 W =
SWR S 4 =
So, we have
1
1
L
L
G
G
-
+
S 4 = =

L
G .
5
3
0 6 = =
The reflection coefficient at load is defined as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
So, . 0 6
Z
Z
60
60
L
L
=
+
-
Z
L

.
.
0 4
1 6
60
#
= 0 12 W =
Loading of a cable is done to increase the inductance as well as to achieve the
distortionless condition.
i.e. statement (1) and (4) are correct.
Single stub with adjustable position is the best method for transmission line load
matching for a given frequency range.
The reflection coefficient at load terminal is defined as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-

j
j
50 50
50 50
=
+
+ -
j =
Therefore, the standing wave, ratio is
VSWR
1
1
1 1
1 1
L
L
3
G
G
=
-
+
=
-
+
=
Given, the load impedance is short circuit
i.e. Z
L
0 =
So, input impedance for lossless line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
tan jZ l
0
b =
Now, for / l 4 < l l &b
2
<
p
So, tan l b is positive and therefore, Z
in
is inductive 2 a "
For l
4 2
< <
l l
l
2
< < &
p
b p
tan l b is ve - and therefore, Z
in
is capacitive 1 b "
For l
4
l
= l
2
&b
p
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
tan l 3 b = and therefore Z
in
3 = 4 c "
For l
2
l
= l &b p =
tan l 0 b = and therefore, Z 0
in
= 3 d "
For distortionless transmission line,
a RG = , LC b w =
and for lossless transmission line,
a 0 = , LC b w =
So, for both the type of transmission line attenuation is constant and is independent
of frequency. Where as the phase shift b varies linearly with frequency w.
i.e. statement 1 and 3 are correct.
Given,
Length of transmission line, l 500 m =
Phase angle, q
G
150c =-
Operating wavelength, l 150 m =
Consider the reflected voltage wave for the lossless transmission line terminated in
resistive load as shown in figure.
Since, the reflection coefficient has a phase angle 150c - So, the wave lags by 150c
angle.
The voltage wave has the successive maxima at each /2 l distance,
So, the total no. of maxima
tan max Dis ce between two ima
Total length
=
/ 150 2
500
=
^ h
6
3
2
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. 6 maxima and remaining phase angle
3
2
360 240
#
c c = =
From the wave pattern shown above we conclude that the remaining phase 240c ^ h
will include one more maxima and therefore the total no. of maxima is 7.
Reflection coefficient at load terminal is defined as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
For a matched transmission line we have
Z
L
Z
0
=
So,
L
G 0 =
i.e. matching eliminated the reflected wave between the source and the matching
device location.
SOL 8.3.42 Consider the quarter wave transformer connected to load has the characteristic
impedance Z
0
l as shown in the figure.
So, we have the input impedance,
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ
Z jZ
2
4
2
4
L
L
0
0
0
l
p l
l
p l
=
+
+
l
l
J
L
K
K
K
K b b
b b
N
P
O
O
O
O l l
l l

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
l ^ h
this will be the load to 450 W transmission line
i.e. Z
L
l
Z
Z Z
200
L
0
2
0
2
= =
l l ^ ^ h h
and for matching Z
0
Z
L
= l
450
Z
200
0
2
=
l ^ h
Z
0
l 300 450 200 W = = ^ ^ h h
Given Z
L
3 = (open circuit)
and l
4
l
= (quarter wave)
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
0 L
L
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
cot jZ l
0
b =- Z
L
"3 ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
cot jZ
2
4
0
l
p l
=-
b b l l

Length of transmission line l /4 < l (open circuit)
Load impedance, Z
L
3 =
So, the input impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
(lossless line)

tan
Z
j l
1
0
b
=
c m
Z
L
3 = ^ h
cot jZ l
0
b =-
Given,
Load impedance, Z
L
0 = (short circuit)
Line parameters, R G = 0 = (loss free line)
Attenuation constant, a 0 = (loss free line)
So, the input impedance of the line is given as
Z
in
tan jZ l
0
b =
i.e. pure reactance
Statement (A) is correct.
Since tan l b can be either positive or negative So Z
in
can be either capacitive or
inductive.
Statement (B) is correct.
The reflection coefficient at load is

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
1 0
L
L
0
0
! =
+
-
=-
So, the reflection exists.
Statement (C) is incorrect.
and since the standing waves of voltage and current are set up along length of the
lines so, statement (D) is also correct.
(a) short circuit Z 0
L
= ^ h
So
L
G
Z Z
Z Z
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=- 2 a " ^ h
(b) Open circuit Z
L
3 = ^ h
So,
L
G
Z Z
Z Z
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
= 3 b " ^ h
(c) Line characteristic impedance Z Z
L 0
= ^ h

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
0
0 0
0 0
=
+
-
= 1 c " ^ h
(d) 2
#
line characteristic impedance Z Z 2
L 0
= ^ h

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
2
2
3
1
0 0
0 0
=
+
-
=
4 d " ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, reflection coefficient,

L
G 1 0c =
So, VSWR
1
1
1 1
1 1
3
G
G
=
-
+
=
-
+
=
Given, reflection coefficient,
5
1
G =
So, VSWR
1
1
4
6
2
3
G
G
=
-
+
= =
Characteristic impedance of transmission line is defined as
Z
0

G j C
R j L
w
w
=
+
+
So, for lossless transmission line (R G 0 = = )
Z
0

C
L
=
Input impedance has the range from 0 to 3. 3 a " ^ h
VSWR has the range from 1 to 3 2 c " ^ h
Reflection coefficient G ^ h ranges from 1 - to 1 + . 1 b " ^ h
Input impedance of a quarter wave transformer is defined as
Z
in

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
where Z
0
L
is the load impedance.
Since the quarter wave transformer is terminated by a short circuit (Z
L
0 = ) so, we
get the input impedance of the transformer as
Z
in
3 =
The scattering parameters linearly relate the reflected wave to incident wave and it
is frequency invariant so the scattering parameters are more suited than impedance
parameters.
Given, the reflection coefficient as

L
G . e 0 3
j30
=
c -
At any point on the transmission line the reflection coefficient is defined as
z G^ h e
L
z 2
G =
g -
where z is the distance of point from load.
z . 0 1l = (Given)
So, z G^ h e
.
L
2 0 1
G =
g l - ^ h
. e e 0 3
. j j 30 2 0 1
=
c b l - -
^ ^
^
h h
h
(Assume 0 a = )
. e e 0 3
. j j 30 0 4
=
c p - -
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
0. e 6
j152
=
c -

Balun is used to couple a coaxial line to a parallel wire.
The reflection coefficient of the conducting sheet is 1 G =- where as the transmission
coefficient is 0 G = . So, there will be x -directed surface current on the sheet.
Given,
Operating frequency, f 25 kHz =
Conductivity, s 5 / mho m =
r
e 80 =
The attenuation constant for the medium is defined as
a
2
wms
= >> s we ^ h

2
2 25 10 4 10 5
3 7
# # # #
p p
=
-
^ ^ ^ h h h

0
m m = ^ h
. 0 7025 =
The attenuated voltage at any point is given as
V V e
l
0
=
a -
(1)
where V
0
is source voltage and l is the distance travelled by wave
Since, the radio signal is to be transmitted with 90% attenuation so, the voltage of
the signal after 90% attenuation is
V % V 90
0
= - of V
0
. V 0 1
0
=
Comparing it with equation (1) we get
. 0 1 ^ h e
l
=
a -
or, l
.
.
3.27
ln
m
0 7025
0 1
=- =
^ h
In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in anticlockwise
direction. So, statement 3 is incorrect while statement 1 and 2 are correct.
Given,
0
75 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
j 100 75 W = - ^ h
The condition for matching is
Z
L
l Z
0
=
where Z
L
l is the equivalent load impedance of the transmission line after connecting
an additional circuit. So, the best matching will be obtained by a short circuited
stub at some specific distance from load.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the voltage standing wave ratio in decibels is
VSWR indecibels 6 dB =
or, 20log S
10
6 =
S 10 2
/ 6 20
= = ^ h
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
G 0.33
S
S
1
1
2 1
2 1
=
+
-
=
+
-
=
Input impedance of a quarter wave transformer (lossless transmission line) is
defined as
Z
in

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
where Z
0
L
is the load impedance
of the line. So, we get
Z
0
100 Z Z 50 200
in L
W = = = ^ ^ h h
(1) Given,
Load impedance, Z
L
0 =
So, l b
2
8 4 l
p l p
= =
b b l l
Therefore the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

tan
Z
Z
jZ
4
0
0
0
p
=
f p
jZ
0
= (i.e., incorrect statement)
(2) Given,
Load impedance, Z
L
0 =
So, l b
2
4 2 l
p l p
= =
b b l l
Therefore the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

tan
Z
Z
jZ
j
2
0
0
0
3
p
= =
f p
(i.e., correct statement)
(3)Given,
Load impedance, Z
L
3 =
So, l b
2
2 l
p l
p = =
b b l l
Therefore, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

tan
Z
j
j
1
0
3
p
= =-
b l
(i.e., incorrect statement)
(4) Matched line have the load impedance equal to its characteristic impedance
i.e. Z
L
Z
0
=
So, for the matched line the input impedance is
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
Z
0
= (i.e., correct statement)
Given,
Load impedance, Z
L
0 =
So, l b
2
8 4 l
p l p
= =
b b l l
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
Z
in

tanh
tanh
Z
Z Z l
Z Z l
L
L
0
0
0
g
g
=
+
+
c m
tanh Z l
0
g =
If the line is distortion less (i.e. a 0 = ) then, the input impedance of the line is
Z
in
tan jZ l jZ
0 0
b = =
So, it will depend on characteristic impedance as the line is resistive or reactive.
Since, a transmission line of output impedance 400 W is to be matched to a load
of 25 W through a quarter wavelength line. So, for the quarter wave line we have
Input impedance, Z
in
400 W = (same as the o/p impedance of the matched line)
Load impedance, Z
L
25 W =
The characteristic impedance of quarter wave transmission line is Z
0
that connected
between the load and the transmission line of output impedance 400 W as shown
in figure.
So,, the input impedance at AB is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ
Z jZ
2
2
L
L
0
0
0
p
p
=
+
+
f p

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, Z
0
Z Z
in L
= 00 800 50 2
#
W = =
Given,
Length of transmission line, l /8 l =
Load impedance, Z
L
0 = (Short circuited line)
So, we get l b
2
8 4 l
p l p
= =
b b l l
Therefore, the input impedance of lossless transmission line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m
Z
Z
jZ
jZ
0
0
0
0
= =
c m
which is inductive
So, the input impedance of /8 l long short-circuited section of a lossless transmission
line is inductive.
In list I
(a) Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z
0

G j C
R j L
Y
Z
w
w
=
+
+
= (a 2 " )
(b) Propagation constant of the line is given as
g R j L G j C ZY w w = + + = ^ ^ h h (b 1 " )
(c) Sending end input impedance is
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z Z l
Z Z l
L
L
0
0
0
g
g
=
+
+
c m
Given, Z
L
Z
0
= (terminated in characteristic impedance, Z
0
)
So, we get the input impedance as
Z
in
Z
Y
Z
0
= = (c 2 " )
For a distortionless transmission line, the attenuation constant (a) must be
independent of frequency (w) and the phase constant (b) should be linear function
of w.
(a) R G 0 = =
For this condition propagation constant is given as
g j R j L G j C a b w w = + = + + ^ ^ h h
i.e. a 0 = and b LC w =
As the attenuation constant is independent of frequency and the phase constant is
linear function of w so, it is a distortionless transmission line.
(b) RC GL =

L
R

C
G
=
This is the general condition for distortionless line for which
a RG = and LC b w =
(c) R L >> w , G C >> w
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
g j RG a b = + =
i.e. a RG = , and b 0 =
Since, b is not function of w so, it is not the distortionless line.
(d) R L << w , G C << w
g j a b = + j L j C w w = ^ ^ h h
i.e. a 0 = and b LC w =
Distance between adjacent maxima of an EM wave propagating along a transmission
line is /2 l . So, we get
/2 l . . 37 5 12 5 = - ^ h
/2 l 25 cm =
i.e. l 50 cm =
Therefore, the operating frequency of the line is
f
c
50 10
3 10
2
8
#
#
l
= =
-
00 MHz 3 =
Forward voltage wave along the transmission line is given as
V
0
+

Z Z
Z
E
E
2
0 0
0
=
+
=
As the transmission line is open circuited at its load terminal Z
L
3 = ^ h so, the
reflection coefficient at the load terminal is

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
1
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
Therefore, the voltage travelling in reverse direction is
V
0
-
V
E
2
L 0
G = =
+
The time taken by the wave to travel the distance between source and load terminal
is given as
t
1

c
l
=
where l is the length of transmission line and c is velocity of propagating wave.
Now, from the plot we observe that at z 0 = , voltage of the line is /2 E where as
at z l = , voltage is E therefore, it is clear that the voltage wave has been reflected
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
from the load but not reached yet to the generator.
i.e.
c
l
t
c
l 2
< <
The characteristic impedance for a lossy transmission line does not depend on the
length of the line.
SOL 8.3.71 Option (D ) is correct.
A distortionless transmission line has its parameters related as

L
R

C
G
=
or RC GL =
Given the reflection coefficient of the line is
G 0.6 =
So, the voltage standing wave ratio is defined as
SWR
1
1
G
G
=
-
+

.
.
1 0 6
1 0 6
4 =
-
+
=
0
50 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
100 W =
Forward voltage V
+
10 V =
So, the reflection coefficient of the line is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
100 50
100 50
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
+
-

3
1
=
0
50 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
15 20 j W = -
So, the normalized load impedance is given as
z
L

Z
Z
L
0
= j
50
15
50
20
= - 0. 0. j 4 3 = -
Since both the transmission lines are identical except that the loads connected to
them are Z 2 and / Z 2 respectively. Let the maximum voltage across the loads be
V
m
So, the power transmitted to the loads are
P
A

Z
V
2
m
2
=
and P
B

/ Z
V
2
m
2
=
Given, P
A
W
1
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, V
m
2
Z W 2
1
=^ h
and P
B

/ / Z
V
Z
ZW
2 2
2
m
2
1
= =
^ h
W 2
1
=
Given, the short circuited and open circuited input impedance as
Z
. . s c
36 W = , 64 Z
. . o c
W =
So, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is defined as
Z
0
Z Z
. . . . o c s c
= 36 64
#
= 48 W =
(1) Z
L
Z
0
= (line terminated by its characteristic impedance)
So, reflection coefficient
G
Z Z
Z Z
0
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
=
i.e. no any reflected wave.
(2) Z
L
Z
0
=
G 0 =
and so, there will be no reflected wave and the wave will have only forward voltage
and current wave which will be equal at all the points on the line.
(3) For a lossless half wave transmission line
Z
in
Z
L
=
So, statement 3 is incorrect while statements 1 and 2 are correct.
Since, the standing wave ratio of the wave is 1.
i.e. SWR 1 =
So, expressing it in terms of reflection coefficient, we get

1
1
G
G
-
+
1 =
G 0 =

Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
+
-
0 =
Z
L
Z
0
=
i.e. characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the two wire transmission line has
Half center to center spacing h
d
2
= =
Conductor radius r =
So, the capacitance per unit length of the line is defined as
C
log
r
d
r
d
2 2
1
e
2
pe
=
+ -
b b e l l o = G

log
r
h
r
h
1
e
2
pe
=
+ -
b l = G
Reflection coefficient, G
Z Z
Z Z
R
R
0
0
=
+
-

Z
Z
Z
Z
3
3
0
0
0
0
=
+
-
5 =-
Propagation constant, g R j L G j C w w = + + ^ ^ h h
The characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z
0

G j C
R j L
w
w
=
+
+
Z
0

R j L
g
w
=
+
Given the reflection coefficient,
G
3
1
=-
So, the standing wave ratio
S
1
1
G
G
=
-
+

2
4
2 = =
For distortionless transmission line

G
R

C
L
=
and so, the attenuation constant,
a RG = R
L
RC
=
b l
R
L
C
=
Capacitance per unit length, C 10 / F m
10
=
-
0
50 W =
Now, for distortionless line the characteristic impedance is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Z
0

C
L
=
50
L
10
10
=
-
So, the inductance per unit length is
L 0.25 / H m 50 10
2 10
m
#
= =
-
^ ^ h h
The characteristic impedance Z
0
in terms of open circuit impedance Z
oc
and short
circuit impedance Z
sc
is defined as
Z
0
Z Z
oc sc
= 100 100 = ^ ^ h h (Given Z Z 100
oc sc
= = )
0 5 W =
Given,
Load impedance, Z
L
j 75 50 W = - ^ h
0
75 W =
Since, for matching the load impedance is equal to the characteristic impedance
(i.e., Z
L
Z
0
= ) so, we have to produce an additional impedance of j50 + at load to
match it with transmission line. Therefore, for matching the transmission line a
short circuit stub is connected at some specific distance from load.
Given,
The load impedance = Surge impedance
i.e. Z
L
Z
0
=
So, reflection coefficient of the line is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
0 =
Given,
Length of transmission line, l 50 0.5 cm m = =
Operating frequency, f 30 30 10 MHz Hz
6
#
= =
Line parameters, L 10 / 10 10 / H m H m
6
m
#
= =
-
and C 40 / 40 10 / pF m F m
12
#
= =
-
So, the phase constant of the wave along the transmission line is
b LC w =
2 30 10 10 10 40 10
6 6 12
# # # #
p =
- -
^ ^ h h

5
6p
=
Therefore, l b . .
5
6
0 5 0 6 108
#
c
p
p = = =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Propagation constant in a transmission line is defined as.
g L j R R j C w w = + + ^ ^ h h
For a series resonant circuit the required conditions are
(1) The angular frequency is
w
LC
1
=
(2) The total equivalent impedance is pure resistive
i.e. Z R =
Now, the input impedance at a distance /4 l from the load is defined as
Z
in

Z
Z
L
0
2
=
And since the transmission line is open Z
L
3 = ^ h
So, Z
in
0 = which is purely resistive
i.e. R is correct statement.
In a lossless line voltage or current along the line are not constant.
i.e. A is not a correct statement.
The characteristic impedance of a transmission line can be defined as below.
Z
0

G j C
R j L
w
w
=
+
+
Z
0
Z Z
oc sc
=
Z
0

I
V
=
+
+
So, all the three statements are correct.
Given, load impedance of the transmission line is
Z
L
0 = (Short circuit)
So, the input impedance of the lossless line is given as
Z
in

tan
tan
Z
Z jZ l
Z jZ l
L
L
0
0
0
b
b
=
+
+
c m

tan
Z
Z
jZ l
0
0
0
b
=
c m
tan jZ l 2
0
b =
Given,
0
600 W =
Load impedance, Z
L
900 W =
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as

L
G
Z Z
Z Z
L
L
0
0
=
+
-
CHAPTER 9
WAVE GUI DES
590 Wave Guides Chap 9
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 9.1
MCQ 9.1.1 An electromagnetic wave propagating in an airfilled 10 cm 8
#
waveguide has its
electric field in phasor form given as
E
zs
5 / sin sin V m x y e 20 25
j z
p p =
b -
^ ^ h h
What is the mode of propagation of the EM wave ?
(A) TM
21
(B) TM
12
(C) TE
21
(D) TE
12
MCQ 9.1.2 Assertion (A) : In a waveguide operating below cutoff frequency there is no net
average power flow down the waveguide.
Reason (R) : Propagation of energy requires a propagating mode.
MCQ 9.1.3 An airfilled rectangular waveguide is operating in TM mode at a frequency twice
the cutoff frequency. What will be the intrinsic wave impedance ?
(A) 89 2 W (B) 327 W
(C) 211 W (D) 377 W
MCQ 9.1.4 An EM wave is propagating in TM
21
mode in an air filled 10 4 cm
#
waveguide at
a frequency of .5 GHz 2 . What will be the phase constant of the EM wave ?
(A) 1.865 / rad m (B) 1.207 / rad m
(C) 186.5 / rad m (D) 120.7 / rad m
MCQ 9.1.5 The electric field component of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a rectangular
waveguide is given in phasor form as
E
zs
/ sin sin V m E x y e 50 40
rz
0
p p =
-
^ ^ h h
The ratio of field components / E E
xs ys
will be equal to
(A) . cot tan x y 1 25 50 40 p p ^ ^ h h
(B) . cot tan x y 0 8 50 40 p p ^ ^ h h
(C) . tan cot x y 1 25 40 50 p p ^ ^ h h
(D) . tan cot x y 0 8 40 50 p p ^ ^ h h
Chap 9 Wave Guides 591
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.1.6 An EM wave is propagating in TEM mode in a parallel plate waveguide filled of a
dielectric ( .25 4
r
e = , 1
r
m = ). If the waveguide operating at 20 GHz then the phase
constant and the group velocity of the wave will be respectively
(A) 4.5 10 / rad s
8
#
, 139.6 / m s
(B) 139.6 / rad s, 4.5 10 / m s
8
#
(C) 2 10 / rad m
8
#
, 314.2 / m s
(D) 314.2 / rad m, 2 10 / m s
8
#
MCQ 9.1.7 An a b
#
rectangular waveguide is operating in four different modes as TM
11
,
TM
12
, TE
10
and TE
20
. If a b 2 = then the ascending order of the operating modes
for their cut-off frequencies will be
(A) TE TE TM TM < < <
10 20 11 12

(B) TE TM TE TM < < <
10 11 20 12
(C) TM TM TE TE < < <
12 11 20 10

(D) TE TE TM TM < < <
10 20 12 11
MCQ 9.1.8 An airfilled cm 4 2
#
rectangular waveguide is operating at TE
10
mode at frequency
of 3.75 GHz. What will be the group velocity of the propagating wave in the
waveguide ?
(A) 1.8 10 / m s
9
#
(B) 2.4 10 / m s
9
#
(C) 2.4 10 / m s
8
#
(D) 1.8 10 / m s
8
#
MCQ 9.1.9 A rectangular waveguide with the dimensions 2.5 cm a = , 5 cm b = is operating
at a frequency 15 GHz f = . If the wave guide is filled with a lossless dielectric
with 1
r
m = , 2
r
e = then the wave impedance of propagating TE
20
mode in the
waveguide will be
(A) 377 W (B) 323 W
(C) 457 W (D) 470 W
MCQ 9.1.10 Cutoff wavelength of a parallel plate waveguide for TM
2
mode is 3 mm. If the
guide is operated at a wavelength 0.1 cm l = then the no. of possible modes that
can propagate in the waveguide is
(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 8 (D) 9
MCQ 9.1.11 A lossless parallel plate waveguide is operating in TM
3
mode at frequencies as low
as 15 GHz. What will be the dielectric constant of the medium between plates if
the plate separation is 20 mm ?
(A) 1.73 (B) 3
(C) 6 (D) 9
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.1.12 A parallel plate wave guide has the plate separation 20 mm b = is made with glass
. 2 1
r
e = ^ h between its plates. If the guide is operating at a frequency GHz f 20 =
then which of the following modes will propagate ?
(A) TM
1
(B) TM
3
(C) TE
2
(D) all the three
MCQ 9.1.13 The cutoff frequency of TM
1
mode in an air filled parallel plate wave guide is
2.5 GHz. If the guide is operating at wavelength 3 cm l = then what will be the
group velocity of TE
3
mode ?
(A) 9.9 10 / m s
7
#
(B) 2 10 / m s
8
#
(C) 3.97 10 / m s
8
#
(D) 1.5 10 / m s
8
#
MCQ 9.1.14 A symmetric slab waveguide has a slab thickness m d 15 m = with refractive indices
n 3
1
= , . n 2 5
2
= as shown in figure. The phase velocity of the TE
1
mode at cutoff
will be
(A) 2.5 10 / m s
8
#

(B) 1.2 10 / m s
8
#
(C) 7.5 10 / m s
8
#

(D) 2.07 10 / m s
8
#
MCQ 9.1.15 In a symmetrical slab waveguide, the phase velocity of TE
1
mode at cutoff is v
p1
.
So, the phase velocity of TM
2
mode at cutoff will be
(A) v
p1
(B) 2v
p1
(C)
v
2
p1
(D) v 2
p1
A strip line transmission line has the ground plane separation, 0.632 cm b = and
filled of a material with .8 4
r
e = .
MCQ 9.1.16 If characteristic impedance of the transmission line is 55 then what will be the
width of conducting strip ?
(A) 0.47 cm (B) 0.30 cm
(C) 0.15 cm (D) 0.62 cm
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.1.17 If the transmission line is operating at a frequency 3 GHz f = then what will be its
guide wavelength ?
(A) 29.7 cm (B) 3.37 cm
(C) 33.7 cm (D) 6.74 cm
MCQ 9.1.18 Consider the following statements
1. TEM mode can not exist within a hollow waveguide.
2. Any of the TM mode cant be the dominant mode of propagation in rectangular
waveguide.
The correct statement is
(A) only 1 (B) only 2
(C) 1 and 2 both (D) None of these
MCQ 9.1.19 The lowest order TM mode that can exist in a cavity resonator is
(A) TM
111
(B) TM
110
(C) TM
011
(D) TM
101
MCQ 9.1.20 If the dimensions of cavity resonator are equal (i.e., a b = ) then the lowest order
TE mode will be
(A) TE
011
(B) TE
100
(C) TE
101
(D) (A) and (C) both
MCQ 9.1.21 An air filled cavity resonator has the dimensions a b c > > . Which of the following
modes are arranged in ascending order with respect to their resonant frequencies ?
(A) TM
110
, TE
011
, TE
101

(B) TE
011
, TM
110
, TE
101
(C) TM
100
, TM
101
, TM
111

(D) TM
110
, TE
101
, TE
011
MCQ 9.1.22 An airfilled, lossless cavity resonator has dimensions 0 cm a 4 = , 25 cm b = and
20 cm c = . What is the resonant frequency of TE
101
mode ?
(A) 781 MHz (B) 901.4 MHz
(C) 450.7 MHz (D) 960.4 MHz
MCQ 9.1.23 An airfilled cubic cavity resonator a b c = = ^ h has dominant resonant frequency of
1 GHz 5 . The dimension of the cavity resonator is
(A) 1.41 cm (B) 70 cm
(C) 2.5 cm (D) 3.8 cm
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 9.2
MCQ 9.2.1 An electromagnetic wave is propagating in a parallel plate waveguide operating at
TM
1
mode. The magnetic field lines in the yz -plane will be (Assume the positive
x -axis directs into the paper)
MCQ 9.2.2 An EM wave is propagating at a frequency f in an air filled rectangular waveguide
having the cutoff frequency f
c
. Consider the phase velocity of the EM wave in the
waveguide is v
p
. The plot of ( / ) c v
p
versus / f f
c ^ h
will be.
(c is the velocity of wave in air)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.2.3 An electromagnetic wave propagating at a frequency f in free space has the
wavelength l. At the same frequency its wavelength in an airfilled waveguide
is
g
l . If the cutoff frequency of the waveguide is f
c
then the plot of /
g
l l
^ h
versus
/ f f
c ^ h
will be
A parallel plate waveguide is separated by a dielectric medium of thickness b with
the constitutive parameters e and m
MCQ 9.2.4 If the cut-off frequencies of the waveguide for the modes TE
1
, TE
2
and TE
3
are
respectively
c1
w ,
c2
w ,
c3
w then which of the following represents the correct relation
between the cutoff frequencies ?
(A)
c c c 1 2 3
w w w = = (B) < <
c c c 1 2 3
w w w
(C) > >
c c c 1 2 3
w w w (D)
c c c 1 3 2
w w w =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.2.5 The f -b curve (graph of frequency f versus phase constant b) of the waveguide
for the modes TM
2
, TM
3
and TM
4
will be
MCQ 9.2.6 A parallel plate waveguide operating at a frequency of 5 GHz is formed of two
perfectly conducting infinite plates spaced 8 cm apart in air. The maximum time
average power that can be propagated per unit width of the guide for TM
1
mode
without any voltage breakdown will be
(Dielectric strength of air = 3 10 / V m
6
#
)
(A) 828 / MW m (B) 414 / MW m
(C) 104 / MW m (D) 207 / MW m
MCQ 9.2.7 An air filled parallel plate wave guide has the separation of 12 cm between its
plates. The guide is operating at a frequency of 2.5 GHz. What is the maximum
average power per unit width of the guide that can be propagated without a
voltage breakdown for TEM mode ?
(A) 358 / MW m (B) 143.2 / MW m
(C) 716 / MW m (D) 1.432 / GW m
MCQ 9.2.8 A parallel plate waveguide filled of a dielectric . 8 4
r
e = ^ h is constructed for operation
in TEM mode only over the frequency range 0 1.5 GHz f < < . The maximum
allowable separation between the plates will be
(A) 6.90 cm (B) 29 cm
(C) 3.45 cm (D) 1.20 cm
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A parallel plate waveguide having plate separation .1 mm b 18 = is partially filled
with two lossless dielectric with permittivity 2
r1
e = and 1.05
r2
e = .
MCQ 9.2.9 The frequency f
0
at which the TM
1
mode propagates through the guide without
suffering any reflective loss is
(A) 12.8 GHz (B) 16.2 GHz
(C) 9.28 GHz (D) 8.44 GHz
MCQ 9.2.10 How many TM modes that can propagate in the guide at the frequency f
0
?
(A) one (B) two
(C) three (D) four
MCQ 9.2.11 An a b
#
airfilled rectangular waveguide is operating at a frequency, 5 GHz f = .
What will be its dimensions if the design frequency is % 10 larger than the cutoff
frequency of dominant mode while being 15 % lower than the cutoff frequency for
the next higher order mode ?
(A) 3.3 cm a = , 2.7 cm b =
(B) 1.1 cm a = , 0.9 cm b =
(C) 0.37 cm a = , 0.3 cm b =
(D) 0.5 cm a = , 0.4 cm b =
MCQ 9.2.12 A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide with its permittivities . 2 2
r1
e = and . 2 1
r2
e =
is operating at wavelength, 2.6 m m l = . If the slab thickness is 20 m d m = then how
many modes can propagate in the slab ?
(A) 8 (B) 25
(C) 15 (D) 24
MCQ 9.2.13 A rectangular waveguide operating in TE
10
mode has the phase constant b. If the
average power density of the guide in this mode is P
av
then what will be the relation
between P
av
and b ?
(A) P
av
\b (B) P
av
2
\b
(C) P
1
av
\
b
(D) P
av
is independent of b
MCQ 9.2.14 A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide with its refractive indices n
1
and n
2
is
operating at wavelength, 3.1 m m l = . If the slab thickness is 10 m m and . n 3 3
2
=
then what will be the maximum value of n
1
for which it supports only a single pair
of TE and TM mode ?
(A) 3.304 (B) 3.20
(C) 2.40 (D) 3.42
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
An asymmetric slab waveguide has the different mediums above and below the slab
as shown in figure. The regions above and below the slab have refractive indices n
2

and n
3
respectively while the slab has refractive index n
1
MCQ 9.2.15 If . n 2 8
1
= , . n 1 7
2
= , 2.1 n
3
= , then the minimum possible wave angle for the wave
propagation will be
(A) . 48 6c (B) . 37 4c
(C) . 41 4c (D) . 54 1c
MCQ 9.2.16 If the refractive indices of the mediums are related as n n n > >
1 2 3
the maximum
phase velocity of a guided mode will be
(A) n c
3
(B) / c n
1
(C) / c n
3
(D) / c n
2
(c is velocity of wave in free space)
MCQ 9.2.17 An air filled waveguide is of square cross-section of 4.5 cm on each side. The
waveguide propagates energy in the TE
22
mode at 6 GHz. The wavelength of the
TE
22
mode wave in the guide is
(A) 4.2 cm (B) 2.72 cm
(C) 5.3 cm (D) 1.18 cm
MCQ 9.2.18 An attenuator is formed by using a section of waveguide of length l operating
below cutoff frequency. The operating frequency is 6 GHz and the dimension of the
guide is 4.572 cm a = as shown in figure. What will be the required length l to
achieve attenuation of 100 dB between / I P and / O P guides ?
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
(A) 10.3 cm (B) 20.7 cm
(C) 5.2 cm (D) 12.7 cm
MCQ 9.2.19 A rectangular waveguide with the dimension, 1.07 cm a = is operating in TE
10

mode at a frequency, 10 GHz f = . If the waveguide is filled with a dielectric material
having . 8 8
r
e = and . tan 0 002 d = then the attenuation constant due to dielectric
loss will be
(A) 12.23 / dB m (B) 0.705 / dB m
(C) 6.12 / dB m (D) 3.03 / dB m
MCQ 9.2.20 The first four propagating modes of a circular waveguide are respectively
(A) TM
01
, TE
21
, TE
01
, TM
11

(B) TM
11
, TM
21
, TM
02
, TM
12
(C) TE
11
, TE
21
, TM
11
, TE
01

(D) TE
11
, TM
01
, TE
21
, TE
01
A microstrip line has the substrate thickness 0. 16 cm d 6 = with . 2 2
r
e =
MCQ 9.2.21 If the characterisitc impedance of the guide is 100 W then what will be the width
of microstrip.
(A) 2.83 cm (B) 0.28 cm
(C) 0.36 cm (D) 0.14 cm
MCQ 9.2.22 If the transmission line is operating at a frequency, 8 GHz f = then the effective
permittivity
e
e and guide wavelength
g
l will be

e
e
g
l
(A) 1.76 2.83 cm
(B) 2.83 1.76 cm
(C) 0.158 18.87 cm
(D) 18.87 0.158 cm
A rectangular cavity resonator with dimensions 2.5 cm a = , 2 cm b = and 5 cm c =
is filled with a lossless material (
0
m m = , 3
0
e e = ).
MCQ 9.2.23 The resonant frequency of the cavity resonator for TE
101
mode will be
(A) 6.7 GHz (B) .34 GHz 6
(C) 7.74 GHz (D) 3.87 GHz
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.2.24 If the resonator is made of copper then the quality factor for TE
101
mode is
(Conductivity of copper 5.8 10 / S m r
7
#
= )
(A) 7733 (B) 14358
(C) 6625 (D) 11075
MCQ 9.2.25 An air filled circular waveguide has its inner radius 1 cm. The cutoff frequency for
TE
11
mode will be
. p 1 841
11
= l
^ h
(A) 0.55 GHz (B) 9.3 GHz 4
(C) 8.79 GHz (D) 4.71GHz
MCQ 9.2.26 A cylindrical cavity shown in the figure below is operating at a wavelength of 2 cm
in the dominant mode.
The radius a of the cylindrical cavity will be . p 2 405
01
= ^ h
(A) 0.77 cm (B) 0.38 cm
(C) 1.53 cm (D) 0.19 cm
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 9.3
MCQ 9.3.1 The magnetic field among the propagation direction inside a rectangular waveguide
with the cross-section shown in the figure is
H
z
( . ) ( . ) ( . ) cos cos cos x y t z 3 2 094 10 2 618 10 6 283 10
2 2 10
# # #
b = -
The phase velocity v
p
of the wave inside the waveguide satisfies
(A) v c >
p
(B) v c
p
=
(C) v c 0 < <
p
(D) v 0
p
=
MCQ 9.3.2 The modes in a rectangular waveguide are denoted by TE or TM
mn mn
where
m and n are the eigen numbers along the larger and smaller dimensions of the
waveguide respectively. Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
(A) The TM
10
mode of the waveguide does not exist
(B) The TE
10
mode of the waveguide does not exist
(C) The TM
10
and the TE
10
modes both exist and have the same cut-off frequencies
(D) The TM
10
and the TM
01
modes both exist and have the same cut-off frequencies
MCQ 9.3.3 The electric and magnetic fields for a TEM wave of frequency 14 GHz in a
homogeneous medium of relative permittivity
r
e and relative permeability 1
r
m =
are given by / V m E e a E
( )
p
j t y
z
280
=
w p -
and 3 / A m e a H
( ) j t y
x
280
=
w p -
. Assuming the
speed of light in free space to be 3 10 / m s
8
#
, the intrinsic impedance of free
space to be 120p , the relative permittivity
r
e of the medium and the electric field
amplitude E
p
are
(A) 3, 120 E
r p
e p = =
(B) 3, 360 E
r p
e p = =
(C) 9, 360 E
r p
e p = =
(D) 9, 120 E
r p
e p = =
GATE 2012
GATE 2011
GATE 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.4 Which of the following statements is true regarding the fundamental mode of the
metallic waveguides shown ?
(A) Only P has no cutoff-frequency
(B) Only Q has no cutoff-frequency
(C) Only R has no cutoff-frequency
(D) All three have cutoff-frequencies
MCQ 9.3.5 A rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions (a 4 = cm and b 3 = cm) is to be
operated in TE
11
mode. The minimum operating frequency is
(A) 6.25 GHz (B) 6.0 GHz
(C) 5.0 GHz (D) 3.75 GHz
MCQ 9.3.6 The E field in a rectangular waveguide of inner dimension a b
#
is given by
E ( ) sin sin
h
a
H
a
x
t z a
2
y
2
0
wm
p p
w b = -
a b k l
Where H
0
is a constant, and a and b are the dimensions along the x -axis and the
y-axis respectively. The mode of propagation in the waveguide is
(A) TE
20

(B) TM
11
(C) TM
20

(D) TE
10
MCQ 9.3.7 An air-filled rectangular waveguide has inner dimensions of 3 cm # 2 cm. The wave
impedance of the TE
20
mode of propagation in the waveguide at a frequency of 30
GHz is (free space impedance 377
0
h W = )
(A) 308 W (B) 355 W
(C) 400 W (D) 461 W
MCQ 9.3.8 A rectangular wave guide having TE
10
mode as dominant mode is having a cut
off frequency 18 GHz for the mode TE
30
. The inner broad - wall dimension of the
rectangular wave guide is
(A)
3
5
cm (B) 5 cm
(C)
2
5
cm (D) 10 cm
MCQ 9.3.9 Which one of the following does represent the electric field lines for the mode in the
cross-section of a hollow rectangular metallic waveguide ?
GATE 2009
GATE 2008
GATE 2007
GATE 2007
GATE 2006
GATE 2005
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.10 The phase velocity of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a hollow metallic
rectangular waveguide in the TE
10
mode is
(A) equal to its group velocity
(B) less than the velocity of light in free space
(C) equal to the velocity of light in free space
(D) greater than the velocity of light in free space
MCQ 9.3.11 In a microwave test bench, why is the microwave signal amplitude modulated at 1
kHz
(A) To increase the sensitivity of measurement
(B) To transmit the signal to a far-off place
(C) To study amplitude modulations
(D) Because crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies
MCQ 9.3.12 A rectangular metal wave guide filled with a dielectric material of relative permittivity
4
r
e = has the inside dimensions 3.0 cm # 1.2 cm. The cut-off frequency for the
dominant mode is
(A) 2.5 GHz (B) 5.0 GHz
(C) 10.0 GHz (D) 12.5 GHz
MCQ 9.3.13 The phase velocity for the TE
10
-mode in an air-filled rectangular waveguide is (c
is the velocity of plane waves in free space)
(A) less than c
(B) equal to c
(C) greater than c
(D) none of these
MCQ 9.3.14 The phase velocity of wave propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is
(A) grater than the velocity of light in free space
(B) less than the velocity of light in free space
(C) equal to the velocity of light free space
(D) equal to the velocity of light in free
GATE 2004
GATE 2004
GATE 2003
GATE 2002
GATE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.15 The dominant mode in a rectangular waveguide is TE
10
, because this mode has
(A) the highest cut-off wavelength
(B) no cut-off
(C) no magnetic field component
(D) no attenuation
MCQ 9.3.16 A TEM wave is incident normally upon a perfect conductor. The E and H field at
the boundary will be respectively,
(A) minimum and minimum
(B) maximum and maximum
(C) minimum and maximum
(D) maximum and minimum
MCQ 9.3.17 A rectangular waveguide has dimensions 1 cm # 0.5 cm. Its cut-off frequency is
(A) 5 GHz (B) 10 GHz
(C) 15 GHz (D) 12 GHz
MCQ 9.3.18 Assuming perfect conductors of a transmission line, pure TEM propagation is NOT
possible in
(A) coaxial cable
(B) air-filled cylindrical waveguide
(C) parallel twin-wire line in air
(D) semi-infinite parallel plate wave guide
MCQ 9.3.19 Indicate which one of the following will NOT exist in a rectangular resonant cavity.
(A) TE
110
(B) TE
011
(C) TM
110
(D) TM
111
MCQ 9.3.20 The ratio of the transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called as
(A) wave guide impedance (B) wave guide wavelength
(C) phase velocity (D) Poynting vector
MCQ 9.3.21 Consider a rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions 8 4 cm cm
#
. Assuming
an H
10
mode of propagation, the critical wavelength would be
(A) 8 cm (B) 16 cm
(C) 4 cm (D) 32 cm
MCQ 9.3.22
a
m
b
n
2 2
2
g
p p
w me = + -
a a k k
represents the propagation constant in a rectangular
waveguide for
(A) TE waves only (B) TM waves only
(C) TEM waves (D) TE and TM waves
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2012
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.23 With the symbols having their standard meaning, cut-off frequency (frequency
below which wave propagation will not (occur) for a rectangular waveguide is
(A)
a
m
b
n 1
me
p p
+
a a k k
(B)
a
m
b
n
2
1
2 2
p me
p p
+
a a k k
(C)
a
m
b
n
2
1
p me
p p
+
a a k k
(D)
a
m
b
n 1
2 2
me
p p
+
a a k k
MCQ 9.3.24 A standard air filled waveguide WR-187 has inside wall dimensions of 4.755 cm a =
and 2.215 cm b = . At 12 GHz, it will support
(A) TE
10
mode only (B) TE
10
and TE
20
modes only
(C) , TE TE and TE
10 20 01
modes only (D) , , TE TE TE and TE
10 20 01 11
modes
MCQ 9.3.25 Consider the following statements relating to the cavity resonator :
1. The cavity resonator does not posses as many modes as the corresponding
waveguides does.
2. The resonant frequencies of cavities are very closely spaced.
3. The resonant frequency of a cavity resonator can be changed by altering its
dimensions.
(A) 2 and 3 only (B) 2 only
(C) 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 9.3.26 The correct statement is
(A) Microstrip lines can support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
coaxial lines cannot
(B) Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
coaxial lines can
(C) Both microstrip lines and shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation
(D) Neither microstrip lines nor shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation.
MCQ 9.3.27 An air-filled rectangular waveguide has dimensions of 6 cm a = and 4 cm b = . The
signal frequency is 3 GHz. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer
using the code given below the lists :
List I List II
a. TE
10
1. 2.5 GHz
b. TE
01
2. 3.75 GHz
c. TE
11
3. 4.506 GHz
d. TM
11
4. 4.506 GHz
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 4 2 3 1
(C) 1 3 2 4
(D) 4 3 2 1
MCQ 9.3.28 Assertion (A) : TEM (Transverse Electromagnetic) waves cannot propagate within
a hollow waveguide of any shape.
Reason (R) : For a TEM wave to exist within the waveguide, lines of H field must
be closed loops which requires an axial component of E which is not present in a
TEM wave.
MCQ 9.3.29 For plane wave propagating in free space or two conductor transmission line, what
must be the relationship between the phase velocity v
r
, the group velocity v
g
and
speed of light c ?
(A) v c v > >
p g

(B) v c v < <
p g
(C) v c v
p g
= =
(D) v v c < <
p g
In a microstrip line
1. Wavelength
e
0
l
e
l
= , where
e
e is the effective dielectric constant and
0
l is the
free space wavelength.
2. Electromagnetic fields exist partly in the air above the dielectric substrate and
partly within the substrate itself.
3. The effective dielectric constant is greater than the dielectric constant of the
air.
4. Conductor losses increase with decreasing characteristic impedance.
(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
(C) 2, 3 and 4
(D) 4 only
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
the lists.
List I (Type of transmission structure) List II (Modes of propagation)
a. Strip line 1. Quassi TEM
b. Hollow rectangular waveguide 2. Pure TEM
c. Microguide 3. / TE TEM
d. Corrugated waveguide 4. Hybrid
Codes
a b c d
(A) 2 1 3 4
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 2 3 1 4
(D) 4 3 1 2
MCQ 9.3.32 A standard waveguide WR90 has inside wall dimensions of 2.286 cm a = and
1.016 cm b = . What is the cut-off waveguide for TE
01
mode ?
(A) 4.572 cm (B) 2.286 cm
(C) 2.032 cm (D) 1.857 cm
MCQ 9.3.33 When a particular mode is exited in a waveguide, there appears an extra electric
component, in the direction of propagation. In what mode is the wave propagating ?
(A) Transverse electric
(B) Transverse magnetic
(C) Transverse electromagnetic
(D) Longitudinal
For a square waveguide of cross-section 3 3 m m
#
it has been found
1. at 6 GHz dominant mode will propagate.
2. at 4 GHz all the mode are evanescent.
3. at 11GHz only dominant modes and no higher order mode will propagate.
4. at 7 GHz degenerate modes will propagate.
Which of the above statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 2
(B) 1, 2 and 4
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 2, 3 and 4
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.35 Match List with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists.
List I (Mode) List II (Characteristic)
a. Evanescent mode 1. Rectangular waveguide does not
support
b. Dominant mode 2. No wave propagation
c. TM
10
and TM
01
3. Lowest cut-off frequency
Codes
a b c
(A) 1 2 3
(B) 1 3 2
(C) 2 3 1
(D) 2 1 3
MCQ 9.3.36 Assertion (A) : A z -directed rectangular waveguide with cross-sectional dimensions
3 1 cm cm
#
will support propagation at 4 GHz.
Reason (R) : k
m n
3 1
2
z
2
2 2
p p
l
p
+ + =
a a b k k l
, where l is the wavelength.
MCQ 9.3.37 Which one of the following is the correct statement ?
A rectangular coaxial line can support
(A) only TEM mode of propagation
(B) both TEM and TE modes of propagation
(C) either TE or TM mode of propagation
(D) TEM, TE or TM mode of propagation
MCQ 9.3.38
A rectangular waveguide (A) is gradually deformed first into a circular wave guide
(B) and lack again into a rectangular waveguide (C) which is oriented through 90c
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2006
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
with respect to (A) If the input mode is TE
10
, which mode is excited in the output
waveguide (C) ?
(A) TE
10
(B) TE
01
(C) TE
11
(D) TM
11
MCQ 9.3.39 The dominant mode in a circular waveguide is a :
(A) TEM mode (B) TM
01
mode
(C) TE
21
mode (D) TE
11
mode
MCQ 9.3.40 The cut-off frequency of the dominant mode of a rectangular wave guide having
aspect ratio more than 2 is 10 GHz. The inner broad wall dimension is given by :
(A) 3 cm (B) 2 cm
(C) 1.5 cm (D) 2.5 cm
MCQ 9.3.41 In a waveguide, the evanescent modes are said to occur if :
(A) The propagation constant is real
(B) The propagation constant is imaginary
(C) Only the TEM waves propagate
(D) The signal has a constant frequency
MCQ 9.3.42 Assertion (A) : A microstrip line cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation.
Reason (R) : A microstrip line suffers from various forms of losses.
MCQ 9.3.43 Consider the following statements relating to the cavity resonators :
1. For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at voltage maximum in the input
line at resonance
2. For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at the voltage minimum in the input
line at resonance
3. For under-coupling the normalized impedance at the voltage maximum is the
standing wave ratio
4. For over-coupling the input terminal impedance is equal to the reciprocal of
the standing wave ratio
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 3 and 4
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2005
I ES EC 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.44 Consider the following statements relating to the microstrip lines :
1. Modes on microstrip lines are purely TEM
2. Microstrip line is also called open strip line
3. Radiation loss in microstrip line can be reduced by using thin high dielectric
materials
4. Conformal transformation technique is quite suitable for solving microstrip
problems
(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 2, 3 and 4
(C) 1, 3 and 4
(D) 1, 2 and 4
MCQ 9.3.45 Match List I (Dominant Mode of Propagation) with List II (Type of transmission
Structure) and select the correct answer :
List-I List-II
a. Coaxial line 1. TE
b. Rectangular waveguide 2. Quasi TEM
c. Microstrip line 3. Hybrid
d. Coplanar waveguide 4. TEM
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 4 2 3
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 1 4 3 2
(D) 4 1 2 3
MCQ 9.3.46 For TE or TM modes of propagation in bounded media, the phase velocity
(A) is independent of frequency
(B) is a linear function of frequency
(C) is a non-linear function of frequency
(D) can be frequency-dependent or frequency-independent depending on the source
MCQ 9.3.47 A waveguide operated below cut-off frequency can be used as
(A) A phase shifter
(B) An attenuator
(C) An isolator
I ES EC 2004
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.48 Assertion (A) : The quality factor Q of a waveguide is closely related to its
attenuation factor a.
Reason (R) : Normally attenuation factors obtainable in waveguides are much
higher than those obtainable in transmission lines.
(D) A is false but R is
MCQ 9.3.49 Assertion (A) : The greater the Q, the smaller the bandwidth of a resonant circuit.
Reason (R) : At high frequencies the Q of a coil falls due to skin effect.
(A) Both A and R are true R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 9.3.50 For a wave propagation in an air filled rectangular waveguide.
(A) guided wavelength is never less than free space wavelength
(B) wave impedance is never less than the free space impedance
(C) TEM mode is possible if the dimensions of the waveguide are properly chosen
(D) Propagation constant is always a real quantity
MCQ 9.3.51 When a particular mode is excited in a wave-guide, there appears an extra electric
component in the direction of propagation. The resulting mode is
(A) transverse-electric
(B) transverse-magnetic
(C) longitudinal
(D) transverse-electromagnetic
MCQ 9.3.52 For a hollow waveguide, the axial current must necessarily be
(A) a combination of conduction and displacement currents
(B) time-varying conduction current and displacement current
(C) time-varying conduction current and displacement current
(D) displacement current only
MCQ 9.3.53 As a result of reflections from a plane conducting wall, electromagnetic waves
acquire an apparent velocity greater than the velocity of light in space. This is
called
(A) velocity propagation (B) normal velocity
(C) group velocity (D) phase velocity
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2012
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 9.3.54 Assertion (A) : A thin sheet of conducting material can act as a low-pass filter for
electromagnetic waves.
Reason (R) : The penetration depth is inversely proportional to the square root of
the frequency.
MCQ 9.3.55 Consider the following statements in connection with cylindrical waveguides :
1. At low frequency the propagation constant is real and wave does not propagate.
2. At intermediate frequency the propagation constant is zero and wave cut off.
3. At high frequency the propagation constant is imaginary and wave propagates.
4. At transition condition the cut-off frequency is inversely proportional to the
eigen values of the Bessel function for the respective TE
nr
mode.
Which of these statements is/are correct ?
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 2 only
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 2, 3 and 4
MCQ 9.3.56 How is the attenuation factor in parallel plate guides represented ?
(A) Power lost/power transmitted a =
(B) 2 Power lost/power transmitted a
#
=
(C) /(2 ) Power lost per unit length power transmitted a
#
=
(D) ) Power lost/(power lost power transmitted a = +
MCQ 9.3.57 Which one of the following statements is correct? A wave guide can be considered
to be analogous to a
(A) low pass filter
(B) high pass filter
(C) band pass filter
(D) band stop filter
***********
I ES EE 2011
I ES EE 2009
I ES EE 2007
I ES EE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 9.1
Given, electric field intensity of the propagating wave is
E
zs
5 / sin sin V m x y e 20 25
j z
p p =
b -
^ ^ h h (1)
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating in a
z
direction. Since, the wave has
its component of electric field in the direction of propagation so, the waveguide is
operating in TM
mn
(Transverse magnetic) mode.
Now for determining the value of m and n, we compare the phasor form of electric
field to its general equation given as.
E
zs
sin sin E
a
m x
n
n y
e
o
j z p
p
=
b -
a a k k
(2)
where a and b are the dimensions of waveguide and since, the waveguide has the
dimension 10 4 cm
#
so, we get
a 10 cm = and 4 cm b =
Now, comparing equation (1) and (2) we get

a
m x p
x 20p = & m 2 =

b
n y p
y 25p = & n 1 =
Thus, the mode of propagation of wave is TM
21
.
A wave mode propagates in a waveguide only if its frequency is greater than cutoff
frequency. If there is no any propagating mode inside the waveguide then energy in
the propagating mode is zero. So, average power flow down the waveguide below
cutoff frequency is zero.
i.e. Both the statements are correct and R is correct explanation of A.
The intrinsic impedance of an airfilled waveguide for TM mode is defined as

TMmn
h
f
f
1
cmn
0
2
h = -
c m
Since, the operating frequency is twice the cutoff frequency
i.e. f 2f
, c mn
=
So, we get the intrinsic wave impedance as

TMmn
h 377 1
2
1
2
= -
b l
32.6.49 W = 327 . W
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The dimensions of wave guide, a 10 0.1 cm m = =
and, b 4 cm =
The mode of propagation, m 2 = , n 1 =
Operating frequency, f 7.5 7.5 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= = ,
Unbounded phase velocity, v
p
3 10 / m s c
8
#
= = (air filled)
So, the cut-off frequency of the waveguide is given as
f
c

c
a
m
b
n
2
2 2
= +
a a k k

2
3 10
20 25
8
2 2
#
= + ^ ^ h h
4.8 10 Hz
9
#
=
Therefore, the phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is defined as
b
v f
f
1
p
c
2
w
= -
c m

c
f
f
f f 2
c
2
2 2
p
=
-
. .
3 10
2
10 7 5 4 8
8
9 2 2
#
#
p
= - ^ ^ h h
20.7 / rad m 2 =
Since, the electric field component exists in the direction of propagation so it will
be operating in TM (Transverse magnetic) mode. So, for the TM mode the electric
field components in phasor form are given as
E
xs

h
r
x
E
zs
2
2
2
=-
and E
ys

h
r
y
E
zs
2
2
2
=-
Since, the given electric field component is
E
zs
/ sin sin V m E x y e 50 40
0
rz
p p =
-
^ ^ h h
So, E
xs
cos sin
h
r
E x y e 50 50 40
rz
2
0
p p p =-
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
and E
ys
sin cos
h
r
E x y e 40 50 40
o
rz
2
p p p =-
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
Therefore, the ratio of the components is

E
E
ys
xs
cot tan x y
40
50
50 40
p
p
p p = ^ ^ h h
. cot tan x y 1 25 50 40 p p = ^ ^ h h
Relative permittivity of dielectric
r
e 2.25 =
Relative permeability of the dielectric,
r
m 1 =
Operating frequency, f 10 10 GHz Hz
10
= =
Since, the waveguide is operating in TEM mode so, the phase constant is given as
b w me =
c
f 2
r r
p
m e = .
3 10
2 10
1 5
8
10
#
#
#
p
= ^ h 314.2 / rad m =
The group velocity of the wave in TEM mode will be equal to its phase velocity in
the unbounded dielectric medium
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
i.e. v
g
v
c 1
p
r r
me m e
= = = 2 10 / m s
8
#
=
In an a b
#
rectangular waveguide, cutoff frequency for TE
mn
^ h or TM
mn
^ h mode is
defined as
f
c
mn
^ h
a
m
b
n
2
1
2 2
me
= +
a a k k
Now, for TM
11
mode
f
c1

a b
2
1 1 1
2 2
me
= +
b b l l

f
a a
2
1 1 2
2 2
m
= +
b b l l
a b 2 =

a
5
2
1
me
=
c m
Similarly, for TM
12
mode
f
c2

a b
2
1 1 2
2 2
me
= +
b b l l

a
17
2
1
me
=
c m
For TE
10
mode f
c3

a
2
1 1
0
2
me
= +
b l

a 2
1
me
=
For TE
20
mode f
c4

a
2
1 2
0
2
me
= +
b l

a
2
2
1
me
=
c m
So comparing cutoff frequencies of all the modes we get the modes in ascending
order of cutoff frequencies as
TE TE TM TM < < <
10 20 11 12
Dimensions of wave guide a 5 5 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
and b 3 3 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
9
#
= =
Since operating mode of the waveguide is TE
10
(i.e., m 1 = and n 0 = ) so, the cutoff
frequency of the airfilled waveguide is given as
f
c

c
a
m
b
n
2
2 2
= +
a a k k

3 10
2
5 10
1
0 3 10
8
2
2
9
#
#
#
= + =
- b l
The group velocity of the EM wave in the waveguide is given as
v
g
c
f
f
1
c
2
= -
c m

.
3 10 1
3 75 10
3 10 8
9
9 2
#
#
#
= -
c m
1.8 10 / m s
8
#
=
Dimensions of waveguide, a 2.5 2.5 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
and b 5 5 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
9
#
= =
Conductivity of medium, s 0 = (lossless dielectric)
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
r
e 2 =
r
m 1 =
The operating mode of the waveguide is TE
20
mode (i.e., m 2 = and n 0 = )
So, the cutoff frequency of the waveguide in the TE
20
mode is given as
f
c

a
m
b
n
2
1
2 2
me
= +
a a k k

.
2
3 10
2 5 10
2
r r
8
2
2
#
# m e
=
- b l
. 8 5 10
9
#
=
The wave impedance for the TE
20
mode is given as

TE20
h
f
f
1
c
2
h
=
-
c m

f
f
1
1
r
r
c
0
2
h
e
m
=
-
c
f
m
p
\

.
377
2
1
1
15
8 5
1
2
=
-
b
f
l
p
323 W =
Given, the cutoff frequency for TM
2
mode is

c
2
l
^ h
2 2 10 mm m
3
#
= =
-
Since, the cutoff wavelength for TM or TE
n n
mode for a parallel plate waveguide
is defined as

c
n
l
^ h

n
b 2
r
e = (1)
where b is the separation between parallel plates of the waveguide and
r
e is relative
permittivity of the medium. So, putting the known values in the expression, we get
2 10
3
#
-

b
2
2
r
e = (n 2 = )
b
2 10
r
3
#
e
=
-
Now, for any n mode to propagate the operating wavelength must be less than or
equal to the cutoff frequency.
i.e. l
c
n
# l
^ h
So, from equation (1) for the propagation of wavelength 0.1 cm l = we have the
relation as
. 0 1 10
2
#
-

b
b 2
r
# e
. 0 1 10
2
#
-

n
2 2 10
r
r
3
#
#
#
e
e
-
n
. 0 1 10
4 10
2
3
#
#
#
-
-
n 4 #
Therefore, the possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide are
TEM, TE
1
, TE
2
, TE
3
, TE
4
, TM
1
, TM
2
, TM
3
and TM
4
Thus, there are nine possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Plate separation, b 10 10 mm m
2
= =
-
Minimum operating frequency, f
min
15 15 10 GHz Hz f
c
9
#
= = =
Since, for TM
n
mode of parallel plate waveguide, cutoff frequency is defined as
f
c
n
^ h
b
n
2 me
=
So, for TM
3
^ h mode n 3 = ^ h we have the cutoff frequency as
f
c
3
^ h
b 2
3
r 0 0
m e e
=

15 10
9
#

2 10
3 3 10
r
2
8
#
# #
e
=
-
^ h
f f
min c
3
= ^ h

r
e 3 =
or
r
e 9 =
Plate separation, b 20 20 10 mm m
3
#
= =
-
Relative permittivity of medium,
r
e 2.1 =
Operating frequency, f 16 GHz =
For propagation of wave the operating frequency must be greater than the cutoff
frequency of TE
n
^ h or TM
n
^ h mode of parallel plate waveguide
i.e. f f >
c
n
^ h
f
b
n
2
>
r 0 0
m e e
n fb 2 <
r 0 0
m e e
n .
3 10
2 16 10 20 10
2 1 <
8
9 3
#
# # # #
#
-
n . 3 09 <
So, the maximum allowed mode is
n 3 =
Since, all the modes given in the option are in the range, therefore, all the three
modes will propagate.
Cutoff frequency of TM
1
^ h mode, f
c
1
^ h 2.5 2.5 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= =
Operating wavelength, l 3 3 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
The cutoff frequency of TE
3
^ h mode of the parallel plate waveguide is given as
f
c
3
^ h f 3
1
c
= ^ h 3 2.5 10 Hz
9
# #
= 7.5 10 Hz
9
#
=
Since, the operating frequency of the waveguide is defined as
f
c
l
=
where l is the operating wavelength. So, the operating frequency of the parallel
plate waveguide is
f 10 Hz
3 10
3 10
2
8
10
#
#
= =
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the group velocity of TE
3
mode is given as
v
g
3
^ h

f
f
1
1
c
0 0
3
2
m e
= -
^
e
h
o

.
3 10 1
10
7 5 10 8
10
9 2
#
#
= -
c m
2 10 / m s
8
#
=
At cutoff the mode propagates in the slab at the critical angle which means that
the phase velocity will be equal to that of a plane wave in upper or lower media of
refractive index n
2
. So, the phase velocity at cutoff will be
v
p

.
1.2 10 / m s
n
c
2 5
3 10
2
8
8 #
#
= = =
The phase velocity at cutoff is independent of the mode and equal to the phase
velocity of a plane wave in unbounded media. Since, in the given problem the
phase velocity of TM
2
mode is to be determined for same waveguide so, the phase
velocity of TM
2
mode will be equal to that of TM
1
mode.
i.e., v
p2
v
p1
=
Relative permittivity of material,
r
e . 8 8 =
Separation between strip line, b 0.632 cm =
0
35 =
So, Z
r 0
e . ( ) . 8 8 35 103 8 = =
Since, Z
r 0
e 120 <
Therefore, the width to separation ratio of strip line transmission line is given as

b
w
.
Z
30
0 441
r 0
e
p
= -

.
w
0 632

.
.
8 8 35
30
0 441
p
= -
^ ^ h h
w . 0 295 =
Guide wavelength of a stripline is defined as,

g
l
f
c
r
e
=
where, c is velocity of wave in free space, f is the operating frequency and
r
e is the
relative permittivity of the medium. So, we get

g
l
. 8 8 3 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
=
^ ^ h h
3.37 cm =
Statement 1
Suppose on the contrary the TEM mode existed. In this case the magnetic field
must lie solely in the transverse xy-plane. The magnetic field lines must form closed
paths in this transverse plane, since 0 H : d = . From Amperes law, the integral
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
of this transverse magnetic field around these closed paths must yield the axial
conduction or displacement current. But E 0
z
= for the TEM mode so, no axial
displacement current can exist. Also, since there is no center conductor so, no axial
conduction current can exist. Therefore statement 1 is correct.
Statement 2
The dominant mode is the mode that has lowest cutoff frequency. Now, f
, c mn
is
clearly minimized when either m or n is zero. Since, TM
01
or TM
10
mode doesnt
exist so, TM mode cant be the dominant mode of propagation in rectangular
waveguide.
It is also correct statement.
For a TM
mnp
mode, neither m nor n can be zero otherwise all field components
vanish, however p can be zero. So, the lowest order TM mode is TM
110
.
Since, TE
mnp
mode of cavity resonator can have either m 0 = or n 0 = (but not
both at a time) where as p cant be zero for TE mode so, the lowest order of TE
mode is
TE
011
if a b <
TE
101
if a b >
As the dimensions of the cavity resonator are equal (a b = ) so, both the TE
101
and
TE
011
are lowest order mode.
Given, the dimensions of cavity resonator are related as
a b c > > (1)
The condition for propagating TE and TM modes in a cavity resonator are as
follows :
(1) for TM
mnp
mode, neither m nor n can be zero however p can be zero.
(2) For TE
mnp
mode p cant be zero but either m or n can be zero (but not both
at a time)
The resonant frequency of TM
mnp
or TE
mnp
mode in a cavity resonator is defined as
f
mnp

a
m
b
n
c
p
2
1
/
2 2 2 1 2
me
= + +
a a a k k k : D
So, comparing the resonant frequency for the different values of , and m n p using
the relation defined in equation (1), we get the lowest order mode will be TM
110

and the ascending order can be written as below :
TM
110
; TE
101
; TE
011
; TE TM
111 111
=
In an airfilled cavity resonator, resonant frequency is defined as
f
mmp

a
m
b
n
c
p
2
1
/
0 0
2 2 2 1 2
m e
= + +
a a a k k k : D
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, for TE
101
mode (m p 1 = = , n 0 = ) the resonant frequency is
f
101

2
3 10
30 10
1
20 10
1
/ 8
2
2
2
2 1 2
#
# #
= +
- - b b l l ; E
9.01388 10 Hz
8
#
= 901.4 MHz =
The resonant frequency of a cavity resonator is defined as
f
mnp

a
m
b
n
c
p
2
1
/
0 0
2 2 2 1 2
m e
= + +
a a a k k k : D

Since, a b c = = so, the dominant modes are TE
101
or TE
011
or TM
110
. Therefore,
taking any of , m n or p equal to zero, we get the resonant frequency as
f
mnp

a
m
b
n
c
p
2
1
/
0 0
2 2 2 1 2
m e
= + +
a a a k k k : D
f
mnp

a
2
3 10 2
/ 8
2
1 2
#
= ; E a b c = = ^ h
15 10
9
#

a 2
3 10 2
8
#
#
=
a 1.41 10 1.41 m cm
2
#
= =
-
i.e. a b c = = 1.41 cm =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 9.2
Since, the waveguide is operating at TM
n
mode so, the phasor form of magnetic
field of the EM wave will be given as
H
xs
cos
h
j
H
b
nxy
e
j z
0
we
=
b -
a k
Since, the waveguide is operating at TM
1
mode (i.e. n 1 = )
So, H
xs
cos
h
j
H
b
y
e
j z
0
we p
=
b -
a k
Therefore, the instantaneous magnetic field intensity of the wave is given as
H
x
Re cos
h
j
H
b
y
e e
j z j t
0
we p
=
b w -
a k ' 1
cos sin
h
H
b
y
t z
0
we
p
w b =- -
a
^
k
h
at t 0 = H
x
cos sin
h b
y
z
we
p
b =
a
^
k
h (1)
As the EM wave is propagating in y-z plane so, in TM mode the y and z -components
of the magnetic field intensity will be zero.
i.e. H H
y z
= 0 =
Thus, the field will have the component only in z -direction for which we sketch the
field lines in y-z plane. From equation (1), we conclude that the field intensity H
z
depends on the values cosines and sines of the two variables defined as
cos
b
y p
a k

0 0.5
0.5 1
ve
ve
y
y
< <
< <
=
+
-
)
sin z b
ve
ve
z
z
0
2
< <
< <
b p
p b p
=
+
-
*
Using these values we get the sketch of the field lines in the yz -plane as shown in
the figure below where x -axis directs into the paper.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m SOL 9.2.2 Option (A) is correct.
The phase velocity of the EM wave in the guide is defined as
v
p

b
w
=
where w is the operating angular frequency and b is the phase constant inside the
airfilled waveguide given as
b /
c
f f 1
c
2 w
= -
^ h
waveguide
So, we get
v
p

/
c
f f 1
c
2 w
w
=
-
^ h
&
v
c
f
f
p
c
2
2
+
b c l m
1 =
The above equation is the equation of a circle. So, the graph between ( / ) c v
p
and
/ f f
c ^ h
will be as plotted below :
Wavelength for a propagating wave inside the waveguide is defined as

g
l
2
b
p
=
where b is the phase constant of the wave in the waveguide given as
b
f
f
1
c
2
w me = -
c m
where f
c
is the cutoff frequency of the waveguide and f is the operating frequency
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
of the waveguide. So, we get

g
l
f
f
1
2
c
2
w me
p
=
-
c m
&
g
l
f
f
2
1
1
c 0 0
2
w m e
p
=
-
c m
(for airfilled guide
0
m m = ,
0
e e = )
&
g
l
f
c
f
f
1
1
c
2
=
-
b
c
f
l
m
p
&
g
l
f
f
1
1
c
2
l =
-
c
f
m
p
&
g
l
l

/
/
f f
f f
1
c
c
2
2
=
- ^
^
h
h
Thus, the plot between / f f
c ^ h and /
g
l l ^ h is as sketched below :
The propagation constant g ^ h in the parallel plate waveguide is defined as

2 2
g w me +
b
n
2
p
=
a k
(1)
Since, for lossless medium propagation constant is given as
g jb = (attenuation constant, 0 a = )

2 2
b w me - +
b
n
2
p
=
a k
At the cutoff frequency,
c
w w = phase constant is zero (i.e., b 0 = ). So, we get

c
2
w me
b
n
2
p
=
a k

c
w
b
n
me
p
=
So, for TE
1
mode
c1
w
b me
p
=
So TE
2
mode
c2
w
b
2
me
p
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For TE
3
mode
c3
w
b
3
me
p
=
Comparing the three expressions we get,
< <
c c c 1 2 3
w w w
As calculated in previous question, the expression for the operating frequency of
the wave in the waveguide is given as

2 2
b w pe - +
b
n
2
p
=
a k
&
2
w me
b
n 2
2
b
p
= +
a k
& f 4
2 2
p me
^ h

b
n 2
2
b
p
= +
a k
So, for TM
2
mode (n 2 = ) f
2

b
4
1
4
2
2
2
p me
b
p
=
+
a k : D
For TM
3
mode (n 3 = ) f
2

b
4
1
9
2
2
2
p me
b
p
=
+
a k : D
and for TM
4
mode (n 4 = ) f
2

b
4
1
16
2
2
2
p me
b
p
=
+
a k : D
Thus, for the above obtained expressions for the frequencies at different modes, we
sketch the f -b curve as shown below :
9
#
= =
Separation between the plates b 6 6 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
So, the cut off frequency for TM
1
mode is given as
f
c

b 2
1
0 0
m e
=
2 6 10
3 10
2
8
# #
#
=
-
2.5 10 Hz
9
#
=
For a parallel plate waveguide, phasor form of components of electric field and
magnetic field intensity of a propagation wave are given as
E
ys
cos E
b
n y
e
z
0
p
=
g -
a k
and H
xs
cos
f
f
E
b
n y
e
1
c
z
0
2
0
h
p
=-
-
g -
c
a
m
k
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the average power is given as
P
ave
Re dS E H
2
1
s s #
=
)
" , #
( ) E H w dy
2
1
ys xs
b
0
= - ^ ^ h h " , #
cos
w
f
f
E
b
y
dy
2
1
c
b
0
2
0
2
0
2
h
p
=
-
c
a
m
k #

cos
w
f
f
E
b
y
dy
2
1
2
1
2
c
b
0
2
0
2
0
h
p
=
-
+
c
b
m
l
#

wb
f
f
E
4
1
c
0
2
0
2
h
=
-
c m
The maximum power propagation will be due to the maximum electric field in the
medium (the dielectric strength of the medium). So, we have the maximum average
power as
P
max
ave ^ h
wb
f
f
4
1
3 10
c
0
2
6 2
#
h
=
-
c
^
m
h
( E
max
0 ^ h 3 10 / V m
6
#
= )
Putting all the values, we get the average power per unit width as

w
P
max
ave ^ h

f
f
4
6 10
120 1
3 10
c
2
2
6 2
#
#
#
p
=
-
-
c
^
m
h
. 4 135 10
8
#
= 414 / MW m =
Separation between waveguide plates, b 12 0.12 cm m = =
9
#
= =
For the TEM mode, phasor form of electric and magnetic field components are
given as
E
ys
E e
0
z
=
g -
H
xs

E
e
z
0
0
h
=-
g -
So, the average power propagated in the waveguide is given as
, P
ave
Re dS E H
2
1
s s #
=
)
& 0 #
Re E H ds
2
1
ys xs
= -^ ^ h h " , #
E
E
wdy
2
1
b
0
0
0
0
h
=- - ^
c
h
m
#

E
wb
2
0
0
2
h
=
The maximum electric field, without any voltage breakdown is defined as the
dielectric strength of the medium as given and as the dielectric strength of air is
E
max
0 ^ h 3 10 / V m
6
#
=
So, the maximum average power propagated in the waveguide is
P
max
ave ^ h . w
2 120
3 10
0 12
6 2
#
#
p
=
^
^
^
h
h
h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the maximum time average power propagated per unit width in the
waveguide is

w
P
max
ave ^ h
. 1 432 10
9
#
= 1.432 / GW m =
Maximum operating frequency f
max
1.5 10 Hz
9
#
=
Relative permittivity of medium,
r
e . 8 4 =
The cutoff frequency in TEM mode is f 0
c
= and the cutoff frequency in TE
n
^ h or
TM
n
^ h mode is given as
f
c
n
^ h
b
n
2 me
=
So, for TE
1
or TM
1
mode n 1 = ^ h we get
f
c
1
^ h
b 2
1
r 0 0
m e e
=
Since, the guide is to be operated only in TEM mode. So, the operating frequency
must be less than f
c
1
^ h while it must be greater than 0 (cutoff frequency in TEM
mode).
i.e. 0 f f < <
c
1
^ h
or, f
b 2
1
<
r 0 0
m e e
b
f 2
1
<
r 0 0
m e e
As the frequency inside the waveguide ranges in 0 1.5 GHz f < < , therefore, the
maximum allowable separation between the plates is
b
max

f
c
2
max r
e
=
. . 2 1 5 10 8 4
3 10
9
8
# # #
#
= ( 1.5 GHz f
max
= )
0.345 m = 3.45 cm =
The Brewsters angle for parallel polarized wave is given as
tan
|| B
q
1
2
e
e
=

|| B
q
.
tan
2
1 05 1
=
-
b l
. 35 9c =
The cutoff frequency for TM
1
mode in 1
st
medium (permittivity =
r1
e ) is given as
f
c
1
^ h
b 2
1
r 0 0 1
m e e
=
. 2 14 1 10 2
3 10
3
8
# #
#
=
-
7.52 10 Hz
9
#
=
So, the frequency for which there is no any reflective loss is given as
f
0

cos
f
c
1
q
=
^ h
where q is ray angle that has the value, 90
|| B
c q q = - . So, we get
f
0

.
.
.
cos sin 90
7 52 10
35 9
7 52 10
B11
9 9
# #
c c q
=
-
=
^ h
12.8 GHz =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
NOTE :
Brewsters angle is the incident angle of a plane wave at the interface of two
mediums for which there is no any reflection in the medium.
As we have determined in the previous question, the value of f
0
is
f
0
12.8 GHz =
and the cutoff frequency for TM
1
mode is
f
c
1
^ h 7.52 GHz =
So, the cutoff frequency for TM
2
mode will be
f
c
2
^ h f 2
c
1
= ^ h 15.04 GHz =
Since, the operating frequency f
0
is below the cutoff frequency for TM
2
mode so,
TM
2
mode or the higher modes cant propagate at the frequency f
0
. Therefore,
only one mode TM
1 ^ h can propagate at the frequency f
0
through the waveguide.
Consider the dominant mode of the waveguide is TE
10
. Since, the cut-off frequency
for TE
mn
mode is defined as
f
c

f
a
m
b
n
2
1
2 2
m
= +
a a k k
So, the cutoff frequency for the TE
10
mode is
f
c
10
^ h
c
a a
c
2
1
2
#
= = (for airfilled waveguide 1/ c me = )
Now, the next higher order mode of the waveguide will be TE
01
so, its cutoff
frequency is given as
f
c
01
^ h
b
c
2
=
For the given condition design frequency will be
f . . f f 1 1 0 9
c c
10 01
= = ^ ^ h h
Since, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f 5 5 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= =
So, we get f
c
10
^ h
. 1 1
5 10
9
#
=

a
c
2

. 1 1
5 10
9
#
=
a
.
3.3 cm
2 5 10
3 10 1 1
9
8
# #
# #
= =
^
^
h
h
and f
c
01
^ h
. 0 9
5 10
9
#
=

b
c
2

. 0 9
5 10
9
#
=
b
.
2.7 cm
2 5 10
3 10 0 9
9
8
# #
# #
= =
^
^
h
h
For a propagating mode TM
n
or TE
n
the cutoff wavelength of the symmetric
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
dielectric slab is defined as

c
l
n
d
1
2
r r 1 2
e e
=
-
-
where
r1
e and
r2
e are the permittivities of dielectrics and d is the slab thickness.
So, we get

c
l
. .
n 1
2 20 10 2 2 2 1
6
# #
=
-
-
-

.
n 1
1 26 10
5
#
=
-
-
Since the operating wave length must be lower than or equal to the cutoff wavelength
i.e. l
c
#l
Therefore, for the propagation of wavelength 2.6 m m l = in the dielectric slab
waveguide, we have the condition as
. 2 6 10
6
#
-

.
n 1
1 26 10
5
#
#
-
-

n 1 -
.
.
2 6 10
1 26 10
6
5
#
#
#
-
-
n 1 - . 4 85 #
n . 5 85 #
So, the possible values of n for which the wavelength 2.6 m m l = can propagate in
the waveguide are n 1 = , 2, 3, 4, 5. Thus, we get the possible modes as follows :
TE
1
, TE
2
, TE
3
, TE
4
, TE
5
TM
1
, TM
2
, TM
3
, TM
4
, TM
5
and as TEM doesnt exist in the dielectric slab waveguide so, total 10 modes can
propagate for the operating wavelength.
For a rectangular waveguide operating in TE
10
mode the phasor form of electric
field is given as
E
ys
sin E kx e
j z
0
=
b -
^ h
H
xs
sin E kx e
j z
0
wm
b
=-
b -
^ h
H
zs
cos j
K
E kx e
j z
0
wm
=
b -
^ h
Since, the wave is propagating in TE mode so, no any other field component exists
in the waveguide.
Now, the average power in an EM wave is defined as
P
av
Re E H
2
1
s s #
=
)
" ,
Since, H
zs
has a factor j . So it would lead to an imaginary part of the total power
when cross product with E
y
is taken. Therefore, the real power in the case is found
through the cross product with complex conjugate of H
xs
as below :
P
av
Re E H
2
1
ys xs #
=
)
" , sin E kx a
2
1
z 0
2 2
wm
b
= ^ h
Thus, P
av
\b
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Cutoff wavelength for symmetric slab waveguide is defined as,

c
n
l ^ h
n
d
1
2
r r 1 2
e e
=
-
-
(1)
where d is the thickness of slab n is the propagating mode,
r1
e and
r2
e are the
relative permittivites of the mediums.
Now, the refractive indices of the two mediums can be given as
n
1

r1
e =
and n
2

r2
e =
So, the equation can be rewritten as

c
n
l ^ h
n
d n n
1
2
1
2
2
2
=
-
-
Since, the waveguide supports only a single pair of TE and TM modes. i.e. it
supports n 1 = mode and denies all the higher modes. Therefore, the operating
wavelength l must be with in the range.
i.e.
c
1
l ^ h
c
2
$ $ l l ^ h (2)
where ( )
c 1
l and ( )
c 2
l are the wavelengths for mode n 1 = and n 2 = respectively.
Putting n 1 = in equation (1) we get

c
1
l ^ h 3 =
Therefore, the condition obtained in equation (2) reduces to
l
c
2
$ l ^ h
. 3 1 10
6
#
-

. n
2 1
2 10 10 3 3
6
1
2 2
# #
=
-
-
-
^ h
. n 3 3
1
2 2
-^ h
.
2 10 10
3 1 10
6
6
# #
#
#
-
-
n
1
. 3 304 #
Thus, the maximum value of n
1
is 3.304.
The wave angle must be equal to or greater than the critical angle of total reflection
at both interfaces. So, the minimum wave angle in the slab is determined for the
greater of the two critical angles determined at two interfaces.
Since, n
3
n >
2
It means the critical angle will be greater for n
3
media and given as

c3
q . sin
n
n
48 6
1
1
3
c = =
-
a k
Therefore, the minimum possible wave angle will be . 48 6c.
Phase velocity of a guided mode is defined as
v
p

b
w
=
So, maximum phase velocity for the guided mode is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
v
max p

min
b
w
= (1)
where
min
b is the minimum phase constant given as

min
b sin n k
min 1 0
q = (2)
where
min
q is the minimum possible wave angle, k
0
is the wave number in free space
and n
1
is the refractive index of propagating media (slab).
Now, from the given relation for refractive index, we have
n
2
n >
3
So, as described in previous question the minimum wave angle will be determined
by larger critical angle (i.e. at the interface of n
1
and n
2
) which is given as
sin
min
q sin
n
n
, c 12
1
2
q = =

min
b n k
n
n
1 0
1
2
= n k
2 0
=
Again putting the value of
min
b in equation (1), we get
v
max p

n k
2 0
w
=
n
c
2
= (velocity of wave in air, c
k
0
w
= )
SOL 9.2.17 Given, the cross-section dimension of the waveguide is
a 4.5 cm b = =
The cut off frequency of the rectangular waveguide is defined as
( ) f
c mn

a
m
b
n
2
1
/
0 0
2 2
1 2
m e
= +
a a k k : D
So, the cutoff frequency for TE
22
mode of waveguide of square cross section is
f
c22

a b
2
1 2 2
/
0 0
2 2 1 2
m e
= +
b b l l ; E

.
3 10
0 045
2 8
# #
= 2 GHz =
The phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is given as
b
f
f
1
/
c
0 0
2 1 2
w m e = -
c m = G

3 10
2 6 10
1
6
2
/
8
9
2 1 2
#
# #
p
= -
b l ; E
1.1847 10 m
2 1
#
=
-
Therefore, the wavelength of the TE
22
mode wave is
l
2
b
p
=
.
5.303 10 5.3 cm
118 47
2 2 p
#
= = =
-
Given, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f 6 6 10 GHz Hz
9
#
= =
So, the wave number in the waveguide of dimension a is given as
k
c
f 2p
=
3 10
2 6 10
40
8
9
#
# #
p
p = =
Now, the attenuation constant of section of waveguide (attenuator) with dimension
/ a 2 is given as
a
/ a
k
2
2
2 p
= -
b l

. 0 04575
2
40
2
2 p
p = -
b
^
l
h 0.04572 m a = ^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
55.63 / Np m =
Since, the total required attenuation is 100 dB along the attenuator so, we have
100 dB - loge 20
l
=
a -
where l is length of the attenuator. (length travelled by wave in the small section
of waveguide). Therefore, solving the equation we get,
10
5 -
e
l
=
a -
l
.
.
0.2067 20.67 cm
55 63
11 5
= = =
Dimension of waveguide, a 1.07 0.0107 cm m = =
Operating frequency, f 10 10 10 10 GHz Hz Hz
9 10
#
= = =
Permittivity of dielectric,
r
e . 8 8 =
and tand . 0 002 =
The phase constant of the EM wave inside the waveguide is defined as
b / k a
2 2
p = -
^ h

where k is the wave number in the unbounded medium given as
k k
r 0
e = (k
0
is wave number in free space)
.
c
f
8 8
2p
=^ h k
c
f 2
0
p
=
b l
. 8 8
3 10
2 10
8
10
#
#
p
=^ h (c 3 10 / m s
8
#
= )
621.3 m
1
=
-
So, the phase constant of the wave along the waveguide is
b .
.
621 3
0 0107
2
2 p
= - ^
a
h
k
547.5 m
1
=
-
Therefore, the attenuation constant due to dielectric loss is given as

d
a
tan k
2
2
b
d
=
.
. .
2 547 5
621 3 0 002
2
=
^
^ ^
h
h h
0.705 / Np m = 6.12 / dB m =
In a circular waveguide, cutoff frequency for TE
mn
mode is given as
f
cmn

a
P
2
mn
p pe
=
l
and the cutoff frequency for TM
mn
mode of the waveguide is given as
f
cmn

a
P
2
mn
p me
=
where a is the cross sectional radius of waveguide, P
mn
l and P
mn
are the roots of
the Bessels equation. Their values are related as listed below in increasing order
P P P P < < <
11 01 21 01
l l l P P P P < < <
11 31 21 41
= l l and so on.
So, for the corresponding values of P
mn
l and P
mn
, we get the increasing order of
the modes with respect to their cutoff frequencies as shown below on the frequency
axis :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Thus, the first four propagating modes are respectively
TE
11
, TM
01
, TE
21
, TE
01
or TM
11
Given
Thickness of substrate, d 0.316 cm =
Relative permittivity of substrate,
r
e . 2 2 =
Characteristic impedance of line, Z
0
100 W =
The width to thickness ratio ( / ) w d is defined as

d
w

e
e
2
8
A
A
2
=
-
for 2
d
w
<
where .
.
A
Z
60 2
1
1
1
0 23
0 11
r
r
r
r
0
e
e
e
e
=
+
+
+
-
+ c m
Now, we assume 2 <
d
w
. So, we get
A
.
.
.
.
.
.
60
100
2
2 2 1
2 2 1
2 2 1
0 23
2 2
0 11
=
+
+
+
-
+
b b l l
. 2 21 =
and therefore, the width to thickness ratio is

d
w
.
e
e
2
8
0 896 2 <
.
.
2 2 21
2 21
=
-
=
#
As the obtained value of ( / ) w d is less than 2 so, our assumption was correct and
we have

d
w
. 0 896 =
or, w . d 0 896
#
=^ h . . 0 896 0 316
#
=^ ^ h h 0.283 cm =
As calculated in previous question the width to thickness ratio is

d
w
. 0 896 =
So, the effective value of permittivity is given as

e
e
2
1
2
1
1
1
12
r r
w
d
e e
=
+
+
-
+

.
.
.
2
2 2 1
2
2 2 1
1
0 896
12
1
=
+
+
-
+
^ h
. 1 758 =
Therefore the guided wavelength of the EM wave is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

g
l
f
c
e
e
=
where f is operating frequency and c is velocity of wave in free space. So, we get

g
l
. 1 758 8 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
=
^ ^ h h
8 GHz f =
2.83 cm =
The resonant frequency for TE
mnp
mode is defined as
f
r

a
m
b
n
c
p
2
1
/
2 2 2 1 2
me
= + +
a a a k k k : D
So for TE
101
mode the resonant frequency of the cavity resonator is
f
r

3
. .
2
3 10
0 025
1
0 05
1
/ 8
2 2 1 2
#
= +
b b l l ; E
(
0
m m = , 3
0
e e = )
3.87 10 Hz
9
#
=
3.87 GHz =
The quality factor of TE
101
mode is defined as
Q
TE101

b a c ac a c
a c abc
2
3 3 2 2
2 2
d
=
+ + +
+
^ ^
^
h h
h
6 @
where d is skin depth given as
d
f
1
r c 0
p m s
=
where f
r
" resonant frequency for the defined mode.

0
m 4 10
7
#
p =
-

c
s = Conductivity of copper
So, we get the skin depth as
d
. . 3 87 10 4 10 5 8 10
1
9 7 7
# # #
p p
=
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
. 1 06 10
6
#
=
-
Therefore, the quality factor of the resonator is
Q
TE101

. . . .
. .
1 06 10 2 2 2 5 5 2 5 5 2 5 5
2 5 5 2 5 2 5 10
6 3 3 2 2
2 2 2
# #
#
=
+ + +
+
-
-
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
^ ^ ^ ^ ^
h h h h h h h
h h h h h
8
8
B
B
" " , ,
. 7732 7 = 7733 .
Given, the inner radius of the guide is
a 1 0.01 cm m = =
The cutoff frequency for TE
mn
mode of a circular waveguide is defined as
f
, c mn

a
p
2
mn
p me
=
l
where p
mn
l is the m
th
root of Bessels function J 0
n
= l ^ h.
Now, from the given data we have
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
P
11
l . 1 841 =
So, the cutoff frequency of TE
11
mode in the circular waveguide is
f
c11

.
2 10
1 841
2
0 0
p m e
=
-
^ h

.
2 10
3 10 1 841
2
8
#
# #
p
=
-
8.79 10 Hz
9
#
= 8.79 GHz =
The resonant frequency of TM
mnl
mode in cylindrical cavity is defined as
f
, c mnl

a
p
d
l
2
1 mn
2
p me
p
=
-
+
a b k l
where a is radius of cylindrical cavity, d is height of the cylindrical cavity and p
mn

is the root of Bessels equation.
Since, the dominant mode in cylindrical cavity is TM
010
so, the cutoff frequency for
dominant mode is
f
c010

a
p
a
p c
2
2
01
0 0
01
p m e
p
= =
Therefore, the cutoff wavelength for dominant mode is given as

, c 010
l
f
c
c010
=
2 10
2
#
-

p
a 2
01
p
=
a
.
2
2 405 2 10
2
#
p
=
-
^ ^ h h
( 2 cm
, c 010
l = )
. 7 65 10
3
#
=
-
0.765 cm =
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 9.3
Given, the magnetic field component along the z -direction as
H
z
3 (2.094 10 ) (2.618 10 ) (6.283 10 ) cos cos cos x y t z
2 2 10
b
# # #
= -
So,
x
b . 2 094 10
2
#
=

y
b . 2 618 10
2
#
=
w 6.283 10 / rad s
10
#
=
For the wave propagation inside the rectangular waveguide,
b ( )
c
x y
2
2
2 2 w
b b = - +
Substituting the values, we get
b
.
( . . )
3 10
6 283 10
2 094 2 618 10
8
10 2
2 2 4
#
#
#
= - +
c m
j261 -
Since, b is imaginary so, mode of operation is non-propagating
i.e. v
p
0 =
TM
11
is the lowest order mode of all the TM
mn
modes.
From the given expressions of E and H, we can write,
b 280p =
or
2
l
p
280p = &
140
1
l =
So, the wave impedance is given as
h
E
H
E
3
120 p
r
e
p
= = = (1)
Since, the operating frequency of the wave is
f 14 GHz =
So, the operating wavelength of the wave can also be given as
l
f
c
14 10
3 10
140
3
r r r
9
8
#
#
e e e
= = =
or
140
1

140
3
r
e
=
or,
r
e 9 =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
From equation (1) we have

E
3
p
120 E
9
120
p
&
p
p = =
Rectangular and cylindrical waveguide doesnt support TEM modes and have cut
off frequency.
Coaxial cable support TEM wave and doesnt have cut off frequency.
Cut-off Frequency for TE
mn
mode of a rectangular waveguide is defined as
f
c

c
a
m
b
n
2
2 2
= +
a a k k
So, for TE
11
mode ( , m n 1 1 = = ) the cutoff frequency is
f
c
6.25
2
3 10
4
1
3
1
10
2 2
#
= =
+
b b l l
GHz ( 3 10 / cm s c
8
#
= )
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave inside rectangular waveguide as
E ( ) sin sin
h
a
H
a
x
t z a
2
y
2
0
wm
p p
w b = -
a b k l
This is TE mode and we know that
E
y
sin cos
a
m x
b
m y
\
p
p
a a k k
So, comparing it with the given expression we get m 2 = and n 0 = . Therefore, the
propagating mode is TE
20
.
The cut-off frequency for the TE
mn
mode of the waveguide is defined as
f
c

c
a
m
b
n
2
2 2
= +
a a k k
So, the cutoff frequency of the TE
20
( 2 m = , n 0 = )mode is
f
c

3 10
.
10
c
a
m
2 2 0 03
2
8
#
#
= = =
a k
GHz ( 3 cm a = )
Therefore, the wave impedance of the TE
20
mode is given as
' h
f
f
1
3 10
10
377
c
2
0
10
10 2
#
h
=
-
=
1 - c
c
m
m
400W = ( 30 GHz f = )
The cut-off frequency of TE
mn
mode is defined as
f
c

c
a
m
b
m
2
2 2
= +
a a k k
So, the cutoff frequency of TE
30
(m 3 = , n 0 = ) mode is
f
c

c
a
m
2
=
a k
or 18 10
9
#
a 2
3 10 3
8
#
= ( 18 GHz f
c
= )
or a
40
1
= m
2
5
= cm
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
For any propagating mode inside a rectangular waveguide the velocities are related
as
v
p
c v > >
g
i.e. the phase velocity of the wave inside the waveguide is greater than the velocity
of light in the free space.
In a microwave test bench, the microwave signal is modulated at 1 kHz because
crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies.
The cutoff frequency of TE
mn
mode in a rectangular waveguide is defined as
f
c

a
m
b
n
2
1
2 2
me
= +
a a k k
Since in the given rectangular waveguide a b > so, the dominant mode is TE
10
and
the cutoff frequency for the dominant mode is given as
f
c

c
a
m
b
n
2
r
2 2
e
= +
a a k k

1
c
0 0
m e
=
c m

. b 4
3 10
0 03
1 0
8
2 2
#
= +
b b l l

.1
3
. GHz
0 2
10
2 5
8
#
= =
Phase velocity of an EM wave inside an air-filled rectangular waveguide
v
p

f
f
c
c
2
=
1 -
c m
where c is velocity of EM wave in free space f
c
is the cutoff frequency of the
propagating mode and f is the operating frequency. Since, for a wave propagation
the operating frequency must be greater than the cutoff frequency.
i.e. f f >
c
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave will be always greater than the velocity
of wave in free space.
i.e. v
p
c >
In a hollow metal wave guide v c v > >
p g
where v
p
" Phase velocity
c " Velocity of light in free space.
v
g
" Group velocity
So, the phase velocity of a wave propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is greater
than the velocity of light in free space.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
In a wave guide dominant gives lowest cut-off frequency and hence the highest cut-
off wavelength.
As the impedance of perfect conductor is zero, electric field is minimum and
magnetic field is maximum at the boundary.
Cutoff frequency for TE
mn
mode in a rectangular waveguide is defined as
f
c

v
a
m
b
n
2
p 2 2
= +
a a k k
Since, for the given rectangular waveguide a b > so, the dominant mode is TE
10

and the cutoff frequency of the dominant mode of rectangular waveguide is
f
c
15 10
a
v
2
2 10
3 10 p
2
8
9
#
#
#
= = =
-
(For air 3 10 v
p
8
#
= )
15 = GHz
In TE mode E 0
z
= , at all points within the wave guide. It implies that electric
field vector is always perpendicular to the waveguide axis. This is not possible in
semi-infine parallel plate wave guide.
In a rectangular resonant cavity TE
mnp
mode must have its p 1 = . So, the mode
TE
110
doesnt exist in the rectangular resonant cavity.
The transverse electric field and transverse magnetic field inside a waveguide are
related as
E H h = where h is intrinsic impedance
or h
H
E
=
i.e. the ratio of transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called
waveguide impedance.
Cutoff wavelength for H
mn
mode of a rectangular waveguide is defined as

c
l
a
m
b
n
2
2 2
=
+
a a k k
where a and b are the dimensions of waveguide.
So, for the H
10
mode (m 1 = , n 0 = ), the cutoff wavelength is

c
l
8
1
0
2
2
=
+
b l
( 8 cm a = )
16 cm =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A rectangular waveguide supports TE and TM waves where as it doesnt support
TEM waves.
The propagation constant for TE or TM waves inside a rectangular waveguide is
defined as
g
a
m
b
n
2 2
2 p p
w me = + -
a a k k
Cut-off frequency for TE
mn
or TM
mn
mode inside a rectangular waveguide is defined
as
f
c

a
m
b
n
2
1
2 2
p me
p p
= +
a a k k
Where a and b are the dimensions of rectangular waveguide.
10
mode is
f
c10

a
m
b
n
2
1
0 0
2 2
m e
= +
a a k k

.
2
3 10
4 755 10
1
8
2
#
#
#
=
- b l
( 1 m = , n 0 = )
3.16 GHz =
01
mode is
f
c01

.
2
3 10
2 215 10
1
8
2
#
#
#
=
-
b
b
l
l
6.77 GHz =
cut-off frequency for TE
11
mode is
f
c11

. .
2
3 10
4 755 10
1
2 215 10
1
8
2
2
2
2
#
#
# #
= +
- - b b l l
7.47 GHz =
and the cut-off frequency for TE
20
mode is
f
c20

.
6.3 GHz
2
3 10
4 755 10
2
8
2
#
#
#
= =
-
^ h
Since the operating frequency 12 GHz f = so, we have, f
c10
, f
c01
, f
c11
, f f >
c20
.
Therefore, all the modes will propagate.
Note : For avoiding so many calculation we should directly calculate the higher
frequency modes first for higher operating frequency. As in this case if we calculates
f
c11
first then by getting f f >
c11
it is clear that TE
01
, TE
10
and TE
11
all the three
modes are propagating and by observing option we directly can say option (D) is
correct.
Consider a rectangular waveguide has dimensions a b = and the corresponding
resonator has the dimensions a b d = = . now take and operating point that has
frequency f just greater than the cut-off frequency for m n 1 = = . So we have the
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
propagating modes in waveguide.
TE
01
, TE
10
, TE
11
and TM
11
.
Where as the propagating modes in resonator are
TE
011
, TE
101
, TM
110
Therefore the cavity resonator does not possess as many modes as corresponding
waveguides.
As the resonating frequency of a TE
mnp
or TM
mnp
mode is defined as
f
rmnp

a
m
b
n
d
p
2
1
2 2 2
me
p p p
= + +
a a a k k k
So for the different modes (different values of m, n andp) the resonant frequency
are very closely spaced and also the resonant frequencies of cavity can be changed
by altering its dimensions.
Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode but shielded coaxial lines can
support pure TEM mode.
Given,
9
#
= =
Dimensions of waveguide a 6 cm =
and b 4 cm =
The cut-off frequency for / TE TM
mn mn
mode is defined as
f
cmn

a
m
b
n
2
1
0 0
2 2
m e
= +
a a k k
So, for TE
10
, f
c10

2
3 10
6
1
0
10
2
#
= +
b l
2.5 GHz = a 1 " ^ h
for TE
01
, f
c01

2
3 10
0
4
1
10
2
#
= +
b l
3.75 GHz = 2 b " ^ h
For or TE TM
11 11
, f
c11

2
3 10
6
1
4
1
10
2 2
#
= +
b b l l
4.506 GHz = 3, 4 c d " " ^ h
A TEM wave doesnt have an electric component in its direction of propagation
consequently there is no longitudinal displacement current. The total absence of a
longitudinal current inside a waveguide leads to the conclusion that there can be no
closed loops of magnetic field lines in any transverse plane. Therefore, TEM waves
cannot exist in a hollow waveguide of any shape.
i.e. Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Phase velocity of a wave propagating in a waveguide is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
v
p

f
f
c
1
c
2
=
-
c m
The group velocity of the wave propagating in waveguide is defined as
v
g
c
f
f
1
c
2
= -
c m
where c is the velocity of wave in free space, f
c
is the cutoff frequency and f is
the operating frequency. As the operating frequency f is always grater than cutoff
frequency f
c
. So, comparing the above two expressions we get
v
p
c v > >
g
In a microstrip line operating wavelength is defined as
l
e 0
l e =
where,
0
l is free space wave length and
e
e is the effective dielectric constant. So,
The electromagnetic fields exist partly in air above the dielectric substrate and
partly within the substrate.
The effective dielectric constant of microstrip line is
e
e and given as
1 < <
e r
e e
i.e. greater than dielectric constant of air (1). Statement 3 is correct.
Conductor losses, increase with decreasing characteristic impedance in microstrip
line. Statement 4 is correct.
Stripline carries two conductors and a homogenous dielectric. So, it supports a
TEM mode (Pure TEM). 2 a "
Hollow rectangular waveguide can propagate TEM and TE modes but not TEM
mode. 3 b "
Microstripline has some of its field lines in the dielectric region and some fraction in
the air region. So it cannot support a pure TEM wave instead the fields are quasi-
TEM. 1 c "
Given, the dimension of waveguide is 2.286 cm a = , 1.016 cm b = .
The cut off wavelength of the guide, for TE
mn
mode is defined as

c
l
a
m
b
n
2
2 2
=
+
a a k k
So, for TE
01
Mode the cut off wavelength of the guide is

a b
0 1
2
2 2
=
+
b b l l

b 2 = 2.032 cm =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the electric component is existed in the direction of propagation. So the
electric field is not transverse to the propagating wave and therefore the mode is
transverse magnetic (TM mode).
Given, dimension of waveguide 3 cm a b = = and so the dominant mode is either
TE
01
or TE
10
mode.
So, the cutoff frequency for dominant mode is given as
f
c

a
m
b
n
2
1
0 0
2 2
m e
= +
a a k k

2
3 10
3 10
1
8
2
#
#
#
=
-
(for TE
01
or TE
10
mode)
5 GHz =
So, at 6 GHz dominant mode will propagate.
At 4 GHz no modes will propagate so the modes are evanescent at 4 GHz.
At 11GHz along with the dominant mode TE
11
mode f 5 2
c
= ^ h will also propagate.
Statement 3 is incorrect.
Degenerate modes are the different modes that have the same cut off frequency and
at 7 GHz frequency TE
01
and TE
10
propagates that has the same cut off frequency
i.e. Degenerate modes propagate at 7 GHz.
Evanescent mode " No wave propagation dominant mode is the mode that has
lowest cutoff frequency.
Rectangular waveguide does not support TM
01
and TM
10
mode.
A 2 " , B 3 " , C 1 "
Assertion (A) : Given the dimension of waveguide, 3 cm a = , 1 cm b =
So, the dominant mode TE
10 ^ h has the cutoff frequency.
f
c

2
3 10
3 10
1
8
2
#
#
#
=
- b l
5 GHz =
f 4 < GHz f
c
=
So, at 4 GHz there is no propagating mode. i.e Assertion (A) is false.
Reason (R) : The wave equation for the rectangular waveguide is defined as
k
a
m
b
n
z
2
2 2
p p
- -
a a k k

2
l
p
=
b l
for a 3 = , b 1 = we have
k
m n
3 1
z
2
2 2
p p
- -
a a k k

2
2
l
p
=
b l
So, Reason (R) is also false.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A rectangular coaxial line can support all the three modes (TE, TM or TEM).
Consider the rectangular waveguide (A) has the dimension a b
#
after deforming
into waveguide (C) the dimension is changed to b a
#
and so the input mode TE
10

is charged to TE
01
. (Since the frequency of mode must remain same for both the
waveguide dimensions).
The dominant mode in a circular waveguide is TE
11
.
Consider the dimension of inner broad wall of waveguide is a (i.e. a b > ). So, the
dominant mode will be TE
10
.
Since, the cutoff frequency of the TE
mn
mode is defined as
f
c

a
m
b
n
2
1
/
0 0
2 2
1 2
m e
= +
a a k k : D
So, for dominant mode TE
10 ^ h we have
10 10
9
#

a b
2
1 1 0
/
0 0
2 2 1 2
m e
= +
b b l l ; E
( 10 GHz f
c
= )
10 10
9
#

a 2
3 10 1
8
#
#
=
a 1.5 cm
2 10
3 10
10
8
#
#
= =
Propagation constant in a waveguide is defined as
g 2 f
f
f
1
c
c
2
p me = -
c m
Since, for the evanescent mode of waveguide the operating frequency is less than
the cutoff frequency.
i.e. f f <
c
or
f
f
c
1 <
So, for this condition the propagation constant g is purely real.
Microstrip lines consist no ground plate and so the electric field lines remain
partially in air and partially in the lower dielectric substrate. This makes the mode
of propagation quasi TEM (not pure TEM)
Due to the open structure and presence of discontinuity in microstrip line, it radiates
electromagnetic energy and therefore radiation losses take place.
Statements 1 and 3 are correct.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Modes on microstrip lines are quasi TEM (not purely TEM). So the 1
st
statement
is incorrect while rest of the statements are correct.
Coaxial line " The dominant mode of propagation is TEM. 4 a " ^ h
Rectangular waveguide " propagating mode is TE or TM. 1 b " ^ h
Microstrip line " The mode of propagation is Quasi TEM. 2 c " ^ h
Coplanar waveguide " The propagation mode is hybrid of propagation
TE TM
mn mn
+ ^ h 3 d " ^ h
The phase velocity of TE or TM mode is defined as
v
p

f
f
c
1
c
2
=
-
c m
where c " Velocity of wave in free space
f
c
" cutoff frequency
f " operating frequency
So, v
p
is a nonlinear function of frequency.
A waveguide operated below cut off frequency can be used as an attenuator.
Quality factor of a waveguide is defined as
Q
v 2
g
a
w
= i.e. Q closely related to a.
Also the attenuation factors obtained in waveguides are much higher than that in
transmission lines.
So, both statements are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Quality factor (Q) of a resonator is defined as
Q
( ) Re
Bandwidth
sonant freqeuncy f
r
=
or, Bandwidth
Q
f
Q
1 r
\ =
Therefore, the greater the Q, the smaller the bandwidth of resonator
Q is also defined for a resonator as
Q
2a
b
=
where b is phase constant and a is attenuation constant of a resonator given as
a
2
\
wms
w =
So Q
1
\
w

So, at higher frequency the Q of coil falls due to skin effect.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Guided wavelength of a propagating wave in rectangular waveguide is

g
l
1
c
2
l
l
l
=
-
b l
where l is free space wavelength and
c
l is cutoff frequency.
Since, for propagation the operating wavelength must be less than cut off frequency
i.e. l
c
#l
So, we get
g
l $l
So, for a wave propagation in an air filled rectangular waveguide, guided wavelength
is never less than free space wavelength.
Transverse magnetic mode (TM mode) consists of magnetic field intensity
perpendicular to the direction of propagation where as the electric field intensity
may be in the direction of propagation.
Since the conduction current requires conductor along the axis and a hollow
waveguide doesnt have a conductor along its axis. So, the axial current is due to
displacement current only.
Electromagnetic waves propagating in a medium (bounded that has the velocity
greater than the velocity in free space (velocity of light in space) is given as
v
p

f
f
C
1
c
2
=
-
c m
or v
p
C > The velocity v
p
is called phase velocity of the wave.
A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Statement 1, 2 and 3 are correct.
Attenuation factor in a parallel plate waveguide is defined as
a
Power transmitted
Power lost per unit length
P
P
2
2
l
0
#
= =
^
^
h
h
Since the waveguide has a cutoff frequency f
c
below which no wave propagates
while above f
c
all the waves propagates so it can be considered as high pass filter.
***********
CHAPTER 10
ANTENNA AND RADI ATI NG SYSTEMS
648 Antenna and Radiating Systems Chap 10
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 10.1
MCQ 10.1.1 A Hertzian dipole of length /25 l is located at the origin. If a point P is located at
a distance r from the origin then for what value of r the point will be in radiation
zone.
(A) r
5
2l
= (B) r
5
l
=
(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) none of these
MCQ 10.1.2 A quarter wave monopole antenna is operating at a frequency, 25 MHz f = . The
length of antenna will be
(A) 48 m (B) 3 m
(C) 6 m (D) 12 m
MCQ 10.1.3 A half wave dipole antenna is located at origin as shown in figure below. The
antenna is fed by a current ( ) 83.3cos mA i t t w = . What will be the electric field
strength at point P
(A) 25 / mV m (B) 50 / mV m
(C) 50 / V m m (D) 2.5 / V m m
MCQ 10.1.4 The transmitting antenna of a radio navigation system is a vertical metal mast 25
m in height inducted from the earth. A source current is supplied to its base such
that the current amplitude in antenna decreases linearly toward zero at the top of
the mast. The effective length of antenna will be
(A) 50 m (B) 20 m
(C) 12.5 m (D) 25 m
Chap 10 Antenna and Radiating Systems 649
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.1.5 A vertical antenna of length 8.5 m is operating at a frequency, 2 MHz f = . The
radiation resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.97 W (B) 0.51 W
(C) 39.4 W (D) 26.3 W
MCQ 10.1.6 The current in a short circuit element of length . l 0 03l = is given by
I z ^ h
0 for
for
I
z
l
I
l
z
l
2 4
4 2
<
<
0
0
#
#
=
Z
[
\
]
]
]
]
What will be the radiation resistance of the element ?
(A) 0.71 W (B) 0.6 W
(C) 0.05 W (D) 0.4 W
MCQ 10.1.7 A dipole antenna radiating at 200 MHz is fed from a 60 W transmission line matched
to the source. What will be the length of the dipole that matches the line impedance
at the signal frequency ?
(A) 0.83 m (B) 0.41 m
(C) 0.49 m (D) 0.24 m
MCQ 10.1.8 A certain antenna is used to radiate a 0.2 GHz signal to a satellite in space. Given
the radiation resistance of the antenna is 31.6 W. The antenna is
(A) half wave dipole (B) quarter wave dipole
(C) one-fifth wave dipole (D) none of these
MCQ 10.1.9 A time harmonic uniform current cos I t 2 10
0
7
#
p ^ h flows in a small circular loop
antenna of radius 30 cm. Radiation resistance of the antenna is
(A) 92.3 mW (B) 325.05 W
(C) 10.83 W (D) 3.076 mW
An antenna is a center fed rod having cross sectional radius 4 cm and conductivity
2.9 10 / S m
7
s
#
= . The length of the antenna is 30 m.
MCQ 10.1.10 If a 0. 5 MHz 2 current flows in the antenna then the loss resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.93 W (B) 1.97 W
(C) 0.022 W (D) 0.031 W
MCQ 10.1.11 The radiation efficiency of the antenna is
(A) . % 95 4 (B) . % 96 8
(C) . % 98 6 (D) . % 93 5
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.1.12 A 200 MHz uniform current flows in a small circular loop of radius 20 cm. If the
loop is made of copper wire of radius 5 mm then its loss resistance will be
(conductivity of copper, 5.8 10 / S m
7
s
#
= )
(A) 0.104 W (B) 6.52 10
5
W
#
-
(C) 9.57 W (D) 1.53 W
MCQ 10.1.13 A quarter wave monopole antenna is connected to a transmission line of characteristic
impedance 7 Z 5
0
W = . The standing wave ratio will be
(Input impedance of quarter wave monopole is . . Z j 36 5 21 25
in
W = + ^ h )
(A) 1.3874 (B) 1.265
(C) 2.265 (D) 2.583
MCQ 10.1.14 Radiated power of a vertical antenna is 0.2 kW. What will be the maximum electric
field intensity at a distance of 10 km from the antenna ?
(A) 3.8 / mV m (B) 1.9 / mV m
(C) 19 / mV m (D) 3.6 / mV m
MCQ 10.1.15 A quarter wave monopole antenna is fed by a current ( ) 41.7cos mA i t t w = . The
average power radiated by antenna is
(A) 254 mW (B) 127 mW
(C) 63.5 mW (D) 31.7 mW
MCQ 10.1.16 A dipole antenna in free space has a linear current distribution. If the length of
the dipole is . 0 01l then the value of current I
0
required to radiate a total power
250 mW is
(A) 5.03 A (B) 2.53 A
(C) 7.56 A (D) 50.3 A
MCQ 10.1.17 A monopole antenna in free space has the length of the antenna . 0 02l. The antenna
is extending vertically over a perfectly conducting plane and has a linear current
distribution. What value of I
0
is required to radiate a total power of 2 W ?
(A) 11.4 A (B) 7.1 A
(C) 14.2 A (D) 3.6 A
A Hertzian dipole is operating at a frequency, 0.2 GHz f = .
MCQ 10.1.18 What will be the maximum effective area of the dipole ?
(A) 0.54 m
2
(B) 1.07 m
2
(C) 0.18 m
2
(D) 0.27 m
2
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.1.19 If the antenna receives 1.5 W m of power then what is the power density of the
incident wave ?
(A) 8.33 / W m
2
m (B) 5.56 / W m
2
m
(C) 1.40 / W m
2
m (D) 2.793 / W m
2
m
MCQ 10.1.20 Directivity of quarter wave monopole is
(A) 1.64 (B) 1.22
(C) 3.28 (D) 0.609
MCQ 10.1.21 An antenna has a uniform radiation intensity in all directions. The directivity of
the antenna is
(A) 5 (B) 0.25
(C) 0.2 (D) 4
MCQ 10.1.22 The input power of a certain antenna with an efficiency of 90 % is 0.8 Watt. If the
antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1 / W Sr then its directivity will be
(A) 5.26 (B) . 16 53
(C) . 0 76 (D) . 9 55
MCQ 10.1.23 An antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1.5 / W Sr. If the directivity of the
antenna is . D 20 94 = then radiated power of antenna will be
(A) 1.11 W (B) 0.30 W
(C) 0.26 W (D) 0.90 W
MCQ 10.1.24 Normalized radiation intensity of an antenna is given by
, U q f ^ h
0 /2, 0 2
0
sin
otherwise
# # # # q q p f p
= )
The directivity of antenna will be
(A) 2.55 (B) 8.0
(C) 0.81 (D) 1.27
MCQ 10.1.25 An antenna has the uniform field pattern given by
U q ^ h
/
/
4 0 3
0 3
< <
< <
q p
p q p
= *
where U q ^ h is independent of f. The directivity of the antenna is
(A) / 1 4 (B) 4
(C) 16 (D) 1
MCQ 10.1.26 Three element array that has the current ratios : : 1 2 1 as shown in figure
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The resultant group pattern of this array will be same as the two element antenna
array with
(A) 0 a = , / d 4 l = (B) 180c a = , / d 2 l =
(C) 0 a = , / d 2 l = (D) 180c a = , d 2l =
MCQ 10.1.27 When the two three-element arrays with current ratio : : 1 2 1 are displaced by /2 l
then it forms
(A) Four element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 3 : 1
(B) Three element array with current ratio 2 : 4 : 2
(C) Four element array with current ratio 3 : 1 : 1 : 3
(D) Three element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 1
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 10.2
MCQ 10.2.1 A Hertzian dipole of length /100 l is located at the origin and fed with a current of
( ) 10 sin A i t t 2
8
= . A point P is located at a distance r from the dipole as shown
in figure. What will be the magnetic field at P ?
(A) . sin t 1 15 10 90
8
c + ^ h (B) . cos t 1 15 10 90
8
c + ^ h
(C) . sin t 1 15 10 90
8
c - ^ h (D) . sin t 2 30 10 90
8
c + ^ h
MCQ 10.2.2 Directivity of Hertizian monopole antenna is
(A) 5 (B) 3
(C) 1/2 (D) 9
MCQ 10.2.3 Directive gain of Hertzian dipole antenna is
(A) . sin 1 5
2
q (B) sin 3
2
q
(C)
sin
3
2
q
(D) sin
3
2 2
q
MCQ 10.2.4 Two Hertzian dipole antennas are placed at a separation of / d 2 l = on z -axis to
form an antenna array as shown in figure below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
If the 1
st
antenna carries a current 0 I I
s 1 0
c = and the 2
nd
antenna carries a current
180 I I
s 2 0
c = then the resultant field pattern of the antenna array will be
MCQ 10.2.5 An antenna array is formed by two Hertzian dipoles placed at a separation of /4 l
as shown in figure. The current fed to the two antennas are I
s 1
and I
s 2
respectively.
If I
s 2
is lagging I
s 1
by an angle /2 p then the resultant field pattern of antenna array
will be
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.2.6 The group pattern function of a linear binomial array of N-elements as shown in
figure is
(A) cos
cos d
2
N 1
b q a +
-
b l ; E
(B) cos
cos d
2
N
b q a +
b l ; E
(C) cos
cos d
2
N 1
b q a +
+
b l ; E
(D) cos cos d
N 1
b q a +
-
^ h 7 A
Maximum electric field strength radiated by an antenna is 6 / mV m measured at
40 km from the antenna.
MCQ 10.2.7 If the antenna radiates a total power of 100 kW then the directivity of antenna is
(A) 2.02 dB -
(B) 9.6 dB
(C) 0.0096 dB
(D) 20.18 dB -
MCQ 10.2.8 If the efficiency of the radiation is % 95 then its maximum power gain is
(A) . 9 12 10
3
#
-
(B) . 9 4 10
3
#
-
(C) . 0 11 10
3
#
-
(D) . 9 6 10
3
#
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
A radar with an antenna of 2.8 m in radius transmits 30 kW at a frequency 3 GHz
. The effective area of the antenna is % 70 of its actual area.
MCQ 10.2.9 If the minimum detectable power is 0.13 mW for a target of cross section 1.25 m
2

then the maximum range of the radar is
(A) 584.3 m (B) 1270 m
(C) 292.1 m (D) 977.8 m
MCQ 10.2.10 The average signal power density at half of the range of radar will be
(A) 350.25 / W m
2
(B) 69.80 / W m
2
(C) 80.69 / W m
2
(D) 250.35 / W m
2
A transmitting antenna is being fed by a current source of amplitude 50 A I
0
= and
frequency 180 kHz f = . The effective length of antenna is 20 m.
MCQ 10.2.11 What will be the maximum field intensity at a distance 80 km from the antenna ?
(A) 3.39 / mV m (B) 1.41 / mV m
(C) 2.83 / mV m (D) 0.71 / mV m
MCQ 10.2.12 The time average radiated power of the antenna is
(A) 0.43 kW (B) 0.29 kW
(C) 2.33 kW (D) 1.14 kW
MCQ 10.2.13 What will be the radiation resistance of the antenna ?
(A) 0.23 W (B) 2.91 W
(C) 0.34 W (D) 1.7 W
A metallic wire of cross sectional radius 6 mm is wound to form a small circular loop
of radius 2 m with 10 turns. Conductivity of metallic wire is 2.9 10 / S m
7
s
#
= .
MCQ 10.2.14 If a 0.5 MHz uniform current flows in the loop then its radiation resistance will be
(A) 2.37 10
6
W
#
-
(B) 1.42 10
3
W
#
-
(C) 2.37 10
4
W
#
-
(D) 4.53 10
4
W
#
-
MCQ 10.2.15 Radiation efficiency of the antenna will be
(A) . % 18 36 (B) . % 0 101
(C) . % 10 89 (D) . % 0 055
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.2.16 The polar radiation pattern of a /8 l thin dipole antenna is
Two short antennas at the origin in free space carry identical currents 4cos A t w .
one in the a
x
direction and other in the a
z
direction.
MCQ 10.2.17 If both the antennas are of length 0.1 m and wavelength is 2 m l p = then the
electric field E
s
at the distant points 0, 0, 1000 P^ h and , , Q 1000 0 0 ^ h will be
at point P at point Q
(A) 1. / V m j e a 2 10
j
z
2 1000
#
-
- -
^ h . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
x
2 1000
#
-
- -
^ h
(B) . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
x
2 1000
#
- -
^ h . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
z
2 1000
#
- -
^ h
(C) . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
x
2 1000
#
-
- -
^ h . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
z
2 1000
#
-
- -
^ h
(D) . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
z
2 1000
#
- -
^ h . / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
z
2 1000
#
- -
^ h
MCQ 10.2.18 E at point , , 0 1000 0 ^ h at t 0 = will be
(A) 9.92 / mV m a a
x z
+
^ h
(B) 9.92 / mV m a a
x z
- +
^ h
(C) 1.2 / mV m a a
x z
+
^ h
(D) 12 / mV m a a
x z
- +
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
In a free space short circuit vertical current element is located at the origin in free
space. The radiation field due to the element at any point is given as
E
s q
/ sin V m e
10 j r 10
p
q =
p -
MCQ 10.2.19 E
s q
at point P (r 100 = , /2 q p = , /6 f p = ) is
(A) 0.2 / V m e
j1000p
(B) 0.2 / V m e
j1000p -
(C) 0.1 / V m e
j1000p -
(D) 0.1 / V m e
j1000p
MCQ 10.2.20 If the vertical element is shifted to a point . , , 0 1
2 2
p p
a k
then, E
s q
at point , , P 100
2 6
p p
a k

changes to
(A) 0.1 / V m e
j1000p -
(B) 0.1 / V m e e
. j j 1000 0 5 p p -
(C) 0.1 / V m e
. j0 5p -
(D) 0.1 / V m e e
. j j 1000 0 5 p p - -
MCQ 10.2.21 A short circuit current element of length . l 0 06l = carries the current distributed
as
I z ^ h I
l
l z 2
0
=
-
< F
for
l
z
l
2 2
# # -
The radiation resistance of the antenna will be
(A) 0.71 W (B) 2.84 W
(C) 2.13 W (D) 0.18 W
MCQ 10.2.22 An antenna is made of straight copper wire of length 1 cm carrying current of
frequency 0.3 GHz. If the wire has a cylindrical cross section of radius 1 mm then
the ratio of the radiation resistance to the ohmic resistance of wire will be
R
R
l
rad
.
(A) 11 (B) 6
(C) 17 (D) 5
MCQ 10.2.23 A 2 cm long Hertzian dipole antenna radiates 2 W of power at a frequency of
0.6 GHz. The rms current in the antenna is
(A) 1.78 A (B) 3.56 A
(C) 1.26 A (D) 0.89 A
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
EXERCI SE 10.3
MCQ 10.3.1 The radiation pattern of an antenna in spherical co-ordinates is given by
( ) U q ; / cos 0 2
4
# # q q p =
The directivity of the antenna is
(A) 10 dB (B) 12.6 dB
(C) 11.5 dB (D) 18 dB
MCQ 10.3.2 For a Hertz dipole antenna, the half power beam width (HPBW) in the E-plane is
(A) 360c (B) 180c
(C) 90c (D) 45c
MCQ 10.3.3 At 20 GHz, the gain of a parabolic dish antenna of 1 meter and 70% efficiency is
(A) 15 dB (B) 25 dB
(C) 35 dB (D) 45 dB
MCQ 10.3.4 A /2 l dipole is kept horizontally at a height of
2
0
l
above a perfectly conducting
infinite ground plane. The radiation pattern in the lane of the dipole (E plane)
looks approximately as
MCQ 10.3.5 A mast antenna consisting of a 50 meter long vertical conductor operates over a
perfectly conducting ground plane. It is base-fed at a frequency of 600 kHz. The
radiation resistance of the antenna in Ohms is
(A)
5
2
2
p
(B)
5
2
p
(C)
5
4
2
p
(D) 20
2
p
GATE 2012
GATE 2008
GATE 2008
GATE 2007
GATE 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.6 Two identical and parallel dipole antennas are kept apart by a distance of /4 l in
the H - plane. They are fed with equal currents but the right most antenna has a
phase shift of 90c + . The radiation pattern is given as.
MCQ 10.3.7 Consider a lossless antenna with a directive gain of 6 dB + . If 1 mW of power is fed
to it the total power radiated by the antenna will be
(A) 4 mW (B) 1 mW
(C) 7 mW (D) 1/4 mW
MCQ 10.3.8 Two identical antennas are placed in the /2 q p = plane as shown in Fig. The
elements have equal amplitude excitation with 180c polarity difference, operating
at wavelength l. The correct value of the magnitude of the far-zone resultant
electric field strength normalized with that of a single element, both computed for
0 f = , is

(A) 2cos
s 2
l
p
b l
(B) 2sin
s 2
l
p
b l
(C) 2cos
s
l
p
a k
(D) 2sin
s
l
p
a k
MCQ 10.3.9 A person with receiver is 5 km away from the transmitter. What is the distance
that this person must move further to detect a 3-dB decrease in signal strength
(A) 942 m (B) 2070 m
(C) 4978 m (D) 5320 m
MCQ 10.3.10 A medium wave radio transmitter operating at a wavelength of 492 m has a tower
antenna of height 124. What is the radiation resistance of the antenna?
(A) 25 W (B) 36.5 W
(C) 50 W (D) 73 W
GATE 2005
GATE 2004
GATE 2003
GATE 2002
GATE 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.11 In uniform linear array, four isotropic radiating elements are spaced /4 l apart. The
progressive phase shift between the elements required for forming the main beam
at 60c off the end - fire is :
(A) p - (B)
2
-
p
radians
(C)
4
-
p
radians (D)
8
-
p
radians
MCQ 10.3.12 If the diameter of a /2 l dipole antenna is increased from /100 l to /50 l , then its
(A) bandwidth increases (B) bandwidth decrease
(C) gain increases (D) gain decreases
MCQ 10.3.13 For an 8 feet (2.4m) parabolic dish antenna operating at 4 GHz, the minimum
distance required for far field measurement is closest to
(A) 7.5 cm (B) 15 cm
(C) 15 m (D) 150 m
MCQ 10.3.14 An electric field on a place is described by its potential V 20( ) r r
1 2
= +
- -
where r
is the distance from the source. The field is due to
(A) a monopole (B) a dipole
(C) both a monopole and a dipole (D) a quadruple
MCQ 10.3.15 A transmitting antenna radiates W 251 isotropically. A receiving antenna located
m 100 away from the transmitting antenna, has an effective aperture of cm 500
2
.
The total received by the antenna is
(A) W 10 m (B) W 1 m
(C) W 20 m (D) W 100 m
MCQ 10.3.16 The vector H in the far field of an antenna satisfies
(A) 0 0 and H H $
#
d d = =
(B) 0 0 and H H $ ! !
#
d d
(C) 0 0 and H H $ !
#
d d =
(D) 0 0 and H H $ !
#
d d =
MCQ 10.3.17 The radiation resistance of a circular loop of one turn is . 0 01 W. The radiation
resistance of five turns of such a loop will be
(A) . 0 002 W (B) . 0 01 W
(C) . 0 05 W (D) . 0 25 W
MCQ 10.3.18 An antenna in free space receives 2 W m of power when the incident electric field is
20 / mV mrms. The effective aperture of the antenna is
(A) 0.005 m
2
(B) 0.05 m
2
(C) 1.885 m
2
(D) 3.77 m
2
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.19 The maximum usable frequency of an ionospheric layer at 60c incidence and with
8 MHz critical frequency is
(A) 16 MHz (B) MHz
3
16
(C) 8 MHz (D) 6.93 MHz
MCQ 10.3.20 The far field of an antenna varies with distance r as
(A)
r
1
(B)
r
1
2
(C)
r
1
3
(D)
r
1
MCQ 10.3.21 The critical frequency of an ionospheric layer is 10 MHz. What is the maximum
launching angle from the horizon for which 20 MHz wave will be reflected by the
layer ?
(A) 0c (B) 30c
(C) 45c (D) 90c
MCQ 10.3.22 The directivity of a /2 l long wire antenna is
(A) 1.5 (B) 1.66
(C) 2 (D) 2
MCQ 10.3.23 The characteristic impedance of TV receiving antenna cable is 300 W. If the
conductors are made of copper separated by air and are 1 mm thick, what is the
phase velocity and phase constant when receiving VHF channel 3 (63 MHz) and
VHF 69 (803 MHz) ?
(A) 1.32 rad/m and 17.82 rad/m
(B) 1.52 rad/m and 16.82 rad/m
(C) 1.52 rad/m and 17.82 rad/m
(D) 1.32 rad/m and 16.82 rad/m
MCQ 10.3.24 An antenna located on the surface of a flat earth transmits an average power of
200 kW. Assuming that all the power is radiated uniformly over the surface of a
hemisphere with the antenna at the center, the time average poynting vector at 50
km is
(A) Zero (B) / W m a
2
r
2
p
(C) / W m
40 2
m
p
(D) / W m a
40
r
2
m
p
MCQ 10.3.25 An antenna can be modeled as an electric dipole of length 5 m at 3 MHz. Find the
reduction resistance of the antenna assuming uniform current over the length.
(A) 2 W (B) 1 W
(C) 4 W (D) 0.5 W
GATE 1998
GATE 1998
GATE 1996
I ES EC 2012
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2011
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.26 A dipole with a length of 1.5 m operates at 100 MHz while the other has a length
of 15 m and operates at 10 MHz. The dipoles are fed with same current. The power
radiated by the two antennas will be
(A) the longer antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the shorter one.
(B) both antennas radiate same power.
(C) shorter antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the longer antenna
(D) longer antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the shorter antenna
MCQ 10.3.27 A short current element has length . l 0 03 l = , where l is the wavelength. The
radiation resistance for uniform current distribution is
(A) 0.072
2
p W (B) 80
2
p W
(C) 72 W (D) 80 W
MCQ 10.3.28 In a three element Yagi antenna
(A) All the three elements are of equal length
(B) The driven element and the director are of equal length but the reflector is
longer than both of them
(C) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
director
(D) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
reflector
MCQ 10.3.29 Multiple member of antennas are arranged in arrays in order to enhance what
property ?
(A) Both directivity and bandwidth (B) Only directivity
(C) Only bandwidth (D) Neither directivity nor bandwidth
MCQ 10.3.30 If the total input power to an antenna is W
t
, the radiated power is W
r
, and the
radiation intensity is f, then match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer
using the code given below the lists:
List-I List-II
a. Power gain 1. / W W
r t
b. Directive gain 2. / W 4
r
p
c. Average power radiated 3. /W 4
t
pf
d. Efficiency of the antenna 4. /W 4
r
pf
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 4 2 1
(B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 3 4 1 2
(D) 4 3 1 2
I ES EC 2011
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2010
I ES EC 2009
I ES EC 2008
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.31 Where does the maximum radiation for an end-fire array occur?
(A) Perpendicular to the line of the array only
(B) Along the line of the array
(C) AT 45c to the line of the array
(D) Both perpendicular to and along the line of the array
MCQ 10.3.32 As the aperture area of an antenna increases, its gain
(A) increases
(B) decreases
(C) remains steady
(D) behaves unpredictably
MCQ 10.3.33 Which one of the following is correct ? Normal mode helical antenna has
(A) low radiation efficiency and high directive gain
(B) high radiation efficiency and low directive gain
(C) low radiation efficiency and low directive gain
(D) high radiation efficiency and high directive gain
MCQ 10.3.34 For taking antenna far field pattern, what must be the distance R, between
transmitting and receiving antennas ?
(A) R
D 2
>
2
l
(B) R
D
3
4
>
2 2
l
(C) R
D
2
>
2
2
l
(D) R
D 2
>
2
2
l
MCQ 10.3.35 A transmitting antenna has a gain of 10. It is fed with a signal power of 1 W.
Assuming free-space propagation, what power would be captured by a receiving
antenna of effective area 1 m
2
in the bore sight direction at a distance of 1 m ?
(A) 10 W (B) 1 W
(C) 2 W (D) 0.8 W
MCQ 10.3.36 The Fraunhofer region where the pattern measurement of transmitting antenna has
to be taken from a distance of
D 2
2
l
, where D is the maximum aperture dimension
and l is the free-space wavelength. What is the region generally known as ?
(A) The near field
(B) The far field
(C) Quiet zone
(D) Induction field
MCQ 10.3.37 Match List I (Type of Antenna) with List II (Example) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists :
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2008
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2007
I ES EC 2006
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
List-I List-II
a. Aperture antenna 1. Helical antenna
b. Circularly polarized 2. Point source antenna
c. Frequency independent 3. Log periodic antenna
d. Isotropic antenna 4. Microstrip antenna
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 2 4 1
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 3 1 4 2
(D) 4 2 3 1
MCQ 10.3.38 A TEM wave impinges obliquely on a dielectric-dielectric boundary ( 2, r
1
e =
1) r
2
e = . The angle of incidence for total reflection is
(A) 30c (B) 45c
(C) 60c (D) 75c
MCQ 10.3.39 In a four element Yagi-Uda antenna
(A) There is one driven element, one director and two reflectors
(A) There is one driven element, two directors and one reflector
(C) There are two driven elements, one director and two reflectors
(D) All the four elements are driven elements
MCQ 10.3.40 Assertion (A) : For extremely high frequency ranges or above, compared to linear
antennas, aperture antennas are more useful.
Reason (R) : The larger the effective area of an antenna, the sharper is the radiated
beam.
MCQ 10.3.41 The current distribution along a travelling wave antenna can be written in the form
(A) Z e
j z
0
=
b -
(B) sin Z z
0
b = ^ h
(C) Z
0
= ^ h (D) ( ) cos Z t z
0
w b = - ^ h
MCQ 10.3.42 Following antenna is frequently used for local area transmission at UHF/VHF
(A) Ground monopole (B) Turnstile antenna
(C) Slot antenna (D) Loop antenna
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2003
I ES EC 2002
I ES EC 2002
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.43 For frequencies up to 1650 kHz, the transmitting antenna used is a
(A) parabolic dish (B) vertical antenna
(C) Yagi antenna (D) turnstile antenna
MCQ 10.3.44 The radiation field of an antenna at a distance r varies as
(A) 1/r (B) /r 1
2
(C) /r 1
3
(D) /r 1
4
MCQ 10.3.45 The wave radiated by a helical antenna is
(A) linearly polarized
(B) right circularly polarized
(C) left circularly polarized
(D) elliptically polarized
MCQ 10.3.46 In a certain microstrip patch antenna, the unexcited patch is of length L, width
W, thickness of the substrate being h and its relative permittivity
r
e . Then, the
capacitance of the unexcited patch is
(A) / LW h
r
e (B) / LW h
r 0
e e
(C) / LW h
r
e (D) / LW h
r 0
e e
MCQ 10.3.47 A radio communication link is to be established via the ionosphere. The virtual
height at the mid-point of the path is 300 km and the critical frequency is 9 MHz
. The maximum usable frequency for the link between the stations of distance
800 km assuming flat earth is
(A) 11.25 MHz (B) 12 MHz
(C) 15 MHz (D) 25.5 MHz
MCQ 10.3.48 Assertion (A) : Programmes broadcast by radio stations operating in the medium
wave band of 550 to 1650 kHz situated at long distance in excess of 500 km cannot
be heard during day-time but may be heard during night time.
Reason (R) : In the night-time, radio waves reflected from the F-layer suffer
negligible attenuation since D-and E-layers are absent during the night-time.
(A) Both A and B are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true and but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 10.3.49 Assertion (A) : For an end-fire array, the current in successive antennas must lag
in phase.
Reason (R) : Radiation of successive antennas will cancel along the axis.
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
I ES EC 2001
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
MCQ 10.3.50 Assertion (A) : The radio horizon for space wave is more than the optical horizon.
Reason (R) : The atmosphere has varying density.
MCQ 10.3.51 What is the radiation resistance of a dipole antenna /20 l long approximately equal
to ?
(A) 2 W (B) 40 W
(C) . 0 6 W (D) 20 W
MCQ 10.3.52 Consider the following statements about the effective length of a half wave dipole
(Elevation angle q is measured from the dipole axis) :
1. Effective length is a function of q
2. Effective length is maximum for /2 q p =
3. Maximum effective length is larger than physical length
4. Effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
modes.
(A) 1, 2 and 4 (B) 2, 3 and 4
(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 1, 3 and 4
***********
I ES EC 2001
I ES EE 2008
I ES EE 2004
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 10.1
The boundary between near and far zone is defined by r r
0
= (distance from the
antenna) as
r
0

d 2
2
l
= where d is the length of dipole.
So, the near and far zones of the field are as following :
Near zone for r r >
0
and far zone for r r >
0
Now, for the Hertzian dipole of length /50 l , we have
r
0

/50 2
2
l
l
=
^ h

1250
l
=
Since r
5
2l
= r >
0
and r
5
l
= r >
0
So, both the positions are at far zone(radiation zone).
Given, the operating frequency of the antenna is
f 25 MHz =
Since, the antenna is quarter wave monopole so, the length of the monopole antenna
will be given as
l /4 l =
where l is the operating wavelength of the antenna given as
l 12 m
f
c
25 10
3 10
6
8
#
#
= = =
Thus, we get the length of antenna as
l 3 m
4
12
= =
Given, the current fed to the antenna is
( ) i t 83.3cos mA t w =
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in the antenna is
I
0
83.3 10 A
3
#
=
-
and from the figure we get the location of point P as
r 100 10 Km m
5
= =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
and q /2 p =
Therefore, the electric field strength at point P is given as
E
s f

sin
cos cos
r
I
2
2
0 0
p q
h
p
q
=
a k

.
sin
cos cos
2 10
2
120 83 3 10
2
90
5
3
#
c
p
p
p
p
=
-
^
^ ^
a
h
h h
k

.
2 10 1
120 83 3 10 1
5
3
#
p
p
=
-
^ ^
^ ^ ^
h h
h h h
5 10
5
#
=
-
50 / V m m =
Since, the amplitude of current decreases linearly toward zero at the top so, the
current amplitude at a height z above the plane is given as
I z ^ h I
h
z
1
0
= -
a k
where I
0
is amplitude of source current and h is the height of the antenna.
Therefore, the effective length of the antenna is
l
e

h
z
dz 1
h
0
= -
a k
#
25 m
z
h
z
h
h h
2 2 2
h 2
0
=
-
= - = = : D (given 50 m h = )
Length of antenna, dl 7.5 m =
Operating frequency, f 2 2 10 MHz Hz
6
#
= =
So, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
l 1.5 10
f
c
2 10
3 10
6
8
2
#
#
#
= = =
Therefore, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l

.
.
80
1 5 10
7 5 2
2
2
#
p =
b l
1.97 W =
Since, the current has the step distribution and both the current levels are distributed
for equal intervals so, the average current will be given as
I
avg
.
I
I
I
2
2
0 75
0
0
0
=
+
=
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is . 0 75 times the uniform current
I
0
therefore, the radiated power will be . 0 75
2
^ h times of the value obtained for I
0

and due to the same reason the radiation resistance will down to . 0 75
2
^ h times the
value for a uniform current.
i.e. R
rad
.
dl
0 75 80
2 2
2
p
l
=^
b
h
l ; E
. 80 . 0 5625 0 03
2 2
p = ^ h 8 B
0.4 W =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Since, the dipole must match the line impedance.
i.e. R
rad
Z
0
=
where Z
0
is characteristic impedance so, we get
R
rad
60 W =

dl
80
2
2
p
l
b l
60 =
80
/ c f
dl 2
2
p
c m
60 =
dl
80
60
100 10
3 10
/
2 6
8 2 1 2
#
#
#
p
=
c m = G
( 100 MHz f = )
0.827 m =
9
#
= =
Radiation resistance, R
rad
31.6 W =
So, the operating wavelength of antenna is
l
.
1.5 m
f
c
0 2 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
= = =
Now, the radiation resistance of the antenna is defined as
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l
So, putting all values we get
31.6
dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l

dl
l
. 0 2 .
dl
5
.
l
i.e. Antenna is one fifth wave dipole.
Current flowing in the antenna, ( ) i t cos I t 2 10
0
7
#
p = ^ h
Radius of the circular loop, b 30 30 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
So, we get the operating frequency of the antenna as
f 10 Hz
2
2 10
7
7 #
p
p
= =
The operating wavelength of the antenna is
l 30 m
f
c
10
3 10
7
8
#
= = =
Since, b >> l so, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
R
rad

S 320
4
4 2
l
p
= where S is area of the circular loop.

lb 320
4
4 2 2
#
l
p
=
^ h
(S b
2
p = )
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

30
320 30 10
4
6 2 4
# # #
p
=
-
^
^
h
h
0.003076 3.076 m W W = =
Cross sectional radius of antenna, a 4 4 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
Conductivity of the antenna, s 2.9 10 / S m
7
#
=
Length of antenna, dl 30 m =
Operating frequency f 0.5 0.5 10 MHz Hz
6
#
= =
So, the surface resistance of the antenna is
R
s

.
.
f
2 9 10
0 5 10 4 10
7
0
6 7
#
# # # #
s
p m
p p
= =
-
2.61 10
4
W
#
=
-
Therefore, the loss resistance of the antenna is given as
R
l
R
a
dl
2
s
p
=
b l
. 2 61 10
2 4 10
30 4
2
#
# #
p
=
-
-
^
b
h
l
0.031 W =
The radiation resistance of the antenna is defined as
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l
where dl is the length of the antenna and l is the operating wavelength. So, we get
R
rad
80
/ c f
30 2
2
p
#
=
c m
( / c f l = )

30 .
80
3 10
0 5 10 2
8
6 2
#
#
# #
p =
^
e
h
o
. 1 97 =
Therefore, the radiation efficiency of the antenna is

r
h
. .
.
R R
R
1 97 0 031
1 97
rad l
rad
=
+
=
+
. % 98 6 =
Given,
Operating frequency, f 100 10 MHz Hz
8
= =
Radius of circular loop, b 20 20 10 cm m
2
#
= =
-
Cross sectional radius of wire, a 5 5 10 mm m
3
#
= =
-
Conductivity of copper, s 5.8 10 / S m
7
#
=
The surface resistance of antenna is given as
R
s

f
0
s
p m
=
. 5 8 10
10 4 10
7
8 7
#
# # #
p p
=
-

2.61 10
3
W
#
=
-
So, the loss resistance of the antenna is
R
a
b
R
l s
=
b l
.
5 10
20 10
2 61 10
3
2
3
#
#
# #
=
-
-
-
0.104 W =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given that the quarter wave monopole antenna is connected to transmission line.
So, the load impedance of transmission line will be the input impedance of monopole
antenna.
i.e. Z
L
Z
in
=
Since, the input impedance of quarter wave monopole antenna is
Z
in
. . j 36 5 21 25 W = + ^ h
So the reflection coefficient of transmission line is given as
G
Z Z
Z Z
0
L
L
0
=
+
-

. .
. .
j
j
36 5 21 5 75
36 5 21 25 75
=
+ +
+ -
^
^
h
h
. . 0 3874 140 3 < c =
Therefore, the standing wave ratio along the transmission line is
S .
1
1
2 265
G
G
=
-
+
=
Radiated power of an antenna is defined as
P
rad

I dl
12
2 2
0
2
p
h b =
^ h
(1)
where I is the current in the antenna, dl is the length of the antenna and b is the
phase constant.
Now, the maximum electric field intensity at a distance R from the antenna is
defined as
E
max
q

Idl
R 4
0
p
h b
=
b l
(2)
So, comparing equation (1) and (2), we get
E
max
q

R
P
1
90
rad
=
.
10 10
1
90 0 4 10
3
3
#
# #
= ( 0.4 kW P
rad
= )
19 / mV m =
Given, current flowing in the antenna is
( ) i t 41.7cos mA t w =
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in the antenna is
I
0
41.7 mA =
Now, for a quarter wave monopole antenna, radiation resistance is
R
rad
73 . W
So, the average power radiated by the antenna is given as
P
rad
I R
2
1
rad 0
2
= . 73
2
1
41 7 10
3 2
# # #
=
-
^ h
63.5 mW =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Total radiated power, P
rad
250 mW = 0.25 W =
Length of antenna, dl . 0 01l =
Now, the radiated power of an antenna in terms of current I
0
flowing in the antenna
is defined as
P
rad
I R
2
1
rad 0
2
= ^ h (1)
where R
rad
is the radiation resistance of the antenna. Since, the current is linearly
distributed over the antenna So, we get the average current in the antenna as
I
avg

I
2
0
=
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is half of the uniform current I
0

therefore, the radiated power will be th
4
1
of the value obtained for uniform current
in equation (1)
i.e. P
rad

2
1
I R
4
1
0
2
rad
=
b l
. 0 25 80 I
dl
8
1
0
2 2
2
p
l
# #
=
b l
. 0 25 . I 10 0 01
0
2 2 2
p = ^ ^ h h
I
0
2
. 25 33 =
or, I
0
5.03 A =
Length of antenna, dl . 0 02l =
Total radiated power, P
rad
4 W =
Since, the monopole antenna is extending over the conducting plane so, the power
will be radiated only over the upper half space and therefore, the radiation resistance
of the antenna will reduces to half of its value
i.e. R
rad

dl
2
1
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l ; E

dl
40
2
2
p
l
=
b l
As the current is distributed linearly. So, the average current in the antenna is
I
avg

I
2
0
=
0

4
1
of the value obtained for I
0
.
i.e. P
rad

I dl
2
1
2
40
0
2
2
2
p
l
=
b b l l ; E
or, I
0

dl
P
10
2
/
rad
2
2
1 2
p
l
=
b l
> H

. 10 0 02
2 4
/
2 2
1 2
#
p
=
^ h
= G
14.2 A =
Operating frequency, f 0.2 GHz =
So, the operating wavelength of the Hertzian dipole is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
l
.
1.5 m
f
c
0 2 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
= = =
Now, the effective area of the dipole is defied as
A
e
G
4
d
2
p
l
=
where G
d
is the directive gain and since the directive gain of Hertzian dipole is
. sin 1 5
2
q so, putting this value, we get
A
e

.
. . sin sin
4
1 5
1 5 0 27
2
2 2
p
q q = =
^
^
h
h
Therefore, the maximum effective area of the dipole is
A
,max e
0.27 m
2
= (maximum value of sinq is 1)
The time average power density of the incident wave is defined in terms of received
power as
P
ave

A
P
e
r
=
where, P
r
is the received power and A
e
is the effective aperture area and as calculated
in the previous question, the maximum effective area of the Hertzian dipole is
A
e
0.27 m
2
=
So, we get the average power density of the incident wave as
P
ave

.
.
0 27
1 5 10
6
#
=
-
5.56 / W m
2
m =
For a quarter-wave monopole antenna pattern function is
f q ^ h
/
sin
cos cos 2
q
p q
=
^ h 8 B
So, the normalized radiation intensity of the quarter wave monopole antenna is
given as
, U q f ^ h f
2
q = ^ h

/
sin
cos cos 2
2
2
q
p q
=
^ h 8 B
Therefore, the maximum radiation intensity is
U
max
1 =
Now, the power radiated by the quarter wave monopole antenna is evaluated as
P
rad
, sin U d d q f q q f = ^ h # " - , #

sin
cos cos
sin d d
2
/
2
2
0
2
0
2
q
p
q
q q f =
p
p 9 C
# #
. 2 0 609 p =^ ^ h h
Therefore, the directivity of quarter wave monopole antenna is
D
P
U 4
max
rad
p
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m

.
.
2 0 609
4
3 28
p
p
= =
^ ^ h h
As the radiation intensity in all directions are same so,
, U q f ^ h U
ave
=
where, , U q f ^ h is radiation intensity in a particular direction and U
av
is the average
radiation intensity. So, the directive gain in a particular direction is
, G
d
q f ^ h
,
U
U
U
U
1
ave ave
ave
q f
= = =
^ h
Therefore the directivity of the antenna is
D G 1
,max d
= =
Maximum radiation intensity, U
max
1 / W Sr =
Efficiency of antenna, h % 95 =
Input power of antenna, P
in
0.8 Watt =
So, the output radiated power is given as
P
rad
P
in
h = . . 0 95 0 8
#
=^ ^ h h 0.76 Watt =
Therefore, the directivity of antenna is evaluated as
, D
P
U 4
max
rad
p
=
. 0 76
4 1
#
p
=
. 16 53 =
Maximum radiation intensity, U
max
1.5 / W Sr =
Directivity of antenna, D . 20 94 =
Since, the directivity of antenna is defined as
D
P
U 4
max
rad
p
=
So, radiated power of the antenna is given as
P
rad

.
.
20 94
4 1 5 p
=
^ h
0.9 Watt =
From the given value of radiation intensity, we get maximum radiation intensity of
the antenna as
U
max
1 =
So, the radiated power of the antenna is evaluated as
P
rad
, sin U d d q f q q f = ^ h #
sin sin d d
/
0
2
0
2
q q q f =
f
p
q
p
= =
^ ^ h h # #

2
2
p
=
Therefore, the directivity of antenna is
D
/
.
P
U 4
2
4 1
2 546
max
rad
2
p
p
p
= = =
^ h
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Given, the field pattern of antenna,
U q ^ h
/
/
4 0 3
0 3
< <
< <
q p
p q p
= *
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is given as
P
rad
sin U d d
/
0
3
0
2
q q q f =
q
p
f
p
= =
^ h # #
cos 4 2
/
0
3
#
p q = -
p
6 @
4p =
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is
D
4
P
U 4
4
4
4
max
rad
p
p
p
= = =
^ h
The three element antenna array has the current ratio : : 1 2 1
We can split the middle element to two elements each of them carrying current
0 I
0
c as shown below.
Now all the four elements are carrying current 0 I
0
c and separation between them
are / d 2 l = . So, this array can be replaced by two array antenna with two elements
as shown below :
Since the currents are in same phase, so the phase difference between the currents
will be zero.
i.e. a 0 =
and separation between the antennas as obtained from the above shown figure is
d /2 l =
As shown below the three element array displaced by /2 l .
Now we split all the elements with current I
0
as shown below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The three current elements I
0
located at the same position can be treated as the
single element carrying current I 3
0
as shown below :
Thus, the current ratio will be 1 : 3 : 3 : 1 of the four element array.
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 10.2
Current in the dipole, ( ) i t 0.5 10 sin A t
8
=
Length of the dipole, dl /100 l =
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in dipole is
I
0
0.5 =
and from the shown figure, we get
r 100l = and 60c q =
Now, the magnetic field components at any point , , r q f ^ h due to hertizian dipole
located at origin are defined as
H
s q
0 H
rs
= =
and H
s f
sin
r
jI dl
e
4
j r 0
p
b
q =
b -
where I
0
is the magnitude of current flowing in Hertzian dipole, dl is the length of
dipole and b is phase constant. So, putting all the given values, we get
H
s f

.
sin
j
e
4 100
0 5
2
100
60
j
2
100
c
p l
l
p l
= l
p
l -
^
^
b b
b
^
h
h
l l
l
h

j
4 10
2
3
4
#
#
l
=
^ h
As, l
2 c 2
10
3 10
6
8
8
#
w
p p
p
#
= = = ( 10 / rad s
8
w = )
Therefore, H
s f

j
24 10
2
3
4
#
#
p
=
1.1486 10 / A m e
j 6 90
#
=
c -
Thus, the net magnetic field intensity at point P will be
H Im H e a
s
j t
=
f
w
f ^ h . sin t 1 1486 10 90
6
#
c w = +
-
^ h
1.15 / sin A m t 10 90
8
c m = +
^ h
The field intensities of the Hertzian monopole are defined as
E
s q
sin
r
j I dl
e
4
j r 0
p
h b
q =
b -
and H
s f
sin
r
jI dl
e
4
j r 0
p
b
q =
b -
So, the time average power of the Hertzian monopole is
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= " , sin
I dl
r
2
1
4
0
2
2
0
2
2
p
h b
q =
b l
Now, the radiation intensity of the antenna is given as
, U q f ^ h r P
ave
2
= sin
I dl
32
2
0
2
0
2 2
p
h b q =
^ h
So, the maximum radiation intensity is
U
max

I dl
32
2
0
2
0
2
p
h b =
^ h
(maximum value of sin 1 q = )
As the radiated power of an antenna is given as
P
rad
, sin U d d q f q q f = ^ ^ h h #
where, the integral is taken in the range 0 < <
2
q
p
, 0 2 < < f p for Hertzian
monopole. So, we get
P
rad
sin sin
I dl
d d
32
/
2
0
2
0
2
0
2 2
0
2
p
h b q q q f =
p
p
^ h
# #
sin
I dl
d d
32
/
2
0
2
0
2 3
0
2
0
2
p
h b q q f =
p
p
^
d
c
h
n
m = G # #

I dl
32
3
4
2
0
2
0
2
p
h b
p
=
^
b
h
l
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
D
P
U 4
max
rad
p
=
So, putting the values obtained above we get the directivity of Hertzian monopole
antenna as
D
/ 4 3
4 1
p
p
=
^
^
h
h
3 =
The field intensities of Hertzian dipole antenna are defined as
H
s f
sin
r
jI dl
e
4
j r 0
p
b
q =
b -
E
s q
H
s
h =
f
So, average radiated power of the antenna is given as
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= sin
I dl
r
2
1
4
0
2
2
0
2
2
p
h b
q =
b l
The radiation intensity of the antenna is defined as
, U q f ^ h r P
ave
2
=
sin
I dl
32
2
0
2
0
2 2
p
h b q =
^ h
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is
P
rad
, sin U d d q f q q f = ^ ^ h h #
sin
I dl
d d
32
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
3
p
h b q q f =
p p
^ h
# #

I dl
32
3
8
2
0
2
0
2
p
h b
p
=
^
b
h
l
Since, the directive gain of the antenna is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
G
d

,
P
U 4
rad
p q f
=
^ h
Therefore, we get the directive gain of the Hertzian dipole antenna as
G
d

/
sin
8 3
4
2
p
p q
=
^ h
sin
2
3 2
q =
Current in 1
st
antenna, I
s 1
I 0
0
c =
Current in the 2
nd
antenna I
s 2
I 180
0
c =
Separation between two antennas d /2 l =
So, the phase difference between the two currents is
a 180c = rad p = .
The unit pattern function of a Hertzian dipole antenna (i.e., the unit pattern
function of both the antenna) is
f
1
q ^ h cos q = where q is angle with z -axis
The field pattern of f
1
q ^ h has been plotted below :
Now, the group pattern function of the two antenna is defined as
f
2
q ^ h cos cos d
2
1
b q a = + ^ h : D
where a is the phase difference, b is phase constant and d is the separation
between two antennas. So, we get
f
2
q ^ h cos cos
2
1 2
2 l
p l
q p = +
b l ; E
cos cos
2
1
p q p = + ^ h : D
This field pattern is plotted as below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the resultant pattern f q ^ h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
multiplying these two patterns
i.e. f q ^ h f f
1 2 #
q q = ^ ^ h h 6 6 @ @
Thus, the obtained plot for the antenna array has been shown below :
Separation between the two antennas, d /4 l =
Phase difference between the currents, a /2 p =-
The unit pattern function of a Hertzian dipole antenna (i.e., the unit pattern
function of both the antenna) is
f
1
q ^ h cos q = where q is angle with z -axis
This field pattern has been plotted below :
Now, the group pattern function of the two antenna is defined as
f
2
q ^ h cos cos d
2
1
b q a = + ^ h : D
where a is the phase difference between the currents in the dipole, b is phase
constant and d is the separation between two antennas. So, we get
f
2
q ^ h cos cos
2
1 2
4 2 l
p l
q
p
= -
b l ; E
cos cos
2
1
2 2
p
q
p
= - c m < F
Its null (zero) will be at q p = and maxima will be at 0c q = . So, the field pattern
f
2
q ^ h is as plotted below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the resultant pattern f q ^ h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
multiplying these two patterns
i.e. f q ^ h f f
1 2 #
q q = ^ ^ h h 6 6 @ @
Thus, the obtained pattern for the antenna array has been shown below :
The normalized array factor for the antenna is given as
AF
n
^ h
!
.... Ne
N N
e e
1
1
2
1
j j j N 2 1
/
= + +
-
+
y y y -
^
^
h
h
where y cos d b q a = + ^ h
and /
! !
.... N
N N N N N
1
2
1
3
1 2
= + +
-
+
- -
+
^ ^ ^ h h h
1 1 2
N N 1 1
= + =
- -
^ h
So, AF
n
^ h e
2
1
1
N
j N
1
1
= +
y
-
-
e e e
2
1 / / /
N
j
N
j j
N
1
2
1
2 2
1
= +
y y y
-
-
-
-
/ cos
2
1
2
N
N
1
1
y =
-
-
Therefore, the group pattern function of the array is
f q ^ h cos
cos d
2
N 1
b q a
=
+
-
b l
Maximum electric field, E
max
6 / 6 10 / mV m V m
3
#
= =
-
Location of point of field maxima, r 40 40 10 km m
3
#
= =
Total radiated power is P
rad
100 10 kW W
5
= =
The average radiated power of an antenna is defined as
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= " ,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the radiation intensity of the antenna is given as
, U q f ^ h r P
ave
2
=
Re
r
E H
2
*
s s
2
#
= " ,
Therefore, the maximum radiation intensity of the antenna is
U
max
Re
r
E H
2
*
s s
2
#
= " ,
r E
2
2 2
h
= H
E
h
=
b l

r
E
2
max
2
2
h
= ^ h
2 120
40 10
6 10
3 2
3 2
#
#
# #
p
=
-
^
^
h
h 120
0
h p = ^ h
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
D
P
U 4
max
rad
p
=
So, we get D
2 120 10
4 40 10 6 10
5
3 2 3 2
# #
# # # #
p
p
=
-
^ ^ h h
. 0 0096 =
Therefore, in decibel the directivity is given as
10log D
10
20.18 dB =-
Consider the maximum power gain is G
p
and directive gain is G
d
so, the radiation
efficiency is defined as

r
h
G
G
d
p
=
or, G
p
G
r d
h = . G 0 95
d
=^ h ( 95%
r
h = )
Therefore, the maximum power gain is
G
,max p
. G 0 95
,max d
=^ h . D 0 95 =^ h D G
,max d
= ^ h
. . 0 95 0 0096
#
= ^ h . 0 00912 = . 9 12 10
3
#
=
-
Minimum detectable power, P
min
0.13 mW =
Transmitted power, P
rad
30 30 10 kW W
3
#
= =
9
#
= =
Target cross section, s 1.25 m
2
=
Radius of antenna, a 1.8 m =
Since, the effective area of the antenna is % 70 of its actual area so, the effective
area of the antenna is
A
e
a
100
70 2
#
p = ^ h . . 0 7 1 8
2
# #
p =^ ^ ^ h h h 7.125 m
2
=
As the maximum range is the point where the received power is equal to the
minimum detectable power. So, the received power by the target located at its
maximum range is
P
r
P
min
= 0.13 0.13 10 mW W
3
#
= =
-
Now, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
l
f
c
= 0.1 m
3 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
= =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
So, the directive gain of the antenna is given as
G
d

A 4
e
2
l
p
=
.
.
0 1
4 7 125
2
#
p
=
^
^
h
h
2850p =
Since, the maximum detectable range of the antenna is defined as
r
max

G
P
P
4
/
d
r
rad
3
2 2 1 4
p
l s
=
^ h
= G
where P
r
is the received power by the target located at its maximum range. So,
putting all the values in the above expression, we get
r
max

. .
. 4
0 1 2850 1 25
0 13 10
30 10
/
3
2 2
3
3
1 4
#
#
p
p
=
-
^
^ ^ ^
h
h h h
> H
584.27 m =
As calculated in previous question, the maximum detectable range of radar is
r
max
584.3 m =
So, half of the range will be at the position
r r
2
1
max
= 292.2 m =
Therefore, the time average power density at half of the range of the radar is
P
ave

r
G P
4
d rad
2
p
=
. 4 292 2
2850 30 10
2
3
# #
p
p
=
^
^
h
h
250.35 / W m
2
=
Current amplitude I
0
50 A =
Operating frequency, f 180 180 10 kHz Hz
3
#
= =
Effective length, l 20 m =
Location of the observation point, R km m 80 8 10
4
#
= =
So, the maximum field intensity at the observation point is given as
E
max
q

R
I dl
4
0
0
p
h b =
R
I
l
4
2
e
0
0 #
p
h b =
As, the operating wavelength is

f
c
l =
180 10
3 10
6
10
3
8 4
#
#
= =
and so the phase constant is
b
2
10
2
6 12 10
4
4
# #
l
p p
p = = =
-
Therefore, the maximum field intensity at the observation point is
E
max
q

4 8 10
50
120 12 10 2 20
4
4
# #
# # # # #
p
p p =
-
^
^
h
h
. 0 002827 = 2.83 / mV m =
The time average power density of antenna is defined as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
P
ave
Re E H
2
1 *
s s #
= " ,
So, the time average radiated power is given as
P
rad
dS P
ave
S
: =
#
sin R
E
d d
2
1
/
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
h
q q f =
q
p
p
# #
sin
R
R
I
l d d
2
1
4
2
/
e
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
0
2
#
h p
h b q q f =
p
p
b l
# #
sin
I l
d d
2
1
4
2
/
e
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
#
h
p
b
q q f =
p
p
b l # #
sin
I l
d
2
1
2
4
2
/
e
0
0
2
0
2
# #
#
p h
p
b
q q =
p
b l #
120
4
50 12 10 2 20
1
4 2
# #
# # # #
#
p p
p
p
=
-
b l
426.37 0.43 W kW = =
As calculated in previous question the time average radiated power is
P
rad
0.43 kW =
Amplitude of the current in the antenna is
I
0
50 A =
So, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
R
rad

.
I
P 2
50
2 0 43 10
rad
0
2 2
3
# #
= =
^ h
0.34 W =
Cross sectional radius of wire a 6 6 10 mm m
3
#
= =
-
Radius of the circular loop, b 1 m =
Operating frequency, f 0.5 0.5 10 MHz Hz
6
#
= =
No. of turns, N 10 =
So, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
l
.
6 10 m
f
c
0 5 10
3 10
6
8
2
#
#
#
= = =
R
rad
320 N
b 2 6
4
p
l
#
=
b l
10 320
6 10
1 2 6
2
4
#
#
p
#
=
b l
2.37 10
4
W
#
=
-
As calculated in the previous question, radiation resistance of the antenna is
R
rad
2.37 10
4
W
#
=
-
So, the surface resistance of the antenna is given as
R
s

f
0
s
p m
=
.
.
2 9 10
0 5 10 4 10
7
6 7
#
# # # #
p p
=
-
2.61 10
4
W
#
=
-
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Therefore, the loss resistance of the antenna is
R
l
N
a
b
R
s #
=
b l
. 10
6 10
1
2 61 10
3
4
#
#
# #
=
-
-
b l
0.435 W =
Thus, the radiation efficiency of the antenna is

rad
h 0.055%
R R
R
rad l
rad
=
+
=
Radiation function of the dipole antenna of height h is defined as
F q ^ h
sin
cos cos cos h h
q
b q b
=
- ^ h
Since, the height of dipole antenna is / h 8 l = . So, we get
F q ^ h
. .
sin
cos cos cos 1 25 1 25
q
q p
=
- ^ ^ h h
This function has been drawn as to obtain the pattern shown below :
Since, the point , , P 0 0 1000 ^ h lies along the axial direction of antenna carrying
current in a
z
direction, so its contribution to the field will be zero. Now for the
antenna carrying current along a
x
direction, we have
Amplitude of the current in antenna, I
0
4 A = ( ( ) 4cos A i t t w = )
Length of the antenna, dl 0.1 m =
The position of point P is r 1000 = and 90c q = as shown in the figure below :
So, the electric field component in free space is defined as
E
s q
H
s 0
h =
f
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
sin
r
jI dl
e
4
j r
0
0
h
p
b
q =
b -
b l

.
sin
j
e
4 1000
120 4
2
2
0 1
90
j
2
2
1000
c
p
p
p
p
=
p
p
-
^
^ ^
b
^
^
h
h h
l
h
h

2
b
l
p
=
b l
1.2 10 / V m j e
j 2 1000
#
=
- -
Since, rest of the components of field will be zero so, we get the net electric field as
E
s
E a
s
=
q q
. j e a 1 2 10
j
x
2 1000
#
= -
- -
^ ^ h h
. / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
x
2 1000
#
=-
- -
^ h
Similarly, at point , , Q 1000 0 0 ^ h the contribution due to antenna carrying current
along x -axis will be zero while the electric field due to antenna along a
z
will be
E
s
. / V m j e a 1 2 10
j
z
2 1000
#
=-
- -
^ h
Since, the antenna are carrying current along a
x
and a
z
while the point is located
at y-axis so, both the antenna will contribute to the field. Therefore, summing the
fields obtained due to the two antennas in previous question, we get,
E
s
. j e a a 1 2 10
j
x z
2 1000
#
=- +
- -
^ ^ h h
So, in the time domain
t E^ h Re e E
cot
s
j
= ^ h
. / sin V m t a a 1 2 10 1000
x z
2
#
w = - +
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
Thus, the field at t 0 = at point , , 0 1000 0 ^ h is
E . / V m a a 9 92 10
x z
3
#
=- +
-
^ ^ h h
The field component due to the current element is given as
E
s q
sin e
10 j r 10
p
q =
p -
So, at point P (r 100 = , /2 q p = , /6 f p = )
E
s q
sin e
100
10
2
j10 100 p
=
p -
a
^
k
h
0.1 / V m e
j1000
=
p -
Since, the vertical element is shifted from origin to a point . y 0 1 = on the y-axis
the distance of point P from the two locations of antenna is approximately same
and therefore the magnitude of field component, E
s q
will be same in both cases
but the phase angle will change due to the change in location of current element.
So, the field intensity at point P due to the new location of vertical element is
given as
E
s1 q
E e
s
j r l 10
=
q
p - - ^ h
(1)
where l is the difference between the length of point P from two locations as shown
in figure below :
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Now, using geometry we get the length l as
l . cos 0 1
3
p
=
a k
. 0 05 =
Putting the value in equation (1), we get the field component as
E
s1 q
. e e 0 1
j j l 1000 10
=
p p - ^ h
0.1 / V m e e
. j j 1000 0 5
=
p p -
Radiation resistance of a short circuit current element is determined as
R
rad

l
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l
where l is the length of dipole
R
rad

.
80
0 06 2
2
p
l
l
=
b l
2.84 W =
But, as the current is not uniform so, we determine the average current through the
element. Now, from the given expression of current in the element, we get
I z
1 ^ h I
l
l z 2
0
=
+
b l
for
l
z
2
0 # #
and I z
2 ^ h I
l
l z 2
0
=
-
b l
for z
l
0
2
# #
Therefore, the average current in the element is given as
I
avg

I z I z
2
1 2
=
+ ^ ^ h h

I
l
l z
I
l
l z
2
2 2
0 0
=
+
+
-
b b l l

I
2
0
=
0

4
1
of the value obtained for I
0
and due to
the same reason the radiation resistance will down to th
4
1
of its value.
i.e. R
rad
net
6 @ R
4
1
rad
= .
4
1
2 84
#
= 0.71 W =
Length of wire, dl 1 0.01 cm m = =
9
#
= =
Cross section radius, r 1 10 mm m
3
= =
-
So, radiation resistance is given as
R
rad
80
dl 2
2
p
l
=
b l
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
80
.
.
0 3 10
3 10
0 01 2
9
8
2
#
#
p =
c
f
m
p
0.07895 W =
f
c
l =
b l
Now, the ohmic resistance of the wire is defined as
R
l

a
L
2 s p d
=
where
s " Conductivity
a " Radius of the cross section
d " Skin depth
L " Length of the wire
Since, the skin depth of the wire is given as
d
f
1
p ms
=
. . 0 3 10 4 10 5 8 10
1
9 7 7
# # #
p p
=
-
^ ^ ^ h h h
. 3 82 10
6
#
=
-
So, we get R
l

. .
.
5 8 10 2 10 3 82 10
0 01
7 3 6
# # #
p
=
- -
^ ^ ^ h h h
0.0072 W =
Therefore, the ratio of the radiation resistance to the ohmic resistance of wire will
be

R
R
l
rad
. 10 977 11 . =
Length of antenna, dl 2 0.02 cm m = =
Radiated power, P
rad
2 W =
9
#
= =
So, operating wavelength of antenna is
l
.
0.5 m
f
c
0 6 10
3 10
9
8
#
#
= = =
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l

.
.
80
0 5
0 02
125
16 2
2
2
p
p
= =
b l
As the radiated power of the antenna is defined as
P
rad
I R
2
1
rad 0
2
= ^ h
I R
. . . r m s rad
2
=^ h ( / I I 2
. . r m s 0
= )
So, the rms current in the antenna is
I
. . . r m s

/
1.26 A
R
P
16 125
2
rad
rad
2
p
= = =
^ h
***********
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
SOLUTI ONS 10.3
The directivity of an antenna is defined as
D
U
U
max
ave
=
where U
max
is the maximum radiation intensity of the antenna and U
ave
is the
average radiation intensity. Since, the given antenna has the radiation pattern
( ) U q cos
4
q = (0 /2 # # q p )
So, the maximum radiation intensity is
U
max
1 =
The average radiation intensity is
U
ave
( , ) F d
4
1
p
q f W =
#
( , )sin F d d
4
1
0
2
0
2
p
q f q q f =
p p
; E # #
cos sin d d
4
1
/
4
0
2
0
2
p
q q q f =
p
p
; E # #

cos
4
1
2
5
/ 5
0
2
p
p
q
= -
p
b l ; E

4
1
2 0
5
1
#
p
p = - +
: D

4
1
5
2
10
1
#
p
p
= =
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is
D
10
1
10 = =
or, ( ) in dB D 10 10 10 log dB = =
The beam-width of Hertzian dipole is 180c so, its half power beam-width is 90c.
The operating wavelength of the antenna is
l
f
c
20 10
3 10
200
3
9
8
#
#
= = = ( 20 GHz f = )
Therefore, the gain of parabolic antenna is given as
G
p

D 2
2
hp
l
=
b l

0.7 30705.4
1 2
100
3
2
p
#
= =
c m
(efficiency, % 70 h = )
or, log G 10
p 10
. 44 87 = dB
Using the method of images, the configuration is as shown below
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Here , d l = , a p = thus, d 2 b p =
So, the array factor of the antenna is given as
. . A F cos
cos d
2
b y a
=
+
: D
cos
cos
2
2p y p
=
+
: D
( ) sin cos p y =
Since, the antenna is installed at conducting ground. So, the power will be radiated
only on the half side of the antenna and therefore, the radiation resistance of the
antenna will be half of its actual value and given as
R
rad
80
dl
2
1 2
2
p
l
=
` j ; E
0
.
4
0 5 10
50 2
3
2
#
p =
c m

5
2
2
p
W =
The array factor of the antenna is defined as
. . A F cos
sin d
2
b q a
=
+
b l
Here, d
4
l
=
and a 90c =
Thus, . . A F cos
sin
2
2
4 2
q
=
+
l
p l p
c m cos sin
4 2
p
q
p
= +
a k

2
b
l
p
=
b l
The option (A) satisfy this equation.
The directive gain of an antenna at a particular direction , q f
^ h
is defined as
( , ) G
d
q f
( , )
P
U 4
rad
p q f
= (1)
Since, for lossless antenna
P
rad
P
in
=
So, we get P
rad
P 1
in
= = mW
Again the directive gain of the antenna is given
10 ( , ) logG
d
q f 6 = dB
So, ( , ) G
d
q f . 3 98 =
Putting it in equation (1) we get the total power radiated by antenna as
4 ( , ) U p q f ( , ) P G
rad d
q f = 1 3.98 3.98 m
#
= = mW
Normalized array factor is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
. . A F 2 cos
2
y
=
where, y sin cos d b q f d = +
q 90c = ,
d s 2 = ,
f 45c = ,
d 180c =
So, . . A F 2 cos
2
y
= 2cos
sin cos d
2
b q f d
=
+
; E
2cos cos s
2
2
2 45
2
180
c
c
l
p
= + : D
2cos
s
90c
l
p
= +
9 C
2sin
s
l
p
=
a k
The signal strength (power) at a distance r from an antenna is inversely proportional
to the distance r .
i.e. P
r
1
2
\
So,
P
P
2
1

r
r
1
2
2
2
= (1)
Since, 3 dB decrease " Strength is halved (10 10 2
/ . 3 10 0 3
= = )
Therefore,
P
P
2
1
2 =
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
2
r
5
2
2
2
= ( 5 km r
1
= )
or r
2
5 2 = km 7071 = m
Thus, the required distance to move is
d r r
2 1
= - 7071 5000 2071 = - = m
We have l 492 = m
and height of antenna, dl 124 = m
4
.
l
So, it is a quarter wave monopole antenna and radiation resistance of a quarter
wave monopole antenna is 36.5 W.
We have y cos d b q d = + (1)
where d
4
l
= Distance between elements
y 0 = Because of end fire
q 60c =
Putting all the values in equation (1) we get
0 60 cos
2
4
c
l
p l
d
#
= +
2 2
1 p
d
#
= +
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
or d
4
p
=-
For a dipole antenna we have
BW
1
(Diameter)
\
So, as diameter increases Bandwidth decreases.
Far field region for an antenna is defined for the distance r from the antenna as
r
2d
>
2
l
where d is the largest dimension of the antenna and l is the operating wavelength.
Now, the operating wavelength of the antenna is given as
l
f
c
4 10
3 10
40
3
9
8
#
#
= = = m
So, for the closest far field we have
r
d 2
2
l
=
(2.4) 2
3
40
2
#
=
e o

( . )
150
3
80 2 4
2
#
. = m
We know that for a monopole its electric field varies inversely with r
2
while its
potential varies inversely with r . Similarly, for a dipole its electric field varies
inversely as r
3
and potential varies inversely as r
2
.
In the given expression both the terms
r r
1 1
1 2 + - -
_ i
are present, so, this potential is
due to both monopole and dipole.
Power received by an antenna is defined as
P
r

r
P
A
4
t
e
2
p
#
=
where P
t
is the power radiated by the transmitting antenna, r is the distance
between transmitter and receiver and A
e
is the effective aperture area of the
receiving antenna. So, we get
P
r

( ) 4 100
251 500 10
2
4
# #
# #
p
=
-
( , 100 , 251 cm m W A r P 500
e t
2
= = = )
100 W m =
Magnetic field intensity in terms of vector potential is defined as
H A
1
d
m
#
=
where A is auxiliary potential function.
So, H : d ( ) 0 A :
#
d d = =
and H
#
d ( ) 0 A
# #
d d = =Y
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Radiation resistance of a circular loop is given as
R
rad

N S
3
8 3
2
T
hp
l
= ; E
R
rad
N
2
\
where N is number of turns. Since, the radiation resistance of a circular loop is
. 0 01 W.
i.e. R
r1
0.01 W =
So, we get the net radiation resistance of the five turns of such loop as
R
r2
N R
r
2
1 #
= ( ) . 5 0 01
2
#
= 0.25 W = (N 5 = )
Aperture area of a receiving antenna is defined in terms of received power as
Aperture Area
Re
Poynting vector of incident wave
Power ceived
=
A
e

P
P
t
r
=
Since, P
t

E
0
2
h
= ( 120
0
h p = is intrinsic impedance of space)
So, A
e

( )
120 3.14
2 10
20 10
2 10
E
6
3 2
6
0
2
#
#
#
# #
= =
h
-
-
-
_ i

.
400 10
2 10 12 3 14
6
6
#
# # #
=
-
-
1.884 m
2
=
Maximum usable frequency(f
max
) in terms of incidence angle (i ) is defined as
f
max

sini
f
o
=
where f
0
is critical frequency. So, we get
f
max

sin
MHz
60
8
c
=
2
3
8
=
c m
MHz
3
16
=
Far field
r
1
\
The maximum usable frequency is given as
f
m

sini
f
0
=
where i is launching angle and f
0
is critical frequency so, we get
20 10
6
#

sini
10 10
6
#
=
or, sini
2
1
=
or, i 30c =
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
The directive gain of half wave /2 l ^ h dipole antenna is given as
G
d
.
sin
cos cos
1 66
2
2
2
q
p
q
=
a k
So, the directivity of the antenna is
D G
,max d
=
Since, the maximum value of the function
sin
cos cos
2
2
2
q
q
p
^ h
is 1. So, the directivity of
/2 l long wire antenna is
D . 1 66 1 = ^ h . 1 66 =
Since, the EM waves are travelling in free space, So the phase velocity of the wave
will be equal to the velocity of light in free space.
i.e. v
p
c =
So, at frequency, f 63 MHz = (Channel 3)
wavelength, l 4.76 m
f
c
63 10
3 10
6
8
#
#
= = =
So, phase constant, b 1.32 / rad m
2
l
p
= =
and at frequency, f 803 MHz = (channel 69)
wavelength, l 0.374 m
f
c
803 10
3 10
6
8
#
#
= = =
So, phase constant, b 16.82 / rad m
2
l
p
= =
Since, the antenna is located at earth so, power radiated to the hemisphere will be
half of the transmitted value.
i.e. P
r

P
2
t
=
200 kW
2
= 100 kW =
Now, the average poynting vector (power radiated per unit area) at a distance r
from the antenna is given as
P
ave

r
P
a
r
r
2
p
=
where a
r
denotes the direction of Poynting vector. So, for 50 km r = , we have
P
ave
a
50 10
100 10
r
3 2
3
#
#
p
=
^ h
/ W m a
40
r
2
m
p
=
Radiation resistance of a dipole antenna is defined as
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l
...(1)
Given,
The length of dipole, dl 5 m =
operating frequency, f 3 MHz = 3 10 Hz
6
#
=
So, the operating wave length of the antenna is given as
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
l 100 m
f
c
3 10
3 10
6
8
#
#
= = =
Putting these values in equation (1) we get
R
rad
80
100
5 2
2
p =
b l

400
80
2
p
= 1.97 2 . W =
The radiated power of an antenna is defined as
P
rad
I R
2
1
rad 0
2
=
i.e. P
rad
R
rad
\ ...(i)
Now, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l
i.e. R
rad

dl
2
2
\
l
^ h
Since l
f
c
=
So, we get R
rad
f dl
2 2
\ ^ h ...(ii)
Combining eq(1) and (2) we conclude that
P
rad
dl f
2 2
\^ ^ h h
Now, for the 1
st
antenna we have
dl f ^ ^ h h . . 1 5 100 10 1 5 10
6 8
# #
= = ^ ^ h h
for 2
nd
antenna
dl f ^ ^ h h . 15 10 10 1 5 10
6 6
# #
= = ^ ^ h h
Since, the product of length and frequency are same for both the antenna So, the
power radiated by both the antennas will be same.
Given the length of current element, . l 0 03l = .
So, the radiation resistance of the system is given as
R
rad

l
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l

.
80
0 03 2
2
p
l
l
=
b l
0.072
2
l W =
In a three element Yagi antenna there are one reflector, one folded dipole (driven
element) and one director. The length of reflector is greater than driven element
which in turn is longer than the director.
Antenna arrays are formed to produce a greater directivity i.e. more energy radiated
in some particular direction and less in other directions.
Input power W
t
=
Radiated power W
r
=
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Radiation intensity f =
So,the power gain of the antenna is
G
p

W
4
t
pf
=
3 a " ^ h
Directive gain of antenna is
G
d

W
4
r
pf
= 4 b " ^ h
Average radiated power of the antenna is
P
r

W
4
r
p
= 2 c " ^ h
The efficiency of antenna is
h
W
W
t
r
= 1 d " ^ h
Maximum radiation for an end fire array occurs along the line of the array.
The gain of antenna is directly proportional to the aperture area. So, with increase
of aperture area, received power increases and therefore the gain increases.
In the helical antenna, normal mode of operation is very narrow in bandwidth and
therefore the directivity is high. While the radiation efficiency is low.
For an antenna near and far zone are specified by a boundary defined as
R
d 2
2
l
=
where, R is the distance from antenna, d is the largest dimension of antenna and l
is the operating wavelength of antenna. So, any target located at a distance R >
2D
2
l

from antenna is in the far zone for the antenna and any target located at a distance
R <
2D
2
l
is in the near zone.
Gain of transmitting antenna, G
dt
10 =
Transmitted power, P
t
1W =
Effective area of receiving antenna, A
er
1 m
2
=
Distance between transmitter and receiver, r 1 m =
So, total received power by the receiving antenna is
P
r

r
P
G A
4
t
dt er
2
p
=
4 1
1
10 1
2
# #
p
=
^
^ ^
h
h h 0.79 W =
Since, the region r
D 2
>
2
l
is called far zone for the antenna and as it is given that
in the Fraunhofer region measurement to be taken from a distance of
D 2
2
l
from
antenna so, the defined region is far zone or far field.
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Helical antenna is used to provide circularly polarized wave and the log periodic
antenna is frequency independent.
For a wave travelling from medium 1 to medium 2, the incidence angle
c
q of the
wave for which it is totally reflected by medium 2 is given as
sin n
c 1
q sin n 90
2
c = (1)
where n
1
and n
2
are the refractive index of medium 1 and medium 2 respectively.
Since, refracting index of a medium having permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
n me =
So, putting it in equation (1), we get
sin
c 0 1
m e q
0 2
m e =
sin
c
q
2
1
2
1
e
e
= =

c
q sin
2
1
45
1
c = =
-
c m
Yagi-Uda antenna must have one reflector and one driven element while it can
have any number of directors. So, the four element Yagi-Uda antenna will have 2
directors, one reflector, and one driven element.
Directivity of an antenna is directly proportional to the effective area and therefore
larger the effective area, sharper the radiated beam.
This is the reason for using an aperture antenna instead a linear antenna for
extremely high frequency ranges.
Current distortion along a travelling wave antenna in general is defined as
, I z t ^ h cos cot I z
0
b = - ^ h
but when we eliminate t by taking its phasor form, the current can be written as
I z ^ h I e
j z
0
=
b -
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
Turnstile antenna is generally used at UHF/VHF for local area transmission.
The frequencies upto 1650 kHz is in the range of medium frequency. Vertical
radiators ranging from /6 l to /5 l used for broadcasting the medium frequencies
as the operating conditions and economic consideration.
The radiation field intensity of an antenna at a distance r is defined as
E
s q
sin
r
j I dl
e
4
j r 0
p
h b
q =
b -
or E
s q

sin
r
I dl
r 4
1 0
\
p
h b q
=
The resultant field in a helical antenna is either circularly polarized or elliptically
polarized depending on the pitch angle a.
The radiated wave by a helical antenna is circularly polarized only when,
a tan
c
2
1
l
=
-
a k
else it is elliptically polarized. In conclusion for a general term we can say the wave
radiated by a helical antenna is elliptically polarized.
The unexcited patch is shown below
The capacitance between the plates is given as
C
separatoin between plates
Area of plates e
=
^
^
h
h

h
LW
r 0
e e
=
Maximum usable frequency between two stations of distance D is defined as
f
MUF
f
h
D
1
2
c
2
= +
b l
where h vertical height at the mid point of path and f
c
is critical frequency we put
all the values to get,
w
w
w
.
g
a
t
e
h
e
l
p
.
c
o
m
f
MUF
9 10 1
2 300
800 6
2
#
#
= +
b l
1.5 10 Hz
7
#
= 15 MHz =
D-layer is the lower most region of ionosphere which is present only during the
day light hours and disappears at night because recombination rate is highest and
also E-region is weekly lonised during night hour hence radiowave suffer negligible
attenuation in night hour. This is the reason that the wave band which cant be
heard during day time but may be heard during night time.
The atmosphere has varying density (refractive index) with the height from earth
given as
dh
dm
. Radius of curvature of the wave path is
R
d
dh
m
=-
Solving it, we get the effective earth radius (Radio horizon)

3
4
= actual earth radius (optical horizon)
The radiation resistance of a dipole antenna is defined as
R
rad

dl
80
2
2
p
l
=
b l
Since, dl
20
l
=
So, R
rad

/
80
20
2
2
p
l
l
=
c m
2 W =
Effective length of a half wave dipole antenna is
l
e
q ^ h
sin
cos cos
2 2
b q
p
q
=
a k
> H
i.e. l
e
is function of q.
The maximum value of l
e
is at /2 q p = .
l
2
e
p
a k

2
2
<
b p
l l
= =
i.e. maximum value of l
e
is less than its actual value
2
l
.
The effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
modes.
So, statements, 1, 2 and 4 and correct while statement 3 is incorrect.
***********

Electromagnetics by Kanodia

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electromagnetics by Kanodia

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ELECTROMAGNETICS

You might also like